(Public Pack)Agenda Document for CABINET, 10/12/2020 19:00

Public Document Pack

CABINET To all Members of the Cabinet:

Date: THURSDAY, 10 DECEMBER Sir Ray Puddifoot MBE (Chairman) 2020 Leader of the Council Jonathan Bianco (Vice-Chairman) Time: 7.00 PM Deputy Leader / Finance, Property & Business Services Venue: COMMITTEE ROOM 6 - Susan O’Brien CIVIC CENTRE, HIGH Education, Children and Youth Services STREET, UXBRIDGE Keith Burrows Planning and Transportation Meeting For attending this Cabinet Details: meeting, please read overleaf Jane Palmer on the agenda. Social Care, Health & Wellbeing Philip Corthorne This meeting will also be Housing and the Environment broadcast live on the Douglas Mills Council’s YouTube Channel. Community, Commerce & Regeneration

You can view the agenda Richard Lewis at www.hillingdon.gov.uk or use a smart Central Services, Culture & Heritage phone camera and scan the code below:

Published: Wednesday, 2 December 2020

Contact: Mark Braddock Tel: 01895 250470 Email: [email protected]

Putting our residents first

Lloyd White Head of Democratic Services London Borough of Hillingdon, Phase II, Civic Centre, High Street, Uxbridge, UB8 1UW

Putting our residents first Useful information for residents and visitors

Attending this meeting

IMPORTANT UPDATE:

Please note that due to COVID-19 there will be a restriction under safety guidance on the number of members of the public and press that can attend to observe this meeting.

You are, therefore, strongly advised to contact Democratic Services on 01895 250636 prior to the meeting if you wish to attend to observe proceedings. As an alternative, this meeting will be broadcast live (and available afterwards) on the Council’s YouTube channel: Hillingdon London.

Entrance is via main reception and please visit the security desk to sign-in and collect a visitors pass. You will then be directed to the Committee Room

Accessibility

For accessibility options regarding this agenda please contact Democratic Services.

Emergency procedures

If there is a FIRE, you will hear a continuous alarm. Please follow the signs to the nearest FIRE EXIT and assemble on the Civic Centre forecourt.

Lifts must not be used unless instructed by a Fire Marshal or Security Officer. In the event of a SECURITY INCIDENT, follow instructions issued via the tannoy, a Fire Marshal or a Security Officer. Those unable to evacuate using the stairs, should make their way to the signed refuge locations. Notice

Notice of meeting and any private business

The London Borough of Hillingdon is a modern, transparent Council and through effective Cabinet governance, it seeks to ensure the decisions it takes are done so in public as far as possible. Much of the business on the agenda for this Cabinet meeting will be open to residents, the wider public and media to attend. However, there will be some business to be considered that contains, for example, confidential, commercially sensitive or personal information. Such business is shown in Part 2 of the agenda and is considered in private. Further information on why this is the case can be sought from Democratic Services.

This is formal notice under The Local Authorities (Executive Arrangements) (Meetings and Access to Information) (England) Regulations 2012 to confirm that the Cabinet meeting to be held on:

10 December at 7pm in Committee Room 6, Civic Centre, Uxbridge will be held partly in private and that 28 clear days public notice of this meeting has been given. The reason for this is because the private (Part 2) reports listed on the agenda for the meeting will contain exempt information under Part 1 of Schedule 12A to the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended) and that the public interest in withholding the information outweighs the public interest in disclosing it. An online and a hard copy notice at the Civic Centre in Uxbridge indicates a number associated with each report with the reason why a particular decision will be taken in private under the categories set out below:

(1) information relating to any individual (2) information which is likely to reveal the identity of an individual (3) information relating to the financial or business affairs of any particular person (including the authority holding that information) (4) information relating to any consultations or negotiations, or contemplated consultations or negotiations, in connection with any labour relations matter arising between the authority or a Minister of the Crown and employees of, or office holders under, the authority. (5) Information in respect of which a claim to legal professional privilege could be maintained in legal proceedings. (6) Information which reveals that the authority proposes (a) to give under any enactment a notice under or by virtue of which requirements are imposed on a person; or (b) to make an order or direction under any enactment. (7) Information relating to any action taken or to be taken in connection with the prevention, investigation or prosecution of crime.

Notice of any urgent business

To ensure greater transparency in decision-making, 28 clear days public notice of the decisions to be made both in public and private has been given for these agenda items. Any exceptions to this rule are the urgent business items on the agenda marked *. For such items it was impracticable to give sufficient notice for a variety of business and service reasons. The Chairman of the Executive Scrutiny Committee has been notified in writing about such urgent business.

Notice of any representations received No representations from the public have been received regarding this meeting.

Date notice issued and of agenda publication

2 December 2020 London Borough of Hillingdon Agenda

1 Apologies for Absence

2 Declarations of Interest in matters before this meeting

3 To approve the minutes of the last Cabinet meeting 1 - 8

4 To confirm that the items of business marked Part 1 will be considered in public and that the items of business marked Part 2 in private

Cabinet Reports - Part 1 (Public)

5 Monthly Council Budget Monitoring Report - Month 7 (Cllr Sir Ray 9 - 64 Puddifoot MBE & Cllr Jonathan Bianco)

6 The Council's Budget - Medium Term Financial Forecast 2021/22 - 2025/26 (Cllr Sir Ray Puddifoot MBE & Cllr Jonathan Bianco) BUDGET FRAMEWORK – CIRCULATED SEPARATELY ON AGENDA B

7 Grants to Hillingdon's local voluntary organisations 2021-22 (Cllr 65 - 164 Douglas Mills)

8 Referral from Council - War Memorials: Wall Mounted WWI Triptych, 165 - 172 St Martin's Church, West Drayton (Cllr Sir Ray Puddifoot MBE & Cllr Richard Lewis)

9 Statement of Licensing Policy (Cllr Douglas Mills) 173 - 232

POLICY FRAMEWORK – RECOMMEND TO COUNCIL

10 Quarterly Planning Obligations Monitoring Report (Cllr Keith Burrows) 233 - 238

APPENDIX CIRCULATED SEPARATELY IN A3 Cabinet Reports - Part 2 (Private and Not for Publication)

11 The Planning Service (Cllr Keith Burrows) * 239 - 244

12 Contract Awards - Disability Facilities Grant & Adaptation Works 245 - 250 within Private Dwellings and Council's Housing Stock (Cllr Jonathan Bianco)

13 Contract Award - Provision of Agency Workers (Professional, 251 - 258 Technical, administrative and Unqualified Social Care (Cllr Richard Lewis)

14 Property Disposal - Moor Park Road, Northwood (Cllr Jonathan 259 - 264 Bianco)

15 Voluntary Sector Leases (Cllr Jonathan Bianco) 265 - 278

The reports in Part 2 of this agenda are not for publication because they involve the disclosure of information in accordance with Section 100(A) and Part 1 of Schedule 12 (A) to the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended), in that they contain exempt information and that the public interest in withholding the information outweighs the public interest in disclosing it.

16 Any other items the Chairman agrees are relevant or urgent

*denotes urgent item, not scheduled on the Forward Plan This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Annex Cabinet 10 December 2020 7pm, Committee Room 6, Civic Centre, Uxbridge.

Advisory about attending this meeting & Public Notices

About this Cabinet meeting

This is a meeting of Hillingdon Council's Cabinet, the body responsible for making all the key decisions in the Borough, putting residents first. It is chaired by the Leader of the Council, Councillor Sir Ray Puddifoot MBE. Cabinet meets on a monthly basis.

Attending the Cabinet Meeting

IMPORTANT UPDATE: Please note that due to COVID-19 there will be a restriction under safety guidance on the number of members of the public and press that can attend to observe this meeting. You are, therefore, strongly advised to contact Democratic Services on 01895 250636 prior to the meeting if you wish to attend to observe proceedings. As an alternative, this meeting will be broadcast live (and available afterwards) on the Council’s YouTube channel: Hillingdon London.

Residents, the Public and the media are welcome to attend for the public items on the agenda (see below). You will kindly be asked to leave when the Cabinet reaches the private items listed. If you attend Cabinet, you will not be able to directly speak, present to or lobby Councillors during the actual meeting, however, you are welcome to observe and listen to the proceedings quietly. If you are a resident and there is a particular local matter that you wish to raise with a Cabinet Member, then we recommend you to take part in our well established Petitions Scheme in which thousands of residents each year participate in. Contact Democratic Services for more information on 01895 250636 or email us at [email protected]

Watching, recording and reporting of this meeting

Please note that the Council may live broadcast this meeting to enable wider resident engagement in the way local decisions are made. Whilst cameras will be mainly aimed at the Councillors making the decisions, they may also capture those present in the room. Residents will also be able to watch the meeting afterwards on our YouTube channel: Hillingdon London. Any individual or organisation may also record or film proceedings as long as it does not disrupt the meeting. It is recommended to give advance notice of any filming to ensure any particular requirements can be met. The Council will provide seating areas for residents/public, high speed WiFi access and an area for the media to report. The officer shown on the front of this agenda should be contacted for further information and will be available to assist. When present in the room, silent mode should be enabled for all mobile devices. To find out more about the Council's Policy in this regard, speak to the Democratic Services Officer at the meeting or call us beforehand on 01895 250636.

What's on the agenda?

When you arrive at a Cabinet meeting, the Chairman will undertake some initial housekeeping matters and then go through a list of agenda items (reports) to make official decisions on them as set out in the table below. The meeting will first start with public items and then move to any private items (called Part 2), where the Public will be asked to kindly leave the room. This is because these items often involve, for example, commercially sensitive information like competitive tender bids from private companies. The items and reports on this agenda are:

Agenda Item Private Page 1 reason 1 Apologies for Absence Public 2 Declarations of Interest in matters before this meeting Public 3 To approve the public decisions and minutes of the last Cabinet Public meeting 4 To confirm that the items of business marked Part 1 will be Public considered in public and that the items of business marked Part 2 in private Cabinet Reports - Part 1 (Public) 5 Monthly Council Budget Monitoring Report - Month 7 Public 6 The Council's Budget - Medium Term Financial Forecast 2021/22 - Public 2025/26 7 Grants to Hillingdon's local voluntary organisations 2021-22 Public 8 Referral from Council, 10 September 2020 - Motion on WW1 Public memorial and remembrance 9 Statement of Licensing Policy Public 10 Quarterly Planning Obligations Monitoring Report Public Cabinet Reports - Part 2 (private) 11 The Planning Service Private (3) 12 Contract Awards - Disability Facilities Grant & Adaptation Works Private (3) within Private Dwellings and Council's Housing Stock 13 Contract Award - Provision of Agency Workers (Professional, Private (3) Technical, administrative and Unqualified Social Care 14 Property Disposal - Moor Park Road, Northwood Private (3) 15 Voluntary Sector Leases Private (3)

*if applicable, this denotes urgent business item (see notice below)

After the Cabinet meeting / the decisions made

Once you have left the meeting at the end of the public session, the decisions of the Cabinet will be published on the Council's website the next day, usually the Friday after the meeting. This will also include decisions on those matters discussed in private, so the Council is as open as possible and the public can see every decision made. If you have any queries about a particular decision, use the contact on the Council's website for further information. You can view Cabinet's decisions here - just select the appropriate meeting.

Public Notices (5 days)

This is the formal (legal) bit of this advisory notice. The Council is required by law to give advance public notices of the decisions to be made by the Cabinet, the date the Cabinet meets and whether the decisions will be taken in public or private and the reasons why. This assists with making decision-making more transparent and accountable for local residents and taxpayers. Up to 5 months in advance (and a minimum of 28 days in advance), a notice of upcoming decisions and Cabinet meetings will be given on the Forward Plan - this is a key document available for viewing online or at the Civic Centre. A second notice is then given about 1 week before a particular Cabinet meeting when the agenda is published (a 5 day notice). Further notices may be given if urgent decisions are tabled at the meeting at short notice. Notice of meeting and any private business

The London Borough of Hillingdon is a modern, transparent Council and through effective Cabinet governance, it seeks to ensure the decisions it takesPage are 2 done so in public as far as possible. Much of the business on the agenda for this Cabinet meeting will be open to residents, the wider public and media to attend. However, there will be some business to be considered that contains, for example, confidential, commercially sensitive or personal information. Such business is shown in Part 2 of the agenda and is considered in private. Further information on why this is the case can be sought from Democratic Services.

This is formal notice under The Local Authorities (Executive Arrangements) (Meetings and Access to Information) (England) Regulations 2012 to confirm that the Cabinet meeting to be held on:

10 December 2020 at 7pm in Committee Room 6, Civic Centre, Uxbridge will be held partly in private and that 28 clear days public notice of this meeting has been given. The reason for this is because the private (Part 2) reports listed on the agenda for the meeting will contain either confidential information or exempt information under Part 1 of Schedule 12A to the Local Government (Access to Information) Act 1985 (as amended) and that the public interest in withholding the information outweighs the public interest in disclosing it. An online and a hard copy notice at the Civic Centre in Uxbridge indicates a number associated with each report with the reason why a particular decision will be taken in private under the categories set out below:

Notice of any urgent business to the Chairman of the Executive Scrutiny Committee

There is no urgent business currently scheduled for this meeting.

Notice of any representations received

No representations from the public have been received regarding this meeting at this time. There are no reports currently scheduled to be considered in private.

Date notice issued and of agenda publication

2 December 2020

Page 3

POLICY ON FILMING, RECORDING & REPORTING OF MEETINGS

Agreed 11 September 2014 by full Council

Members of the public are entitled to report on meetings of Council, Committees and Cabinet, except in circumstances where the public have been excluded as permitted by law. Reporting means:-

• filming, photographing or making an audio recording of the proceedings of the meeting; • using any other means for enabling persons not present to see or hear proceedings at a meeting as it takes place or later; or • reporting or providing commentary on proceedings at a meeting, orally or in writing, so that the report or commentary is available as the meeting takes place or later if the person is not present.

Anyone present at a meeting as it takes place, is not permitted to carry out an oral commentary or report and must remain seated throughout the meeting. This is to prevent the business of the meeting being disrupted.

Anyone attending a meeting is asked to advise the Head of Democratic Services that they wish to report on the meeting and how they wish to do so. This is to enable Democratic Services staff to guide anyone choosing to report on proceedings to an appropriate place from which to be able to report effectively.

Any person present to film the proceedings of a meeting must respect the wishes of members of the public who do not wish to have their image recorded.

For meetings held at the Civic Centre, members of the public are welcome to use the Council’s public Wi-Fi facilities. Occasionally, meetings take place in venues not run by the Council and in such circumstances members of the public are advised to check with the venue whether Wi-Fi is available.

Page 4 Agenda Item 3

Minutes

CABINET Thursday, 12 November 2020

Meeting held in Committee Room 6, Civic Centre, Uxbridge, UB8 1UW and in part, remotely by teleconference. The meeting was live on the Council’s YouTube channel: Hillingdon London

Decisions published on: 13 November 2020 Decisions come into effect from: 20 November 2020

Cabinet Members Present: Sir Ray Puddifoot MBE (Chairman) Jonathan Bianco (Vice-Chairman) Philip Corthorne Douglas Mills Keith Burrows Richard Lewis Susan O'Brien Jane Palmer

Members also Present: Duncan Flynn Henry Higgins Wayne Bridges John Riley Simon Arnold

1. APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE

All Members were present. Councillor Susan O’Brien and Councillor Philip Corthorne participated in the Cabinet meeting by teleconference.

2. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST IN MATTERS BEFORE THIS MEETING

No interests were declared by Members present.

3. TO APPROVE THE MINUTES OF THE LAST CABINET MEETING

The decisions and minutes of the Cabinet meeting held on 22 October 2020 were agreed as a correct record.

4. TO CONFIRM THAT THE ITEMS OF BUSINESS MARKED PART 1 WILL BE CONSIDERED IN PUBLIC AND THAT THE ITEMS OF BUSINESS MARKED PART 2 IN PRIVATE

______

Page- Page 5 1 - Items to be considered in public and in private were confirmed as set out on the agenda.

5. OLDER PEOPLE'S PLAN UPDATE

RESOLVED:

That Cabinet notes the successes to date and continued progress to deliver the Older People’s Action Plan during the first half of 2020-21 to improve the quality of life, health and wellbeing of older people in Hillingdon.

Reasons for decision

Cabinet welcomed the work undertaken as part of the Older People’s Action Plan during the year, aimed at improving the lives of older people in the Borough.

The Leader of the Council outlined how various Council services had risen to the challenge to assist older people during the pandemic.

A summary of key achievements were highlighted; including free burglar alarms totalling 10,926 since the initiative began; the TeleCareLine supporting over 6,000 older people to live independently in their homes and the work of AGE UK undertaking befriending and other support schemes funded by the Council.

The success of the Brown Badge Scheme assisting older people to park was welcomed, with currently over 13,000 active users in the Borough. In closing, the Leader and Cabinet welcomed the unparalleled level support for older people provided by Hillingdon Council.

Alternative options considered and rejected

None.

Officer to action:

Kevin Byrne – Residents Services

Classification: Public

The report and any background papers relating to this decision by the Cabinet are available to view on the Council's website or by visiting the Civic Centre, Uxbridge.

______

- Page 2 - Page 6 6. PROPOSED LEASE OF RUISLIP GOLF COURSE TO HS2 LIMITED AND A PROPOSED AGREEMENT FOR LEASE OF PART OF RUISLIP GOLF COURSE FOR THE SITE OF A NEW SECONDARY FREE SCHOOL

RESOLVED:

That the Cabinet:

1. Authorises the grant of a peppercorn lease to High Speed Two (HS2) Limited of Ruislip Golf Course for a maximum term of 10 years and on the other main terms outlined in this report.

2. Authorises the grant of an Agreement for Lease with the Secretary of State for Education to grant a 125 year peppercorn lease of land at Ruislip Golf Course to a free school trust or another party (at the direction of the Secretary of State) on the main terms outlined in this report and subject to the conditions precedent having been met.

3. Authorises officers to give public notice of the Council’s intention to appropriate the land from Open Space and green belt land to Education use(s) in the event that planning permission is obtained for the new school.

4. Delegates authority to the Leader of the Council and Cabinet Member for Finance, Property and Business Services, in consultation with the Deputy Chief Executive and Corporate Director Residents Services, to consider any objections to the proposed appropriation: decide whether the land should be appropriated for Education use(s) and to make all necessary decisions to give effect to the above recommendations and any other decisions which are required in relation to the land.

Reasons for decision

The Cabinet Member for Finance, Property and Business Services set out the background to the report, arising from the Funding Agency for Schools – and not the Council - who had been looking at sites in the Borough for a new secondary school based on calculations of future school places.

Following due consideration of all relevant matters, Cabinet agreed to the granting of two lease agreements at Ruislip Golf Course, one to HS2 Limited and the other to the Secretary of State for Education. Cabinet considered a section of the Ruislip Golf Course, which the Council owned freehold, but is affected by HS2 works, was the only suitable site.

It was clearly noted that this was not a final decision on a new school being built, but the reserving of the site should it be required in the future.

Alternative options considered and rejected

______

- Page 3 - Page 7 Cabinet could have not entered into a lease with HS2 Ltd, which would have left HS2 Limited in possession of the golf course without any obligations to the Council to secure and maintain it. Cabinet also noted that the Department for Education considered alternative sites for a potential new secondary school but following an assessment by Council officers none had been found suitable.

Officers to action:

Dan Kennedy, Residents Services Mike Paterson, Residents Services

Classification: Public

The report and any background papers relating to this decision by the Cabinet are available to view on the Council's website or by visiting the Civic Centre, Uxbridge.

7. HILLINGDON'S ELECTIVE HOME EDUCATION POLICY

RESOLVED:

That the Cabinet:

1. Notes the findings from a review by officers of the Elective Home Education Policy and current external factors.

2. Considers the proposals for changes to be made to the Elective Home Education Policy and authorises officers to undertake a full consultation exercise in relation to them and the draft policy attached in Appendix 1.

3. Agrees to receive a further report at its February 2021 meeting for the purpose of considering the consultation responses and deciding whether to implement a revised Elective Home Education Policy.

Reasons for decision

Cabinet agreed a consultation on the Council’s Elective Home Education Policy, which took into account the latest guidance released by the Department for Education in April 2019.

The Cabinet Member for Education, Children and Youth Services reflected the more balanced approach proposed with responsibilities of safeguarding and the rights of parents. Cabinet welcomed the support than an updated policy would provide to those parents that choose to home educate, which had increased during the pandemic.

It was noted that the Residents’, Education and Environmental Services Policy Overview Committee would be engaged in the consultation process.

Alternative options considered and rejected

None. ______

- Page 4 - Page 8 Classification: Public

The report and any background papers relating to this decision by the Cabinet are available to view on the Council's website or by visiting the Civic Centre, Uxbridge.

8. MONTHLY COUNCIL BUDGET MONITORING REPORT - MONTH 6

RECOMMENDATIONS

That Cabinet:

1. Note the budget position as at September 2020 (Month 6) as outlined in Table 1. 2. Note the Treasury Management update as at September 2020 at Appendix E. 3. Continue the delegated authority up until the November 2020 Cabinet meeting to the Chief Executive to approve any consultancy and agency assignments over £50k, with final sign-off of any assignments made by the Leader of the Council. Cabinet are also asked to note those consultancy and agency assignments over £50k approved under delegated authority between the 22 October 2020 and 12 November 2020 Cabinet meetings, detailed at Appendix F. 4. Approves re-phasing of £6,463k HRA capital expenditure and associated financing budgets into later years of the capital programme. 5. Approves re-phasing of £28,435k General Fund capital expenditure and associated financing budgets into later years of the capital programme. 6. Approves the virement of £676k from the 2020/21 General Capital Contingency budget to the Uxbridge Mortuary Extension project. 7. Accept grant award of £9,980 from London Sport in respect of the Tackling Inequalities COVID-19 Fund.

Reasons for decision

The Cabinet Member for Finance, Property and Business Services informed Cabinet of the latest revenue and capital position for the financial year 2020/21, which showed an improved net underspend from the previous month and some rephrasing of continuing capital projects, in part due to the pandemic.

The Leader of the Council detailed the recommendations in the report, drawing to Members’ attention the latest treasury position. The Leader updated Cabinet on the exceptional costs associated with the pandemic and how the Council was effectively managing the cover of these costs within its budget.

Cabinet made a number of financial related decisions, including the rephrasing of capital budgets, additional funding to build the state-of-the-art Uxbridge Mortuary extension and accepted monies for cycle training for vulnerable and at risk groups in the Hayes area.

______

- Page 5 - Page 9 The Leader explained how Hillingdon’s financial position, despite recent challenges, was in a good place compared to other local authorities.

Alternative options considered and rejected

None.

Officer to action:

Paul Whaymand, Finance Directorate

Classification: Public

The report and any background papers relating to this decision by the Cabinet are available to view on the Council's website or by visiting the Civic Centre, Uxbridge.

9. CABINET DELEGATIONS TO THE DEPUTY CHIEF EXECUTIVE AND CORPORATE DIRECTOR OF RESIDENTS SERVICES

RESOLVED:

That the Cabinet:

1. Expresses its appreciation to Jean Palmer OBE, the Council’s Deputy Chief Executive and Corporate Director of Residents Services, for her outstanding service to the London Borough of Hillingdon.

2. Effective 12 January 2021, permits the transfer of all previous delegations granted by Cabinet to the Deputy Chief Executive and Corporate Director of Residents Services (in conjunction with the Leader of the Council and Cabinet Members) to the Chief Executive or the relevant Corporate Director or Director post responsible for the service area relating to that delegation.

Reasons for decision

Cabinet agreed the orderly transfer of the substantial delegated authority it had previously granted to the retiring Deputy Chief Executive and Corporate Director of Residents Services, to reflect the Council’s new top-tier management structure.

Individual Cabinet Members praised Ms Jean Palmer OBE for her outstanding service to the Borough and local government, reflecting on their own experiences over the years. This included working closely with them on major projects, delivering gold standard services, her strong work ethic and focus, ably steering the Council’s vision of putting residents first. Cabinet praised Ms Palmer’s role during the pandemic and wished her a very happy retirement.

Alternative options considered and rejected

None.

______

- Page 6 - Page 10 Officer to action:

Mark Braddock, Democratic Services

Classification: Public

The report and any background papers relating to this decision by the Cabinet are available to view on the Council's website or by visiting the Civic Centre, Uxbridge.

10. THE SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF STAIRLIFTS AND CEILING TRACK HOISTS

RESOLVED:

That the Cabinet:

1) Approves the Direct award to Prism UK Medical Limited for the supply and installation of new stairlifts and ceiling track hoists within private dwellings and the Council's housing stock for a three year period from the 1st December 2020.

2) Furthermore, agree that this includes the provision to extend the contract for a further ONE (1) plus ONE (1) years (5 years in total), delegating approval of any extension to the Leader of the Council and Cabinet Member for Finance, Property and Business Services, in consultation with the Deputy Chief Executive and Corporate Director of Residents Services.

Reasons for decision

Cabinet accepted a tender for the installation of stairlifts and ceiling track hoists to enable residents to maintain their independence and remain in their homes.

Alternative options considered and rejected

Cabinet could have considered ad hoc purchasing arrangements, but considered this would risk service quality and speed.

Officers to action:

Gary Penticost – Residents Services Michael Breen – Finance

Classification: Private

Whilst the Cabinet's decisions above are always made public, the officer report relating to this matter is not because it was considered in the private part of the meeting and contained information relating to the financial or business affairs of any particular person (including the Authority holding that information) and the public interest in withholding the information outweighed the public interest in disclosing it in accordance with Section 100(A) and paragraph 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12 (A) to the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended).

______

- Page 7 - Page 11 11. ANY OTHER ITEMS THE CHAIRMAN AGREES ARE RELEVANT OR URGENT

No additional items were considered by the Cabinet.

The meeting closed at 7:36pm.

*Internal Use only - implementation of decisions

All decisions: Meeting after Cabinet, the Executive Scrutiny Committee did not call- in any of the remaining Cabinet’s decisions. Therefore, these decisions can be implemented by officers upon the expiry of the scrutiny call-in period which is from:

5pm, Friday 20 November 2020.

Officers to action the decisions are indicated in the minutes.

The public part of this virtual meeting was broadcast live on the Council’s YouTube channel here under The Local Authorities and Police and Crime Panels (Coronavirus) (Flexibility of Local Authority and Police and Crime Panel Meetings) (England and Wales) (Regulations) 2020.

The public part of this meeting was broadcast live on the Council’s YouTube channel here. This meeting was also held, in part, under The Local Authorities and Police and Crime Panels (Coronavirus) (Flexibility of Local Authority and Police and Crime Panel Meetings) (England and Wales) (Regulations) 2020.

Please note that these minutes and decisions are the definitive record of proceedings by the Council of this meeting.

If you would like further information about the decisions of the Cabinet, please contact the Council below:

[email protected] Democratic Services: 01895 250636 Media enquiries: 01895 250403

To find out more about how the Cabinet works to put residents first, visit here.

______

- Page 8 - Page 12 Agenda Item 5

COUNCIL BUDGET – 2020/21 REVENUE AND CAPITAL MONTH 7 BUDGET MONITORING

Cabinet Member Councillor Jonathan Bianco

Cabinet Portfolio Finance, Property and Business Services

Report Author Paul Whaymand, Corporate Director of Finance

Papers with report Appendices A – F

HEADLINE INFORMATION

Purpose of report This report provides the Council's forecast financial position and performance against the 2020/21 revenue budget and Capital Programme.

A net in-year underspend of £3,279k is reported against General Fund revenue budget normal activities as of October 2020 (Month 7), an improvement of £719k on the Month 6 position. Unallocated reserves are projected to total £31,184k at 31 March 2021.

To date, COVID-19 pressures of £31,311k have been identified and are being funded by specific government grant, with the Council retaining £9,126k of funding in a dedicated Earmarked Reserve to supplement government support in 2020/21 and future years if required.

The latest positions on other funds and the Capital Programme are detailed within the body of this report.

Contribution to our Putting our Residents First: Financial Management plans and strategies Achieving Value for Money is an important element of the Council’s Medium Term Financial Plan.

Financial Cost N/A

Relevant Policy Corporate Services, Commerce & Communities Overview Committee

Ward(s) affected All

RECOMMENDATIONS

That Cabinet:

1. Note the budget position as at October 2020 (Month 7) as outlined in Table 1.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 13 2. Note the Treasury Management update as at October 2020 at Appendix E. 3. Continue the delegated authority up until the January 2021 Cabinet meeting to the Chief Executive to approve any consultancy and agency assignments over £50k, with final sign-off of any assignments made by the Leader of the Council. Cabinet are also asked to note those consultancy and agency assignments over £50k approved under delegated authority between the 12 November 2020 and 10 December 2020 Cabinet meetings, detailed at Appendix F. 4. Approve acceptance of gift funding in relation to a Planning Performance Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 93 of the Local Government Act 2003 for; a. Keith House (Eastern Site), Hayes - £32,000 b. Hillingdon Hospital - £80,000 5. Agree that the Council donates £50k to the Mayor of Hillingdon's Charitable Trust to support the Mayor’s charitable work.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 14 INFORMATION Reasons for Recommendations

1. The reason for Recommendation 1 is to ensure that the Council achieves its budgetary objectives, providing Cabinet with an update on performance at Month 7 against budgets approved by Council on 20 February 2020. An update on the Council's Treasury Management activities is signposted in Recommendation 2.

2. Recommendation 3 is intended to enable continued delegation of approval for appointment of consultancy and agency appointments over £50k to the Chief Executive, with final sign-off from the Leader of the Council. In addition, Appendix F reports back on use of this delegated authority previously granted by Cabinet.

3. Gift funding has been offered by developers which if accepted by Cabinet will be utilised to fund dedicated staff to support this pre-application and application work. Recommendation 4 seeks authority from Cabinet to approve the acceptance of £112k in relation to a number of major developments.

4. During the COVID-19 pandemic the Council has experienced a reduction in some costs such as travel expenditure and office expenses such as printing and stationery. At the same time the Mayor has been unable to run as many fund raising events as would be usual for the Mayor’s Charity. Recommendation 5 therefore seeks authority to make a payment of £50k to the Mayor’s Charity from some of the underspends generated at this time to provide funding for the Mayor’s charity.

Alternative options considered

5. There are no other options proposed for consideration.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 15 SUMMARY

REVENUE

6. General Fund pressures totalling £31,311k are projected in relation to the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and the Council’s response in 2019/20 and 2020/21, with £29,428k of this pressure impacting the current financial year. With the pandemic continuing and local authorities at the forefront of delivering support to residents, it is expected that this pressure will grow over the coming months and continue into the new financial year.

7. Funding through specific COVID-19 grants and the MHCLG scheme to cover 75% of income losses is expected to total £32,833k by 31 March 2021 and therefore sufficient to manage those pressures already identified. Given the likelihood that further pressures will emerge, the Council continues to maintain an Earmarked Reserve of £9,126k to manage further demands exceeding government funding.

8. On the assumption that this funding strategy for COVID-19 pressures can be achieved, an underspend of £3,279k is projected across General Fund budgets at Month 7, an improvement of £719k on the Month 6 position. The £3,279k underspend consists of £2,299k service underspends, a £212k underspend on contingency and a £768k underspend on capital financing and funding. Taking account of the budgeted £6,334k drawdown from General Balances, this will result in unallocated General Balances totalling £31,184k at 31 March 2021.

9. Within this position, £3,577k of the £6,386k savings planned for 2020/21 are banked or on track for delivery in full by 31 March 2021, with £2,809k being tracked as being at an earlier stage of implementation or at risk as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. While any in-year pressures relating to delays in implementing savings have been incorporated into the COVID- 19 pressure noted above, it will be necessary to monitor the impact of any delays on the 2021/22 budget.

10. Within the Collection Fund, a pressure of £4,785k is reported at Month 7 as a result of the significant growth in demand for the Council Tax Reduction Scheme as well as slower than budgeted growth in both Council Tax and Business Rates taxbases. These pressures reflect the impact of COVID-19 on local tax collection and following the November 2020 Spending Review it is expected that 75% of this pressure will be funded by a specific government grant. The remaining 25% will ultimately impact on General Balances and has been factored into the latest iteration of the MTFF.

CAPITAL

11. As at Month 7 an underspend of £27,675k is reported on the 2020/21 General Fund Capital Programme of £85,529k, due mainly to re-phasing of project expenditure into future years. Some schemes were temporarily put on hold during the COVID-19 pandemic. This position reflects the current view which will be refined in future reports as the impact of the pandemic on the progress of individual schemes and programmes becomes clearer. The forecast outturn variance over the life of the 2020/21 to 2024/25 programme is an under spend of £4,028k.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 16 FURTHER INFORMATION

General Fund Revenue Budget

13. Normal Activities - An underspend of £3,279k is reported across normal operating activities at Month 7, an improvement of £719k on the Month 6 position. The £719k consists of £712k improvement over the directorates, including £219k from Corporate Resources, £167k on Environment, Education & Community Services, £156k on Building Services, Transport & Business Improvement, £100k on Finance and £70k on Social Care. In addition, minor improvement are reported on Corporate Items and the net contingency requirement.

14. Overall the directorates are all reporting underspends totalling £2,299k on normal activities, however within this there are a number of pressures which are being managed and in the current year off-set through wider underspends. The improvement reported from Month 6 reflects the outcome of significant zero based budgeting, reviewing areas where underspends have occurred as a result of the pandemic, such as reductions in travel expenditure and office expenses such as printing and stationery, alongside reviewing areas where pressures are ultimately driven by COVID-19 and hence funded by COVID grant. Recommendation 5 outlined above seeks authority to donate an element of this favourable movement to the Mayor’s charity to compensate for reduced scope for fundraising during the pandemic.

15. There are underspends reported against Interest and Investment Income and Levies and Other Corporate Budgets, a favourable variance of £764k includes a one-off windfall of £161k related to Icelandic investment recoveries and the benefit of maintaining short term borrowing. A minor £4k overachievement of income is reported on Corporate Funding, as the exact level of grant funding for the year was not confirmed until after Cabinet and Council approved budgets in February 2020.

16. COVID-19 Financial Impact - There is a significant pressure of £29,428k relating to the in- year impact of the COVID-19 pandemic being reported under Exceptional Items in the table below. This pressure and £1,883k costs incurred in 2019/20 can be contained within the £32,833k confirmed government funding, although there remains a strong likelihood that further pressures will emerge over the remainder of the year as the pandemic continues. The Council therefore retains £9,126k in Earmarked Reserves to manage any costs exceeding available government funding.

17. The COVID-19 financial pressure is being driven largely by a reduction in Fees and Charges income, partly due to services not running during the pandemic and partly due to the Council ceasing Fees and Charges to support the residents during times of financial hardship. In addition the Council is continuing to support the Social Care provider market, to ensure consistency in service delivery to our more vulnerable residents, compounded by a forecast increase in demand for these services during the pandemic. Alongside this, the Council continues to support homelessness and rough sleepers, ensuring this group are protected during the pandemic.

18. Savings - £6,386k of savings are included in the 2020/21 General Fund revenue budget. Currently, delivery is on track or banked against £3,577k of this total, with £2,809k either in the early stages of delivery or deemed higher risk. The high value of the savings at risk are directly attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic, due to delays in implementing the saving programme as a result of the Council’s efforts to redirect resources during these difficult times, protecting vulnerable residents and supporting local businesses, particularly within the Social Care market place. Where savings are not expected to be delivered in full during the current

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 17 financial year, the resulting pressures form part of the reported COVID-19 pressure and associated funding strategy.

19. 2020/21 Pay Award - The Council budgeted for a 2% pay award being agreed based on the latest intelligence available at the time the budget was set at February Council. The in-year monitoring position reported reflecting the 2.75% uplift in pay, the award above the budgeted 2% will require a funding strategy going forward which will be dealt with as part of the MTFF.

Table 1: General Fund Overview Month 7 Original Budget Variance Variance Movement Revised Forecast Budget Changes Service (As at (As at from Budget Outturn Month 7) Month 6) Month 6 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Directorate Operating 213,955 (1,427) 212,528 210,229 (2,299) (1,587) (712) Budgets Corporate Operating 7,093 (55) 7,038 6,274 (764) (762) (2) Budgets Development & Risk 13,657 0 13,657 13,445 (212) (207) (5) Contingency Unallocated Budget (421) 1,482 1,061 1,061 0 0 0 Items 234,284 0 Sub-total Expenditure 234,284 231,009 (3,275) (2,556) (719)

(227,950) 0 Corporate Funding (227,950) (227,954) (4) (4) 0 6,334 0 Total Normal Activities 6,334 3,055 (3,279) (2,560) (719) Exceptional COVID-19 items 0 0 Pressures 0 29,428 29,428 26,391 3,037 0 0 COVID-19 Funding 0 (29,428) (29,428) (26,391) (3,037) 6,334 0 Total Net Expenditure 6,334 3,055 (3,279) (2,560) (719) (34,239) 0 Balances b/fwd (34,239) (34,239) Balances c/fwd 31 (27,905) 0 (27,905) (31,184) March 2021

20. General Fund Balances are expected to total £31,184k at 31 March 2021 as a result of the forecast position detailed above, which is £3,279k higher than anticipated in the budget strategy agreed in February 2020.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 18 Directorate Operating Budgets

21. The Directorate Operating Budgets are presented in the format of the new structures approved by Council. They represent the majority of the Council’s investment in day-to-day services for residents, with more volatile or demand-led areas of activity tracked separately through the Development and Risk Contingency. The impacts of COVID-19 are being reported discretely under Exceptional Items as detailed in Table 1, the position presented in Table 2 therefore represents the position reported against normal activities. Further information on latest projections for each service is contained within Appendix A to this report, with salient risks and variances within this position summarised in the following paragraphs.

Table 2: Directorate Operating Budgets Month 7 Original Budget Variance Variance Movement Revised Forecast Budget Changes Service (As at (As at from Budget Outturn Month 7 Month 6) Month 6 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 19,095 25 Expenditure 19,120 19,040 (80) 19 (99) (3,359) (165) Income (3,524) (3,596) (72) (71) (1)

15,736 (140) Finance Sub-Total 15,596 15,444 (152) (52) (100)

166,088 (1,819) Expenditure 164,269 165,975 1,706 1,108 598

(38,158) 270 Care Income (37,888) (39,609) (1,721) (1,053) (668)

127,930 (1,549) Sub-Total 126,381 126,366 (15) 55 (70) Social 49,247 2,696 Expenditure 51,943 51,010 (933) 364 (1,297) (35,800) (3,299) Income (39,099) (38,923) 176 (954) 1,130 Services, Improvement Transport

13,447 (603) Business Sub-Total 12,844 12,087 (757) (590) (167) Community Environment , Education Services

49,000 977 Expenditure 49,977 48,876 (1,101) (682) (419) & & (11,120) (174) Income (11,294) (11,072) 222 (41) 263

37,880 803 Building Sub-Total 38,683 37,804 (879) (723) (156)

20,922 63 Expenditure 20,985 20,100 (885) (361) (524) (1,960) (1) Income (1,961) (1,572) 389 84 305

18,962 62 Resources Sub-Total 19,024 18,528 (496) (277) (219) Corporate Services Total Directorate 213,955 (1,427) 212,528 210,229 (2,299) (1,587) (712) Operating Budgets & 22. An underspend of £152k is reported on Finance budgets at Month 7, a change on Month 6 of £100k mainly due to fleet fuel cost reductions. There are compensating variances reported in Exchequer and Business Assurance Services and Procurement, which relate to the implementation of BID reviews. This is primarily relating to extended notice periods and staffing vacancies.

23. There is a net underspend of £15k reported across Social Care before COVID-19 pressures, within this variance there are compensating movements being driven largely by staffing variances in Children’s Services and Adult Social Care alongside non-staffing pressures within Provider and Commissioned Care, offset by staffing reductions in Provider and Commissioned Care where some services have been unable to run during the lockdown period. Placement budgets are undergoing a review in line with the pooled budget arrangements with the CCG.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 19 24. Environment, Education & Community Services is reporting a net underspend of £757k, within this position is an overspend on Education and Trading Standards offset by an underspend in Green Spaces and Housing. The underspend in Green Spaces is linked to a number of services not being operational due to the pandemic, in addition, the service are reporting underspends against staffing budgets due to vacant posts. There is a £167k improvement in Month 7 consisting of £80k in Planning, Transportation and Regeneration, a £32k improvement in Green Spaces, a £46k improvement in Community Safety and other minor movements.

25. A net £879k underspend is reported across Building Services, Transport & Business Improvement with £480k relating to slippage in Highways works and £370k in Property Services, with additional income from lease extensions and the garage portfolio. There is a £162k underspend against Waste Services relating to cessation of Waste Weekends and the new bulky waste collection services. This is being offset by a £115k overspend in Capital project related costs and a number of smaller variances across the service.

26. The Corporate Resources & Services directorate is forecasting an underspend of £496k which is being driven by vacant posts in the Business & Technical Support service and staffing costs relating to the COVID-19 response being identified for grant funding.

27. The Council is permitted to finance the costs associated with service transformation from Capital Receipts, with both one-off implementation costs and the support for service transformation, including the BID team, being funded from this resource. Current projections include an estimate of £2,531k for such costs, which will remain under review over the remainder of the year and have been excluded from the reported monitoring positions. It is anticipated that these costs will be financed from a combination of Capital Receipts and Earmarked Reserves.

Progress on Savings

28. The savings requirement for 2020/21 is £6,136k. In addition, there are savings of £250k brought forward from 2019/20, which gives an overall total of £6,386k reported below. Of this sum £3,577k are either banked or on track for delivery. £447k savings are in the early stages of delivery or potentially subject to greater risk to delivery, with the remaining £2,362k being reported as having a serious problem with delivery.

29. The high number of savings being reported as having a serious problem with delivery (£2,362k) are directly attributed to the COVID-19 pandemic and the delay this has caused in implementing the saving programme as the Council has needed to redirect resources to manage the pandemic. This value has been included within the Council’s COVID-19 pressures under Exceptional Items and is therefore not included within the reported position on normal activities quoted in Table 1.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 20 Table 3: Savings Tracker Social Corporate Cross- Total 2020/21 Finance DEECS BSTBI 2020/21 General Fund Care Resources Cutting Savings Savings Programme £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 % B Banked (186) (374) (80) 0 (31) (590) (1,261) 19.7% On track for 0 G (42) (1,674) (600) 0 0 (2,316) 36.3% delivery Potential significant savings shortfall or a A 0 (447) 0 0 0 0 (447) 7.0% significant or risky project which is at an early stage; Serious problems R in the delivery of 0 0 (1,086) 0 (375) (901) (2,362) 37.0% the saving Total 2020/21 Savings (228) (2,495) (1,166) (600) (406) (1,491) (6,386) 100.0%

Corporate Operating Budgets (£764k underspend, £2k favourable movement)

30. Corporately managed expenditure includes revenue costs of the Council's Capital Programme, the net impact of Housing Benefit Subsidy arrangements on the Council, externally set levies and income arising from the provision of support services to other funds and ring-fenced budgets.

31. A favourable variance of £484k is reported against interest payable as a result of maximising short term borrowing, alongside this a further one off windfall income of £161k related to Icelandic bank losses improves the position. In addition, as a result of anticipated capital expenditure and associated borrowing costs, a £108k underspend is reported on the revenue costs of debt financing, all of which bring the overall Interest and Investment Income position to a £753k favourable position. Levies and Other Corporate Budgets are forecast to underspend by £11k, mainly driven by a lower Concessionary Fares levy as the final levy figure wasn’t available until after the budget was set. Housing Benefit remains on budget with no variance being reported. No material variances are reported across the remainder of Corporate Budgets, resulting in a headline underspend of £764k.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 21 Table 4: Corporate Operating Budgets Month 7 Original Budget Variance Variance Revised Forecast Revised Budget Changes Service (As at (As at Budget Outturn Budget Month 7) Month 6) Investment

£'000 £'000 Income £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 0 0 Salaries 0 0 0 0 0

and Non-Sal 8,459 111 8,570 7,978 (592) (592) 0 Exp (487) (166) Income (653) (814) (161) (161) 0 Interest 7,972 (55)Corporate Sub-Total 7,917 7,164 (753) (753) 0 Budgets 499 0 Other Salaries 499 499 0 1 (1)

and Non-Sal

12,376 0 12,376 12,365 (11) 18 (29) Exp

Subsidy

(12,289) 0 Benefit Income (12,289) (12,289) 0 (28) 28

586 0 Levies Sub-Total 586 575 (11) (9) (2) 0 0 Salaries 0 0 0 0 0

Non-Sal 147,893 0 147,893 147,893 0 0 0 Exp (149,358) 0 Income (149,358) (149,358) 0 0 0 Housing (1,465) 0 Sub-Total (1,465) (1,465) 0 0 0 Total Corporate 7,093 (55) 7,038 6,274 (764) (762) (2) Operating Budgets

Development & Risk Contingency

32. For 2020/21 £16,127k was set aside to manage uncertain elements of budgets within the Development & Risk Contingency, which included £15,627k in relation to specific risk items and £500k as General Contingency to manage unforeseen issues, since this date, £2,470k has been released into directorates’ base budgets, leaving £13,657k to finance expenditure in these areas.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 22 Table 5: Development & Risk Contingency Month 7 Original Budget Variance Variance Moveme Revised Forecast Budget Changes Service (As at (As at nt from Budget Outturn Month 7) Month 6) Month 6 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 1,063 0 Asylum Service 1,063 589 (474) (284) (190) Demographic Growth - 3,211 0 3,211 3,519 308 196 113 Looked After Children Demographic Care Growth - 895 0 895 460 (435) (297) (138) Children with

Social Disabilities 2,873 (150) SEN transport 2,723 2,464 (259) 0 (259) Demographic 3,842 (1,049) Growth - Adult 2,793 3,717 924 474 450 Social Care

Impact of Welfare Reform 1,736 (914) 822 891 69 49 20 on

Community Homelessness

Planning Environment, 0 0 Education Enforcement 0 20 20 20 0 Services

Waste Disposal & Levy & 2,407 (357) 2,050 1,685 (365) (365) 0 Improvement Transport Associated Services, Business Building Contracts

Additional & (400) 0 Investment (400) (400) 0 0 0 Income General

500 0 Corporate 500 500 0 0 0 Contingency Items Total Development & Risk 16,127 (2,470) 13,657 13,445 (212) (208) (5) Contingency

33. Within Social Care Contingency there are a number of movements in Month 7, including an improvement of £215k across Children’s contingencies, partly driven by disputed Asylum cases being approved by the Home Office resulting in additional funding, offset by an increased call of £450k for Adult Social Care primarily relating to Mental Health. SEN Transport is reporting a £259k reduced call on contingency due to reduced demand in the earlier part of this year.

34. There is an increase in the pressure on homelessness of £20k, the forecast variance is against Temporary Accommodation and incentive budgets. There is no change in Waste Services which is £365k below the contingency budget. This variance results from a revision to the forecast following confirmation of the quarter 2 pay as you throw tonnages from the West London Waste Authority.

35. It is expected that pressures can be managed within the £500k budget set aside for General Contingency. There is currently no pressure on service contingency leaving £500k available

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 23 for any further calls on General Contingency. All contingency items will continue to be closely monitored over the coming months and forecasts refreshed accordingly, currently across the range of contingency items there is a £212k underspend, which is being reflected in the overall monitoring position.

Exceptional Items – COVID-19 Pressures

36. The majority of the COVID-19 pressure is relating to Social Care, and Environment, Education & Community Services, these two areas represent £22,702k of the £29,428k pressure. In addition, £1,883k pressures were identified in the 2019/20 financial year to give a total direct cost of £30,811k.

a. Within Social Care, the Council is forecasting a pressure of just over £9.5m, driven by support offered to providers, additional demand for services and Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) to enable to Council to ensure that some of the more vulnerable residents are supported and receive the care they need during the pandemic.

b. In addition, approximately £1.7m of support has been provided to support homeless residents of the borough and ensure their safety during COVID-19, with a further £2.4m being used to fund environmental services including the mortuary and crematorium services, alongside waste management.

c. Included within this pressure is a forecast decline in Fees and Charges income of approximately £11m, some of which relates to services not running during the pandemic, alongside a number of Fees and Charges that the Council had temporarily suspended in order to support residents during difficult times, with the suspension of parking charges making up approximately £3.7m of this value.

37. Included within this position is a forecast assumption that the overall pressure caused by COVID-19 will be funded by Central Government and other funding strategies. The Council has confirmed funding of £32,833k (although the final figure will in part be based on actual income losses and may therefore fluctuate) which will be sufficient to manage pressures identified to date, although there remains a risk that new and emerging issues will leave a funding gap in either the current or future years.

38. The strategy to deal with any unfunded COVID-19 costs is to utilise Earmarked Reserves totalling £9,216k. As part of the outturn for 2019/20, the Council took the decision to transfer £3,293k into an Earmarked Reserve to boost the Council’s financial resilience in 2020/21. A further £2,356k is held in Public Health Earmarked Reserves and £3,477k in service specific reserves, which can be utilised if necessary, to fund any further pressures in 2020/21 and later years.

HIP Initiatives

39. There is £677k of HIP Initiative balances brought forward at the start of the year. To date £11k has been allocated leaving, £666k available for future releases.

Schools Budget

40. At Month 7 the Dedicated Schools Grant position is reporting an in-year overspend of £9,451k. This is a £315k adverse movement from Month 6 with the Central Schools Services showing a adverse £9k movement and a further £306k adverse movement in High Needs.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 24 41. There are continuing pressures in the cost of High Needs. There is a current backlog of cases and the growth in EHCP numbers in the published SEN2 data of 17.5% indicates that this could add further pressure to the budget. When the £15,002k deficit brought forward from 2019/20 is taken into account, the deficit to carry forward to 2021/22 is forecast at £24,138k. This pressure will ultimately be funded from future grant awards and will therefore not impact upon the Council’s own resources.

Collection Fund

42. The Collection Fund is forecasting a deficit of £4,785k as at Month 7, a £19k favourable movement from Month 6relating to a slight improvement in Business Rates. The variance being largely driven by reduced growth in the Council Tax taxbase and a reduction in the Business Rates taxbase as a result of expected business failures due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

43. Any deficit realised at outturn will impact on the General Fund budget in future years, with the Government confirming that Councils will be required to spread the deficit over a period of three years in equal increments as a result of the in-year deficit being directly attributable to COVID-19, a third of the in-year deficit (£1,829k) would hit the Council’s budget position for 2021/22 to 2023/24, effectively increasing the budget gap by this value, offset in 2021/22 by the brought forward surplus of £702k. The Spending Review confirmed that the Government will be funding 75% of this deficit, with further details to follow on the exact mechanics of this announcement, in the interim, the Council is assuming 75% of the £1,829k will be funded through this mechanism in the budget strategy, meaning only £457k will impact on the Council’s balances.

Housing Revenue Account

44. The Housing Revenue Account is currently forecasting a £36k variance, resulting in a drawdown of reserves of £2,021k. This results in a projected 2020/21 closing HRA General Balance of £15,054k. This excludes the potential cost pressures of COVID-19, which are estimated at £345k. These pressures have not been included in the Month 7 forecast position for HRA revenue or capital as firstly they may not all materialise and secondly, they are at a level that is fundable in-year. In addition, lobbying for specific HRA COVID-19 funding from government is ongoing through London Councils.

Future Revenue Implications of Capital Programme

45. Appendix D to this report outlines the forecast outturn on the 2020/21 to 2024/25 Capital Programme, with a balanced position over the five-year programme. Alongside marginal variances on Government Grant income and Capital Receipts, Prudential Borrowing is projected to be £1,421k lower. The reduction in the borrowing requirement would result in a £70k per annum reduction to revenue, which represents a minor variance when set in the context of the current MTFF position on capital financing costs.

46. Capital Projects have been affected by the pandemic and the ability to deliver to previous timescales is being reviewed on an ongoing basis. A number of schemes have had to be put on hold.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 25 Appendix A – Detailed Group Forecasts (General Fund)

FINANCE

47. A forecast underspend of £152k is reported for the Finance Directorate as at Month 7 against normal activities, with £1,456k being reported against the COVID-19 pressure within Exceptional Items. Pressures across the Group relating to the partial achievement of the managed vacancy target for the service have been netted down by vacancies across the group and reductions in running costs within the Fleet Service.

48. Reductions in running costs for the Fleet Service together with reductions in card transactions during the pandemic, most significantly during the first lockdown, have contributed to the current year monitoring underspend.

Table 6: Finance Operating Budgets Month 7 Original Budget Variance Variance Movement Revised Forecast Budget Changes Service (As at (As at from Budget Outturn Month 7) Month 6) Month 6 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 4,224 0 Salaries 4,224 4,224 0 (5) 5 Non-Sal and 636 0 Assurance 636 679 43 48 (5) Services Exp Business (445) 0 Income (445) (504) (59) (59) 0 Corporate 4,415 0 Finance Sub-Total 4,415 4,399 (16) (16) 0

5,844 215 Salaries 6,059 6,144 85 89 (4) Non-Sal 3,283 9 3,292 3,272 (20) (19) (1) Exp (2,796) (224) Income (3,020) (3,039) (19) (18) (1) Exchequer 6,331 0 Sub-Total 6,331 6,377 46 52 (6) 1,790 (199) Salaries 1,591 1,551 (40) (40) 0 Non-Sal 3,318 0 3,318 3,170 (148) (54) (94) Directorate Exp (118) 59 Income (59) (53) 6 6 0 Procure-

4,990 (140) ment Sub-Total 4,850 4,668 (182) (88) (94) 11,858 16 Salaries 11,874 11,919 45 44 1

Non-Sal 7,237 9 7,246 7,121 (125) (25) (100) Exp (3,359) (165) Income (3,524) (3,596) (72) (71) (1) Finance 15,736 (140) Total 15,596 15,444 (152) (52) (100)

Exceptional Items – COVID-19 Pressures

Finance Development & Risk Contingency Month 7 Original Budget Variance Variance Movement Development & Risk Revised Forecast Budget Changes (As at (As at from Contingency Budget Outturn Month 7) Month 6) Month 6 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 0 0 COVID-19 0 1,456 1,456 675 781 Total Exceptional 0 0 0 1,456 1,456 675 781 Items

49. Within the Finance Service, £1,456k is being reported against COVID-19 pressures under Exceptional Items. The pressure arises predominantly from shortfalls in court fee income

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 26 following the cessation of court hearings during the COVID pandemic and is likely to increase until recovery activity through the courts can resume as normal. The income pressure has increased by £600k at Month 7 from £660k reported at Month 6 to £1,260k following the move to tier 2 and subsequently to full lockdown restrictions. Additional overtime and agency resource has also been approved to support the backlog of work within the Client Financial Affairs Team resulting directly from lockdown restrictions during the pandemic reported at Month 6, as well as increased requirements within the E&BAS as at Month 7.

FINANCE OPERATING BUDGETS (£152k underspend, £100k favourable movement)

Corporate Finance (£16k underspend - nil movement)

50. The position remains in line overall with that reported for Month 6 and arises from the projected pressure on the cost of external audit fees continuing to be offset by volume related reductions in bank charges and banking security costs during the COVID pandemic. The underspend for banking security costs relating cash collection at pilot sites has increased for Month 7 due to further lockdown restrictions and accounts for the non-salaries movement from Month 6.

Exchequer & Business Assurance Services (£46k pressure, £6k favourable movement)

51. Staff resource assumptions are consistent with Month 6 and a reduction in bank charges reflects the trend across other services in the group. The Service is on track to deliver the MTFF savings target currently unallocated for 2020/21.

Procurement (£182k underspend, £94 favourable movement)

52. The favourable movement of £94k from Month 6 is due to the unwinding of fuel forecasts due to comparatively stable oil and fuel prices, together with reductions in contracted repairs and maintenance costs that were recently negotiated. These in-year cost reductions have been translated into permanent savings during the zero based budgeting exercise undertaken during the recent MTFF process for 2021/22.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 27 SOCIAL CARE

53. Social Care is projecting an underspend of £15k at Month 7 on normal activities, an improvement of £70k the Month 6 base budget position. The contingency position is an improvement of £25k, with a net overspend of £64k on the development and risk contingency across Social Care. This excludes COVID-19 exceptional items of £9,625k that are covered under the development and risk contingency below.

Table 7: Social Care Operating Budgets Month 7 Original Budget Variance Variance Movement Revised Forecast Budget Changes Service (As at (As at from Budget Outturn Month 7) Month 6) Month 6 Commission

£'000 £'000 ed £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

21,123 (696) Care Salaries 20,427 18,798 (1,629) (1,203) (426)

and Non-Sal 9,849 651 10,500 11,189 689 319 370 Exp (4,876) 0 Income (4,876) (4,668) 208 199 9

26,096 (45) Provider Sub-Total 26,051 25,319 (732) (685) (47) 7,350 732 Salaries 8,082 8,340 258 352 (94)

Work Non-Sal 77,244 (2,483) 74,761 74,424 (337) (912) 575 Social

Exp (23,405) 308 Income (23,097) (22,841) 256 797 (541)

61,189 (1,443) Adult Sub-Total 59,746 59,923 177 237 (60) 17,296 (28) Salaries 17,268 17,171 (97) (19) (78) Non-Sal 21,287 6 21,293 23,888 2,595 2,338 257 Exp (9,600) (38) Income (9,638) (11,727) (2,089) (1,953) (136) Children's 28,983 (60) Services Sub-Total 28,923 29,332 409 366 43 1,714 (1) Salaries 1,713 1,877 164 163 1 Non-Sal 178 1 179 229 50 50 0 Exp

(125) 0 SEND Income (125) (221) (96) (96) 0 1,767 0 Sub-Total 1,767 1,885 118 117 1 351 0 Salaries 351 371 20 20 0 Non-Sal 6,822 0Partnerships 6,822 6,801 (21) (21) 0

Sector Exp Voluntary Health Public (45) 0 Integration Income (45) (45) 0 0 0 7,128 0 Sub-Total 7,128 7,127 (1) (1) 0 456 0 Salaries 456 469 13 21 (8)

Non-Sal 2,417 0 & 2,417 2,418 1 0 1 Exp

(107) 0 Health Income (107) (107) 0 0 0 2,766 0 Sub-Total 2,766 2,780 14 21 (7) 48,290 7 Salaries 48,297 47,026 (1,271) (666) (605) Non-Sal

117,797 (1,825) e 115,972 118,949 2,977 1,774 1,203 Total

Exp Directorat

(38,158) 270 Social Income (37,888) (39,609) (1,721) (1,053) (668) Care 127,929 (1,548) Total 126,381 126,366 (15) 55 (70)

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 28 SOCIAL CARE DEVELOPMENT AND RISK CONTINGENCY (£64k overspend, £25k favourable movement)

54. The Council's 2020/21 Development and Risk Contingency includes provisions for areas of expenditure within Social Care for which there is a greater degree of uncertainty and relates to in-year demographic changes across Adults and Children’s Social Care, including Asylum Seekers and SEN Transport. Table 8 sets out the Month 7 projected position for the Development and Risk Contingency.

55. At Month 7, Social Care contingency is forecast to overspend against contingency by £64k, representing an improvement of £25k on the month 6 position.

56. Adults placements contingency is forecast to overspend against contingency by £924k, representing an adverse movement of £450k on the month 6 position mainly due to additional Transition clients, netted off by the underspend within CWD contingency, and the impact of changes in funding arrangements for Learning Disability packages.

57. SEN Transport is reporting an underspend of £259k against contingency due to fewer routes operating and associated Passenger Assistants expenditure during April to July, reducing the drawdown required for contingency. However, given factors such as additional staffing expenditure due to Passenger Assistant illness/shielding requirements, ad hoc school closures due to staff illness, and potentially additional referrals from the SEN Team over the next few months (estimated to be 25-30 children), this will continue to be closely monitored.

58. Within Asylum, further cases that were previously disputed by the Home Office have now been approved, resulting additional funding being provided.

59. This adverse movement within Looked After Children is made up of a pressure on Secure Remand, Residential and Independent Fostering Placements, as a result of an increase in the number of high cost and semi-independent living placements. However, this increase is attributed to the impact of COVID-19, which has reduced the overall forecast and call on contingency by £706k through the remainder of the financial year.

Table 8: Social Care Development & Risk Contingency Month 7 Original Budget Variance Variance Movement Development & Risk Revised Forecast Budget Changes (As at (As at from Contingency Budget Outturn Month 7) Month 6) Month 6 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 1,063 0 Asylum Service 1,063 589 (474) (284) (190) Demographic Growth - 3,211 0 3,211 3,519 308 196 113 Looked After Children Demographic Growth - 895 0 Children with 895 460 (435) (297) (138) Disabilities 2,873 (150) SEN Transport 2,723 2,464 (259) 0 (259) Demographic Growth - 3,842 (1,049) 2,793 3,717 924 474 450 Adult Social Care 11,884 (1,199) Current Commitments 10,685 10,749 64 89 (25) 0 0 COVID-19 0 9,560 9,560 8,504 1,056 Total Exceptional 0 0 0 9,560 9,560 8,504 1,056 Items

Exceptional Items – COVID-19 Pressures

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 29 60. Within Social Care, COVID-19 pressures of £9,625k are being reported, which is an increase on the requirement of £1,121k on the month 6 position. This is predominantly made up of the allocation of £721k of Semi-Independent costs within Childrens Services being added to the allocation this month, alongside a further £712k from increases within Mental Health and smaller staffing specific additional costs. This has been netted down by an adjustment of £500k to reflect a lower forecast for the additional support provided to suppliers and minor alignments with expenditure forecasts across the Group.

61. The Provider and Commissioned Care pressure includes £394k of additional staffing costs in care homes as a direct result of the pandemic. Of non-staffing pressures, there is £84k in undeliverable savings from the delayed implementation of the restructure of Children and Family Development Services; £131k in additional costs for flats in the Extra care centres that were vacant and were unable to be re-let to the usual pre-COVID timescales between March and September; and £42k in additional banking administration charges for the Brokerage service due to extra payment cards being issued as part of the service’s COVID response. Additionally a loss of £356k in income is being reported which mostly relates to Early Years Centres as parental fee forecasts have fallen.

62. The Adult Social Care pressure includes £1,500k of support provided to external providers during the pandemic, to ensure continuation of care to eligible Social Care clients at a time when providers are facing financial difficulty. In addition to this, a further £2,200k is forecast to provide PPE within the wider Adult Social Care service delivery model. A further £2,062k is being forecast for additional demand, within the service as a result of the pandemic, with an increase of £712k this month representing the additional impact on Mental Health Services as a result of the pandemic. The remaining balance relates to workforce pressures within the service that are directly attributable to the pandemic.

63. The pressure associated with Children’s Services (LAC) relates to an increase in spend in Residential care, as during the pandemic the department are unable to move Children on to more suitable accommodation and therefore achieve a lower unit cost, based on providing a more appropriate level of care. This is specifically caused by delays in moving on clients in LAC and Asylum and continuing to pay for spot purchases within Semi-Independent Placements, due to the limited availability of beds currently within the Block Contract arrangement.

SOCIAL CARE OPERATING BUDGETS (£15k overspend £70k favourable movement)

Provider and Commissioned Care (£732k underspend - £47k improvement)

64. At Month 7, Provider and Commissioned Care are reporting a £732k underspend. This is driven by large staffing underspends of £1,629k driven by reductions in agency cover as lower levels of staffing were required for service provision during lockdown. This has been particularly apparent in services such as Passenger Transport, which was heavily impacted by school closures and the temporary closure of Children’s Centres, where permanent staff were redeployed to Early Year’s Centres to replace agency staffing.

Adult Social Work (£177k overspend - £60k favourable movement)

65. The position reported at Month 7 on the base budget is an overspend of £177k across Adult Social Work, a favourable movement of £160k on Month 6.

66. There is an ongoing extensive review of the pooled budget arrangements with the CCG and the use of the Hospital Discharge NHS Covid Funding to fund additional costs of discharges,

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 30 in the current year and then to determine the long-term impact of clients currently funded through this funding arrangement.

67. There has been a review of demographics across Learning Disabilities and Mental Health Placements to determine any additional pressures arising this year as a result of the wider impacts of COVID-19.

Children’s Services (£409k overspend - £43k adverse movement)

68. Minor adverse movements in non-staffing budgets across children's services have been netted down by slight improvements in staffing forecasts as a result of a reduction of agency sped.

69. BID reviews are underway within Safeguarding Services which will address the high level of agency personnel currently within the service and ultimately reduce cost. Furthermore, the introduction of new agency staffing arrangements with Sanctuary Personnel, will deliver the temporary staff at a lower cost and support further reduction in spend.

SEND (£118k overspend, £1k adverse movement)

70. Pressures on staffing budgets within SEND are driven largely by the Educational Psychology Service, however, these additional staffing requirements are delivering income within the service and broadly net off this pressure. Across the remainder of the service, staffing and non-staffing pressures caused by agency staff covering vacant posts along with additional mediation costs are driving the overspend position at Month 7.

Public Health (Breakeven, nil movement)

71. The Public Health budgets are offset against the Public Health Earmarked Reserve, so any over or underspend are either funded by, or contribute to the reserve each year. The main spend within Public Health is through contract provision, for which services have continued to be delivered through the lockdown period as far as possible and the Government advice has been to continue funding these contracts at full value. It is currently forecast that Public Health services will be delivered within budget.

Health integration and Voluntary Sector Partnerships (£14k overspend - £7k adverse movement)

72. An improvement of £7k on the Month 6 position is reported as a result of the changes to staffing assumptions. There is a budget of £2.2m within this Service area to fund contributions to the Voluntary Sector, which is forecast to spend to budget at Month 6.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 31 ENVIRONMENT, EDUCATION & COMMUNITY SERVICES

73. The Environment, Education and Community Services directorate is showing a projected outturn underspend of £757k at Month 6 on normal activities, a favourable movement of £167k from Month 6. A further £12,642k is being reported under the COVID-19 exceptional items disclosure. The overall variance on normal activities is a result of pressures within Green Spaces, Trading Standards and Parking offset by underspends in Planning, Housing, Education & Community Safety.

Table 9: Environment, Education & Community Services Operating Budgets Month 7 Original Budget Variance Variance Movement Revised Forecast Budget Changes Service (As at as at from Transportation Budget Outturn Month 7) Month 6 Month 6

£'000 £'000 & £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 4,526 0 Salaries 4,526 4,401 (125) 23 (148)

Regeneration Non-Sal 1,414 286 1,700 1,790 90 104 (14) Exp

(4,770) (231) Planning, Income (5,001) (5,111) (110) (192) 82 Culture Sports 1,170 55 Spaces, Sub-Total 1,225 1,080 (145) (65) (80) 13,164 17 Salaries 13,181 12,831 (350) (332) (18)

& Non-Sal 5,994 0 5,994 5,893 (101) (141) 40 Exp

(10,767) 0 Green Income (10,767) (10,695) 72 126 (54) 8,391 17 Sub-Total 8,408 8,029 (379) (347) (32) 3,030 446 Salaries 3,476 3,432 (44) 23 (67) Non-Sal 3,940 3,121 7,061 6,544 (517) 518 (1,035) Exp

(3,482) (3,259) Housing Income (6,741) (6,493) 248 (844) 1,092 3,488 308 Sub-Total 3,796 3,483 (313) (303) (10) 973 0 Salaries 973 1,003 30 22 8 Non-Sal 4,230 0 4,230 4,376 146 146 0 Exp

(4,313) 0 Education Income (4,313) (4,322) (9) (9) 0 890 0 Sub-Total 890 1,057 167 159 8 2,419 36 Salaries 2,455 2,381 (74) 39 (113) Non-Sal 559 0 559 773 214 215 (1) Licensing Exp Environment Standards, Health (3,134) 0 Trading Income (3,134) (3,131) 3 (82) 85 (156) 36 Sub-Total (120) 23 143 172 (29)

959 & 0 Salaries 959 872 (87) (81) (6) Non-Sal 2,958 0 2,958 2,983 25 (3) 28 Exp Services (8,429) 0 Parking Income (8,429) (8,452) (23) (23) 0 (4,512) 0 Sub-Total (4,512) (4,597) (85) (107) 22 2,364 (185) Salaries 2,179 1,865 (314) (247) (67) Non-Sal 2,716 (1,024) 1,692 1,866 174 78 96 Exp (905) 191 Income (714) (719) (5) 70 (75) Resilience Cohesion Community

4,175 (1,018) Safety, Sub-Total 3,157 3,012 (145) (99) (46) 27,435 314 Salaries 27,749 26,785 (964) (553) (411) & Non-Sal 21,811 2,383 24,194 24,225 31 917 (886) Exp Environment Educatio (35,800) (3,299)Community Income (39,099) (38,923) 176 (954) 1,130 n , & Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 32 Directora 13,446 (602) Services Total 12,844 12,087 (757) (590) (167) te 74. The Council’s 2020/21 contingency budget contains provision for areas of expenditure or income within Environment, Education and Community Services for which there is a greater degree of uncertainty. At Month 7, projected calls on contingency are forecast to be £89k greater than the budgeted provision.

Table 10: Development and Risk Contingency Budget Month 7 Variance Variance Movement Original Change Revised Forecast as at as at from Budget Contingency Item s Budget Outturn Month 7 Month 6 Month 6 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Impact of Welfare 822 0 Reform on 822 891 69 49 20 Homelessness Development Control - 0 0 0 20 20 20 0 General Contingency 822 0 Total 822 911 89 69 20 COVID-19 0 (13,142) (13,142) (12,257) 885 Total Exceptional 0 0 0 (12,642) (12,642) (12,257) 385 Items

75. The data in the table below shows the use of Temporary Accommodation. At Month 7, the number of households in Bed and Breakfast accommodation is 46 units above the budgeted assumptions made in modelling Supply and Demand for the 2020/21 MTFF.

Table 11: Housing Needs performance data August September October 2020 2020 2020 All Approaches 249 271 273 Full Assessment Required 201 214 194 New into Temporary Accommodation (Homeless 30 44 29 and Relief) Households in Temporary Accommodation 426 439 431 Households in B&B 165 176 176

76. As in previous years, a contingency has been set aside in 2020/21 to resource the procurement of Private Sector placements or the need for Temporary Accommodation in the borough. The call on contingency relating to homelessness is forecast at £891k, £69k above the budgeted provision. The movement of £20k is as a result of delays in moving clients out of Bed and Breakfast accommodation into the Private Rented Sector.

77. The service is currently forecasting the number of clients in B&B accommodation will average 168 over the financial year, however, management actions to reduce numbers through increased non-cost prevention and move-on activity are ongoing.

78. The Council will continue to closely monitor this risk, as following the introduction of the Homeless Reduction Act in April 2018, there has been increased demand for Housing assistance. Specific funding is retained within an Earmarked Reserve to manage this risk.

79. At Month 6, a drawdown of £20k from General Contingency is being utilised to appoint Counsel for the planning enforcement enquiry at the Brookside Moor Lane, Harmondsworth

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 33 site. This involves challenging the unauthorised use of green belt land for creating a scrap yard without planning consent.

Exceptional Items – COVID-19 Pressures

80. Environment, Education and Community Services are currently forecasting £13,142k of pressures against the COVID-19 exceptional items disclosure, with approximately £8,328k of this amount related to losses of income during the pandemic, with the balance being related to cost pressures.

81. The largest single pressure within the service area relates to approximately £3,742k loss of income from parking Fees and Charges as the Council took the decision to temporarily cease charging in this area to support residents during difficult times, with a general reduction in parking activity also experienced. A further £3,013k is being reported against Green Spaces, Sports and Culture income as a result of these services not being able to run during the pandemic, with leisure centres and golf courses closing for a period under Government guidelines. The remaining £1,573k of loss income relates to trading standards, food & safety and licencing (predominantly driven by imported food charges) and lost income from planning and development control Fees and Charges.

82. The expenditure pressures being reported in this area include approximately £1,755k for homelessness and rough sleeper support, ensuring that this vulnerable group is protected during the pandemic, alongside an estimated £2,486k of lost income and financial support for leisure centres following their closure during the national lockdown and £1,345k to support the Breakspear Crematorium hub. A number of smaller pressures reported across the directorate make up the remaining balance, with the largest of these being circa £107k within the Anti-Social Behaviour Team.

ENVIRONMENT, EDUCATION AND COMMUNITY SERVICES OPERATING BUDGETS (££757k underspend, £167k favourable movement)

Planning, Transportation and Regeneration (£145k underspend, £80k favourable movement)

83. Planning Services is currently reporting a £145k underspend, largely driven by unbudgeted Section 106 funding for Air Quality project management, recruitment delays to permanent posts and the significant reduction of agency staff across Development Management. Building Control is forecasting an underspend of £36k due to posts being held vacant until next financial year, whilst Transport and Aviation Services is reporting a £9k overspend attributable to unachievable managed vacancy factor due to limited staff turnover.

Green Spaces, Sports and Culture (£379k underspend, £32k favourable movement)

84. Green Spaces, Sports and Culture is currently reporting a £379k underspend, of which £350k relates to underspends against staffing; largely driven by vacant posts across the service in a number of different areas. A further £101k relates to a reduction in non-staffing expenditure which predominantly reflects the majority of services not being operational for the most part of the financial year and limited operation going forward as some of these services gradually resume. Income pressures of £72k related to the non-staffing expenditure, partly offsets this position.

Housing (£313k underspend, £10k favourable movement)

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 34 85. Housing is reporting an underspend of £313k at Month 7. There is a variance within the First Time Buyers service of £275k due to reduced levels of activity following a slowdown in the Housing Market. Non contingency funded Homelessness budgets are underspending by £19k, predominantly due to the Winter Night Shelter provision not being required for 2020-21, as alternative support is being offered through the Rough Sleepers Grant.

Education (£167k overspend, £8k adverse movement)

86. The Month 7 position for Education shows an overspend of £167k against budget. The pressure on the base budget is related to a historical underlying pressure that is due to be addressed in a BID review of the Education service. The £8k adverse movement relates to staffing changes in the Attendance and Exclusions team where, some additional responsibility allowances have been allocated to staff covering a post which is currently vacant.

Trading Standards, Environment Health & Licensing (£167k overspend, £8k adverse movement

87. The service is reporting a £167k pressure at Month 7. There is a £74k staffing underspend forecast, largely attributable to delays in recruiting to vacant posts, not all of which are covered by agency resource. The £214k non-staffing pressure reflects ongoing costs associated with the Project Pompeii animal welfare case (£66k) and overspends within the Imported Food Office. The broadly offsetting movements for staffing costs and income reflect a restatement in the presentation of forecast spend in alignment with the Reopening High Streets Safely grant award.

Parking Services (£85k underspend, £22k adverse movement)

88. Of the reported underspend at Month 7, £87k is attributable to the service’s staffing forecast, with recruitment to several vacant posts, particularly within the Parking Admin Team, subject to delay. The £25k non-staffing pressure partly reflects costs associated with CCTV cameras – both new kit and the repair of existing equipment. There is an expected over-achievement of £23k in parking suspensions income.

Community Safety, Cohesion & Resilience (£145k underspend, £46k favourable movement))

89. The service is reporting a £145k underspend, with staffing underspends resulting from recruitment delays across the Community Safety and ASBET teams partly negated by non- staffing overspends. The favourable movement of £46k compared with Month 6 reflects further recruitment delays across the service.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 35 BUILDING SERVICES, TRANSPORT & BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT

90. Building Services, Transport and Business Improvement directorate is showing a projected outturn underspend of £879k at Month 7 on normal activities, a favourable movement of (£156k) from Month 6. A pressure of £3,456k is being reported against the COVID-19 pressures under exceptional items, a movement of £126k from Month 6. The overall variance is a result of underspends within Highways, Waste Services and Property & Estates.

Table 12: Building Services, Transport & Business Improvement Month 7 Original Budget Variance Variance Movement Revised Forecast Budget Changes Service (As at (as at from Budget Outturn

Estates Month 7) Month 6) Month 6 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 449 10 Salaries 459 429 (30) (30) 0 & Non-Sal 3,596 0 3,596 3,527 (69) (36) (33) Exp (2,869) (10) Income (2,879) (3,195) (316) (304) (12) 1,176 0 Property Sub-Total 1,176 761 (415) (370) (45) 1,581 0 Salaries 1,581 1,265 (316) (329) 13 Non-Sal 254 0 254 89 (165) (195) 30

Programme Exp Engineering

(1,526) 0 Capital Income (1,526) (930) 596 592 4 309 0 Sub-Total 309 424 115 68 47 921 (106) Salaries 815 876 61 49 12 & Non-Sal 4,313 975 5,288 5,230 (58) 42 (100) Exp (222) (163) Income (385) (360) 25 (62) 87 Repairs 5,012 706 Sub-Total 5,718 5,746 28 29 (1) 2,114 0 Salaries 2,114 2,134 20 18 2 Non-Sal 3,741 0 3,741 3,297 (444) (303) (141) Exp (3,015) 0 Income (3,015) (3,011) 4 4 0 Highways 2,840 0 Sub-Total 2,840 2,420 (420) (281) (139) 9,399 96 Salaries 9,495 9,499 4 2 2 Non-Sal 14,589 0 14,589 14,546 (43) (32) (11) Exp Services

(3,236) 0 Waste Income (3,236) (3,359) (123) (116) (7) 20,752 96 Sub-Total 20,848 20,686 (162) (146) (16) 3,087 0 Salaries 3,087 2,908 (179) (113) (66) Non-Sal 4,444 0 4,444 4,626 182 116 66 Exp (200) 0 ICT Income (200) (203) (3) (3) 0 Initiatives

7,331 0 Centre Sub-Total 7,331 7,331 0 0 0 358 0 Salaries 358 295 (63) (55) (8)

Non-Sal 156 0 156 155 (1) 184 (185) Exp

(53) 0 Town Income (53) (14) 39 (152) 191 461 0 Sub-Total 461 436 (25) (23) (2) 17,909 0 Salaries 17,909 17,406 (503) (458) (45) Non-Sal 31,093 975 32,068 31,470 (598) (224) (374) Exp Services, (11,121) (173) Building Income (11,294) (11,072) 222 (41) 263 Transport Improvement Directorate 37,881 802 Business Total 38,683 37,804 (879) (723) (156) & Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 36 91. The Council’s 2020/21 contingency budget contains provision for areas of expenditure or income within Building Services, Transport & Business Improvement for which there is a greater degree of uncertainty. At Month 7, projected calls on contingency are £365k below budget.

Table 13: Development and Risk Contingency Month 7 Original Budget Variance Variance Movement Development & Risk Revised Forecast Budget Changes (As at (as at from Contingency Budget Outturn Month 7) Month 6) Month 6 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Waste Disposal Levy & 2,050 0 2,050 1,685 (365) (365) (0) Associated Contracts 2,050 0 Current Commitments 2,050 1,685 (365) (365) (0) COVID-19 0 3,456 3,330 3,330 126 Total Exceptional 0 0 0 3,456 3,330 3,330 126 Items

92. The call on the Waste contingency is £1,685k, which funds estimated population driven increases in the cost of disposal via the West London Waste Authority (WLWA) levy and associated waste disposal contracts. The variance reflects tonnage-based PAYT rebates for the first half of 2020/21 and realigned forecasts for other waste disposal contracts based on actual costs incurred this year to date.

93. There has been a 4% increase in residual waste volumes (which account for the largest proportion of the Council’s disposal costs) this year to date compared to the same period last year, although this is within budgeted levels. Whilst mixed organic (food and garden) tonnages are running 15% above the level in the equivalent period last year (being impacted by the pandemic and lockdown), aggregate PAYT costs are below expectations, partly reflecting partly the more favourable disposal rates on these waste streams.

94. Mixed dry recycling tonnages are running 18% above those for the equivalent period last year, affecting disposal costs via the Council’s contract with Biffa. This waste stream has been most significantly affected by the pandemic, with year on year increases sustained at a very high level. Accordingly, a further £650k is reported against Exceptional Items related to COVID-19 to report on the estimated additional costs emerging. This will be reviewed as the year progresses and the position becomes clearer.

Exceptional Items – COVID-19 Pressures

95. Building Services, Transport and Business Improvement Services are currently forecasting COVID-19 pressures of £3,456k, which relates to £1,663k of expenditure pressures alongside £1,793k of income shortfalls all directly attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic.

96. The Waste Service is reporting staffing pressures due the Council’s Passenger Services vehicles being used to transport waste crews to facilitate social distancing measures, as well as non-staffing pressures due to higher kerbside collections, predominantly within garden and mixed dry recycling, slower progress regarding recycling initiatives given delays in the recruitment to three new recycling officer posts and pressures in relation to recycling bag spend.

97. Within the income shortfall reported against COVID-19, £901k relates to the Waste Service, attributable to reduced income at the New Years Green Lane site whilst it was closed (and reduced activity since reopening), a decrease in income from Trade Waste collection services

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 37 and a shortfall in recycling income as markets for certain materials, particularly textiles, have collapsed due to the pandemic.

98. A pressure against rental income of approximately £570k is included within Property & Estates on the anticipation that income collection rates are likely to reduce from commercial shops, General Estates and garages alongside other small pressures within rental income budgets.

99. Finally, £510k is being reported in Highways as a result of the part-year suspension of vehicle crossovers work and reduced street-works activity during the early part of the first lockdown period.

BUILDING SERVICES, TRANSPORT AND BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT SERVICES OPERATING BUDGETS (£879k underspend, 156k favourable movement)

Property and Estates (£415k underspend, £45k favourable movement)

100. There is a reported underspend of (£415k) at Month 7, predominantly due to additional rental income receivable from two new leases effective from April.

Capital Programme (£115k overspend, £47k adverse movement)

101. The Capital and planned works service is showing a projected pressure of £115k against base budget. This represents the residual expenditure for staffing and project costs after fees have been assumed as chargeable to capital projects.

Repairs and Engineering (£28k overspend, £1k favourable movement)

102. The Facilities Management Service is showing an overspend of £22k against budget, attributable to increased reactive and compliance works required across the corporate property portfolio. In addition, the Health and Safety service is projecting an overspend of £6k due to the use of an external training provider.

Highways (£420k underspend, £139k favourable movement)

103. The service is reporting a £420k underspend at Month 7, largely reflecting non-staffing underspends. These comprise reduced costs associated with the construction of domestic vehicle crossings whilst works ceased following lockdown (not resuming until the latter part of May), below-budget street lighting energy spend, a reduction in the minor works programme and the suspension of column testing works, which cannot take place over the winter period. The latter is the main component of the service’s favourable movement in the month.

Waste Services (£162k underspend, £16k favourable movement)

104. There is a reported £162k underspend across Waste Services. The £43k non-staffing underspend is attributable to the temporary cessation of Waste Weekend events and the permanent closure of the Hatton Cross public convenience (the latter also contributing to the favourable movement in Month 7) partly offset by increased spend on trade waste bin maintenance. There is a favourable income variance of £123k, largely reflecting the new charging structure for bulky waste collection services, with some additional revenue arising as a result of sales of bulk bins to developers of flatted properties.

ICT (£nil variance, no movement)

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 38 105. ICT is reporting a nil variance at Month 7. Whilst there is a favourable staff costs variance of £179k, largely attributable to vacant posts as the service continues to recruit to establish the structure approved as part of the March 2019 BID business case, there is a non-staffing pressure of £182k with annual renewal uplifts and upgrades impacting on contract costs. The favourable staffing movement in the month results from a further recruitment delay, this being offset with an adverse non-staffing movement due to the emergence of additional contract cost pressures.

Town Centre Initiatives (£25k underspend, 2k favourable movement)

106. A £63k staffing underspend at Month 7 relates to a plan to recruit a new Town Centres Improvement Officer no longer being progressed (this post was to be recharged to capital, with a compensatory pressure reported within the service’s income forecast) and maternity leave adjustments, the latter also accounting for the favourable movement. The broadly offsetting movements for non-staffing costs and income reflect a restatement in the presentation of forecast spend to be allocated to the Reopening High Streets Safely grant award.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 39 CORPORATE RESOURCES & SERVICES OPERATING BUDGET

107. An underspend of £496k is reported for the Corporate Resources and Services Directorate at Month 7, a favourable movement of £219k from Month 6. The overall variance is a result of an underspend within Business and Technical Support. A pressure of £1,088k is reported against the COVID-19 exceptional item disclosure, an adverse movement of £190k from Month 6.

Table 14: Corporate Resources & Services Directorate Operating Budgets Month 7 Original Budget Variance Variance Movement Services Revised Forecast Budget Changes Service (As at (As at from Budget Outturn Month 7) Month 6) Month 6 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

1,496 0 Salaries 1,496 1,521 25 27 (2) Non-Sal 1,750 0 1,750 1,783 33 36 (3) Exp (702) 0 Income (702) (692) 10 10 0

2,544 0 Democratic Sub-Total 2,544 2,612 68 73 (5) 1,791 0 Salaries 1,791 1,780 (11) (21) 10 Non-Sal 978 0 978 968 (10) (3) (7) Exp Resources

(232) 0 Human Income (232) (242) (10) (7) (3) 2,537 0 Sub-Total 2,537 2,506 (31) (31) 0 2,303 44 Salaries 2,347 2,188 (159) (146) (13) Non-Sal 58 1 59 83 24 24 0 Services Exp (284) 0 Legal Income (284) (284) 0 0 0 2,077 45 Sub-Total 2,122 1,987 (135) (122) (13) 614 0 Salaries 614 597 (17) (15) (2)

ons Non-Sal 152 0 152 149 (3) (3) 0 Exp

(26) 0 Communicati Income (26) (26) 0 0 0 Corporate 740 0 Sub-Total 740 720 (20) (18) (2) 679 0 Salaries 679 671 (8) (4) (4)

e Non-Sal 83 0 83 83 0 0 0

Support Exp Technical

0 0 Performanc Income 0 0 0 0 0 Business 762 0 Sub-Total 762 754 (8) (4) (4) 11,014 20 Salaries 11,034 10,300 (734) (516) (218) &

e Non-Sal 2 0 2 (23) (25) 260 (285) Exp Directorat (717) 0 Income (717) (328) 389 81 308

10,299 20 Business Sub-Total 10,319 9,949 (370) (175) (195) 17,897 64 Salaries 17,961 17,057 (904) (675) (229)

Non-Sal 3,023 1 3,024 3,043 19 314 (295) Exp (1,961) 0 Income (1,961) (1,572) 389 84 305 Resources & 18,959 65 Corporate Total 19,024 18,528 (496) (277) (219) Services

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 40 Exceptional Items – COVID-19 Pressures

108. Within Corporate Resources and Services Directorate, a pressure of £1,088k is being reported against the COVID-19 exceptional items disclosure, with £622k of this relating to expenditure pressures and £466k relating to income shortfalls.

Table : 15 Corporate Resources & Services Development & Risk Contingency Month 7 Original Budget Variance Variance Movement Development & Risk Revised Forecast Budget Changes (As at (As at from Contingency Budget Outturn Month 7) Month 6) Month 6 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 0 0 COVID-19 0 1,088 898 898 190 Total Exceptional 0 0 0 1,088 898 898 190 Items

109. Within the expenditure pressures, £260k relates to the costs of non-Social Care Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) and £63k to the Council’s provision of food shopping to shielding residents and some of the more vulnerable residents of the borough. There are £182k of staffing costs directly relating to the Covid -19 response. The remaining balance is made up of smaller items, the largest being £18k of mortuary funding for additional PPE and refrigerated storage.

110. Within the £485k pressure reported against income shortfalls from the COVID-19 pandemic, £152k relates to a loss of income against Land Charges, alongside £187k relating to income from the registration of Births, Deaths and Marriages, a further £100k from reduced court hearings and £16k reported against street naming income, all of which are related to lockdown restrictions and social distancing impacting on these services.

CORPORATE RESOURCES & SERVICES OPERATING BUDGET (£313k underspend, £36k favourable movement)

Democratic Services (£68k pressure, £5k favourable movement)

111. A pressure of £68k is reported for Month 7, broadly in line with the position reported for Month 6 due to minor changes across the Service.

Human Resources (£31k underspend, nil movement)

112. The Month 7 position is now reflecting the impact of the reorganisation of the senior Management tier, in full, in line with the ongoing BID review and proposals agreed by the Leader. As for previous months, underspends in Learning and Development budgets continue to be reported as a result of a reduction in training spend during lockdown and have increased further across months accounting for the month on month movement across non- salaries.

Legal Services (£135k underspend, £13k favourable movement)

113. Posts held vacant within Legal Services during the COVID pandemic have resulted in a net underspend. The Month 7 position assumes recruitment to 6 posts of varying grades currently vacant before the year end and includes a £60k provision for the utilisation of external legal expertise that may be required to support with peaks in workload.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 41 Corporate Communications (£20k underspend, £2k favourable movement)

114. The service is reporting an underspend of £20k at Month 7. There is a £17k staff costs underspend, attributable to delayed recruitment to several vacant posts, not all of which have been covered by agency. The £3k non-staffing underspend largely results from reduced printing costs associated with the smaller format April/May edition of Hillingdon People.

Business Performance (£4k underspend, £2k adverse movement)

115. The Business Performance position at Month 7 is broadly in line with the position reported at Month 6.

Business & Technical Support (£370k underspend, £195k favourable movement)

116. The service is reporting an underspend of £370k, largely attributable to vacant posts, with recruitment to a number of these no longer anticipated following staffing reviews across the group. Staffing posts identified in the Covid-19 response have been moved to the exceptional items. The reorganisation of the Senior Management tier as part of the ongoing Service BID reviews approved by the Leader is reflected for the current month.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 42 Appendix B – Other Funds

SCHOOLS BUDGET

Dedicated Schools Grant (£9,451k overspend, £315k adverse)

117. The Dedicated Schools Grant (DSG) monitoring position is an in-year overspend of £9,451k at month 7, this is an increase of £2,276k on the budgeted deficit of £7,175k and a £315k adverse movement from the position reported at month 6. The overspend is due to ongoing pressures in the cost of High Needs placements, where significant growth continues. The budget for High Needs was increased for 2020/21 to take account of projected growth, but the latest projections indicate a further increase in the expenditure on the cohort of post-19 students with an EHCP accessing education placements. When the £15,002k deficit brought forward from 2019/20 is taken into account, the cumulative deficit carry forward to 2021/22 is £24,453k.

Table 16: DSG Income and Expenditure 2020/21 Month 7 Variance Original Budget Variance Variance Change Revised Forecast Budget Changes Funding Block (As at (As at from Budget Outturn Month 7) Month 6) Month 6 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 (296,926) 151 Dedicated Schools Grant Income (296,775) (296,775) 0 0 0 231,400 (28) Schools Block 231,372 231,253 (119) (119) 0 25,401 0 Early Years Block 25,401 25,401 0 0 0 3,270 0 Central Schools Services Block 3,270 3,317 47 38 9 44,030 (123) High Needs Block 43,907 46,255 2,348 2,042 306 7,175 0 Total Funding Blocks 7,175 9,451 2,276 1,961 315 Balance Brought Forward 1 April 2020 15,002 15,002

Balance Carried Forward 31 March 2021 22,177 24,453

Dedicated Schools Grant Income (Nil variance, no change)

118. There has been a minor adjustment to the DSG allocation following updates to the High Needs planned place numbers for 2020/21 and the Import/Export mechanism which reflects the local authority in which pupils with SEND are resident. It is not expected that there will be any further adjustments to the Dedicated Schools Grant Income for 2020/21.

Schools Block (£119k underspend, no change)

119. The Schools Block includes all funding paid directly to mainstream schools as part of their delegated budget share, including the funding recouped by the ESFA and paid to mainstream academies. There is also a growth contingency fund which is funded from the Schools Block. Schools that are expanding, in agreement with the local authority, to meet basic need pupil population growth, receive additional funding to provide financial recompense throughout the relevant financial year to cover the cost of this agreed and planned growth.

120. Schools Forum took the decision to withhold growth contingency allocations for one school due to insufficient projected pupil growth in September 2020 and therefore there will be an underspend relating to this allocation. The growth contingency policy has been amended for 2020/21 in order address the growth in secondary pupils. Schools will be funded for any Year

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 43 7 pupils which are above the Published Admission Number (PAN). £480k was set aside for this purpose, with the actual funding requirement will not be known until actual numbers on roll recorded on the October census are confirmed.

121. The growth contingency also funds diseconomies of scale funding for new basic need academy schools. School Forum has taken the decision to limit the funding to one school in receipt of diseconomies which has resulted in a further projected underspend.

Early Years Block (Nil variance, no change)

122. The process for determining early years funding allocations for local authorities is to take an annual census count of the number of hours taken up by children each January. The rationale is that this is the mid-point of the academic year and therefore balances the lower numbers eligible for the free entitlements in the autumn term and the higher numbers in the summer term. The DfE recognises that, given COVID-19, the number of children accessing childcare may not have returned to normal levels by January 2021. Therefore, the final funding allocation to local authorities for the 2020 autumn term will be based on the January 2020 census count.

123. From the start of the autumn term 2020, the guidance is for local authorities to continue to fund providers which are open at broadly the levels they would have expected to see in the 2020 autumn term had there been no COVID-19 outbreak. Providers which have been advised to close, or left with no option but to close, due to public health reasons should also be funded as normal. Providers which are closed, without public health reason, should not receive funding. Officers are currently reviewing the financial impact of this change in the funding mechanism for early years with the current assumption that the funding levels are sufficient to meet the demand.

Central School Services Block (£47k overspend, £9k adverse)

124. The published DSG budget allocations confirmed a 20% decrease in the Central School Services Block provided for historic commitments. This resulted in a £265k reduction in funding, though this was partly offset by £51k of additional funding for pupil growth. This reduction in funding resulted in a budget shortfall for the services funded by the Central School Services block adding to the pressure which has led to an overall deficit DSG being agreed for 2020/21.

125. At month 7 the Central School Services block is projecting a £47k pressure predominantly due the additional cost of maternity cover in the School Placement and Admissions.

High Needs Block (£2,348k overspend, £306k adverse)

126. There continues to be significant pressure in the High Needs Block in 2020/21, with an overspend of £2,348k being projected at month 7. The growth in the number of pupils with an EHCP continued throughout 2019/20 and the current academic year has seen a further increase in the number of pupils with an EHCP.

127. Most in-borough special schools are over their commissioned place number. Where a special school is over its planned place number there is a requirement to fund for the additional places plus the agreed top-up funding which is placing additional pressure on the High Needs block.

128. Due to a continuing lack of capacity in-borough and across other local authority provision, there is a requirement to place pupils in more costly school placements, with an increase in

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 44 the number of children that commenced new placements in Independent special schools in the current academic year. This is resulting in significant additional pressure on the High Needs block. There are still a number of SEN pupils awaiting a school placement and whilst an estimate of the cost of this has been included in the current projection, the actual cost of these placements is not yet known and so there may be a further increase to the total expenditure on SEN placements.

129. There was a further increase in the cohort of post-16 SEN placements in 2019/20 and this has put additional pressure on the 2020/21 High Needs budgets with the potential that placements for young people with SEN can continue to be funded up to the age of 25. The current projection has been updated to reflect the changes in placements of this cohort from September 2020, resulting in the reported adverse movement in high needs expenditure.

130. In addition to the cost of pupils with an EHCP, the High Needs Block is now funding Early Support Funding (ESF) as an alternative to the allocation of statutory funding for children with SEN who experience significant barriers to learning. This funding allows schools to access funding quicker to enable them to intervene early and have the greatest impact. Whilst the expectation is that this might reduce total costs in the long-term, we are yet to see the financial impact of this.

COVID-19 - Financial Impact on Schools

131. Some schools have indicated budget pressures as a consequence of additional costs in relation to COVID-19. Whilst most schools have now received additional funding to cover some of these exceptional costs, the DfE has confirmed that there will be no opportunity for schools to claim for further costs incurred as a result of COVID since September. The expectation is that these costs should be met from existing school funding.

132. The impact of COVID-19 on income generation has also been significant for some schools. Several schools generate significant levels of additional income from private sources for letting the premises and COVID-19 has resulted in a temporary stop on all such activities. The DfE has confirmed that there will be no additional funding in relation to this and therefore this lost revenue will create an additional pressure on school budgets.

133. The DfE has confirmed that the £650m universal catch-up premium funding will be paid directly to schools through the 2020/21 academic year, on a per pupil basis. Mainstream schools will receive £80 per pupil, with Special Schools receiving £240 per place. Schools will have flexibility to use this funding which should be used for specific activities to support pupils to catch up for lost teaching over the previous months. In addition, schools will be able to access £350m of funding through a National Tutoring Programme to provide additional targeted support for those children and young people who need the most help.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 45 COLLECTION FUND

134. A deficit of £4,785k is reported within the Collection Fund relating to an adverse position across both Council Tax and Business Rates, which is predominantly driven by reduced growth in the Council Tax taxbase and a reduction in the Business Rates taxbase as a result of expected business failures due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Additional support within Council Tax is driving approximately 40% of the pressure as households face financial difficulty. The majority of the movement sits within Business Rates and is attributable to a significant reduction in gross yield, nearly wholly offset by Section 31 Grant income as more businesses qualify for Retail Relief.

135. Any deficit realised at outturn will impact on the General Fund budget in future years, with the Government confirming that Councils will be required to spread the deficit over a period of three years in equal increments as a result of the in-year deficit being directly attributable to COVID-19, a third of the in-year deficit (£1,829k) would hit the Council’s budget position for 2021/22 to 2023/24, effectively increasing the budget gap by this value, offset in 2021/22 by the brought forward surplus of £702k. The Spending Review confirmed that the Government will be funding 75% of this deficit, with further details to follow on the exact mechanics of this announcement, in the interim, the Council is assuming 75% of the £1,829k will be funded through this mechanism in the budget strategy, meaning only £457k will impact on the Council’s balances.

136. The Council is participating in the 50% Business Rates Retention Pool for London, which provides scope for retaining additional growth while guaranteeing the level of income the Council would have received under the existing 50% Retention system. Business Rates projections below reflect this guaranteed position, with any additional funds available from the pool to be captured separately in budget setting reports as appropriate.

Table 17: Collection Fund Month7 Original Budget Variance Variance Movement Revised Forecast Budget Changes (As at (As at from Service Budget Outturn Month 7) Month 6) Month 6 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 (131,835) 0 Gross Income (131,835) (131,187) 648 607 41 Council Tax 11,049 0 Tax 11,049 13,157 2,108 2,109 (1) Support 39 0 B/fwd Deficit 39 303 264 264 0

(120,747) 0 Council Sub-Total (120,747) (117,727) 3,020 2,980 40 (112,314) 0 Gross Income (112,314) (80,478) 31,836 31,712 125 Section 31 (6,141) 0 (6,141) (32,109) (25,968) (25,751) (218) Grants Rates 53,666 0 Less: Tariff 53,666 53,666 0 0 0 8,784 0 Less: Levy 8,784 5,647 (3,137) (3,171) 33 (498) 0 B/fwd Surplus (498) (1,464) (966) (966) 0

(56,503) 0 Business Sub-Total (56,503) (54,738) 1,765 1,824 (59) (177,250) 0 Total Collection Fund (177,250) (172,465) 4,785 4,804 (19)

137. At Month 7 a deficit of £3,020k is projected against Council Tax, the position includes an adverse variance reported against Gross Income of £648k, which is being driven by a smaller than forecast growth in the taxbase as a result of delays in property building during the pandemic alongside a reduction in the collection rate forecasting to lead to an increase in the bad debt provision required for 2020/21. The movement from Month 6 is mainly driven by a

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 46 marginal movement in the taxbase forecast. The majority of the pressure in Council Tax is driven by a £2,108k pressure within Council Tax Support as a result of increased demand as households face financial difficulties. The position is compounded by a pressure of £264k against the brought forward surplus as a result of an adverse movement at outturn within Council Tax, this is the result of the Council ceasing debt chasing activities at the end of 2019/20 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Within this position, potential volatility in Discounts and Exemptions continue to be closely monitored.

138. A £1,765k deficit is reported across Business Rates at Month 7, the position includes an adverse variance against in-year activity of £2,731k with this variance being driven by an adverse position within Gross Rates of £31,836k. This is predominantly due to the Government’s support package to assists businesses during the pandemic, including 100% rates relief for the retail, hospitality and leisure sectors, this relief is wholly funded by Section 31 Grants and explains the favourable position in this area, represented by an overachievement of grant income of £25,968k. The £31,836k adverse variance against gross rates assumes a reduction in the taxbase due to business failure caused by financial hardship during the pandemic. The additional support offered by Central Government was announced after the Council set the 2020/21 budget and explains why such large variances are being reported.

139. The in-year position includes a favourable position being reported against the Levy of £3,137k, which is the result of the reduction in the taxbase and lower gross rates yield for the Council, leading to a lower levy payment due to Central Government. In addition, a surplus is reported against the brought forward surplus of £966k, driven by a favourable movement at outturn as a result of clarity received from the London Pool position at year end.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 47 Appendix C – HOUSING REVENUE ACCOUNT

140. The Housing Revenue Account (HRA) is currently forecasting a drawdown of reserves of £2,021k, which is £12k favourable compared to the Month 6 position. This excludes the potential cost pressures of Covid-19, which are estimated at £345k. The 2020/21 closing HRA General Balance is forecast to be £15,054k. The use of reserves is funding investment in new housing stock. The table below presents key variances by service area.

Table 18: Housing Revenue Account Service Month 7 Variance (+ adv / - fav)

Revised Forecast Variance Variance Movement Budget Outturn (As at (As at from Month 7) Month 6) Month 6 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Rent Income (57,872) (57,693) 179 179 0 Other Income (5,414) (5,307) 107 107 0 Net Income (63,286) (63,000) 286 286 0 Housing Management 14,741 14,606 (135) (198) 63 Tenant Services 3,759 3,807 48 37 11 Repairs 5,368 5,723 355 181 174 Planned Maintenance 4,040 3,450 (590) (330) (260) Capital Programme Funding 20,790 20,790 0 0 0 Interest & Investment Income 15,385 15,385 0 0 0 Development & Risk Contingency 1,260 1,260 0 0 0 Operating Costs 65,343 65,021 (322) (310) (12)

(Surplus) / Deficit 2,057 2,021 (36) (24) (12) General Balance 01/04/2020 (17,075) (17,075) 0 0 0 General Balance 31/03/2021 (15,018) (15,054) (36) (24) (12)

Income

141. As at Month 7 the rental income and other income forecast is an under-recovery totalling £286k, nil movement on Month 6.

142. The number of Right to Buy (RTB) applications received in the first seven months of 2020/21 was 106 compared to 104 for the same period in 2019/20; an increase of 2%. There has been 20 RTB completions in the first seven months of 2020/21 compared to 31 for the same period in 2019/20; a reduction of 35%. As at Month 7, the 2020/21 RTB budgeted sales is 50, however the forecast RTB sales has been reduced by 10 to 40 after taking into consideration the actual sales to date. The RTB applications and sales will be kept under further review during the latter part of the financial year.

Expenditure

143. The Housing management service is forecast to underspend by £135k, an adverse movement of £63k on Month 6 due to increased forecasts on various running costs including a £29k reduction in the RTB sales administration allowance.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 48 144. Tenant services is forecast to overspend by £48k, an adverse movement of £11k due to increased staffing costs compared to Month 6.

145. The repairs and planned maintenance budget totals £9,408k. There is a net favourable movement on Month 6 of £86k due a reduced forecast on the external decoration programme of £260k; and increased forecast spend on overtime and specialist repairs consultancy services of £34k and voids of £140k. The voids forecast includes £200k of confirmed Covid- 19 costs, of which £60k can be contained within existing void repairs budgets and £140k is funded from the overall HRA repairs and planned maintenance budgets.

146. As at Month 7 the capital programme funding, interest and investment income and development and risk contingency budgets are forecast to break even.

COVID-19 cost pressures on the HRA

147. The table below summarises the HRA Covid-19 cost pressures identified to date and this will be kept under review during the year. These pressures total £345k in Month 7 and are not included in the HRA forecast position.

148. The key pressures relate to repairs and maintenance totalling £81k due to unreported and catch up day-to-day repairs, potential staffing costs of £50k relating to domestic violence and anti-social behaviour, and bad debt provision totalling £214k due to increasing arrears and the relative age of the arrears.

149. The movement from Month 6 is a net reduction of £150k: an increase in staffing pressures of £50k and a reduction of £200k for void repairs. The £200k void repairs pressure has been moved from the Covid-19 risk list below and is now declared in the HRA Month 7 forecast £36k underspend position as a confirmed Covid-19 cost.

Table 19: HRA COVID-19 pressures 2020/21 2020/21 2020/21 Movement HRA COVID-19 pressures Month 7 Month 6 from Month 6 £'000 £'000 £'000 Repairs and Planned Maintenance 81 281 (200) Staffing 50 0 50 Development and Risk Contingency – Bad Debt 214 214 0 Provision Total HRA Revenue Covid-19 pressures 345 495 (150)

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 49 HRA Capital Expenditure

150. The HRA capital programme is set out in the table below. The 2020/21 revised budget has reduced to £63,009k following re-phasing of some expenditure budgets into future years. The 2020/21 forecast expenditure is £47,337k with a net variance of £15,672k of which £14,677k is due to re-phasing and £995k due to cost underspends.

Table 20: HRA Capital Expenditure Programme 2020/21 2020/21 2020/21 2020/21 Total Total Total Movement Revised Forecast Cost Project Project Project 2020-25 Budget Variance Project Budget Forecast Variance Forecast Re- 2020-25 2020-25 2020-25 V Phasing Revised Budget

£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000

Major Projects (Note 1)

New General Needs Housing Stock 36,272 28,188 (170) (7,914) 141,424 141,254 (170)

New Build - Shared Ownership 4,000 890 (125) (2,985) 14,867 14,742 (125)

New Build - Supported Housing Provision 816 816 0 0 816 816 0

Total Major Projects 41,088 29,894 (295) (10,899) 157,107 156,812 (295)

HRA Programmes of Work

Works to Stock programme 15,870 12,092 0 (3,778) 60,243 60,243 0

Major Adaptations to Property 2,188 1,488 (700) 0 10,129 9,429 (700)

Green Homes 3,863 3,863 0 0 3,863 3,863 0

Total HRA Programmes of Work 21,921 17,443 (700) (3,778) 74,235 73,535 (700)

Total HRA Capital 63,009 47,337 (995) (14,677) 231,342 230,347 (995)

Movement from Month 5 (6,463) 2,023 8,486

Note 1: see Annex A for a detailed breakdown of the major projects by scheme

Major Projects

151. Following November Cabinet approval of re-phasing of £6,463k expenditure on various projects continuing into future years, the 2020/21 Major Projects programme revised budget is £41,088k. Forecast expenditure in 2020/21 is £29,894k, with a re-phasing variance of £10,899k and a cost underspend of £295k forecast in 2020/21.

New General Needs Housing Stock

152. There is forecast re-phasing of £7,914k across the General Needs programme due to delays in the progress of several projects, partly arising from Covid-19 lockdown.

153. A cost under spend of £300k is forecast on the completed mixed tenure development at Acol Crescent, apportioned across general needs and shared ownership, after agreement of the final account with the contractor. This is marginally offset by a minor over spend of £5k on the acquisition of 17 new build homes over three sites.

154. The redevelopment of Maple and Poplar Day Centre was put on hold due to the Covid-19 crisis but is now expected to commence shortly. The construction works have been tendered and a contractor is ready to be appointed. The project has a planned development of 34

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 50 units comprising 50% general needs social housing and the remainder being shared ownership.

155. Works are in progress on site for the redevelopment of the former Willow Tree depot into general needs housing and are expected to be complete in April 2021.

156. Construction works at the Nelson Road development were paused due to Covid-19 however the main contractor resumed work on site in July 2020 with the construction of the 6 new homes now expected to be complete by May 2021.

157. A total of £6,265k has been committed this financial year for various buy backs of former Right to Buy properties, from the Acquisitions and Internal Developments budget, inclusive of stamp duty, legal fees & expected void repairs costs. A further ten ex-Right to Buy properties have been identified amounting to £2,351k, which will be submitted for formal approval shortly.

158. In October 2019 Cabinet Members approved the purchase of land at Newport Road and a turnkey package development of 28 units for short-term accommodation, at a total cost of £9,071k including stamp duty and fees. A deposit of £1,297k was previously paid in 2019/20 and further staged payments will be released in 2020/21 and 2021/22 as the construction works progress, which are due to complete in September 2021.

159. In September 2020 Cabinet Members approved the purchase of freehold acquisition of 253 Park Road, Uxbridge and 9 new build homes for short term accommodation which are currently under construction at a package price of £3,736k including stamp duty and fees, with a deposit of £724k payable on exchange of contracts. A further staged payment will be released in 2020/21 on completion of the construction works, which are due to complete in March 2021.

New Build - Shared Ownership

160. The New Build Shared Ownership budget comprises schemes being delivered across four sites. These are expected to deliver 94 units in total.

161. Revised plans for the redevelopment of Woodside Day Centre have been reviewed following changes to the original plan for the ground floor. A planning application is to be submitted shortly followed by tenders. Construction works are not expected to proceed until next year.

New Build - Supported Housing

162. Construction of the supported housing projects at Grassy Meadow and Park View are complete and sites are operational, with some minor external works at Grassy Meadow remaining to be completed during 2020/21. Liquidated damages continue to be held against the Park View contractor for delays. Currently the total project costs are expected to come in within the revised budget pending any appeals from the contractor.

HRA Programmes of Work

163. The Works to Stock 2020/21 revised budget is £15,870k. Forecast expenditure for the year has increased by £2,566k due to additional works required to remediate Packet Boat House. Works are in various stages of progress across various work streams with some schemes and planned programmes continuing into next year.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 51 164. The major adaptations to property budget forecast is reporting an underspend of £700k based on anticipated demand for the year.

165. The Council has been successful with an application to the Green Homes Grant Local Authority Delivery scheme for funding to provide energy efficiency upgrades to low-income homes, and has recently been awarded £3,863k from the Department for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy. Works will be tendered shortly to appoint contractors to provide loft insulation, cavity wall insulation, low energy lights and double glazing across existing Council housing.

HRA Capital Receipts

166. There has been 20 Right to Buy sales of council dwellings as at the end of October 2020 for a total gross sales value of £3,995k. A further 20 sales are forecast to bring the yearly total to 40, totalling £7,990k in 2020/21.

167. The application of retained Right to Buy receipts is limited by the retention agreement to a maximum 30% of the cost of replacement housing. In the event that expenditure does not meet the criteria, funds would be repayable to the MHCLG.

168. During 2020/21, some of the Right to Buy 1-4-1 capital receipts generated in 2017/18 could potentially become repayable unless the following expenditure profile is achieved: £18,561k by Q3 and £9,389k by Q4. Cumulative expenditure on 1 for 1 replacement from previous quarters above the minimum requirement can be carried forward.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 52 Annex A: HRA Capital Expenditure – Major Projects breakdown by scheme

2020/21 2020/21 Total Total Total 2020/21 Proposed Prior Unit Total Total 2020/21 Project Project Project Scheme Cost Re- Years Numbers Revised Revised Variance Budget Forecast Variance Variance phasing Budget Forecast 2020-2025 2020-2025 2020-2025 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 6,859 Acol Crescent 33 711 411 (300) (300) 0 711 411 (300) 325 Belmore Allotments 86 4,220 60 (4,160) 0 (4,160) 10,493 10,493 0 315 Maple And Poplar 34 627 300 (327) 0 (327) 6,072 6,072 0 315 Willow Tree 10 2,025 1,985 (40) 0 (40) 2,627 2,627 0 31 2 East Way 1 10 10 0 0 0 203 203 0 25 Bartram Close 2 305 0 (305) 0 (305) 305 305 0 67 34-44 Sullivan Crescent 6 41 15 (26) 0 (26) 949 949 0 363 Nelson Road 6 1,704 1,096 (608) 0 (608) 1,944 1,944 0 285 Great Benty 2 236 100 (136) 0 (136) 471 471 0 39 Petworth Gardens 9 100 38 (62) 0 (62) 3,104 3,104 0 Page 53 Page 14,600 Parkview 60 786 786 0 0 0 786 786 0 20,556 Grassy Meadow 88 30 30 0 0 0 30 30 0 36 113-127 Moorfield Road 5 612 233 (379) 0 (379) 1,089 1,089 0 403 Woodside Day Centre 27 500 150 (350) 0 (350) 4,915 4,915 0 Acquisition Of Freehold Land At 1,297 28 7,774 3,460 (4,314) 0 (4,314) 7,774 7,774 0 TCM House Acquisition Of 2 Units At 191 556 2 28 17 (11) 0 (11) 28 28 0 Harefield Road Acquisition Of 17 New Build Homes 5,400 17 265 270 5 5 0 265 270 5 Over 3 Sites Acquisition of New Build Flats Park 0 9 3,736 3,555 (181) 0 (181) 3,736 3,736 0 Road New Acquisitions and Internal n/a 17,378 17,378 0 0 0 111,605 111,605 0 Developments 51,472 425 41,088 29,894 (11,194) (295) (10,899) 157,107 156,812 (295) 12,943 New General Needs Housing Stock 161 36,272 28,188 (8,084) (170) (7,914) 141,424 141,254 (170) 3,373 New Build - Shared Ownership 116 4,000 890 (3,110) (125) (2,985) 14,867 14,742 (125) 35,156 New Build - Supported Housing 148 816 816 0 0 0 816 816 0 51,472 425 41,088 29,894 (11,194) (295) (10,899) 157,107 156,812 (295)

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 54 Page

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Appendix D - GENERAL FUND CAPITAL PROGRAMME

169. As at Month 7 an underspend of £27,675k is reported on the 2020/21 General Fund Capital Programme of £85,529k, due mainly to re-phasing of project expenditure into future years. The 2020/21 forecast under spend is partly due to various schemes being temporarily put on hold during the Coronavirus pandemic. The forecast outturn variance over the life of the 2020/21 to 2024/25 programme is an under spend of £4,028k.

170. General Fund Capital Receipts of £7,679k are forecast for 2020/21, with a deficit of £344k in total forecast receipts to 2024/25.

171. Overall, Prudential Borrowing required to support the 2020/21 to 2024/25 capital programmes is forecast to be under budget by £1,421k. This is due to cost under spends of £4,028k, offset by a combined shortfall of £1,344k on other Council resources (capital receipts and CIL), and £1,263k grants and contributions.

Capital Programme Overview

172. Table 19 below sets out the latest forecast outturn on General Fund capital projects, with project level detail contained in annexes A - D to this report. Forecasts for future years include capital projects and programmes of work approved by Cabinet and Council in February 2020.

Table 21: General Fund Capital Programme Summary

Total Project Total Project Total Project Budget 2020- Forecast Movement Variance 2025 2020-2025

£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Schools Programme 20,244 20,495 251 (20)

Major Projects 189,841 189,728 (113) -

Programme of Works 169,380 165,214 (4,166) 954

General Contingency 6,657 6,657 -

Total Capital Programme 386,122 382,094 (4,028) 934

Movement 76 1,010 934

173. The 2020/21 revised budget has increased by £76k due to a new allocation of Section 106 monies towards canal towpath improvement works between Cowley Mill Road and Rockingham Road under Highways S106 projects.

Schools Programme

174. The Schools Expansions programme is reporting an overspend of £251k relating mainly to additional items of £277k requested by Ruislip High School included in the expansion, which were not in the original scope of works. Works at Ruislip High were delayed due to Covid- 19 lockdown, with completion expected in November 2020. There is a favourable movement of £20k arising on the agreement of final accounts for Vyners within the Secondary Schools programme

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 55 175. The installation of a modular classroom at Hedgwood primary school for pupils with special educational needs has been completed for September 2020 term, funded from the Special Provision Capital Fund. Other plans for the remainder of the grant are under feasibility review with expenditure expected to fall mainly in future years.

176. The additional temporary classrooms budget has been re-phased into future years as it is not forecast to be required this year based on current demand for school places.

Major Projects

177. Including prior years, the Major Projects programme includes £50,000k prudential borrowing to finance the housing company Hillingdon First with construction work in progress at the residential development site in South Ruislip. The budget will also finance identified potential acquisitions of development land and commencement of construction of other sites, over a number of years. One new development is expected to progress this year, another identified development site is subject to planning approval.

178. The programme includes £15,970k for a major residential development at the Falling Lane site in Yiewsley which will be self financing from the sale of discounted market sale properties. The scheme is temporarily on hold during the Coronavirus pandemic.

179. The construction works contract for the provision of a new £30,000k leisure centre in Yiewsley/West Drayton is in the process of being re-tendered and construction works are planned to start towards the end of next year. The £2,000k refurbishment of Yiewsley and West Drayton Community Centre is in progress on site for completion in June 2021.

180. Works will commence shortly to extend the Uxbridge mortuary, following appointment of the main contractor. The revised budget is £1,900k following Cabinet approval to transfer £676k from general contingency due to increases in scope identified during the design phase.

181. The first phase of remedial works at the Battle of Britain Bunker are in progress, with further packages of works to take place next year. Works to expand the Rural Activities Garden Centre are currently on hold during the pandemic.

182. The re-provision of Hillingdon Outdoor Activity Centre project is set to re-commence shortly, with temporary facilities planned to be provided next year.

183. The new Shopping Parades Initiative programme reports an under spend of £46k as a secondment post is no longer required with lower than anticipated shop front grants at this stage, possibly impacted by Covid-19. Design work on shop fronts will be completed this year with public realm work paused until future Transport for London funding or other sources can be identified.

184. There are cost under spends amounting to £67k following settlement of retentions and minor items for completed projects such as the refurbishment of Bessingby FC clubhouse and Battle of Britain Visitor Centre.

185. Detailed design work has commenced on the regeneration of Cranford Park, largely funded from the National Lottery Heritage Fund with Council match funding. Works are expected to start on site next year.

186. Works are in progress on the creation of a new Polish Air Force exhibition and installation of a soundscape and lighting display in the Controller’s Cabin at the Battle of Britain Bunker, with a revised budget of £172k.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 56 Programmes of Works

187. The 2020/21 Transport for London programme has been severely curtailed with the previously agreed LIP grant significantly reduced due to Covid-19 and the impact it has had on TFL’s finances from reduced tube fares. Following settlement between the Department for Transport and TFL for the remainder of this financial year, TFL have confirmed an allocation of £946k in respect of the 2020/21 LIP, resulting in the expenditure and grant financing shortfall reducing to £2,515k from the original budget.

188. The Department for Transport have awarded £100k Emergency Active Travel funding for measures to improve walking and cycling and support reducing use of public transport during the pandemic. A number of road safety measures funded from the HS2 Road Safety fund will be implemented this year with further works falling into next year.

189. A number of Chrysalis outdoor gyms and playgrounds projects were put on hold when the pandemic started but are now planned to be implemented later this year.

190. The libraries refurbishment programme continues with five sites completed. Works are in progress at Manor Farm and Oak Farm libraries and are expected to be complete before the end of the year. The refurbishment of Hayes End library commenced in early November and Ickenham library is scheduled to commence in December. Some urgent refurbishment works within the leisure centre refurbishment programme are to be completed by December 2020.

191. Works are underway on refurbishing the Mezzanine area at the Civic Centre to enable relocation of services. A number of schemes within the Civic Centre and Property Works Programme are in various stages of progress with works continuing into next year, and £110k total under spends are reported on completed projects that commenced in 2019/20.

192. An overall under spend of £311k is reported within the Environmental and Recreational Initiatives programme, relating mainly to pollution screening works being introduced at various schools this year, with further works to be funded from future year allocations.

193. New pay and display parking payment machines will be rolled out across the borough this year, following approval of the contract award at June Cabinet. An under spend of £140k is reported on the project, a favourable movement of £51k in month. Installation work is planned to be complete before Christmas.

194. Disabled Facilities Grant adaptations are forecast to under spend by £1,000k based on anticipated demand for the year. The grant will be able to be utilised on financing Social Care equipment capitalisation and other eligible expenditure. Private Sector Renewal Grants are also forecast to under spend by £25k.

195. Works are in various stages of progress on numerous carriageway refurbishments within the Highways improvement programme with £3,920k of works completed or in progress and a further phase of works covering 28 carriageways and 42 footways, amounting to £9,005k has recently been approved. These works will commence later this year.

196. Under Corporate Technology and Innovation, the project to upgrade computer hardware and transition to Windows 10/Microsoft 365 is in progress, with new laptops being rolled out to Council staff in recent weeks.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 57 197. There have been a number of Covid 19 related general equipment capitalisation items arising this year, however it is expected this will be managed from the existing approved budget. Based on existing commitments to date, the budget is forecast to under spend by £65k.

198. The remaining 2020/21 general capital contingency budget is £657k following November Cabinet approval of the allocation of £676k towards the extension of Uxbridge mortuary.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 58 Capital Financing - General Fund

199. Table 22 below outlines the latest financing projections for the capital programme, with an underspend of £882k in the medium term reported on Prudential Borrowing.

Table 22: General Fund Capital Programme Financing Summary Total Total Revised Forecast Financing Financing Total Budget Variance 2020/21 Budget Forecast Variance Movement 2020/21 £'000 £'000 2020-2025 2020-2025 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Council Resource Requirement Self Financing 20,629 6,100 (14,529) 62,160 62,160 - - Schemes Invest to Save 5,881 4,753 (1,128) 8,881 8,741 (140) (51) Schemes Service Provision 43,881 34,452 (9,429) 221,513 218,888 (2,625) (412) Total Council 70,391 45,305 (25,086) 292,554 289,789 (2,765) (463) Resources Financed By

Capital Receipts 8,097 7,679 (418) 52,820 52,476 (344) 141

CIL 3,500 2,500 (1,000) 17,500 16,500 (1,000) - Prudential 58,794 35,126 (23,668) 222,234 220,813 (1,421) (604) Borrowing Total Council 70,391 45,305 (25,086) 292,554 289,789 (2,765) (463) Resources Grants & 15,138 12,549 (2,589) 93,568 92,305 (1,263) 1,397 Contributions Capital 85,529 57,854 (27,675) 386,122 382,094 (4,028) 934 Programme Movement (28,359) (3,242) 25,117 76 1,010 934

200. Forecast capital receipts in 2020/21 have increased by £141k due to higher than expected sales prices achieved for two former garage sites at auction in October. However this is partly offset by an increase in forecast financing of transformation costs and a reduction in General Fund Share of Right to Buy as forecast RTB sales for the year have reduced by 10. Further auction sales are planned in December and February 2021.

201. As at the end of October 2020, a total of £639k Community Infrastructure Levy receipts have been invoiced (after administration fees), an increase in month of £11k. A shortfall of £1,000k is forecast as developer activity has been affected by Covid-19 with a subsequent impact on timing and certainty of CIL payments, although there a number of identified sites where monies may be due this financial year. Eligible expenditure exceeds the CIL forecast with spend on Highways investment, community assets through the Chrysalis Programme and other major community infrastructure such as schools meeting the criteria for application of CIL monies.

202. Forecast grants and contributions are £1,263k lower than the revised budget, due mainly to the cut to the 2020/21 TFL LIP grant, partially offset by confirmed Capital Maintenance Grant being higher than the estimate included in the capital financing budget, including a further

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 59 additional award of £994k announced this summer. Forecast contributions have increased by £1,397k mainly due to the improvement in TFL grant following the recent settlement.

203. Prudential Borrowing has moved favourably by £604k due partly to under spends on Council resourced capital schemes and improvement in capital receipts forecast for the year.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 60 ANNEX A - Schools Programme

Total Total Project Forecast Financed by: Total Prior 2020/21 2020/21 Forecast Project Project 2020/21 Project Year Project Revised Cost Re- Budget Variance Forecast Forecast Cost Budget Variance phasing 2020- 2020- Council Government Other 2020- 2025 2025 Resources Grants Cont'ns 2025

£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Education and Children Services New Primary Schools 16,032 Expansions 367 361 (6) 0 367 361 (6) 361 0 0 Secondary Schools 16,868 Expansions 4,781 5,038 257 0 9,571 9,828 257 9,528 300 0 Additional Temporary 0 Classrooms 0 0 0 0 6,650 6,650 0 4,400 2,250 0

Page 61 Page 458 Schools SRP 411 411 0 0 3,416 3,416 0 0 3,416 0 0 Meadow School 240 240 0 0 240 240 0 240 0 0

33,358 Total Schools Programme 5,799 6,050 251 0 20,244 20,495 251 14,529 5,966 0 APPENDIX B – Major Projects

Project Forecast Financed by: Total Total 2020/21 2020/21 2020/21 Total Prior 2020/21 Project Project Revised Cost Forecast Project Year Project Forecast Budget Varianc Governm Budget Variance Re- Forecast Council Other Cost £'000 2019-24 e 2019- ent £'000 £'000 phasing 2019-24 Resources Cont'ns £000 24 £000 Grants £'000 £000 £000 £000 £000

Community Commerce & Regeneration 0 New Theatre 0 0 0 0 44,000 44,000 0 42,950 0 1,050 963 New Yiewsley Leisure Centre 365 365 0 0 29,037 29,037 0 29,037 0 0 69 Yiewsley/West Drayton Comm Centre 1,500 1,500 0 0 1,931 1,931 0 1,931 0 0 773 Hillingdon Outdoor Activity Centre 250 200 0 (50) 25,727 25,727 0 0 0 25,727 0 New Museum 50 5 0 (45) 5,632 5,632 0 4,882 0 750 0 Shopping Parades Initiative 503 457 (46) 0 2,896 2,850 (46) 2,105 590 155 7,294 Hayes Town Centre Improvements 437 437 0 0 1,933 1,933 0 299 350 1,284 1,597 Uxbridge Change of Heart 492 492 0 0 492 492 0 438 0 54 Page 62 Page 93 Battle of Britain Underground Bunker 288 288 0 0 1,462 1,462 0 1,462 0 0 58 RAGC Expansion 94 20 0 (74) 1,356 1,356 0 1,356 0 0 7 Uxbridge Mortuary Extension 1,026 350 0 (676) 1,900 1,900 0 950 0 950 2 1 & 2 Merrimans Housing Project 10 5 0 (5) 619 619 0 619 0 0 31 Uxbridge Cemetery Gatehouse 0 0 0 0 543 543 0 543 0 0 0 Uniter Building Refurbishment 20 5 0 (15) 390 390 0 390 0 0 0 Botwell Leisure Centre Football Pitch 0 0 0 0 200 200 0 200 0 0 Planning Transportation and Recycling 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cranford Park Heritage Lottery 0 Project 308 150 0 (158) 2,597 2,597 0 215 1,783 599 Finance Property and Business Services 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6,871 Housing Company Financing 11,750 6,000 0 (5,750) 43,129 43,129 0 43,129 0 0 250 Yiewsley Site Development 150 100 0 (50) 15,970 15,970 0 15,970 0 0 0 Belmore Allotments Development 0 0 0 0 4,605 4,605 0 3,061 0 1,544 0 Purchase of Uxbridge Police Station 0 0 0 0 5,000 5,000 0 5,000 0 0 Bessingby Football/Boxing 1,485 Clubhouse 111 56 (55) 0 111 56 (55) 56 0 0 2,552 Cedars and Grainges Car Park 119 119 0 0 119 119 0 119 0 0 6,761 Battle of Britain Visitors Centre 20 8 (12) 0 20 8 (12) 8 0 0 0 Battle of Britain Enhancements 172 172 0 0 172 172 0 172 0 0 28,806 Total Major Projects 17,665 10,729 (113) (6,823) 189,841 189,728 (113) 154,892 2,723 32,113 ANNEX C - Programme of Works

Total Total Project Forecast Financed by: Prior 2020/21 2020/21 Total 2020/21 Forecast Project Project Year Project Revised Cost Project Forecast Re- Budget Variance Cost Budget Variance Forecast phasing 2020-2025 2020-2025 Council Government Other 2020-2025 Resources Grants Cont'ns

£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 N/A School Building Condition Works 4,706 3,090 0 (1,616) 10,906 10,906 0 1,616 8,315 975 N/A Sports Clubs Rebuild / Refurbishments 750 193 0 (557) 3,750 3,750 0 3,750 0 0 N/A Bowls Clubs Refurbishments 556 556 0 0 556 556 0 556 0 0 N/A Leisure Centre Refurbishment 1,946 183 0 (1,763) 3,097 3,097 0 3,097 0 0 N/A Libraries Refurbishment Programme 2,320 1,577 0 (743) 2,320 2,320 0 2,252 0 68 N/A Youth Provision 1,620 50 0 (1,570) 3,620 3,620 0 3,620 0 0 N/A Harlington Road Depot Improvements 586 260 0 (326) 586 586 0 586 0 0 N/A Property Works Programme 3,227 2,220 (39) (968) 8,986 8,947 (39) 8,922 25 0 N/A Civic Centre Works Programme 5,156 2,306 (71) (2,779) 8,177 8,106 (71) 8,106 0 0

Page 63 Page N/A CCTV Programme 284 344 0 60 384 384 0 384 0 0 N/A Highways Structural Works 15,684 12,922 0 (2,762) 47,684 47,684 0 47,684 0 0 N/A HS2 Road Safety Fund 645 210 0 (435) 645 645 0 0 0 645 N/A Transport for London 4,188 1,512 (2,515) (161) 17,590 15,075 (2,515) 0 14,664 411 N/A Emergency Active Travel 100 100 0 0 100 100 0 0 100 0 N/A Street Lighting Replacement 924 781 0 (143) 2,403 2,403 0 2,283 0 120 N/A Road Safety 310 200 0 (110) 910 910 0 910 0 0 N/A Disabled Facilities Grant 2,852 1,852 (1,000) 0 14,260 13,260 (1,000) 0 13,260 0 N/A Equipment Capitalisation - Social Care 2,359 2,359 0 0 11,795 11,795 0 2,824 8,971 0 N/A PSRG/LPRG 100 75 (25) 0 500 475 (25) 475 0 0 N/A Homeless Provision 190 190 0 0 190 190 0 0 190 0 N/A Corporate Technology and Innovation 3,984 3,984 0 0 7,440 7,440 0 7,440 0 0 N/A Environmental/Recreational Initiatives 1,405 938 (311) (156) 2,905 2,594 (311) 821 40 1,733 N/A Playground Replacement Programme 170 170 0 0 420 420 0 420 0 0 N/A Equipment Capitalisation - General 765 700 (65) 0 3,825 3,760 (65) 3,760 0 0 N/A Leader's Initiative 356 83 0 (273) 1,156 1,156 0 1,156 0 0 N/A Car Park Pay & Display Machines 1,040 900 (140) 0 1,040 900 (140) 900 0 0 N/A Purchase of Vehicles 2,960 750 0 (2,210) 7,022 7,022 0 7,022 0 0 N/A Chrysalis Programme 1,127 925 0 (202) 5,127 5,127 0 5,127 0 0 N/A Section 106 Projects 540 430 0 (110) 540 540 0 0 0 540 N/A Devolved Capital to Schools 558 558 0 0 1,446 1,446 0 0 1,159 287

Total Programme of Works 61,408 40,418 (4,166) (16,824) 169,380 165,214 (4,166) 113,711 46,724 4,779 Appendix E – Treasury Management Report as at 31 October 2020

Table 23: Outstanding Deposits – Average Rate of Return 0.19% Period Actual (£m) Actual (%) Benchmark (%) Call Accounts and MMF’s* 17.5 53.85 70.00 Up to 1 Month Fixed-Term Deposits 0.0 0.00 Over 1 Month Fixed-Term Deposits 0.0 0.00 0.00 Total 17.5 53.85 70.00 Strategic Pooled Funds 15.0 46.15 30.00 Total 32.5 100.00 100.00 *Money Market Funds

204. Deposits are held with UK institutions, all of which hold a minimum A- Fitch (or lowest equivalent) long-term credit rating and AAA rated Money Market funds. UK deposits are currently held in NatWest Bank plc, and Santander UK plc. There is also an allocation to Strategic Pooled Funds.

205. The average rate of return on day-to-day operational treasury balances is 0.17%. As part of the Council’s investment strategy for 20/21, the Council continues to hold a total of £15m in three long-dated strategic pooled funds (£5m in each). The strategic pooled funds have a 3-5 year investment horizon with dividends being distributed periodically.

206. The Council aims to minimise its exposure to bail-in risk by utilising bail-in exempt instruments and institutions whenever possible. However, with average balances being lower than historic levels, the majority of funds need to be held in instant access facilities to manage daily cash flow. It is therefore not possible to fully protect Council funds from bail-in risk. At the end of October, 100% of the Council's day-to-day operational treasury investments had exposure to bail-in risk compared to a September benchmark average of 64% in the Local Authority sector (latest benchmark provided quarterly by the Council's treasury advisors Arlingclose). The Council's exposure reduces to 0% once instant access facilities are excluded from the total bail-in percentage.

207. Liquidity was maintained throughout October by placing surplus funds in instant access accounts and making short-term deposits with the DMADF with maturities matched to cash outflows. In addition £10m of short-term temporary borrowing was taken to replace matured temporary borrowing, ensuring cash balances were kept above minimum levels.

Table 24: Outstanding Debt - Average Interest Rate on Debt: 3.23% Average Interest Rate on Temporary Borrowing: 0.43%

Actual (£m) Actual (%) General Fund PWLB 45.77 15.48 Long-Term Market 15.00 5.08 Temporary 65.00 21.99

HRA PWLB 136.82 46.29 Long-Term Market 33.00 11.16 Total 295.59 100.00

208. During October there were no scheduled long term debt repayments, however, £5m of temporary borrowing reached maturity. Gilt yields fluctuated during the month, ending around

Page 64 2bps lower than it began. With the ongoing need to take further borrowing and with restrictive premiums, early repayment of debt remains unfeasible.

209. There were no breaches of the Prudential Indicators or non-compliance with the Treasury Management Policy and Practices. In order to maintain liquidity for day-to-day business operations during November, cash balances will be placed in instant access accounts and short term deposits. In addition, £15m of forward dated temporary borrowing will reach settlement.

Page 65 Appendix F – Consultancy and agency assignments over £50k approved under delegated authority

211. The following Agency staff costing over £50k have been approved under delegated powers by the Chief Executive in consultation with the Leader and are reported here for information.

Table 25: Consultancy and agency assignments Previous Approved Total Original Approved Proposed Post Title Approval Start Date From End Date £'000 £'000 £'000

Finance Benefit Officer 03/04/2017 16/11/2020 14/02/2021 180 13 193 Social Care Approved Mental Health 05/02/2018 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 147 9 156 Worker AMHP 04/02/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 140 13 154 AMHP 03/06/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 115 13 128 AMHP 01/07/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 109 13 123 Social Worker 03/08/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 97 12 110 AMHP 30/09/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 90 13 103 AMHP 30/09/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 90 13 103 Social Worker 01/11/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 95 15 110 AMHP 04/11/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 83 13 96 Social Worker 03/02/2020 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 43 9 52 AMHP 03/02/2020 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 63 13 77 Team Manager 03/02/2020 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 70 15 84 Social Worker 03/02/2020 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 50 10 61 AMHP 04/05/2020 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 44 13 58 Social Worker/Senior Social 02/08/2020 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 39 13 53 Worker AMHP 02/08/2020 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 38 13 51 Social Worker 02/08/2020 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 45 15 60 Social Worker 02/08/2020 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 44 15 59 AMHP 04/11/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 137 22 160 Social Worker (CHC) 03/01/2017 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 191 9 200 Team Manager 17/07/2017 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 354 19 373 Senior Social Worker 01/04/2013 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 282 14 296 Social Worker 06/04/2017 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 273 14 287 Social Worker 23/10/2017 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 215 12 227 Social Worker 16/12/2016 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 310 14 324 Social Worker 21/08/2016 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 312 14 326 Social Worker 10/07/2017 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 241 14 255 Social Worker 04/05/2015 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 361 12 373 Social Worker 13/04/2015 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 406 14 420 Social Worker 11/07/2016 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 333 14 347 Social Worker 01/08/2015 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 376 16 392 Social Worker 27/10/2016 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 304 14 318 Educational Psychologist 04/02/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 267 25 292

Page 66 Previous Approved Total Original Approved Proposed Post Title Approval Start Date From End Date £'000 £'000 £'000 Educational Psychologist 15/11/2015 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 426 17 443 Social Worker 11/08/2014 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 503 14 517 Social Worker 01/01/2013 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 521 14 535 Social Worker 01/04/2013 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 318 14 332 Social Worker 26/08/2016 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 299 13 312 Support Worker 20/12/2015 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 145 7 152 Social Worker 04/07/2016 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 356 14 370 Social Worker 21/11/2016 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 294 14 308 Social Worker 01/01/2013 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 519 14 533 Senior Social Worker 29/06/2017 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 284 14 298 Senior Educational 15/08/2016 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 396 25 421 Psychologist Social Worker 02/07/2017 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 235 14 249 Independent Domestic 01/10/2018 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 114 9 123 Violence Advocate Independent Domestic 01/10/2018 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 58 9 67 Violence Advocate Senior Social Worker 21/11/2017 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 142 15 157 Senior Social Worker 19/12/2011 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 150 16 166 Social Worker 24/11/2015 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 157 9 166 Social Worker 01/04/2013 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 135 14 149 Head of Service - LAC and 17/02/2020 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 78 18 96 Young People's Services SEND Officer 24/04/2020 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 45 13 58 EDT Senior Social Worker 24/04/2020 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 49 14 63 Emergency Duty Team 10/06/2020 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 40 15 55 Approved Mental Health Practitioner SEND Team Manager 24/04/2020 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 36 25 61 Support Worker 03/04/2017 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 128 6 134 Registered Manager 04/02/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 82 10 92 Support Worker 03/10/2016 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 98 4 102 Support Planner 03/09/2018 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 76 6 82 Care Worker 06/07/2016 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 126 5 131 Care Worker 06/03/2017 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 106 5 111 Brokerage Officer 03/09/2018 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 65 5 70 Residential Worker 29/04/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 61 7 68 SENDIASS Manager 29/04/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 143 16 159 Service Development & 01/04/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 195 20 216 Quality Assurance Officer Residential Worker 29/04/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 55 6 60 FIS Officer 01/04/2018 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 54 7 61 Support Worker 03/06/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 51 6 56 Support Worker 07/08/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 56 7 63 Residential Worker 30/09/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 45 7 52 Online Services Co-ordinator 04/03/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 118 12 130

Page 67 Previous Approved Total Original Approved Proposed Post Title Approval Start Date From End Date £'000 £'000 £'000 Senior Business Analyst 01/07/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 118 16 134 (Liquid Logic Implementation) Project Manager/Senior 01/07/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 123 16 138 Business Analyst (Liquid Logic Implementation) Senior Business Analyst 01/07/2019 30/11/2020 31/01/2021 119 16 135 (Liquid Logic Implementation) Environment, Education & Community Services Education – Deputy Director 06/07/2020 13/11/2020 05/02/2021 54 34 88 Private Sector Housing Officer 01/03/2018 16/11/2020 07/02/2021 125 12 137 Housing Options & Homeless Prevention Officers x3 18/03/2019 23/11/2020 14/02/2021 270 37 307

Building Services, Transport & Business Improvement ICT Project Manager 01/11/2020 01/11/2020 21/03/2021 0 52 52 Corporate Resources & Services Customer Service Advisor 21/01/2019 23/11/2020 21/02/2021 52 7 59 Customer Service Advisor 23/07/2018 23/11/2020 21/02/2021 69 8 77 Customer Service Advisor 28/01/2019 30/11/2020 28/02/2021 50 7 57

Page 68 Agenda Item 6 THE COUNCIL'S BUDGET: MEDIUM TERM FINANCIAL FORECAST 2021/22 - 2025/26

Cabinet Members Councillor Sir Ray Puddifoot MBE Councillor Jonathan Bianco

Cabinet Portfolios Leader of the Council Finance, Property & Business Services

Officer Contact(s) Paul Whaymand, Finance

Papers with report Appendices 1 to 10

HEADLINES

Summary This report sets out the Medium Term Financial Forecast (MTFF), which includes draft General Fund and Housing Revenue Account budgets for 2021/22, along with indicative projections for the following four years.

Budget proposals for 2021/22 include a 4.8% increase in the headline rate of Council Tax. This comprises a core Council Tax increase of 1.8% based on 90% of the 2% anticipated increase across London alongside a 3% increase relating to an Adult Social Care Precept to fund ongoing pressures within Adult Social Care.

Cabinet are requested to recommend their budget proposals to Council on 25 February 2021. This is in order to formally set the General Fund revenue budget, the Housing Revenue Account budget, the Capital Programme and Council Tax for the 2021/22 financial year.

Putting our This report supports the following Council objectives of: Our People; Residents First Our Natural Environment; Our Built Environment; Our Heritage and Civic Pride; Strong Financial Management. In addition, this budget has been prepared in line with the Council’s commitment to achieving carbon neutrality and 100% clean energy by 2030.

The Medium Term Financial Forecast is the financial plan for the Council and contains the funding strategy for delivering the Council’s objectives.

Financial Cost A 4.8% Council Tax increase, utilising the Social Care Precept to fund ongoing demand in this area and maintaining additional support via the Council Tax Reduction Scheme for eligible residents.

Relevant Policy Corporate Services, Commerce & Communities Overview Committee Residents, Education and Environmental Services Social Care, Housing and Public Health

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 69 Relevant Ward(s) All

RECOMMENDATIONS

That Cabinet approves for recommendation to Council:

1) Approve the draft General Fund and Housing Revenue Account budgets and capital programme proposals for 2021/22 and beyond as the basis for consultation with Policy Overview Committees and other stakeholders.

2) Approve the proposed amendments to fees and charges included in Appendix 8, as the basis for consultation with Policy Overview Committees and other stakeholders.

3) Request the comments of individual Policy Overview Committees on the draft budget proposals relating to their areas of responsibility, to be collated into a single report back to Cabinet from the Corporate Services, Commerce & Communities Policy Overview Committee.

4) Note that Provisional Local Government Finance Settlement is awaited from HM Government and the output from this will be factored into the final 2021/22 budget proposals to be considered by Cabinet in February 2021.

5) Authorise the Corporate Director of Finance, in consultation with the Leader of the Council, to respond on behalf of the Council to the consultation on the provisional Local Government Finance Settlement and to the Mayor of London’s budget consultation.

Reasons for recommendation

The recommendations have been framed to comply with the Budget and Policy Framework rules. They allow the presentation to Council of recommended budgets for 2021/22. This includes the impact on Council Tax, alongside housing rents and service charges.

The Council has powers only to approve revenue budgets and set Council Tax and housing rents for the following financial year. Medium term revenue budgets are presented to aid future financial planning and support good decision-making, with forecast provided for the next five years and a specific budget strategy for the next three years set out in this document. The Capital Programme is approved over a five-year period as the statutory framework provides greater freedoms under the Prudential Code to encourage a longer term approach to capital financing and borrowing decisions.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 70 If approved by Cabinet, these budget proposals will be presented to Policy Overview Committees and local residents for consultation before being presented to Cabinet in February 2021 for recommendation to full Council. Once approved by Council in February 2021 proposals will become effective immediately.

Alternative options considered / risk management

In order to comply with the Budget and Policy Framework, the Cabinet needs to publish a draft budget for consultation at this meeting. The Cabinet could, however, choose to vary the proposals set out in the report, with any amendments reflected in the papers consulted upon with Policy Overview Committees during January 2021.

The section of the report on the Development and Risk Contingency considers the key risks and uncertainties that need to be managed and how these have been provided for within the budget strategy.

Policy Overview Committee comments

A full report on the budget process, financial strategy and detailed budget proposals for each of the service Directorates will be taken to the relevant Policy Overview Committees for review in January 2021, with feedback presented to Cabinet alongside the final budget report to Cabinet on 25 February 2021.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 71 SUPPORTING INFORMATION

SUMMARY 1. This is the first report to Cabinet on development of budgets for the financial years 2021/22 to 2023/24 and is presented in the context of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and the considerable financial uncertainty that this brings.

2. This covering report outlines how the budget strategy approved by Cabinet and Council in February 2020 has been affected by the outturn for 2019/20, experience to date in 2020/21 and latest projections into 2021/22 and beyond. Following these updates, the report addresses the three usual tools to deliver a balanced budget – Council Tax levels, use of balances and the savings programme.

3. Budget proposals within this report along with capital investment plans have been developed in the context of the medium term outlook for the Council’s finances, with the combined impact of inflationary pressures, growing demand for services and increasing capital financing costs generating a £31,933k income/saving requirement over the period to 2023/24. In addition to this new savings requirement, the £6,334k use of reserves to support the 2020/21 base budget will be largely unwound to increase the headline gap of £38,267k.

4. The projections in this report are based on the Council’s review and interpretation of the one-year Spending Review 2020 announced in Parliament on 25 November 2020, with confirmation of this interpretation expected through the Provisional Local Government Settlement, which is anticipated to be published in December. As such there is therefore a level of uncertainty within the Council’s funding that is expanded on further in the report. This consultation budget is presented on the basis that overall Government funding is consistent with this interpretation and remains relatively stable over the remaining period of the Medium Term Financial Forecast in the absence of a multi-year settlement, with any further COVID-19 pressures being covered by funding from Government.

5. The Council’s draft budget strategy aims to meet this requirement over the medium term through delivery of efficiency savings under the banner of the Business Improvement Delivery (BID) Programme and Council Tax increases below the London average. General Balances will be applied to align the profile of growth and savings to deliver balanced budgets, while maintaining unallocated reserves between £15,000k and £32,000k.

6. The Chancellor confirmed in the Spending Review that the Government’s threshold on Council Tax will be maintained at the 2% level and the Social Care Precept will be increased from 2% to 3% for 2021/22. The Social Care precept level has been increased by 1% (from 2% to 3%) because of the exceptional pressures being experienced within Social Care arising from the COVID-19 pandemic. This consultation budget has been prepared around the assumption that Hillingdon adopt the Social Care Precept at the 3% level, returning to the previous level of 2% from 2022/23 and throughout the remainder of the medium term.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 72 The extra 1% Social Care precept will be added to the Council’s COVID-19 earmarked reserve to fund COVID-19 related pressures. In addition to the precept, it is proposed to maintain the approach of benchmarking core Council Tax increases to 90% of the expected London average, which is forecast to equate to a 1.8% uplift for 2021/22. The combined effect of these two measures would secure £5,862k of additional income for the Council.

7. The following table sets out this draft budget strategy, with £10,851k of savings already identified savings and an assumed £16,141k additional income from Council Tax uplifts leaving a residual savings target of £11,275k to be bridged across 2022/23 and 2023/24. £3,421k General Balances will be released to smooth this savings requirement, leaving £27,763k uncommitted General Balances – £2,858k higher than the £24,905k projection arising from the February 2020 budget strategy as a result of a favourable outcome from the Spending Review and the projected underspend in the 2020/21 budget.

Table 1: Budget Strategy 2021/22 to 2023/24 Current 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 MTFF £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Underlying Savings Requirement 9,792 10,003 10,223 11,707 31,933 Unwind Prior Use of Balances 7,776 6,334 2,421 1,000 6,334 Total Savings Requirement 17,568 16,337 12,644 12,707 38,267 Proposed Council Tax Increase (4,421) (5,862) (4,989) (5,290) (16,141) In-year Call on General Balances (6,334) (2,421) (1,000) 0 N/A Current Savings Proposals (6,813) (8,054) (2,797) 0 (10,851) Savings to be identified 0 0 3,858 7,417 11,275 Closing General Balances (31,184) (28,763) (27,763) (27,763) N/A *THIS TABLE HAS BEEN UPDATED – the table published above has been updated to reflect proposals regarding the Older People’s Council Tax Discount, which were amended by Cabinet at this meeting – and can be viewed below: Addendum - including changes to the Cabinet's Budget Proposals & an updated Equalities Impact Assessment - Published 10 December 2020 , item 6. PDF 287 KB (hillingdon.gov.uk)

8. The Budget Strategy is predicated on an assumption that both the in-year and any ongoing pressures arising from the pandemic will be funded from a combination of specific Government grant funding and the £9,126k of reserves earmarked for COVID-19. This assumption is a significant one but is based around the experience of COVID-19 on the Council’s budget position to date and the funding measures announced in the Spending Review.

9. The budget strategy also sets out a revised plan for the use of balances to ease the impact of the budget gap over the next three years to allow time for a savings programme to be designed and implemented during a time when the Council will be seeking to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic. The COVID-19 earmarked reserve will be specifically required to fund an element of the 2020/21 Collection Fund deficit over the next three years.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 73 10. The report highlights (paragraphs 42 to 45) the potential impact on Council budgets of Heathrow Airport Limited’s challenge to their rating liability as a result of the pandemic. If this were successful this would cost the Council a further £3,584k in the current financial year, after allowing for the first 75% to be covered by the newly announced Central Government support for Collection Fund losses, and would therefore hit the COVID-19 Earmarked Reserve. If the rating reduction continued into 2021/22 and beyond there would be a further significant hit to balances, potentially in excess of £40,000k, with 25% of this value falling on the Council, i.e. £10,000k. This issue has been raised with Central Government through the Council’s updating of the Government on the financial impacts of COVID-19, with little central support currently offered to the aviation industry, to cover fixed costs such as rates potentially having a more material impact on Hillingdon than other boroughs.

11. A refresh of the HRA MTFF has also been undertaken, with the landlord function continuing to be financially sound and its thirty-year business plan remaining viable.

BACKGROUND

12. The Council continues to operate within a reduced funding envelopment following marked reductions in central government funding over the period since 2010/11, and although funding levels have stabilised since 2019/20 there remains an element of the legacy grant cuts being financed through releases from General Balances. Alongside the funding challenge, continuing demographic and demand pressures and a return to an inflationary environment over the medium term will necessitate delivery of further substantial savings. This report to Cabinet on the budget for 2021/22 quantifies the financial challenge faced by the Council over the medium term and outlines an approach to meeting this challenge whilst continuing to 'Put Residents First'.

13. This report to Cabinet on the budget for 2021/22, building upon the position outlined in the 2020/21 budget report to Council in February 2020, the outturn position for the 2019/20 financial year and experience to date during 2020/21 alongside latest projections and an assessment of the financial impact of the proposed savings programme. This background to development of the 2021/22 budget is outlined below, with the following sections of this report setting out the resulting budget proposals for the new financial year.

2020/21 Budget

14. At the time of Council Tax setting for the current year in February 2020, it was anticipated that this combination of inflationary pressures, growing demand for services and increased capital financing costs would generate an underlying savings requirement of £34,954k over the period 2021/22 to 2023/24. In addition, it was planned to step down use of General Balances from £6,334k in 2020/21 to zero over two years which would increase the total savings requirement to £41,288k.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 74 15. The budget strategy presented to Cabinet and Council assumed that use of the Social Care Precept and inflationary growth in Council Tax (pegged at 90% of the maximum permissible level) would generate £14,959k, with £1,113k full year effects from approved savings proposals reducing the residual budget gap to £25,216k for 2021/22 to 2023/24 as set out below.

Table 2: February 2020 Budget Strategy Current 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 MTFF £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Underlying Savings Requirement 9,792 12,765 11,529 10,660 34,954 Unwind Prior Use of Balances 7,776 6,334 3,000 0 6,334 Total Savings Requirement 17,568 19,099 14,529 10,660 41,288 Proposed Council Tax Increase (4,421) (4,695) (4,983) (5,281) (14,959) In-year Call on General Balances (6,334) (3,000) 0 0 0 Current Savings Proposals (6,813) (760) (203) (150) (1,113) Savings to be identified 0 10,644 9,343 5,229 25,216 Closing General Balances (27,905) (24,905) (24,905) (24,905) N/A

16. This approach was expected to reduce unallocated General Balances to £24,905k, providing a level of headroom against the £15,000k minimum level of balances required to manage risks in an authority such as Hillingdon. To avoid further depletion of balances, this strategy necessitated the delivery of approximately £10,000k savings over the two budget setting cycles in 2021/22 and 2022/23. Beyond this timeframe, projections were for an annual savings requirement of circa £5,000k per annum – driven by growing demand for services and cost inflation being partially offset by a growing tax base and inflationary uplifts on income.

2019/20 Outturn 17. At the time of budget setting in February 2020, General Balances had been projected to total £34,239k at 31 March 2020. An improvement of £1,019k was reported in the final months of the year as unallocated growth and contingency sums were released alongside minor improvements across a range of services, which together with the decision to capitalise £2,274k of Highways expenditure previously planned to be funded from Earmarked Reserves increased this underspend to £3,293k.

18. This improvement of £3,293k was set aside in Earmarked Reserves to provide funding for COVID-19 pressures not covered by grant monies, and supplemented by redirecting other previously earmarked sums to create a £9,126k reserve for COVID-19 costs, while General Balances remained at the budgeted level of £34,239k.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 75 2020/21 Budget Monitoring Position 19. As at Month 7, pressures totalling £29,428k are projected in relation to the various impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on General Fund operations during 2020/2 Significant additional funding has been awarded to manage these pressures, with four separate tranches of grants totalling £25,133k having been awarded to Hillingdon and a further £7,700k expected through the Government’s commitment to finance 75% of Fees & Charges losses above a 5% threshold. While funding due from Government therefore currently exceeds identified pressures, it is likely that the ongoing management of the pandemic and its local impacts will result in further costs emerging over the remainder of this year and into 2021/22. In the event that in year costs exceed available grants, the COVID-19 reserve is available to isolate any impacts from General Balances.

20. With COVID-19 related pressures being managed in this way, an underspend of £3,279k is reported across the Council’s normal General Fund operations. Within this position it is expected that a number of one-off or temporary underspends will be sufficient to contain a pressure of circa £1,000k arising from a higher than budgeted pay award being agreed nationally (2.75% rather than 2.00%). The reported underspend includes a £764k underspend on corporate budgets primarily relating to savings on short term borrowing and reduced spend on debt financing budgets due to the timing of capital expenditure impacted by COVID-19, alongside £2,299k underspends from across service budgets. This Month 7 monitoring position would deliver General Balances of £31,184k at outturn.

2021/22 Budget Development

21. Services have been developing savings proposals with a view to bridging the future budget gap and the growing cost of providing valued services to residents. In addition to this work across directorates, a comprehensive review of the corporate elements of the budget has been undertaken since February, capturing funding, inflation and capital financing. During the autumn, a series of challenge sessions were held to affirm the budget position. Each session followed a similar format reviewing:

• The current position in 2020/21 - both monitoring and savings delivery. • Existing and emerging pressures that need to be addressed in the 2021/22 budget and forecasts for future years. • Progress on the development of savings proposals for 2021/22 and beyond. • Identification of any potential growth or invest-to-save bids. • Capital programme requirements.

22. As noted above, in February 2020 the savings requirement for 2021/22 had been estimated to be £19,099k, which has been revised downwards by £2,762k – primarily due to a favourable movement in funding from the Spending Review, the Chancellor’s announcement on freezing public sector pay and managed reductions in borrowing costs offsetting a higher than anticipated pay award in 2020/21. The resulting budget gap for

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 76 2021/22 therefore stands at £16,337k after unwinding the planned £6,334k drawdown from balances for 2020/21, which is to be managed through a combination of £5,862k additional revenue from the proposed Council Tax increase, £8,054k savings and £2,421k release from General Balances to meet the residual gap.

23. Over the three year MTFF period the total budget gap stands at £38,267k, with a budget strategy to manage this through a combination of Council Tax increases, use of General Balances and £22,126k of existing and future savings proposals as set out in the Medium Term section of this report. Longer term projections covering the following three years are included in the body of the report, with a five year medium term outlook presented to provide context for decision making and align to the horizon for capital investment plans.

GENERAL FUND REVENUE BUDGET

BUDGET REQUIREMENT

24. This report sets out further detail on the refresh of the MTFF position which drives the latest forecast savings requirements and other figures set out in this MTFF report. It sets out in detail the assumptions that have been made with regards to inflation, funding demographics etc.

25. The resultant movement from the 2020/21 baseline through the three-year budget cycle to 2023/24 budget requirement is summarised in the following table, incorporating the latest estimates for funding, inflation and growth in demand for services to reach a refreshed saving requirement of £38,267k, reducing to an underlying savings requirement of £31,933k before taking into account the unwinding of the prior use of balances.

Table 3: 2021/22 to 2023/24 Budget Requirement 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 Current MTFF

£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Changes in Recurrent Funding (7,689) (349) (2,554) (2,582) (5,485) Changes in One-Off Funding 6,312 245 29 (27) 247 Inflation 6,222 4,700 6,342 6,497 17,539 Corporate Items 664 1,901 3,076 4,413 9,390 Contingency (Service Pressures) 4,260 3,456 3,330 3,406 10,192 Priority Growth 23 50 0 0 50 Underlying Savings Requirement 9,792 10,003 10,223 11,707 31,933 Unwind Prior Use of Balances 7,776 6,334 2,421 1,000 6,334 Total Savings Requirement 17,568 16,337 12,644 12,707 38,267

26. The following sections of the report set out the latest position on funding alongside inflation, Corporate Items, contingency and priority growth to explain the context behind the £31,933k underlying saving requirement.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 77 FUNDING SOURCES 27. Recurrent funding available to support the budget requirement is projected to total £226,975k in 2021/22, rising to £232,111k by 2023/24. This recurrent funding is supplemented by £293k of one-off funding, including £834k of funding from earmarked reserves in 2021/22 to compensate for COVID-19 related pressures within funding impacting on the Council’s saving requirement. In total this provides £228,054k of funding for services before considering the proposed Council Tax increase and the use of balances. With one- off funding being forecast for 2023/24 of £1,077k, increasing total resources £233,188k by year 3. Total funding therefore increases by £5,238k between 2020/21 and 2023/24 as a result of increases in local tax yield alongside a minor increase in Government Grants.

28. This position presented below demonstrates the return to regular growth in both Business Rates and the Revenue Support Grant from 2022/23 onwards, with Council Tax increases being driven by a growing taxbase as a result of housing development in the Borough, alongside Business Rates yield increases driven by the regular CPI uplift returning to normal levels, at an estimated 2%, bringing a net benefit to the Council’s funding position of £5,520k. This is being offset by a reduction in Government Grants by a marginal £35k, predominantly driven by a reduction in the New Homes Bonus, offset by an increase in Social Care funding, bringing a total uplift in recurrent funding of £5,485k, whilst one-off funding is forecast to move adversely by £247k, equating to a net movement on total funding of £5,238k.

Table 4: Funding Projections 2020/21 Change 2021/22 Change 2022/23 Change 2023/24 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Council Tax Base (120,786) (1,354) (122,140) (1,419) (123,559) (1,420) (124,979) Business Rates Income (56,005) 900 (55,105) (1,102) (56,207) (1,125) (57,332) Revenue Support Grant (6,763) (35) (6,798) (136) (6,934) (139) (7,073) Other Government (43,072) 140 (42,932) 103 (42,829) 102 (42,727) Grants Recurrent Funding (226,626) (349) (226,975) (2,554) (229,529) (2,582) (232,111) Collection Fund Deficit (459) 1,586 1,127 702 1,829 0 1,829 Collection Fund Deficit 0 (1,372) (1,372) 0 (1,372) 1 (1,371) Govt Funding Business Rates Pilot (865) 865 0 0 0 0 0 Pool Release of COVID-19 0 (834) (834) (673) (1,507) (28) (1,535) Reserves One-Off Funding (1,324) 245 (1,079) 29 (1,050) (27) (1,077) Total Funding (227,950) (104) (228,054) (2,525) (230,579) (2,609) (233,188)

29. The rationale behind current funding assumptions and associated risks are discussed for each revenue stream in turn below. Local income projections reflect latest intelligence around new economic and residential development in the Borough, with recent experience indicating limited scope for material variation in these estimates. Projections for grant funding for 2021/22 are primarily based on the outcomes of the Spending Review 2020 and

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 78 that funding remaining largely stable in the short term thereafter. As Spending Review covered only the one financial year to 31 March 2022 there remains a level of uncertainty in this forecast. In addition, no income is forecast for any pooling arrangements across London, with the London Pool losing its pilot status on 31 March 2020 and returning to the standard 50% retention for 2020/21. Due to the impacts of COVID-19, no benefit from pooling Business Rates is forecast across London in 2020/21, with this position expected to continue over the next three years to 2023/24.

Council Taxbase Projections 30. Income from Council Tax is projected to grow by £1,354k through a 1,144 Band D equivalent or 1.1% growth in the tax base as a result of continuing residential development across the Borough and the reducing cost of the local Council Tax Reduction Scheme (CTRS) as transitional protections are unwound through natural turnover, in previous years the turnover rate has led to a reduction in Band D equivalents of 200 properties. However, due to unprecedented demand for CTRS in 2020/21 driven by the pandemic, this reduction is forecast to slow in the coming financial year. Income is expected to increase by a further £1,420k in 2022/23 and £1,420k in 2023/24, predominantly driven by the reduction in demand for the Council Tax Reduction Scheme forecast to return to the normal attrition rate of 200 Band D properties per annum. This tax base growth provides a mechanism to contribute towards funding the growing demand for services linked to an expanding local population.

Table 5: Council Tax Base Projections 2020/21 Change 2021/22 Change 2022/23 Change 2023/24

Band D Band D Band D Band D Band D Band D Band D Residential 123,275 1,012 124,287 1,012 125,299 1,012 126,311 Properties MOD Properties 683 0 683 0 683 0 683 Discounts & (11,317) 0 (11,317) 0 (11,317) 0 (11,317) Exemptions Empty Property 85 0 85 0 85 0 85 Premium Gross Council 112,726 1,012 113,738 1,012 114,750 1,012 115,762 Taxbase Council Tax (9,588) 144 (9,444) 200 (9,244) 200 (9,044) Reduction Scheme Allowance for (1,031) (12) (1,043) (12) (1,055) (12) (1,067) Losses in Collection Net Council Taxbase 102,107 1,144 103,251 1,200 104,451 1,200 105,651 Council Tax 120,786 1,354 122,140 1,420 123,559 1,420 124,979 Revenues (£’000)

31. New residential development is expected to deliver a net 1,012 Band D equivalent properties after allowing for maintenance of the current 99% collection rate, with 911 of these properties specifically identified from the pipeline of major developments and the remaining 101 expected to be secured through smaller developments.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 79 32. A further 144 Band D equivalent growth in the tax base is forecast to be met from a continuation of the trend for reduced uptake of the Council Tax Reduction Scheme through the unwinding of historic protections through normal attrition rates. In previous years this reduction has been higher, however, due to increased demand for Council Tax Support in 2020/21 due to COVID-19 and households facing increased financial difficulties a high level of demand for support has presented in the first half of the year. The projections anticipate a return to the normal decrease playing out over the remainder of the year and into 2021/22, with a return to the normal net 200 increase in Band D properties in the tax base from 2022/23 onwards.

33. All of which is netted down by a reduction in Band D equivalents of 12 properties, representing the allowance for the loss of collection, as in normal circumstances the Council consistently achieves a 99% collection rate.

Council Tax Increases and the Social Care Precept

34. This draft budget includes a 4.8% increase in the headline rate of Council Tax, securing £5,862k additional funding to support local services at a cost of £56.80 per annum for a Band D household and a further £48.90 in 2023/24 based on a 3.8% increase from 2022/23 onwards. The 4.8% uplift is based on 90% of the 2% anticipated increase across London (1.8%), plus making full use of the 3% Adult Social Care Precept in 2021/22, reducing down to 2% from 2022/23 on the assumption that the Government return to this threshold at the next Spending Review.

35. The Spending Review 2020 confirmed the continuation to give the Council the option to increase basic Council Tax by 2% per annum without triggering a referendum for a further year with confirmation that the Social Care Precept will continue into the new year with the option to increase Council Tax by a further 3% for 2021/22. The Social Care precept level has been increased by 1% (from 2% to 3%) because of the exceptional pressures being experienced within Social Care arising from the COVID-19 pandemic. This consultation budget has been prepared around the assumption that Hillingdon adopt the Social Care Precept at the 3% level, returning to the previous level of 2% from 2022/23 and throughout the remainder of the medium term. The extra 1% Social Care precept will be added to the Councils COVID-19 earmarked reserve to fund COVID-19 related pressures. A 1% movement in Council Tax would represent £11.83 per annum on the Council’s share of a Band D household and generate £1,221k additional revenue.

36. This proposed uplift includes continuing the use of the Social Care Precept at the reduced rate of 2% in the future years, on the assumption that the Government return the increase to the prior years’ value. In the absence of the anticipated Social Care Green Paper, it is expected the Government will continue to utilise this as one of the preferred mechanisms to fund growth within Social Care until such as time as the paper is published. In addition, a consultation on the continuation of the precept was due from Government pre-pandemic

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 80 and is likely to emerge in the near future, which would underline their commitment to this being a key funding stream for future growth in the cost of social care.

37. The remaining 1.8% reflects Hillingdon’s ongoing policy of differentiation across neighbouring boroughs against a likely 2% uplift across London. This uplift is intended to provide a mechanism to contribute towards inflationary (£4,700k) and demand-led growth in the cost of services (£4,677k) projected to total £9,377k in 2021/22, increasing to £9,903k by 2023/24.

Older People’s Discount

38. The Older People’s Discount scheme was set up and funded for the first 12 years from within the base budget funded through service efficiencies. When the scheme was first set up the Council also put further efficiency savings into an earmarked reserve in case it was required to fund the scheme. This earmarked reserve was not required and accordingly in 2019/20 and 2020/21 (years 13 and 14 of the scheme) was drawn down to support the scheme. In the current year the scheme cost is projected to total £1,726k, which would rise to £2,009k if continued into 2021/22 – representing an addition to the savings requirement, or additional call on reserves that is not factored into the current MTFF figures. In light of the challenge of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Council, it is not considered to be prudent to continue to fund the scheme in 2021/22.

*THIS PARAGRAPH HAS BEEN UPDATED – the proposals published above with regard to the Older People’s Council Tax Discount were amended by Cabinet at this meeting – and can be viewed below: Addendum - including changes to the Cabinet's Budget Proposals & an updated Equalities Impact Assessment - Published 10 December 2020 , item 6. PDF 287 KB (hillingdon.gov.uk)

Business Rates Income

39. The current forecast which includes a forecast reduction in the Rating List of £12,000k yielding a reduction of £6,012k of gross Business Rates income as a result of COVID-19 and the impact on the financial sustainability of local businesses. After factoring in this reduction, under the current 50% Business Rates Retention system, the Council is projecting to retain £55,105k or 15% of the £370,241k expected to be collected from commercial property across the Borough in 2021/22. Following this reduction, the Council is forecasting a stable Business Rates taxbase from 2022/23 onwards meaning retained rates are forecast to increase by £1,102k to £56,207k, with a further increase of £1,124k in 2023/24 taking total retained income to £57,331k as a result of the annual uplift in the Business Rates multiplier.

40. The Council receives 15% of additional income generated through expansion of the taxbase above the baseline level set by Government, with the reduction in the taxbase forecast as a result of the pandemic, retained growth is forecast to reduce by £1,136k to £7,648k. Together with the £47,457k baseline level of income to be retained locally, this delivers

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 81 £55,105k to support local services. From 2022/23 onwards the 15% retention of additional growth is forecast to return to an increasing funding streaming for the Council, with £153k of the £1,102k growth in Business Rates anticipated to come from retained growth, increasing to £156k in year 3.

41. The remainder of the £370,241k to be collected in 2021/22 and corresponding value in 2022/23 onwards is redistributed between Central Government, the Greater London Authority (GLA) and local authorities across England through the Tariff and Levy mechanisms, although continuation of the London Business Rates Retention Pool, even without the pilot status, would see additional sums retained over and above this amount. Assumptions regarding income from the pool are discussed below.

42. There remains a material amount of uncertainty within Business Rates income as a result of an open review between Heathrow Airport Limited and the Valuation Office Agency. Due to the pandemic the airport is currently experiencing a large reduction in footfall and business. Heathrow Airport Limited have therefore opened a case with the Valuation Office Agency for a reduction in the rateable value of the airport site. The review is currently at the ‘Challenge’ stage of the ‘Check, Challenge, Appeal’ process. If Heathrow Airport Limited are successful with their appeal, any reduction will have a significant direct impact on the Council’s funding, as unlike a discount, decreases in value are not funded by a compensating Government grant, however, the Government have confirmed that there will be funding support for the first 75% of Collection Fund losses, meaning the remaining 25% falls on the Council to fund.

43. The value of the reduction at the airport has the potential to consume a significant proportion of the Council’s retained growth and reduce the Council’s funding by approximately £3,600k. For 2020/21 this means that 40% of the Council’s Retained Growth of £8,784k could be in jeopardy, with potential impacts of such a reduction spanning into future years.

44. While documentation of the ‘Challenge’ shared by the Valuation Office Agency does not provide additional context, informal discussions with Heathrow Airport Limited indicate that they do not expect the drop off in passenger numbers to be recovered until 2025 which would result in reduced Business Rates payments over an extended period. An initial estimate of the cumulative impact of these losses exceeds £40,000k by 2024/25, with 75% of this value to be funded by Government support announced in the Spending Review 2020, meaning 25%, or losses exceeding £10,000k will fall on the Council and therefore would fundamentally impact upon the Council’s financial position and in the absence of any support rapidly exhaust General Balances.

45. The draft budget figures do not currently include this potential impact but the Council will need to make an assessment of the likelihood of this happening by 29 January 2021 when it has to make a formal estimate of its Collection Fund deficit for the year 2020/21. If this loss is included in the estimate then under current rules the Council will be able to spread

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 82 the impact over three financial years. If it does not include but then the revaluation happens before the year end the cost will impact fully in 2020/21. The Council has escalated this unsatisfactory position with MHCLG with a view to resolving this risk prior to budget setting but as things stand it remains a significant risk.

London Business Rates Retention Pool 46. Despite the Government’s continued commitment to move to a national 75% retention rate, for 2021/22 it is anticipated that London will continue to operate under the 50% retention rate system, as is the case for 2020/21. At this time, London has applied to continue to pool Business Rates across the capital to maximise the top-up and tariff system, although given uncertainty around the impact of COVID-19 on yields across the capital, no additional income above the Council’s own share has been factored into this draft budget.

Collection Fund Surpluses 47. As at Month 7, a deficit of £4,785k is projected across the Council’s share of the 2020/21 Collection Fund, incorporating a £3,020k deficit on Council Tax and £1,765k deficit reported against Business Rates income. In line with updated guidance due to COVID-19, Central Government have advised authorities that this assessment of the likely in-year deficit can be released over a three year period as opposed to the standard practice of releasing the entire surplus or deficit generated by the Collection Fund in the following year. Within the £4,785k deficit, a surplus of £702k relates to 2019/20, meaning this value is fully released in 2021/22, with the remaining deficit of £5,487k being spread over the three year period, i.e. the deficit is being spread over the period 2021/22 to 2023/24 in equal thirds of £1,829k (with 2021/22 being offset by the £702k 2019/20 surplus) as opposed to the whole £4,875k falling on 2021/22.

48. The Spending Review announced a support package from the Government against the Collection Fund deficit, with the confirmation that 75% of the deficit will be covered by the Government. This consultation budget therefore includes £4,115k of Government support spread over the three-year period from 2021/22 to 2023/24. This forecast carries a degree of uncertainty until the Government confirm the final detail behind the support package.

Central Government Grant 49. The position presented in this budget report is based on a one year settlement announced in the Spending Review 2020, meaning a level of uncertainty exists within the Council’s Government Grant funding in the absence of a multi-year settlement. The position reported in this report includes an anticipated small overall decrease in grant funding of £105k, driven predominantly by a reduction in the New Homes Bonus, offset by additional Social Care funding announced in the Spending Review, in 2021/22 to £49,730k, with a £33k increase in grant funding forecast for 2022/23, alongside an increase of £37k in 2023/24, taking total funding to £49,800k.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 83 50. The Spending Review 2020 confirmed another one-year settlement for Local Government, bringing with it a level of uncertainty for the Council’s funding in future years in the absence of a multi-year settlement. In addition, the Fair Funding Review was expected to look at distribution methodology across Local Government, but this is now delayed until 2022/23.

51. Under the current Business Rates Retention system, the Revenue Support Grant and Baseline Business Rates income are calculated from the Settlement Funding Assessment, and it is has been confirmed that the Government will only be uplifting this value in line with inflation (0.5%), moving away from the 2020/21 real terms increase. The Settlement Funding Assessment is therefore expected to deliver an additional £271k for the authority, increasing by a total of £2,463k over three years taking total funding from this source to £56,447k by 2023/24 in anticipation that inflation rates return to the Bank of England target rate of 2% by 2022/23.

52. The Public Health Grant has been confirmed to be remaining consistent at £17,810k for 2021/22 and beyond, the increase presented in the appendices that accompany the Budget Strategy report reflect the 2020/21 grant award that was confirmed after the Council set its budget at February Council. This additional funding will be reinvested back into the service, with a net nil impact on the overall budget gap, with a review of the required inflationary pressures within the service due to be conducted as the first call on the additional funding.

53. Better Care Fund projections for 2021/22 total £7,068k, incorporating an additional £95k above the 2020/21 funding level in line with the position reported to February Council, increasing to £7,263k by 2023/24. In addition to this, the Improved Better Care Fund (iBCF) is forecast to remain consistent throughout the MTFF with the 2020/21 position at £7,248k and includes the continuation of the inclusion of the Social Care Winter Pressures Grant in the iBCF in line with 2020/21. In addition, the Council’s share of the new Social Care Grant confirmed as part of Spending Review 2019 at £5,896k, has been increased by £1,320k in 2021/22 to £7,216k and the MTFF assumes that this continues thereafter.

54. New Homes Bonus income of £2,200k is expected for 2021/22, representing a decrease of £1,539k on the 2020/21 allocation, primarily resulting from changes to the calculation methodology of the grant as announced as part of the Spending Review 2019, whereby the period of which local authorities are assessed against for delivering additional housing has been reduced by 1 year, from 4 years to 3 years. The Spending Review 2020 confirmed the continuation of this grant into 2021/22, however, there is a clear indication that the Government intend to cease this funding stream in the future with the review of this grant anticipated to be carried out this year by the Government having been delayed due to the global pandemic.

55. Other corporately managed grants are projected to total £1,390k for 2021/22, representing a decrease of £175k on 2020/21 allocations due to the forecast reduction in the Housing Benefit Administration Subsidy Grant as the level of demand for Housing Benefit reduces

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 84 due to new claimants being directed to Universal Credit. This is the only change anticipated for 2022/23, with a further reduction of £200k, bringing the total for other corporately managed grants to £1,190k in 2022/23 of this report, with a further £200k reduction in 2023/24.

Government Funding Uncertainty

56. Due to the ongoing pandemic, the Government’s Spending Review 2020 presented a one- year settlement, with the position presented in this consultation budget being based on the interpretation of this announcement, with figures due to be firmed up in the Provisional Local Government Settlement due out in December, before finally confirming the Council’s funding in early 2021. This consultation budget is therefore based on the Council’s best estimates of the funding settlement in the absence of the provisional settlement.

57. The position presented in this consultation budget forecasts a small increase in Government funding (0.1%) being nearly wholly driven by the increase in Social Care funding, offset by the reduction in the New Homes Bonus in line with the announcement made as part of the Spending Review 2019.

58. To put this in the context of the funding settlements over the last two years, the Council experienced a 2% funding reduction going into 2019/20 driven by a reduction in the Council’s SFA, offset by smaller increases in specific grants, mainly within Social Care. The following year saw a significant increase going into 2020/21 as the Government announced the end of austerity, with an exceptional increase in Government funding of 6%, driven by both an increase in the Council’s SFA alongside significant increases in Social Care funding (whilst this increase in funding was all but counter acted by the end of the pilot status of the London Business Rates Pool, returning the Pool to a 50% retention rate).

59. With the Provisional Local Government Settlement expected in December, current projections are based on the Council’s interpretation of the Spending Review, with a 1% movement either way would equate to approximately £971k, with any additional funding providing additional flexibility to reduce the Council’s call on General Balances in 2021/22, whereas a funding decrease would likely lead to an increase in the budget gap that would ultimately need to be addressed through the Council’s saving programme. With the Spending Review being a one-year settlement, the Council is carrying a greater level of uncertainty from 2022/23 onwards.

COVID-19 Funding

60. The release of earmarked reserves presented in this budget position reflects the use of reserves available to be deployed to fund COVID-19 pressures, meaning the impact of the pandemic does not fall on the General Fund in 2021/22 or 2022/23, with the ongoing effects of COVID-19 starting to impact on the budget position from 2023/24 of the MTFF as a result of a reduced Business Rates tax base.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 85 61. The underlying saving requirement is therefore unaffected by COVID-19, with £834k being deployed per annum over the three-year period, with this budget strategy utilising the identified £9,126k Earmarked Reserves available to fund pressures driven by the pandemic.

62. The Budget Strategy presented in this consultation budget is predicated on the assumption that any further pressures resulting from COVID-19 will be met by additional Government funding, with the planned use of Earmarked Reserves being used only to meet the ongoing pressures within the Collection Fund from a reduced tax base within Business Rates and to fund the future year impacts of the 2020/21 Collection Fund deficit, with the newly announced Government scheme funding 75% of the deficit, leaving 25% to be funded by the Council from this source.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 86 INFLATION 63. An inflation requirement of £4,700k has been estimated for 2021/22, with £5,457k of cost increases across £270,995k expenditure budgets subject to inflationary pressures and a corresponding £757k uplift on associated income budgets. The most significant items within this provision are £1,327k on workforce budgets, £2,443k on care placement budgets and £1,241k on contracted services. With this position forecast to increase the inflation requirement in 2022/23 by £1,642k by 2022/23 to £6,342k, with an additional £155k being required in year 3 taking the total provision to £6,497k.

Table 6: Inflation Provision 2020/21 Inflation 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 Baseline Rate Inflation Inflation Inflation £'000 % £'000 £'000 £'000 Workforce Expenditure (including 125,795 1.1% 21/22 1,327 3,200 3,282 Pension Contributions) 2.0% onward 0.5% 21/22 Added Years Pension Costs 1,900 2.0% onward 10 38 39 8% 21/22 Energy 2,617 5% onward 210 141 148 Vehicle Fuel 1,053 2.3% 24 54 57 Contracted Expenditure 42,807 2.0% 1,241 915 939 Homecare Provision (Adult Social 12,007 3.0% 360 371 382 Care) Care Placements (Adult Social 50,848 2.4% 1,535 1,571 1,609 Care) Care Placements (Children's 21,429 2.0% 548 562 575 Services) Business Rates 3,199 2.0% 16 64 66 Levies 9,340 2.0% 186 190 194 Gross Inflation Provision 270,995 5,457 7,106 7,291 Less: Externally Funded Items N/A Various (757) (764) (794) Net Inflation Provision 270,995 4,700 6,342 6,497

64. The annual Workforce Expenditure uplift has been estimated at 0.35% per annum in 2021/22 following the Government’s announcement in the Spending Review that there will be a pay freeze for all staff earning greater than £24k per annum, and 2022/23 based on a return to more recent pay awards, with the 2.75% pay award for 2020/21 expected to be an outlier with general inflation well below the Bank of England 2% target rate. The position presented in this report includes an uplift of 1.11% in 2021/22 due to the requirement to catch up on the funding of the additional 0.75% pay award for 2020/21 above the 0.35% estimate for 2021/22. Whilst payroll uplifts are based on the projected 0.35% pay award, agency uplifts vary across the services, but are expected to be broadly in line the anticipated pay award. Alongside this, the Employer’s Pension Contribution rate has been set to 0% for 2021/22 following the 2019 Triennial Valuation of the Pension Fund, with an anticipated 0.5% being added from 2022/23 onwards. Where staff costs are financed from a targeted

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 87 Government grant, or recharged to capital or other funding streams, associated income targets have been uprated.

65. Added Years Pension costs, reflecting historic commitments above standard pension entitlements to former employees, are uprated annually in line with CPI from the preceding September. This figure has now been published at 0.5%, leading to £10k in 2021/22 being built into the position, increasing to 2% the year after, adding £39k by 2022/23 against a £1,899k base budget.

66. Energy inflation has been applied to the Council’s electricity and gas budgets in line with recent experience, with an uplift of 8% or £210k included for 2021/22 reducing to 5% or £148k in 2022/23. Vehicle fuel has been uprated by 2.3% or £24k, fuel inflation has been negative since March 2020 as COVID-19 reduced demand, this position therefore reflects a return to more normal inflation rates in fuel from next year, increasing from 2022/23 to our normal fuel inflation assumption rate of 5% for the medium term adding £54k to the 2022/23 budget requirement and a further £57k the year after.

67. Provision of £1,241k has been included for the Council’s £42,807k of externally contracted expenditure, representing a 2.9% uplift on expenditure, with inflation in this area forecast to be 2% for the majority of contracted expenditure, with an overall increase of 2.9% as a result of ICT contracts forecast to have a step change in 2021/22. This position is expected to reduce to 2% in 2022/23 in line with expectations that CPI will revert to the Bank of England target rate by this time. As in previous years, it is not expected that this inflation requirement will fall evenly across contracted spend and where appropriate providers will be expected to secure efficiencies where possible, it is therefore proposed that the Corporate Director of Finance will continue to approve releases from this provision.

68. In addition to general contracted expenditure, care placement costs across Adult and Children’s Social Care of £84,284k are expected to be subject to inflationary pressures. As in previous years, inflation projections are based on an assumption that the salaries-based elements of contracts will be uprated at least in line with the London Living Wage, which saw a 1.9% increase to £10.75 per hour in November 2019. Given the potential challenges in post-Brexit recruitment and retention for a sector heavily reliant on European Union nationals, wage growth of 4% has been assumed in this draft budget, which equates to an inflationary uplift of £2,443k in 2021/22, increasing to £2,566k by 2023/24. In line with other contracted expenditure, the Corporate Director of Finance will continue to approve releases from this provision on a case by case basis.

69. In addition to the above, inflation has been applied to Clinical Commissioning Groups (CCG) contributions to care packages in line with expenditure uplifts offered to suppliers, this is on the basis that Health contribute fixed percentages to care costs on a client by client basis, with uplifts offered to suppliers translating into increased income from the CCG. The uplift

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 88 applied to these budgets equates to £323k in 2021/22, growing to £340k by 2023/24, and is included in the Externally Funded items in table 4.

70. The final element of the Social Care inflation provision is based on the inflationary increases in care package costs affecting incomes for those clients contributing to the cost of their care, with a further £218k forecast to be received as part of the annual uplift in client charges. These uplifts are predominantly driven by increases in the benefits received by the clients, funded by the Department of Work & Pensions.

71. Provision of £16k is included to support inflationary uplifts and unwinding of transitional relief on Business Rates for the Council’s own properties in 2020/21, increasing to £66k by 2023/24. In addition, £186k inflation has been included on the £9,340k levies budget in 2021/22, increasing to £194k by 2023/24, reflecting a 2% uplift against Concessionary Fares of £8,424k in 2020/21 to fund both growth in demand and limited increases in travel card costs, with the remaining levies being uplifted in line with the Council Tax referendum threshold.

72. Where specific income streams are linked to expenditure budgets subject to inflationary pressures, these have been uprated to avoid overstating the net inflation requirement for 2021/22 and throughout the MTFF period. This £757k includes the £323k of CCG contributions and £218k of client contributions within Social Care mentioned above leaving the remaining balance of £216k to come from workforce costs rechargeable to dedicated funding streams, with externally funded inflation set to increase to £794k by 2023/24.

CORPORATE ITEMS 73. There are a range of issues impacting upon the Council's overall budget and are therefore managed corporately, including movements in Capital Financing Costs, the Added Years Pension Costs, the unwinding of the flexible use of capital receipts to finance service transformation and some smaller items shown in the table below alongside some additional one-off items of investments and savings. It is projected that the net cost of these items will increase by £680k in 2020/21, increasing to £4,413k by 2023/24.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 89 Table 7: Corporate Items 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 Corporate Corporate Corporate Items Items Items £'000 £'000 £'000 Capital Financing Costs 1,553 1,513 3,250 Addition to the COVID-19 Earmarked Reserve 1,221 0 0 Housing Benefit Subsidy (Recovery of Overpayments) 100 100 100 Flexible Use of Capital Receipts to finance Service 0 1,274 0 Transformation Concessionary Fares Rebate (1,107) (444) 1,088 Movement in Added Years Pension Costs (25) (25) (25) Adjustments to Corporate Budgets 1,742 2,418 4,413 Additional Investment in Public Health 159 0 0 Troubled Families Programme 0 658 0 Total Corporate Items 1,901 3,076 4,413

*THIS TABLE HAS BEEN UPDATED – the table published above has been updated to reflect the Older People’s Council Tax Discount and was amended by Cabinet at this meeting – it can be viewed below: Addendum - including changes to the Cabinet's Budget Proposals & an updated Equalities Impact Assessment - Published 10 December 2020 , item 6. PDF 287 KB (hillingdon.gov.uk)

74. An uplift of £1,553k in respect of capital financing costs is included in this 2021/22 consultation budget, with a further £3,250k forecast by 2023/24, or £6,316k over the three- year period. Broader implications of current capital commitments and drivers of the cost of borrowing are outlined in the Capital Programme later in this report, but essentially any capital expenditure from 2020/21 onwards not fully funded through grant or capital receipts will necessitate physical borrowing and therefore contributes towards the headline savings requirement over the medium term.

75. Presented in the Capital Programme section of this report are details behind the reduction in expected future borrowing of £55,663k, with the latest intelligence on the likely cost of financing debt, projections for ongoing capital financing costs have been refreshed and a net improvement of £3,904k has been identified over the period to 2025/26 from the position presented at February 2020 Cabinet. With £2,785k of this improvement directly linked to the reduction in debt financed capital investment and the remaining £1,119k improvement from lower than previously projected long-term borrowing costs as the UK government gilts remain at historically low levels.

76. The Council’s budget strategy is predicated on the Government funding any costs directly associated with the pandemic, however, it is likely that there will be costs in Adult Social Care as a result of increased demand from COVID-19, primarily relating to new care

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 90 placements, which will represent an ongoing cost to the authority. The Council has therefore deemed it prudent to add £1,221k to the COVID-19 Earmarked Reserve to fund this pressure, with this value representing the 1% of the increased Council Tax income generated by the 3% Adult Social Care Precept.

77. Within the Housing Benefit Subsidy system, declining levels of outstanding overpayments and associated requirement for doubtful debt provisions, as initiatives such as RTI and FERIS enable more timely changes to benefit awards, are expected to reduce income secured from Government through this route by £100k per annum throughout the MTFF. Ongoing work reviewing the transition from Housing Benefit to Universal Credit is being reviewed in light of the latest intelligence and demand metrics, with an anticipated impact coming from COVID-19 and the effect the pandemic is having on the economy and financial hardship faced by residents that could lead to an accelerated take up of Universal Credit.

78. Under current Government guidelines, the Council is permitted to fund service transformation through Capital Receipts generated from the sale of assets, with 2021/22 being the last year these guidelines permit these powers, this budget presents the unwinding of these powers within the base budget, adding £1,274k to the budget gap as this activity will still be required to deliver future efficiencies.

79. Investment in Public Health activity of £159k has been built into the position, with a review to take place of the inflationary uplifts required in the service and these pressures assumed to be the first call on the additional funding.

80. Following the Spending Review 2020, it was confirmed that the Troubled Families Programme would continue for another year into 2021/22, with no confirmation that this will continue beyond March 2022. This budget reflects the anticipated removal of this £658k income stream from the Council in 2022/23, with no further impact thereafter.

81. Following the announcement from London Councils that Freedom Pass usage is reducing as a result of the restrictions applied during the pandemic, the Council’s charge is set to reduce in future years, with London Councils confirming the saving should be in the region of £1,107k in 2021/22, rising to £1,551k in 2022/23 and reducing to £463k in 2023/24, with this rebate expected to be unwound in 2024/25.

DEVELOPMENT AND RISK CONTINGENCY 82. The Development and Risk Contingency is used to manage budgets relating to volatile or demand-led budgets, where there will remain uncertainty as to the level of resources required until actual demand for services is known at outturn. Rather than inflating Directorate Operating Budgets to cover all potential risk items, these are collated and budgeted for in the round.

83. The following table provides an overview of projections across Development and Risk Contingency, with £3,456k of anticipated increases in demand for services linked to

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 91 demographic / population-led drivers in the 2021/22 budget requirement, increasing to £10,192k by 2023/24. Table 8: Development and Risk Contingency Development & Risk

Contingency Items 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24

£'000 £’000 £’000 Development and Risk Contingency Opening 13,657 17,113 20,443 Balance Movement in Demographic Growth Items 3,456 3,330 3,406 Movement in Risk Items 0 0 0 Projected Development and Risk Contingency 17,113 20,443 23,849 Requirement

84. The following paragraphs provide an overview of items specifically identified within Development and Risk Contingency, identifying key risks and emerging issues where appropriate alongside commentary on proposed management action.

Service Pressures – Demographic Growth Items 85. Waste Disposal Levy and Contracts (£2,050k provision, £900k growth from 2020/21) – Projected costs in respect of waste disposal reflect projected residential development in the Borough, alongside increases in the cost of disposal linked to rising landfill taxes and broader market forces with scope for volatility in both volumes and cost during 2021/22. Refinement of this position will be informed by the Council’s own disposal contracts and a review of the WLWA levy consultation.

86. Support for Looked after Children (£3,211k provision, £656k growth from 2020/21) – Growth in numbers of Looked after Children continues to outstrip broader population trends with projected numbers of placements forecast to increase during 2021/22. Given the high unit cost and complexity of reasons for entering care, this is expected to remain a volatile area going forward.

87. Support for Children with Disabilities (£895k provision, £117k growth from 2020/21) – Alongside Looked after Children, Children with Disabilities continues to see growth in placement numbers necessitating a £117k uplift in the contingency requirement for 2021/22.

88. SEN Transport (£2,723k provision, £495k growth from 2020/21) – Following the large investment in this area in 2020/21 (£2,135k) driven by growth in SEN placements, this report presents a return to the normal increase in demand in this area, with an increase of £495k forecast for 2020/21.

89. Adult Social Care Placements (£2,793k provision, £1,288k growth from 2020/21) – Forecast growth in this area is anticipated to be in line with population growth of approximately 2% following the 2020/21 additional investment in the Mental Health service, with this budget

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 92 presenting a return to the usual population based growth. In addition, £200k has been added to this position to fund additional demand for legal services related to Adult Social Care, mainly driven by increased demand for Deprivation of Liberty Safeguards (DoLS) assessments. Service Pressures – Risk Items 90. Homelessness Prevention (£822k provision, no change from 2020/21) – This is an area that has seen significant impact from the COVID-19 pandemic, alongside additional funding from Central Government during the crisis largely targeted at Rough Sleeping. This position presents a return to the pre-pandemic levels of homelessness, with the expectation being that the Council can manage demand within the average budgeted level of 130 clients and that grant funding opportunities from Government continue to be available.

91. Asylum Funding Shortfall (£1,063k provision, no change from 2020/21) – Home Office funding available to the Council to support Unaccompanied Asylum-Seeking Children remains insufficient to meet the full cost of this demand.

92. Additional Investment Income (£400k assumed income, no change from 2020/21) – Anticipated dividends from the Council’s £15,000k minimum level of General Balances which is held in Strategic and Long-dated Pooled Funds to deliver a level of financial return while maintaining security and liquidity of these monies.

93. General Contingency (£500k provision, no change from 2020/21) – In order to manage emerging pressures or other volatility, it is proposed to retain a General Contingency of £500k, with in-year monitoring suggesting this provision is sufficient for this Council.

PRIORITY GROWTH 94. This consultation budget includes one specific Priority Growth item of £50k to support Domestic Abuse Initiatives to further support this service area in light of increases in need. In addition, the Council has £1,038k of Priority Growth Earmarked Reserves that can fund any new and emerging issues going into 2021/22, with further Earmarked Reserves being available for specific areas of spend, including Environment and Recreational initiatives (£450k) and the All-Age Sport and Activity Fund (£308k).

SAVINGS PROGRAMME 95. Work to date on the development of a savings programme for the 2021/22 and 2022/23 financial years has identified proposals totalling £10,851k, with £8,054k of this sum being achievable in 2021/22 and the remaining £2,797k to be delivered in 2022/23 as a result of longer lead in times or other dependencies. This programme is outlined below, with savings presented by directorate and theme.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 93 Table 9: Savings Proposals for 2021/22 to 2022/23 Building Environment, Services, Corporate Cross- Finance Education & Transport & Social Care Community Resources Cutting Total Directorate Business Services & Services Initiatives Improvement £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Service Transformation (500) (150) (642) (930) (2,038) 0 (4,260) Effective Procurement (120) (250) 0 0 0 0 (370)

Managing Demand 0 (1,000) (500) (35) 0 0 (1,535) Income Generation & 0 (100) (1,105) (410) 0 (1,011) (2,626) Commercialisation Zero Based Reviews (190) (250) 0 (1,020) 0 (100) (1,560) Policy Decisions 0 0 (500) 0 0 0 (500) Savings Proposals (810) (1,750) (2,747) (2,395) (2,038) (1,111) (10,851)

96. The following paragraphs provide an overview of savings proposals included in this draft budget. These include efficiency savings and other measures reducing the cost of service delivery without impacting upon service. Savings measures fall into six broad themes, with the first five representing efficiency savings and charging proposals that do not directly impact upon the service offer to residents:

i. Service Transformation represents the majority of proposed savings, with items presented in this category ranging from the full year effect of previously implemented proposals, the implementation of recently agreed BID Reviews and the expected benefits arising from potential new BID Reviews.

ii. Effective Procurement savings reflect efficiencies gained through the commissioning of services from third parties, including the insourcing of functions where this represents better value for money than previously externalised services.

iii. Managing Demand items relate to measures intended to maintain or improve services to residents – particularly in relation to social care and other direct support for clients – through investment in early intervention, identification of alternative support models and other initiatives.

iv. Income Generation & Commercialisation proposals include the regular annual review of Fees and Charges against those of neighbouring authorities, alongside savings arising from reviews of services with scope to operate with a reduced level of subsidy from the Council Taxpayer.

v. Savings proposals from Zero Based Reviews represent budgets, which have been identified as being surplus to requirements through the line-by-line review of the 2019/20 outturn position and similar exercises being undertaken by Finance.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 94 vi. Policy Decisions represents a step change in the Council’s service offer rather than efficiency gains, with a single proposal relating to the cessation of the local First Time Buyer’s Scheme falling in this category.

Pump Priming Savings and Flexible Use of Capital Receipts

97. The Council is currently allowed to finance the costs associated with service transformation from Capital Receipts, with both one-off implementation costs and the support for service transformation, including the BID team, being funded from this resource. This draft budget has been prepared on the basis that such implementation costs for the 2021/22 savings programme, estimated at £3,000k in line with recent experience, will be financed from a combination of Capital Receipts and Earmarked Reserves as appropriate.

Finance

98. Two savings are proposed for Revenues and Benefits Service within the Finance Directorate including the use of robotics and automation to streamline processes (£162k) and a BID review of the structures and ways of working within the team expected to deliver a further £138k in 2021/22, increasing to £338k by 2022/23.

99. In addition, two savings are presented for Fleet Services centred around a review of the Repairs and Maintenance contract (£120k) and a zero based review of the budgets in this area, including fuel and vehicle damage (£190k).

Social Care

100. A zero based review is planned for Social Care across both Adults and Children’s services, including a review of the future demand for the service and unit cost assumptions. In view of a reduced headcount within Adult Social Care and implementing early intervention services within Children’s Services, this review is expected to deliver a reduction in spend of £1,000k for 2021/22.

101. Reviews of Children’s services including both structures and processes, ensuring a clear pathway for each child and a zero based review of the Asylum Service are anticipated to deliver £400k of savings for 2021/22. Alongside this, a further £100k of income is expected to be generated by leasing out part of the Civic Centre to one of the Council’s care partners.

Environment, Education & Community Services

102. A number of proposals have been included within the Green Spaces, Sports and Culture service area, with these proposals expected to deliver £1,115k from a range of income generation and commercialisation initiatives as well as service transformation. The largest elements of this being driven by service transformation of the services, maximising the use of the Council’s assets alongside a number of income generation and commercialisation

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 95 projects including reviewing charging options associated with Parks and Courts, and the removal of the Council’s subsidy within Golf Courses, Museums and Theatres.

103. A further £750k is proposed against the Housing Service for 2021/22, increasing to £1,000k by 2022/23, with approximately half of this value to come from improved management of temporary accommodation, maximising the impact of Central Government grant income, with the other half to come from the closing of the First Time Buyers Scheme in light of the other support in this area offered by Central Government including Help to Buy Equity Loan, Shared Ownership and First Homes schemes.

104. Finally a £95k proposal has been included for the in-sourcing of a Planning Service contract to ensure greater efficiencies for the Council.

Building Services, Transport & Business Improvement

105. Proposals totalling £725k have been included for Waste Services, with a number of initiatives around Service Transformation, Zero Based Reviews and Income Generation & Commercialisation including reviews of food waste and recycling, bulky waste collections, recycling and waste bags and a zero based review of the budgets, realigning the service with the West London Waste Authority (WLWA) levy budgets and contracts.

106. A further £450k of savings are being proposed centred around Highways and Parking, with a review of the use of the Council’s capitalisation powers in Highways and Service Transformation work within Parking expected to drive efficiencies without reducing service levels.

107. A series of further zero based reviews are planned for this area, including energy budgets, lease income and Business Rates payments that the authority makes, which in total are expected to deliver savings of £360k in 2021/22.

Corporate Resources & Services

108. Service Transformation in this area is expected to deliver £988k from a review of Business Support and other back office functions within the Council, including the streamlining of processes, including a review of financial processes, human resources and admin support within the Council, with a further £138k to come from a similar review of the Council’s contact centre, all without impacting on front line services. These savings are expected to increase by an additional £750k in 2022/23, taking the total saving in this area to £1,738k.

109. Democratic Services are proposing a £300k saving in 2022/23 as a result of the Boundary Review within the Borough and the reduction in the number of wards.

Cross-Cutting Initiatives

110. The Council continues to review recruitment and retention requirements of Council run services, with a review of vacant posts expected to deliver a £100k saving for 2021/22.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 96 FEES & CHARGES

111. The Council is empowered to seek income from Fees and Charges to service users across a wide range of activities. Some of these Fees and Charges are set by the Government or other stakeholders, but many others are set at the discretion of the Council, based on Cabinet's recommendations. The Council continues to operate a system of differential charges through the Hillingdon First card, which enables preferential rates to be offered to local residents.

112. The Council continues to benchmark Fees and Charges against those of neighbouring authorities and other service providers, with charges being set at a maximum of 90% of the relevant benchmark for residents, and at benchmark for non-residents where applicable. This realignment of charges incorporates £1,011k additional income, with £164k of this sum already agreed at February 2020 Cabinet and £847k of new proposals for implementation in 2020/21.

113. Uplifts to Fees & Charges that were agreed at February 2020 Cabinet contributing towards the Income Generation & Commercialisation savings total include:

i. Licensing - October Cabinet approved revisions to Shop Front Tables and Chairs fees and Temporary Street Trading Pitches, with these changes forecast to deliver an additional £3k in 2021/22.

ii. Pay by Phone – A £56k saving is included in the budget proposals related to the introduction of Pay by Phone technology in 2019/20, with the financial impact stemming from income lost through parking suspensions following theft and vandalism to machines estimated to be £113k, with £57k of this value being included in the 2020/21 budget, with the remaining balance being proposed to be included in 2021/22.

iii. Parking – Following the usual benchmarking exercise, the proposed increase for Off- Street Pay & Display parking, Visitor Vouchers and Residents Second Parking Permits were staggered over a two year period, with £105k included in the 2021/22 proposals as a result of the Council opting to spread the impact of the increased charge over a two year period.

114. Several new proposals have been included in this consultation budget, contributing £894k and include:

i. Building Control - A review of Building Control Fees & Charges has identified the potential for uplifts across 3 main headings, including Building Notice Charges for the erection of New Housing & Flats, Domestic Extensions Plan Charge and Domestic Loft Conversions, with this review focused around the 90% benchmark approach expected to deliver an additional £122k of income for 2021/22.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 97 ii. Food Health & Safety – Following the Council’s approach to benchmarking charges, Food Health & Safety increases are forecast to yield an additional £1k.

iii. Waste - Refreshed benchmarking of Trade Waste Collection rates for bin hire and emptying has identified headroom in the charging for this service, delivering £29k, with an additional £83k coming from Trade recyclables and Trade Waste charges at New Years Green Lane Civic Amenity site being increased in line with the charges of neighbouring boroughs.

iv. Highways – Uplifts to the Application and Supervision for Highways crossovers is proposed to deliver £82k based on the 90% benchmark approach.

v. Street Naming & Numbering – A further £10k is expected from this income stream following the Council’s review of neighbouring boroughs’ charges and targeting uplifts at 90% of those charges.

vi. CCTV Requests - The CCTV service currently provides video evidence to external insurance companies to support insurance claims where available. A number of Local Authorities are charging for this service, and it is proposed to introduce a new production fee of £120 for supplying video evidence. Alongside this charge, it is proposed to introduce a fee to recover Officer time spent searching through CCTV footage, as the level of resource required for each CCTV request is different, and does not always result in the production of footage to support a claim. Therefore, it is proposed to introduce a fee based on the search time spent of the hourly rate of a CCTV operative with this proposal forecast to yield an additional £5k for 2021/22.

vii. Gated Tennis Courts – It is proposed to introduce a small charge for the use of gated tennis courts in the Borough in line with neighbouring authorities following the introduction of a gating system last year, with the data from this system suggesting a small fee of £5 an hour should generate £48k of income for the Council.

viii. Residents Parking Permits – Neighbouring boroughs all charge an issuance and administration fee associated with parking management schemes, with the Council proposing a fee greatly below the 90% average to yield £30k of income for 2021/22.

ix. Pay & Display Parking Fees– Following a refresh of the benchmarking data for both on-street and off-street pay and display charges, this consultation budget includes a proposal to generate £437k of additional income from increasing off-street pay and display charges at a rate that is still significantly below the 90% benchmark rate.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 98 2019/20 to 2025/26 CAPITAL PROGRAMME Introduction 115. This section provides an overview of the latest General Fund Capital Programme for consideration, with latest projections included for investment and asset sales, the impact of recent decisions on the phasing of the Leisure Centre development and removing the Theatre development, alongside a number of minor adjustments captured in routine MTFF discussions. In line with usual practice, a detailed programme is set out for the current financial year (2020/21) and subsequent five years (through to 2025/26).

116. Over the period to 2025/26, the proposed Capital Programme includes £344,775k planned investment, with £167,079k of this outlay to be financed through Prudential Borrowing. This level of borrowing will ultimately generate £15,701k annual revenue financing charges, necessitating £7,729k growth from 2020/21 budgets and contributing to the Council’s underlying savings requirement. This pressure on revenue budgets is £3,904k lower than anticipated in February 2020, primarily as a result of the recent decision to remove the Theatre development and identifying further sites for disposal, alongside an anticipated reduction in long term borrowing costs.

Approved Capital Programme and Latest Budget Monitoring Position (Month 7)

117. The Capital Programme approved by Cabinet and Council in February included £358,256k expenditure across the years 2020/21 to 2024/25, with £200,256k of this sum expected to be supported by Prudential Borrowing. With the addition of slippage from 2019/20 released at outturn, the current approved Capital Programme includes £222,234k borrowing linked to the following financing strategies:

i. £19,031k investment linked to the generation of capital receipts on completion of projects, specifically relating to developments on the former Belmore Allotments and Falling Lane / Otterfield Road sites in Yiewsley;

ii. £43,129k investment in Hillingdon First Limited, with ongoing debt financing costs to be funded through dividends, interest and principal payments to the Council, and;

iii. £160,074k investment in assets linked to service delivery, which would necessitate increasing revenue budgets held for debt financing and repayment to £17,885k by 2024/25 – with growth of £11,633k factored into the MTFF to meet this requirement.

118. As of Month 7 (October 2020), an underspend of £4,028k is reported over the £386,122k expenditure budgets to 2024/25, with a favourable outlook on grant funding amongst other minor financing variances resulting in a £1,421k reduction in Prudential Borrowing. In contrast to these minor variances over the MTFF period, an underspend of £27,675k is projected against the £85,529k 2020/21 budget partly linked to COVID-19 specific rephasing alongside a recurrent level of slippage in line with experience in recent years. This would

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 99 result in £57,854k expenditure at outturn, although the ongoing impact of COVID-19 may see an increase in slippage and further deferral of expenditure into future years.

Proposed Amendments to Capital Programme 119. As part of broader work on refreshing the budget, planned capital expenditure and capital financing options have been reviewed, which reduce borrowing over the MTFF period by £54,551k to £167,079k.

Table 10: Proposed Amendments to Capital Programme Project Financed by: Grants / Receipts Prudential Cost S106 / CIL Borrowing £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Approved Capital Programme (Month 7) 386,122 93,568 70,320 222,234 Latest Monitoring Variance (Month 7) (4,028) (1,263) (1,344) (1,421)

Additions / Removals from Programme Remove Theatre (44,000) (1,050) (42,950) Woodside Development / ASHA Day Centre 2,819 5,900 (3,081) Capital Programme Housing Projects (4,605) (1,544) 39 (3,100)

Schools Capital Programme Updates Harlington PSPB 1,500 1,500 Basic Needs Grant 2021/22 0 (2,250) 2,250 Temporary Classrooms (2,850) (2,850)

Other Project Updates CCTV Programme 2021-2024 983 983 Cemeteries Projects 75 75 Battle of Britain visitors centre car park 150 150 1 & 2 Merrimans Housing Project 200 200 Cranford Park match funding update 69 19 50 PSRG / LPRG (150) (150)

Review of Capital Financing Redirect Social Care Funding to Equipment (2,824) (2,824) Breakeven on Yiewsley Housing Development 0 704 (704)

Roll Forward Programme to include 2025/26 Add 2025/26 Programmes of Works 9,814 9,750 64 Add 2025/26 General Contingency 1,500 1,500 Add 2025/26 Identified Capital Receipts & CIL 4,847 (4,847)

Changes from Approved Capital Programme (42,281) 2,265 10,005 (54,551) Draft Capital Programme 344,775 97,230 80,466 167,079

120. Due to the impact of the ongoing pandemic on the cultural industry and the level of uncertainty in the sector, the Theatre Development has been removed from the draft programme reducing the borrowing requirement by £42,950k.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 100 121. In addition, the recently approved proposal to transfer Age UK to the Woodside Day Centre alongside decanting the Nestles Avenue Children’s and Early Years Centres to the former ASHA has been included – with £2,819k on enabling project spend (including appropriation from the HRA) releasing £5,900k capital receipts from asset sales and therefore reducing borrowing by a further £3,081k.

122. Following a review of the Capital Programme Housing Projects, it is proposed that £4,605k planned expenditure is removed from the programme and replaced with a £3,090k capital receipt from the sale of the former Belmore Allotments site following a review of the Council’s assets and a £10k uplift in the previous estimate for sale of Bartram Close are used to reduce borrowing by £3,100k.

123. The Schools Capital Programme has been updated to include the £6,053k contribution to the DfE managed Harlington School Rebuild, representing a £1,500k uplift in borrowing from the previously budgeted £4,550k estimate. On 29 May 2020, the DfE confirmed Basic Need grant allocations for the current financial year with no funds being allocated to Hillingdon, increasing the need to borrow by £2,250k. Finally on school expansions, an assessment of demand for temporary classrooms has allowed provision for such units to be reduced by £2,850k – leaving sufficient budget to deliver 4FE units up to 2022/23.

124. The following amendments to budgets for other existing projects are proposed:

i. CCTV coverage has been significantly expanded in recent years, with investment totalling £3,100k over the last three years across the Borough. The existing programme is coming to an end and further planned upgrades or new installations amounting to £483k are identified for 2021/22. These include introducing cameras and automatic number plate recognition on arterial routes across the Borough and improving connectivity of CCTV imagery at corporate sites to the Control Room in the Civic Centre, and additional cameras in various locations will also support reducing anti social behaviour and fly tipping. It is also proposed to include £250k per annum for the following two years (2022/23-2023/24) to cover requirements that may emerge from Members, residents, and the police in the future. The planned programme for 2021/22 has an annual revenue impact of £17k from 2022/23 onwards for annual servicing and licensing, however this is offset by savings of £16k arising from replacing 25 mobile cameras under a former WCCTV contract with upgraded cameras via the Council’s CCTV term contractor.

ii. An increase of £75k in the £401k funding provided for Cemeteries schemes has been included to manage additional costs for drainage issues at Cherry Lane and respond to a petition on the Lake Gardens project.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 101 iii. In order to limit uncontrolled offsite parking during special events at the Battle of Britain Visitors Centre, £150k additional budget has been provided to deliver 30 to 35 spaces adjacent to the Uniter Building.

iv. A £200k uplift in the £250k budget established in February 2016 for autism respite accommodation on the 1&2 Merrimans site is included to facilitate six larger bedrooms and a dedicated sensory room.

v. Following confirmation of the final funding streams for the Cranford Park project, it is necessary to adjust project costs marginally by £69k funded through a combination of third party funding and borrowing.

vi. It is proposed to reduce the annual £100k budget for PSRG/LPRG to £50k per annum, reflecting both current and historic activity levels.

125. A review of financing assumptions has been undertaken, with £2,824k unallocated capital funding included in the Better Care Fund being allocated to fund the purchase of Social Care equipment previously financed from borrowing. In addition, financing assumptions around the Yiewsley Housing Developments have been simplified to include the schemes as breaking even before taking account of any land sales, rather than requiring a subsidy.

126. With the extension of the capital programme to include the 2025/26 financial year, a new approach to setting Programme of Works budgets is proposed (further detail is provided in the following section) which would limit the need for additional borrowing to £56k. In addition, £1,500k General Contingency has been added to budgets, alongside reflecting an expected £4,847k capital income from the General Fund share of Right to Buy receipts and CIL for 2025/26.

Programme of Works

127. The current approved capital programme includes £173,028k Programme of Works budgets over the period 2020/21 to 2025/26, with £111,775k of this sum to be funded from Council Resources. While a proportion of this locally funded element will be met from receipts and CIL, any variation in this level of expenditure would result in an increase or decrease in the Council’s need to borrow.

128. A limited number of budget lines with Programme of Works are based upon profiled costs of cyclical investment, such as the Purchase of Vehicles and ICT budgets, or specific programmes of investment such as the roll out of new parking machines. The remainder of locally funded budget lines are set on the basis of historic precedent, and in recent years have delivered material underspends at outturn.

129. In order to avoid overstating the borrowing requirement, future revenue financing costs and ultimately the savings requirement, it is proposed to align Programme of Works budgets to actual levels of expenditure, rather than simply adding another year at historic budgeted

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 102 levels. Current budgets for Chrysalis (£1,000k per annum) and the Leader’s Initiative (£200k per annum) regularly spend to the budgeted level and are therefore not being scaled back.

130. Actual levels of expenditure on the relevant budget lines over the past three years, average at £11,092k per annum against future budgets of £16,411k in the current capital programme. This draft budget lowers annual budgets to £12,834k which would reduce the future borrowing requirement by £16,411k from the level required under the historic approach to rolling budget assumptions forward.

Revenue Impact of Capital Programme 131. Taking account of the £54,551k reduction in future borrowing costs, and latest intelligence on the future cost of borrowing, projections for ongoing capital financing costs have been refreshed and a net improvement of £3,904k has been identified over the period to 2025/26. With £2,785k of this improvement directly linked to the reduction in debt financed capital investment and the remaining £1,119k improvement from lower than previously projected long term borrowing costs.

132. The benefits of these changes are very much weighted towards the latter years of the MTFF, reflecting the longer term nature of larger capital schemes and local government capital accounting where provision for repayment of debt is delayed into the financial year after the year of spend. There is however scope to secure temporary savings in the earlier years of the forecast through maintaining the current approach to borrowing short-term on local authority markets.

133. The Council is able to borrow from other local authorities for periods for up to two years at rates below 1.0% per annum, in contrast to securing longer term borrowing from capital markets where rates are projected to be around 1.8%, with confirmation in the Spending Review of the PWLB rate returning to this value. With new borrowing of £210,000k required by 2022/23, being able to borrow at the lower rate could secure tactical savings of around £1,867k by moving the majority of this debt over to short term.

134. Increased reliance on short-term borrowing will increase the Council’s exposure to interest rate risk, whereby replacing short-term debt in 2022/23 and 2023/24 could result in higher interest rates than the 1.8% modelled into the MTFF. Given that all market indications are that the current and sustained low interest environment will continue, this risk is considered manageable by officers – a view echoed by the Council’s professional treasury management advisors, with scope to minimise risk through forward dealing, securing a spread of maturities and investigating other mechanisms.

135. The MTFF forecast is based on the PWLB rate remaining at the revised rate of 1.8% announced in the Chancellor’s Spending Review. With confirmation now having been received of future borrowing rates from the PWLB it will be possible for the Council to identify

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 103 the most cost effective approach to borrowing in the longer term and therefore begin to lock in debt for the longer term.

136. This approach secures the majority of the £2,441k reduction in borrowing costs over the period to 2022/23 for which a budget strategy is currently being developed. The combined effect of these drivers on the future cost of borrowing is outlined below and factored into the Corporate Items section of the General Fund revenue budget discussed earlier in this report.

Table 11: Change in Revenue Impact of Capital Programme 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26

£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Funding included in February 10,432 13,479 16,729 19,605 19,605 2020 Capital Programme Changes 144 (574) (1,691) (1,876) (2,785) Use of Short-term Borrowing (1,051) (1,867) (750) 0 0 Long-term Borrowing Rate 0 0 0 (1,493) (1,119) Revised Funding Requirement 9,525 11,038 14,288 16,236 15,701 Annual Savings Requirement (907) (1,534) 0 (928) (535) Change Cumulative Change in Savings (907) (2,441) (2,441) (3,369) (3,904) Requirement

BUDGET STRATEGY 2021/22 TO 2025/26 MEDIUM TERM OUTLOOK 137. In line with the position for 2021/22 to 2023/24, the medium term savings requirement is driven primarily by inflation, demand-led pressures managed through contingency and capital financing costs. The uplift in funding is projected over this period as a result of steady growth in the Council Tax taxbase. Latest projections for this period indicate a £50,350k overall savings requirement as set out below, which is to be managed through a combination of savings and Council Tax increases.

Table 12: Medium Term Outlook 2021/22 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 to 26 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Changes in Recurrent Funding (349) (2,554) (2,582) (2,506) (2,534) (10,525) Changes in One-Off Funding 245 29 (27) 1,077 0 1,324 Inflation 4,700 6,342 6,497 6,654 6,816 31,009 Corporate Items 1,901 3,076 4,413 2,486 (460) 11,416 Contingency (Service 3,456 3,330 3,406 3,442 3,442 17,076 Pressures) Priority Growth 50 0 0 0 0 50 Underlying Savings 10,003 10,223 11,707 11,153 7,264 50,350 Requirement

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 104 138. Anticipated growth in recurrent funding of £10,525k over the period to 2025/26 reflects £7,032k additional Council Tax coming from a 5.8% growth in residential properties. In addition, the medium term outlook includes an expected £3,642k increase in income from locally retained business rates driven by £4,147k from assumed inflationary uplifts offset by £505k reduction in the Rating List driven by the year one impact from COVID-19. Other movements within recurrent funding include an anticipated £149k decrease in grants predominantly driven by changes to the New Homes Bonus award methodology and the expectation that this funding stream will eventually be abolished, alongside a reduction in the Housing Benefit Administration Subsidy Grant as more residents are anticipated to switch to Universal Credit, offset by an increase in Social Care funding announced in the Spending Review 2020.

139. As a result of the above growth assumptions, the Council is expecting to be in receipt of £49,686k grant funding alongside £51,368k of baseline business rates giving a total of £101,054k of Government-directed funding. This includes £58,727k allocated through the Settlement Funding Assessment, £21,727k of dedicated social care funding through mechanisms such as the Better Care Fund, £17,810k of Public Health monies and £2,790k of other smaller grants. As with all areas of the MTFF, there remain a number of potential risks around these funding streams:

i. Following the Spending Review 2020, projections assume inflationary uplifts will be awarded across the Settlement Funding Assessment in line with assumed inflation rates of 0.5% in 2021/22, increasing to the Bank of England target rate of 2% from 2022/23 onwards. This uplift represents £4,743k of 2025/26 projections.

ii. The upcoming Fair Funding Review is expected to refresh relative shares of all major funding streams, including social care monies, and although indications are that this exercise will result in a general transfer of resources from urban to rural authorities this effect is likely to be less severe for Hillingdon given its position on the edge of the capital. It is expected that this exercise will see an uplift in Hillingdon’s core funding to reflect the relative growth in population – although this is forecast to be offset by the impact of resetting the Business Rates Retention system.

iii. The reset of the Business Rates Retention system will put the Council’s £8,279k per annum growth by 2025/26 at risk as these monies are clawed back from authorities increasing their taxbase since 2013/14 and recycled into formula funding. As noted above, it is anticipated that the net loss after recycling will be mitigated through population gains in the main funding formula.

140. The position presented in this report is carries a level of uncertainty due to the one year funding announced in the Spending Review 2020, the current forecast is therefore based on the Council’s interpretation of this announcement whilst further detail is awaiting in the Local Government Funding Settlement, with Government funding provided to the Council forecast

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 105 to continue from 2022/23 onwards in the absence of a multi-year settlement. The Medium Term Outlook is forecasting a 4.1% increase in total funding over the five year period to 2025/26, or just 0.8% per annum. Any increase in funding above this level is likely to be reviewed in the context of the Council’s budget strategy, in particular the use of General Balances to delay the impacts of the forecast saving requirement.

141. The decline in one-off funding reflects the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the London Business Rates Retention Pool, with the capital forecasting to not generate sufficient economic growth to maximise the top up and tariff system to secure a benefit for the member boroughs. This impact has led to a reduction of £865k in 2021/22 alongside the reversal of the 2019/20 Collection Fund surplus that generated a net benefit to the Council of £459k in 2020/21. A forecast deficit within the 2020/21 Collection Fund (£4,785k) is being spread over a three year period to 2023/24, offset by a 75% funding package for the deficit announced in the Spending Review 2020, with the impact of this deficit being net nil over the five year period.

142. Inflationary growth of £31,009k is anticipated over the period to 2025/26, with workforce costs, social care placements and other contracted expenditure representing the key components. Pay awards of 2.0% per annum from 2022/23 have been built into the position, including an additional 0.75% in year one on top of the 0.35% estimated pay award to catch up the 2020/21 pay award, alongside a 0.5% uplift in pension contributions from year two onwards of the MTFF contributing £14,624k to the savings requirement. With expected London Living Wage growth of 4.0% per annum over the medium term being the key driver behind an expected £12,839k uplift in the cost of care placements. The remainder of this pressure reflects 2% per annum uplift on contracted services, alongside continuation of current trends in energy costs.

143. As noted earlier in this report, the uplift in financing costs necessary to support historic and current capital investment plans represents the single largest element of the £11,416k provided for corporate items over the period to 2025/26. Total forecast borrowing of £167,079k includes £114,384k in support of schemes without specific funding strategies in place. This equates to financing costs of £7,729k per annum by 2025/26.

144. Increased demand for services linked to a growing population is expected to require £17,076k additional expenditure by 2025/26, including £5,742k of funding for Adult Social Care, £2,739k uplift in the cost of SEN Transport, £4,095k of growth in support for children in care, and £4,500k additional waste disposal costs, and being offset by reductions in other contingency provisions.

145. Finally, new Priority Growth of £50k has been added to the budget for 2021/22 for Domestic Violence Initiatives to support this area in light of increased demand for these services.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 106 146. The combined effect of these forecasts would be a budget gap of £50,350k, with proposals for Council Tax increases over the medium term and savings already identified during the 2020/21 budget cycle reducing the savings requirement for the financial years 2021/22 through to 2025/26 to £18,148k as outlined in table 15 below.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 107 2021/22 to 2025/26 BUDGET STRATEGY 147. Budget proposals for the two year period 2021/22 and 2022/23 along with capital investment plans have been developed in the context of the medium term outlook for the Council’s finances, with the combined impact of inflationary pressures, growing demand for services and increasing capital financing costs generating a £50,350k saving requirement over the period to 2025/26. In addition to this new savings requirement, the £6,334k use of reserves to support the 2020/21 base budget will be unwound to increase the headline gap of £56,684k.

148. The Council’s draft budget strategy aims to meet this requirement over the medium term through delivery of efficiency savings under the banner of the Business Improvement Delivery (BID) Programme and Council Tax increases below the London average. General Balances will be applied to align the profile of growth and savings to deliver balanced budgets, while maintaining unallocated reserves between £15,000k and £32,000k.

149. The following table sets out this draft budget strategy, with £10,851k of savings already identified and an assumed £27,685k additional income from Council Tax uplifts leaving a residual savings target of £18,148k to be bridged by 2025/26, an average of £3,630k per annum. In addition, £3,421k General Balances will be released to smooth this savings requirement, leaving £27,763k uncommitted General Balances – £2,858k higher than the £24,905k projection arising from the February 2020 budget strategy.

Table 13: Draft Budget Strategy 2020/21 to 2025/26 2021/22 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 – 26 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Underlying Savings 9,792 10,003 10,223 11,707 11,153 7,264 50,350 Requirement Unwind Prior Use 950 6,334 2,421 1,000 0 0 6,334 of Balances Total Savings 10,742 16,337 12,644 12,707 11,153 7,264 56,684 Requirement Current Savings (6,813) (8,054) (2,797) 0 0 0 (10,851) Proposals Proposed Council (4,421) (5,862) (4,989) (5,290) (5,607) (5,937) (27,685) Tax Increase In-year Call on (6,334) (2,421) (1,000) 0 0 0 N/A General Balances Savings to be 0 0 3,858 7,417 5,546 1,327 18,148 identified Closing General (31,000) (28,763) (27,763) (27,763) (27,763) (27,763) N/A Balances *THIS TABLE HAS BEEN UPDATED – the table published above has been updated to reflect proposals regarding the Older People’s Council Tax Discount, which were amended by Cabinet at this meeting – and can be viewed below:

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 108 Addendum - including changes to the Cabinet's Budget Proposals & an updated Equalities Impact Assessment - Published 10 December 2020 , item 6. PDF 287 KB (hillingdon.gov.uk)

150. The following paragraphs provide commentary on the assumptions included in this budget strategy around Council Tax, use of balances and savings.

COUNCIL TAX POLICY AND THE SOCIAL CARE PRECEPT 151. This draft budget includes a 4.8% increase in the headline rate of Council Tax for 2021/22, decreasing to 3.8% over the remainder of the MTFF period, securing £27,685k additional funding to support local services. In line with the recommended approach for 2021/22, this uplift is based on 90% of the 2% anticipated increase across London (1.8%), plus making full use of the 3% Social Care Precept in 2021/22, reducing to 2% from 2022/23 onwards based on the assumption that the Government will return to a lower Social Care Precept in the next Spending Review.

152. As previously noted, it is becoming increasingly apparent that the Social Care Precept is part of the Government’s approach to financing growing demand for Social Care. The recently announced Spending Review 2020 has confirmed that this mechanism will continue into 2021/22, in the absence of a multi-year settlement it is thought likely that the precept will continue to be a key mechanism for funding the growing cost of care over the medium term.

BALANCES AND RESERVES STRATEGY 153. The Balances and Reserves Policy approved by Cabinet and Council in February 2020 outlined a recommended range of £15,000k to £32,000k for uncommitted General Balances, with the proposed budget strategy meeting this requirement. At this time, no amendment to this headline reserves requirement is proposed although the broad range of risks facing the authority will continue to be monitored. This assessment is based on the assumption that any ongoing or newly emerging COVID-19 pressures are funded by the Government, with the exception of the reduced Business Rates tax base and the spreading of the 2020/21 Collection Fund deficit where the Council is proposing to meet 25% from COVID-19 Earmarked Reserves.

154. The budget strategy set out in February 2020 planned for the release of £9,334k from General Balances (including £3,000k in 2021/22) to leave £24,905k available to manage the broad range of risks facing an authority such as Hillingdon. With proactive management of the in-year position during 2020/21 unallocated balances are projected to be £31,184k by 31 March 2021 and therefore within this recommended range.

155. In light of the impact of COVID-19 on the Council’s ability to develop and implement savings around its business as usual structures and processes, the revised budget strategy assumes the release of £3,421k over three years leaving £27,763k General Balances available to

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 109 manage emerging or future risks. This approach will increase the call on balances to £2,421k in 2021/22, which together with the £8,054k savings programme and additional Council Tax will be sufficient to deliver a balanced budget for 2021/22.

156. Given there remains a budget gap of £11,275k to be met in the two subsequent financial years, it is recommended that any windfall gains in monitoring or improvements in the outlook for funding upon publication Provisional Local Government Settlement be directed towards bolstering General Balances within the £15,000k to £32,000k recommended range.

157. Earmarked Reserves are projected to total £23,211k at 31 March 2021, with monies earmarked for a range of specific purposes including unapplied grants, member initiatives and other funds to manage individual projects or risks. While there is a level of variability in the usage of Earmarked Reserves, the 2021/22 budget is predicated upon the use of £2,147k of these monies – primarily to fund HIP projects and Leaders’ Initiatives – with the remaining £19,636k committed to specific projects or risk items over the medium to longer term and therefore not generally available to support new investment.

Table 14: Balances and Reserves Projections 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 Closing Reserves £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Original Budget Strategy Feb

2020 General Balances 41,620 34,239 27,905 24,905 24,905 24,905

Draft MTFF Budget Strategy General Balances 41,620 34,239 31,184 28,763 27,763 27,763 Closing EMR balances 27,143 30,920 23,211 19,636 15,401 11,302 Total Reserves 68,763 65,159 54,395 48,399 43,164 39,065

158. In terms of the Schools Budget, the Department for Education have indicated that the intention is to not finance deficits from general resources, and have gone so far as to make this explicit in the Dedicated School Grant conditions for 2020/21. Officers are awaiting detailed guidance on how this will be managed in practice and how this will address the DSG deficit going forward, but note that these developments in effect remove any need to hold General Balances for the purposes of managing DSG deficits.

SAVINGS REQUIREMENT AND BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT DELIVERY (BID) PROGRAMME 159. On the basis of the current medium term outlook and assuming that the approaches to Council Tax increases and use of General Balances outlined above are approved, this would leave a savings requirement of £28,999k over the period to 2025/26. The full year effect of proposals outlined in the 2021/22 to 2023/24 section of this report would secure £10,851k of this sum, leaving £18,148k to be identified.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 110 160. Successfully identifying this level of savings over the next few years will continue to present a challenge, with savings for 2019/20 and 2020/21 only totalling £14,575k. Given the step change in Central Government support as part of the Spending Review 2019 (6.1%), followed by much smaller increase in the Spending Review 2020 (0.1%), the likelihood of needing to make this level of savings is now much higher. However, given that £8,054k of savings have been identified for 2021/22, an increase on both 2019/20 and 2020/21, this suggests that further savings of £18,148k should be deliverable. The savings delivered over the last 5 years are set out in the following table.

Table 15: Savings Programme (2016/17 to 2020/21) 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 Total

£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Service Transformation 3,864 7,222 3,936 2,816 2,130 19,968 Effective Procurement 1,388 2,171 1,385 0 1,918 7,156 Zero Based Reviews 3,705 4,691 2,536 1,470 1,107 12,677 Preventing Demand 1,171 407 2,695 1,281 677 5,937 Commercialisation & 854 1,017 103 1,874 981 4,829 Maximising Income Policy Decisions 2,327 0 0 0 0 2,327 Gross Savings 13,309 15,508 10,655 7,441 6,813 40,417 Programme Rebasing Legacy Items 0 0 0 (832) 0 (832) Net Savings Programme 13,309 15,508 10,655 6,609 6,813 52,894

SCHOOLS BUDGET 161. As of Month 7, the Schools Budget is reporting an in year deficit of £9,451k (against a budgeted deficit of £7,175k), increasing cumulative deficits to £24,453k by the end of the 2020/21 financial year. Deficits continue to be driven by significant growth in the number of EHCPs which are not being matched by corresponding uplifts in funding. DfE funding announcements in recent months indicate that Hillingdon will receive a £4,826k uplift in High Needs funding for 2021/22, which will be insufficient to meet historic levels of spending, let alone any demographic growth in the new year.

162. The DfE have now issued a deficit management template which it requires all Councils with a DSG deficit or adverse movement in their reserves to complete and share with Schools Forum in advance of any disapplication request being made. This exercise has previously been limited to authorities with larger deficits, but the expanded criteria now require the majority of authorities to submit a recovery plan. While schools budgets deficits are underwritten by the DfE and will therefore not impact upon the Council’s own financial position or budget strategy, the DfE are still placing the onus on local authorities to manage this fund to a breakeven position.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 111 163. As in previous years, draft budget proposals for the 2021/22 financial year will require a transfer of funds from the schools block into high needs to mitigate an element of the growing pressure. In order to make this transfer the Council has submitted a disapplication request to the DfE in November 2020, with officers awaiting a response from the DfE.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 112 HOUSING REVENUE ACCOUNT

164. The budget proposals for 2021/22 are based on the tenth full year of self-financing for the Housing Revenue Account. Under self-financing, the regulations maintain a ring-fence around the Council's provision of housing, the cost of which is fully supported by rental income. 165. This budget includes rent increases of CPI+1% per annum from 2021/22 to 2024/25 to reflect Government policy, whilst providing for substantial investment in new General Needs. There is also no change to the HRA rent policy. 166. The MTFF Budgets contained in this report do not include any housing regeneration schemes nor their financial impact, other than the annual revenue £500k budget for housing regeneration team costs. The MTFF Budgets will be updated in due course for the impact of any housing regeneration schemes subject to the approval and progress of schemes. Update on 2020/21 Budget 167. Development of the 2021/22 Housing Revenue Account budget builds upon the 2020/21 budget and therefore the current monitoring position provides a useful context, highlighting areas of uncertainty which will impact upon the future of the HRA. As at Month 7, a drawdown from HRA General Balances of £2,021k is projected in the HRA, a small underspend of £36k, giving forecast HRA General Balances of £15,054k at 31st March 2021, with the use of reserves funding investment in new housing stock.

Budget Requirement 2021/22 168. The movement from the 2020/21 baseline to the 2021/22 budget requirement is summarised below, with rental income projections and budget requirement levels updated and refreshed. The budget includes a contribution to support in-year capital investment of £19,021k, whilst maintaining HRA General Balance at their current level. This planned use of balances reflects increased investment in new housing stock, and the underlying financial position of the HRA remains robust.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 113 Table 16: HRA Budget Requirement £'000 £'000 Funding Sources Rental Income 58,944 Total Resources 58,944 Budget Requirement 2020/21 39,139 Inflation 380 Corporate Items 619 Savings (215) Budget Requirement 2021/22 39,923 Contribution to Finance Capital Programme 19,021 Surplus / (Deficit) 0

169. Appendix 10a to this report shows the 2020/21 approved budget and the 2021/22 draft budget. The rental income shows an increase of £1,072k from £57,872k in 2020/21 to £58,944k in 2021/22 due to a modest increase in stock and annual rent (CPI of 0.5% plus 1%). The rental increase funds inflation on operational budgets of £380k and corporate items of £619k in 2021/22. The remaining balance from the increase in rental income is £73k and alongside 2021/22 savings of £215k helps to finance the capital programme.

170. Appendix 10a to this report continues this presentation over the MTFF period 2021/22- 2025/26, with unallocated HRA General Balances maintained at a minimum level of £15,000k. Rental income assumptions for 2025/26 are expected to achieve £67,597k, meeting repayment of debt under self-financing of £15,407k, contribution to fund capital expenditure on existing and new stock of £26,431k and repairs & management costs of £25,759k.

Rental Income 171. Rental income projections have been fully refreshed to take account of revised estimates for the movement in the numbers of properties due to new builds, properties being sold under the RTB scheme. This budget has been prepared on the assumption that the RTB sales are 50 per annum from 2021/22 to 2023/24 and 40 from 2024/25.

172. The budget is based on rental increases of CPI + 1% in 2021/22 in line with the MHCLG confirmation in October 2018 of a 5 year rent settlement whereby the social housing rent increase will be limited to CPI + 1% per annum between 2020/21 to 2024/25. Thereafter it is assumed rent increases continue to be CPI+1%. At this stage it is assumed that the 1% provision for income losses arising from void properties will remain at this level, resulting in the forecast net dwelling rent income of £58,944k in 2021/22.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 114 Balances and Reserves 173. HRA General Balances are budgeted at £15,054k by 31st March 2021, representing 25% of total resources for 2021/22. It is proposed to keep the minimum level of HRA balances set at £15,000k (25% of turnover) with sums over and above this amount earmarked for investment in new or existing stock. The Major Repairs Reserve (MRR) will be utilised to support capital investment and it is not planned to retain any uncommitted MRR balances over the medium term. Inflation 174. A net inflation provision of £380k is included in the 2021/22 budget. This relates to inflation of £262k on salary and operating costs, £232k on repairs and planned maintenance and £114k inflation on charges to tenants and leaseholders. The impact of inflationary increases on charges to tenants and leaseholders has been incorporated into Appendix 10d of this report.

Corporate Items 175. Movements contained within Corporate Items total £619k in 2021/22 as shown in Appendix 10a. This consists of realignment of budgets relating to recharges from other services to the HRA £500k, caretaking provision £30k and tenancy management growth proposal of £89k for staffing costs resulting from the draft Safety Bill 2020.

Development & Risk Contingency

176. The HRA budget includes contingency budgets totalling £1,260k to meet emerging risks and pressures during 2021/22. This budget remains unchanged and is for future development provision of £180k; General Contingency of £680k which includes £500k for housing regeneration team costs; and bad debts provision of £400k.

Savings

177. The 2021/22 proposed savings totalling £215k are shown in Appendix 10c and relate to housing service efficiency reviews £140k, energy efficiency £50k and gas maintenance contracts £25k.

Medium Term Outlook

178. On the basis of current assumptions and projections, the financial standing of the HRA is expected to remain robust over the MTFF period and over the longer 30 year business plan period. This modelling assumes that the current legislative, policy, economic and housing market conditions do not materially change over the medium term.

179. Rental income is projected to remain reasonably steady over the period to 2025/26, reaching £67,597k as a result of CPI + 1% per annum increases in headline rents for sitting tenants.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 115 This projection assumes that void rates will remain at 1%, with property numbers increasing by 189 as 230 properties are sold and 419 developed or acquired over the MTFF period.

Table 17: Projected Movement in Housing Stock 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 Change Projected Opening Stock 10,140 10,134 10,245 10,272 10,309 N/A Forecast Right-to-Buy Sales (50) (50) (50) (40) (40) (230) New General Needs Units 44 112 77 77 60 370 Shared Ownership 0 49 0 0 0 49 Projected Closing Stock 10,134 10,245 10,272 10,309 10,329 189 Projected Average Stock 10,137 10,190 10,259 10,291 10,319 N/A

180. Projected property sales relate to the continuation of existing RTB discounts, with numbers of sales expected to be 50 per annum from 2021/22 to 2023/24 and then reducing to 40 from 2024/25, although volumes of sales will be dependent upon market conditions, the impact of Covid-19 and subject to any changes in Government policy.

181. By 2025/26 inflationary growth in workforce, repairs and other costs, alongside other movements in the cost of delivering revenue services within the HRA will result in a £41,166k budget requirement. Taking account of the on-going capital investment in maintaining existing stock estimated at £14,743k, this would leave a balance of £11,688k from annual rental income available to finance investment in new stock while maintaining unallocated HRA General Balances at £15,000k to meet any emerging pressures.

182. The HRA was subject to a cap on the overall level of borrowing. As part of the Government’s Budget on 29th October 2018, the HRA borrowing cap was abolished with immediate effect. However as before, the primary constraint on borrowing to support further investment in new stock remains the affordability and sustainability tests within the Prudential Code, whereby it is necessary to demonstrate that future rental income and growth in asset values will be sufficient to repay borrowing related to specific new projects.

183. Borrowing of £38,977k is forecasted to be required to fund the 2021/22 -2025/26 HRA capital programme, as shown in the table below. The borrowing would be undertaken with reference to the Prudential Framework, with proposed schemes being tested for affordability, sustainability and prudence over the 30 year business plan period. The forecast cost of the £38,977k borrowing is anticipated to be contained within existing budgets.

Table 18: Projected Borrowing Total 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2021/22-

2025/26 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Projected 17,021 11,125 7,387 3,444 0 38,977 Borrowing

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 116 HOUSING REVENUE ACCOUNT CAPITAL PROGRAMME Background to Capital Programme 184. The HRA Capital Programme remains focused on the twin objectives of maintaining existing stock and construction of new dwellings. An overview of the revised programme is contained in Appendix 10e and the total 5 year draft budget is £199,950k.

2021/22 - 2025/26 CAPITAL PROGRAMME

185. The HRA Capital programme budget includes £69,645k for the other HRA programmes of work including provision for investment in existing housing stock of £59,661k and £9,984k of funding for major adaptations to properties. This is funded from revenue contributions of £69,645k.This level of provision reflects the latest programme of works proposals.

186. The draft capital programme set out below outlines £130,305k of investment to deliver the 419 assumed new build properties or acquisitions over the MTFF. Under the current 1:1 replacement scheme, the Council is able to finance up to 30% of this investment from the proceeds of Right to Buy sales, currently within a three year period after the sale. Capital Receipts including from Right-to-Buy sales provide £41,003k towards this investment, with £49,565k financed from direct revenue contributions, £760k from GLA grant and the remaining £38,977k to be met from Prudential Borrowing. This new build programme consists of the following elements:

i. For general needs housing (HRA), a provision of £122,668k is included to support the construction or purchase of 370 new properties within the HRA.

ii. This programme provides broad provision for both schemes that are internally developed and acquisitions of new build houses from private developers and buy-backs of ex Council stock previously sold through Right-to-Buy. A number of these acquisitions and developments are yet to be identified but there are a number of schemes that are being actively progressed including 17 new units at Maple & Poplar and 10 new units at the Willow tree site.

iii. A budget of £7,637k has been built into the programme for New Build Shared Ownership to deliver 49 units; which includes 17 at Maple and Poplar, 27 at the Woodside Day Centre site and 5 units at Moorfield Road.

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 117 RESIDENT BENEFIT & CONSULTATION

The benefit or impact upon Hillingdon residents, service users and communities?

187. The Medium Term Financial Forecast sets out the resources available for delivering the Council's objectives. The effects on residents, service users and communities are therefore extremely wide ranging and managed through the performance targets and outcomes that will be delivered through the resources approved through the budget setting process. The budget proposals for 2021/22 have been developed to maintain service provision through a 4.8% increase in the headline rate of Council.

188. This draft budget has been developed with due regard to growing demand and the impacts ongoing reductions in Government support for local services since the Government’s austerity measures began in 2010, while minimising the impact on the level of service provision to residents. Overall, the package of proposals is designed to secure the most effective combination of service outcomes across the whole of the Council's business by improving Value for Money in delivery and maximising funding, procurement, efficiency and service gains where possible.

189. Proposals within this budget have been developed in the context of the Council’s commitment to achieving carbon neutrality and 100% clean energy by 2030, with specific savings from the Council’s fleet operations and energy budgets representing the financial corollary of efforts to minimise carbon emissions through improvements to business processes. In addition, projects within the Capital Programme will be further developed and implemented with a view to impacting favourably on the Council’s carbon footprint.

190. Given that proposals to end the Council Tax Older People’s Discount Scheme will be implemented should both Cabinet and Council approve the proposals outlined in this report, an Equalities and Human Rights Impact Assessment has been attached at Appendix 11 to support Cabinet and Council in considering this proposal.

Consultation carried out or required

191. Following consideration at Cabinet, this report will form the basis of consultation with Policy Overview Committees during January 2021. Comments from the Policy Overview Committees will be reported back to Cabinet by the Corporate Services and Partnerships Policy Overview Committee when Cabinet meets on 18 February 2021. Cabinet will then agree a set of budget proposals for recommendation to the annual Council Tax setting meeting of full Council on 25 February 2021.

192. The Council also has a statutory responsibility to consult on its budget proposals with business ratepayers in the Borough, which will be undertaken alongside a wider public consultation of these proposals during the remainder of December 2020 and January 2021. Schools Forum will also be consulted on those proposals that have a potential impact on

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 118 schools budgets. Where appropriate, individual service Groups will also be undertaking consultation with service users, staff and other stakeholders over this period on the key elements of their service proposals prior to full implementation in the new financial year. CORPORATE CONSIDERATIONS

Corporate Finance

193. This is a Corporate Finance report and corporate financial implications are noted throughout.

Legal

194. The Cabinet is responsible for the preparation of the Council's Budget. Therefore, the Budget and Policy Framework Procedure Rules, as set out in the Constitution, require it to make proposals on its budgets in accordance with the timetable which it has publicised.

195. The Cabinet is free to amend the proposals in this report as it wishes. It must nevertheless have regard to the need for the budget to be soundly based, adequate to fund the expected level of service provision next year, and to provide for unexpected events through contingencies and balances.

196. Following this meeting, the Cabinet's proposals will be published and will form the basis of consultation with Policy Overview Committees and other consultees such as business ratepayers in the Borough and the Schools Forum who will have a period of six weeks to put forward their views.

197. The Cabinet will ultimately consider any responses from the Policy Overview Committees and other consultees and take them into account in drawing up firm proposals for submission to full Council at its meeting on 25 February 2021. Its report will reflect the comments made by consultees and its response to them.

198. The public sector equality duty, as set out in section 149 of the Equality Act 2010, requires the Council when exercising its functions, to have ‘due regard’ to the need to eliminate discrimination, harassment, victimisation and other conduct prohibited under the Act, to advance equality of opportunity and foster good relations between those who have a ‘protected characteristic’ and those who do not share that protected characteristic. The established protected characteristics include age. In paragraph 38 of the report, which falls under the heading of ‘Older People’s Discount’, reference is made to an Equalities and Human Rights Impact Assessment which is attached as Appendix 11 to the report. The completion of such an assessment is capable of demonstrating that the Council has complied with its ‘due regard’ duty and therefore it is of the utmost importance that Cabinet properly considers the assessment in approving its draft proposals in relation to the

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 119 continuation, or otherwise, of the Older People’s Discount as part of its overall draft budget proposals in respect of the 2021/22 financial year.

Comments from other relevant service areas

199. The draft budget proposals included in this report result from a substantial corporate process involving all service Groups. In particular, individual Corporate Directors and CMT collectively have endorsed the proposals in this report. The implications for all services of the individual budget proposals are set out in detail in the attached appendices.

APPENDICES

Appendices 1 - 7 - 2021/22 to 2025/26 General Fund MTFF (Corporate Summary) 2020/21, including schedules of Development & Risk Contingency, Priority Growth and Savings; Appendix 8 - Proposed Amendments to General Fund Fees & Charges Schedule; Appendix 9 – 9a - 2020/21 to 2025/26 General Fund Capital Programme; Appendix 10 - 2021/22 to 2025/26 Housing Revenue Account MTFF, Amendments to Fees & Charges Schedule and Capital Programme; Appendix 11 – Older People’s Discount Equalities Impact Assessment

BACKGROUND PAPERS

Report to Cabinet (13 February 2020) and Council (20 February 2020) - The Council's Budget: Medium Term Financial Forecast 2020/21 - 2023/24

Cabinet report: 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 120 Appendix 11

*PLEASE NOTE: THIS ASSESSMENT HAS BEEN UPDATED – this Equality and Human Rights Impact Assessment published has been updated to reflect revised proposals regarding the Older People’s Council Tax Discount, which were agreed by Cabinet at this meeting – and can be viewed below: Addendum - including changes to the Cabinet's Budget Proposals & an updated Equalities Impact Assessment - Published 10 December 2020 , item 6. PDF 287 KB (hillingdon.gov.uk)

Equality and Human Rights Impact Assessment

STEP A) Description of what is to be assessed and its relevance to equality

What is being assessed? Please tick 

Review of a service  Staff restructure  Decommissioning a service 

Changing a policy  Tendering for a new service  A strategy or plan 

The London Borough of Hillingdon has reviewed its current Older People’s Discount Scheme for Council Tax and are recommending closing the scheme as part of the consideration of setting the Council’s budget and the overall level of Council Tax from 1st April 2021 for the financial year 2021/22.

Who is accountable? E.g. Head of Service or Corporate Director Corporate Director of Finance

Page 121 Appendix 11

Date assessment completed and approved by accountable person 25 November 2020

Names and job titles of people carrying out the assessment Iain Watters, Financial Planning Manager, Corporate Finance

Page 122 Appendix 11

A.1) What are the main aims and intended benefits of what you are assessing?

In February 2020 the Council confirmed the continuation of the Older People’s Discount (OPD) for a further year into 2020/21, offered to residents aged over 65 who do not qualify for the Council Tax Reduction Scheme (CTRS). The CTRS provides approximately £4.8m of support to the most financially vulnerable and with the OPD offering a further £1.7m of support, the proposed budget for 2021/22 is predicated on the cessation of the OPD.

In 2020/21 the freeze on Council Tax increases for the over 65s was continued for one further year, with those turning 65 on or before 31 March 2019 receiving a 6.71% discount (£101.66 per annum for a Band D household) hereby referred to as Scheme 1, those turning 65 from 1 April 2019 onwards receiving a 3.12% discount (£47.27 per annum for a Band D household) hereby referred to as Scheme 2, and those turning 65 from 1 April 2020 onwards receiving a 1.36% discount (£20.60 per annum for a Band D household) hereby referred to as Scheme 3.

The CTRS supports the most financially vulnerable over 65 residents in the borough, applications to the OPD are only accepted by residents that are not eligible for the CTRS and therefore applicants for the OPD are not in the most financially vulnerable group. In addition, over 65 residents also benefit from other Government initiatives, such as the Triple Lock on the Statement Retirement Pension and the Freedom Pass within London.

The cost of the scheme was being covered by an Earmarked Reserve, with current projections forecasting the reserve to be depleted by the end of the current year, meaning any further costs associated with the continuation of the scheme would impact on the Council’s Saving Requirement. Based on the current level of demand, this would increase the Saving Requirement by £2,009k and would need to be covered by either:

 additional savings  a drawdown from General Balances  an increase in Council Tax These approaches have been considered and discounted as:

 the draft savings programme reflects the output of a programme of work to develop proposals, while dealing with the challenging impacts of COVID-19 on the Council, with limited scope to identify and implement additional savings in the time frame required for the 2021/22 budget.  the use of General Balances would represent a one-off funding solution and would reduce the capacity of the Council to respond to emerging risks or pressures.  The Council does have the option to move away from its current approach of increasing Council Tax to 90% of the uplifts applied by neighbouring boroughs, however, increasing to 100% would only secure an additional £245k, which would not be sufficient to fund this discount.

Page 123 Appendix 11

A.2) Who are the service users or staff affected by what you are assessing? What is their equality profile?

In 2020, the population of London Borough of Hillingdon is projected to be 316,200, including 207,300 residents in the age group 15-64 and 42,500 aged 65 years and older. It is forecast that the 65-year plus group is likely to increase by 1,000 residents per year going into 2021. With approximately 5,300 residents aged over 65 being eligible for the CTRS, the most financially vulnerable residents of the borough are supported with their Council Tax liability.

In 2021/22, the gross Council Tax base is forecast to be 113,738 households who will be billed for Council Tax representing approximately 2.2 adults per household.

The Council Tax Discount for Older People under the current schemes per household amounts to £101.66 for a Band D property per annum for those in Scheme 1, £47.27 per annum for those in Scheme 2 and £20.60 per annum for those in Scheme 3 with the total cost of the annual scheme estimated to be £1,726k in 2020/21.

This equates to approximately 16,000 (15,100 in Scheme 1, 500 in Scheme 2 and 400 in Scheme 3) Band D equivalent households in the Borough currently receiving the OPD.

As this discount is based upon only age as a determinant of receipt of the discount, no other groups fall within the assessment.

A.3) Who are the stakeholders in this assessment and what is their interest in it?

Stakeholders Interest The Leader of the Council, Mayor, To deliver a balanced budget for Cabinet Members, all Councillors. 2021/22 in a fair and transparent way that does not place older people with a Council Tax liability into financial hardship.

Corporate Director of Finance. To prepare a balanced budget for 2021/22 in a fair and transparent way that does not place older people with a Council Tax liability into financial hardship.

Residents aged over 65 who have a That the closure of the OPD does not Council Tax liability place this group into financial hardship.

Residents who will be 65 years or over That the closure of the OPD does not on 31st March 2018 who have a Council place this group into financial hardship. Tax liability.

Page 124 Appendix 11

Residents who will be 65 years or over That the closure of the OPD does not on 31st March 2019 who have a Council place this group into financial hardship. Tax liability.

Residents who will become 65 by 31st That the closure of the OPD does not March 2020 who have a Council Tax place this group into financial hardship. liability.

Residents in the age group 16 to 64 These residents do not receive the years who have a Council Tax liability. OPD, as they have not reached the age of 65 years on 31st March 2020 and are therefore not eligible, however they would receive the discount when they reach 65 if the scheme continued.

A.4) Which protected characteristics or community issues are relevant to the assessment?  in the box.

Age  Sex

Disability Sexual Orientation

Gender reassignment

Marriage or civil partnership Carers

Pregnancy or maternity Community Cohesion

Race/Ethnicity Community Safety

Religion or belief Human Rights

STEP B) Consideration of information; data, research, consultation, engagement

B.1) Consideration of information and data - what have you got and what is it telling you?

Page 125 Appendix 11

As the OPD is based upon age and the applicant not qualifying for CTRS, the closure of the scheme will not impact on any other group.

The negative impact will be upon Council tax payers who are 65 years or more by the 31 March 2018 who will cease to receive a financial discount on their Council Tax liability of up to £101.66 at a Band D Equivalent for financial years up to 2020/21 and up to an additional £21.29 at a Band D equivalent for the financial year 2021/22.

A further negative impact will be upon Council Tax payers who are 65 years or more by the 31 March 2019 who will cease to receive a financial discount on their Council Tax liability of up to £47.27 at a Band D Equivalent for financial years up to 2020/21 and up to an additional £21.29 at a Band D equivalent for the financial year 2021/22.

There will also be a negative impact upon Council Tax payers who turn 65 years in the financial year 2020/21 by 31 March 2020 who will cease to receive a discount of up to £20.60 at a Band D equivalent for the financial year 2020/21 and up to an additional £21.29 at a Band D equivalent for the financial year 2021/22.

The CTRS currently supports approximately 5,300 claimants at a cost of £4,837k.

A prerequisite of awarding the OPD is that the resident is not eligible for Council Tax Support.

This implies that the recipients of the benefit are not deemed to be the most financially vulnerable residents, with 52% of the recipients in a Band E property or higher (a more expensive property), compared to 30% of total households across the borough.

The cessation of this discount is therefore considered to have a potentially limited negative impact on the financial wellbeing of the recipients of this benefit.

There is a neutral impact on Adult residents who are aged 16-64 who are not eligible for a Council Tax discount because of age.

Consultation

B.2) Did you carry out any consultation or engagement as part of this assessment?

Please tick  NO  YES

Page 126 Appendix 11

The Council will publish its 2020/21 budget proposals, predicated on the cessation of the OPD following agreement by the Cabinet Meeting on the 10 December 2020 to consult with the wider public on these proposals during the remainder of December 2020 and January 2021. Any comments / feedback on these proposals will be reported to Cabinet in February 2021 prior to the full Council meeting that will set the Band D Council Tax level for 2021/22.

B.3) Provide any other information to consider as part of the assessment

Legal context

Councillors have a legal requirement to set a balanced budget for the Council in each financial year including a Band D equivalent Council Tax amount that will contribute to the funding of expenditure to contribute to agreeing a balanced budget. The proposed budget for 2021/22 is predicated on the closure of the discount from 1 April 2021.

National and statutory discounts

The CTRS is statutory for over 65’s but The OPD is neither statutory nor a national requirement.

C) Assessment

What did you find in B1? Who is affected? Is there, or likely to be, an impact on certain groups?

C.1) Describe any NEGATIVE impacts (actual or potential):

Equality Group Impact on this group and actions you need to take

Residents not meeting This group of residents will cease to receive a discount of the criteria for the £101.66 against their Council Tax liability for a Band D property means tested CTRS (increasing to £203.31 for a Band H property) and will also be who will be 65 years or liable to pay the proposed 2021/22 Council Tax increase. over on 31 March 2018 However, any financially vulnerable resident will have the and who have a Council Tax Support Scheme available to them, offering a Council Tax liability discount of up to 100%.

Residents who will be This group of residents will cease to receive a discount of 65 years or over on 31 £47.27 against their Council Tax liability for a Band D property March 2019 and who (increasing to £94.54 for a Band H property) and will also be have a Council Tax liable to pay the proposed 2021/22 Council Tax increase. However, any financially vulnerable resident will have the

Page 127 Appendix 11

liability Council Tax Support Scheme available to them, offering a discount of up to 100%.

Residents who will This group of residents will cease to receive a discount of become 65 by 31 £20.60 against their Council Tax liability for a Band D property March 2020 who have (increasing to £41.21 for a Band H property) and will also be a Council Tax liability. liable to pay the proposed 2021/22 Council Tax increase. However, any financially vulnerable resident will have the Council Tax Support Scheme available to them, offering a discount of up to 100%.

C.2) Describe any POSITIVE impacts

Equality Group Impact on this group and actions you need to take

None No positive impacts have been identified for any other group

D) Conclusions

The proposal to cease the OPD will result in approximately 16,000 households occupied by residents over 65 ceasing to receive a Council Tax discount.

A safety net in the form of the CTRS exists to support any residents who may be potentially financially negatively affected by this proposal.

Continuing the OPD into 2021/22 would increase the Council’s Saving Requirement by £2,009k, which will need to be addressed through further savings and/or an increased drawdown against General Balances, neither of which are deemed financially viable, with the use of General Balances linked to the Council’s medium term budget strategy.

Signed and dated: 25 November 2020

Name and position: Iain Watters, Financial Planning Manager

Page 128 Cabinet Addendum Sheet 10 December 2020

Classification: Public

ITEM 5 – BUDGET MONITORING REPORT

New Recommendation 6

That Cabinet ratify an Emergency Decision by the Leader of the Council taken on 7 December 2020 to grant a temporary Licence to the NHS North West London Clinical Commissioning Group to use the Winston Churchill Hall in Ruislip as a COVID-19 Vaccination Centre.

Supporting information

NHS North West London Clinical Commissioning Group advised the Council of their need to enter into the Licence on Wednesday 9 December 2020 to begin preparations for using the Winston Churchill Hall in Ruislip as a COVID-19 Vaccination Centre in the Borough.

On 7 December 2020, the Leader of the Council used his Emergency Power, as provided for in the Council’s Constitution, to approve the licence as a matter of urgency and authorised officers to agree Heads of Terms with the NHS to operate at the Hall for a period of up to 12 months and with a licence fee for running costs.

As per the Council’s Constitution, such Emergency Decisions are required to be reported to Cabinet for ratification.

Alternative options considered and rejected.

None.

Part 1 (Public) Cabinet addendum sheet – 10 DecemberPage 2020 129 ITEM 6 – THE COUNCIL'S BUDGET: MEDIUM TERM FINANCIAL FORECAST 2021/22 - 2025/26

New Recommendation 6

That Cabinet amends the draft General Fund budget for 2021/22 and beyond prior to commencing consultation to maintain the existing cash discounts for those households currently in receipt of the Older People’s Council Tax Discount and to close the scheme to new entrants.

Supporting information

It is proposed that existing cash discounts for households in receipt of the Older People’s Council Tax Discount be maintained beyond the closure of the scheme to new entrants from 1 April 2021. Those households in receipt of a discount will have this frozen in cash terms for the 2021/22 financial year at an estimated cost of £1,521k. Based on experience of uptake for the Older People’s Discount, it is expected that the cost of this cash freeze cost would fall to £1,422k in 2022/23 and £1,330k in 2023/24. Under this proposal, all households currently in receipt of the discount will continue to receive the same level of financial support going forward although they will see their Council Tax bills rise in line with the headline Council Tax increase and the Social Care Precept. A refreshed Equal Opportunities and Human Rights Implications assessment has been included with this addendum. It is recommended that the £2,943k cost of maintaining the scheme in 2021/22 and 2022/23 is financed from Earmarked Reserves, with the ongoing cost thereafter met from future budget savings – resulting in a £1,330k increase in the 2023/24 savings requirement. These amendments do not materially alter the Council’s wider budget strategy or financial resilience as outlined from paragraph 147. Subject to approval of this additional recommendation, the budget papers issued for public consultation will be amended as follows:

• Paragraph 38 be amended and a new paragraph 39 added to the report text:

Part 1 (Public) Cabinet addendum sheet – 10 DecemberPage 2020 130 39. However, given the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic it is proposed that the scheme be discontinued. However, it is proposed that the cash discounts for those households already in receipt of the discount during the 2020/21 financial year will be maintained going forward ensuring they continue to receive the same level of financial support as they do currently although they will see their Council Tax bills rise in line with the headline Council Tax increase and the Social Care Precept. It is also proposed that the scheme be closed to new entrants from 1 April 2021. The continuation of existing discounts is projected to cost £1,521k in 2021/22 and £1,422k in 2022/23, with the cost expected to decline in subsequent years. The cost in 2021/22 and 2022/23 of £2,943k in total will be funded from earmarked reserves as the capacity to deliver increased savings in this period of time is limited but from 2023/24 onwards it will be funded from efficiency savings.

• A refreshed Equal Opportunities and Human Rights Implications assessment has been included with this addendum.

• A revised ‘Table 7 Corporate Items’ to include the projected cost of maintaining the cash discounts during the period 2021/22 to 2023/24 and the associated funding from EMR’s in 2021/22 and 2022/23:

Table 7: Corporate Items 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 Corporate Corporate Corporate Items Items Items £'000 £'000 £'000 Capital Financing Costs 1,553 1,513 3,250 Cost of Older People Discount 1,521 (99) (92) Earmarked Reserves use for Older People Discount (1,521) 99 1,422 Addition to the COVID-19 Earmarked Reserve 1,221 0 0 Housing Benefit Subsidy (Recovery of Overpayments) 100 100 100 Flexible Use of Capital Receipts to finance Service 0 1,274 0 Transformation Concessionary Fares Rebate (1,107) (444) 1,088 Movement in Added Years Pension Costs (25) (25) (25) Adjustments to Corporate Budgets 1,742 2,418 5,743 Additional Investment in Public Health 159 0 0 Troubled Families Programme 0 658 0 Total Corporate Items 1,901 3,076 5,743

• The following related text after the current paragraph 75:

The cost of maintaining existing cash discounts for those households already in receipt of the Older People’s Council Tax Discount and associated release of sums from Earmarked Reserves are included as Corporate Items for 2021/22 and 2022/23 within this draft budget. Then from 2023/24 the cost of the discount will be funded from savings. Further information on this scheme is set out from paragraph 38.

Part 1 (Public) Cabinet addendum sheet – 10 DecemberPage 2020 131

• Savings Requirement, Earmarked Reserves and Savings to be identified, alongside relevant totals and cross-referenced figures, be updated throughout the report and appendices to reflect the impact of the protection of the current Older People’s Discounts.

Following these amendments, the budget strategy outlined in tables 1 and 13 of the report will be amended to the following to reflect the increase in savings requirement and savings to be identified in 2023/24 with it declining thereafter as scheme demand decreases. There are no other impacts on the budget strategy.

2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2021–26

£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 Underlying Savings 9,792 10,003 10,223 13,037 11,068 7,184 51,515 Requirement Unwind Prior Use 7,776 6,334 2,421 1,000 0 0 6,334 of Balances Total Savings 17,568 16,337 12,644 14,037 11,068 7,184 57,849 Requirement Current Savings (6,813) (8,054) (2,797) 0 0 0 (10,851) Proposals Proposed Council (4,421) (5,862) (4,989) (5,290) (5,607) (5,937) (27,685) Tax Increase In-year Call on (6,334) (2,421) (1,000) 0 0 0 N/A General Balances Savings to be 0 0 3,858 8,747 5,461 1,247 19,313 identified Closing General (31,184) (28,763) (27,763) (27,763) (27,763) (27,763) N/A Balances

Legal Comments

The amended proposal in relation to the Older People’s Discount Scheme has important equality implications which should not be overlooked.

As is stated in the legal comments in the report, the public sector duty, as set out in section 149 of the Equality Act 2010, requires the Council when exercising its functions, to have ‘due regard’ to the need to eliminate discrimination, harassment, victimisation, and other conduct prohibited under the Act, to advance equality of opportunity and foster good relations between those who have a ‘protected characteristic’ and those who do not share that protected characteristic.

One of the established protected characteristics under the 2010 Act is age. The proper completion of an Equalities and Human Rights Impact Assessment is capable of demonstrating that the Council has complied with its ‘due regard’ duty. It is therefore imperative that the original Assessment appended to the report is revised in order to take the amended proposal into account and it is this revised Assessment which Cabinet should properly consider in deciding whether to approve Recommendation 6 in the report.

Part 1 (Public) Cabinet addendum sheet – 10 DecemberPage 2020 132 The legal comments, as set out in paragraphs 194-197 of the report [Agenda B], remain unaltered although it should be noted that the amended proposal relating to the Older Peoples discount will, if approved by Cabinet, will form the basis of the consultation with the Policy Overview Committees and other stakeholders.

Alternative options considered and rejected.

None.

Enclosed

Updated Equalities Impact Assessment

Part 1 (Public) Cabinet addendum sheet – 10 DecemberPage 2020 133

Equality and Human Rights Impact Assessment

STEP A) Description of what is to be assessed and its relevance to equality

What is being assessed? Please tick 

Review of a service  Staff restructure  Decommissioning a service 

Changing a policy  Tendering for a new service  A strategy or plan 

The London Borough of Hillingdon has reviewed its current Older People’s Discount Scheme for Council Tax and are recommending closing the scheme to new entrants as part of the consideration of setting the Council’s budget and the overall level of Council Tax from 1st April 2021 for the financial year 2021/22. Those households already receiving discounts will not be affected and will continue to receive the same level of cash discount in 2021/22 as they received in 2020/21.

Who is accountable? E.g. Head of Service or Corporate Director Corporate Director of Finance

Date assessment completed and approved by accountable person 9 December 2020

Names and job titles of people carrying out the assessment Iain Watters, Financial Planning Manager, Corporate Finance

Part 1 (Public) Cabinet addendum sheet – 10 DecemberPage 2020 134 A.1) What are the main aims and intended benefits of what you are assessing?

In February 2020 the Council confirmed the continuation of the Older People’s Discount (OPD) for a further year into 2020/21, offered to residents aged over 65 who do not qualify for the Council Tax Reduction Scheme (CTRS). The CTRS provides approximately £4.8m of support to the most financially vulnerable with the OPD offering a further £1.7m of support. Given the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic the proposed budget for 2021/22 is predicated on closing the OPD to new entrants and freezing the cash value of discounts for those already in receipt of discounts in 2020/21 to reduce the ongoing cost of the scheme.

• additional savings • a drawdown from General Balances • an increase in Council Tax • a drawdown from other repurposed earmarked reserves These approaches have been considered as follows:

• the draft savings programme reflects the output of a programme of work to develop proposals, while dealing with the challenging impacts of COVID-19 on the Council, with limited scope to identify and implement additional savings in the time frame required for the 2021/22 or 2022/23 budgets. However, further savings could be identified from 2023/24 onwards. • the use of General Balances would reduce the capacity of the Council to respond to emerging risks or pressures.

Part 1 (Public) Cabinet addendum sheet – 10 DecemberPage 2020 135 • The Council does have the option to move away from its current approach of increasing Council Tax to 90% of the uplifts applied by neighbouring boroughs, however, increasing to 100% would only secure an additional £245k, which would not be sufficient to fund this discount. • The Council does have the capacity to repurpose some earmarked reserves to fund the discounts for a defined period of time but as this would deplete finite resources does not represent a long term solution.

Having considered the options available, the Council is proposing to close the scheme to new entrants from 1 April 2021 but maintain the current cash discounts for those already in receipt of Council Tax discounts. By discontinuing the Scheme but protecting existing beneficiaries at 2020/21 levels the cost of the scheme in 2021/22 is reduced by £488k to £1,521k and will decline thereafter. It is proposed that the cost in 2021/22 and 2022/23 be funded from repurposed earmarked reserves and thereafter from efficiency savings.

A.2) Who are the service users or staff affected by what you are assessing? What is their equality profile?

In 2021/22, the gross Council Tax base is forecast to be 113,738 households who will be billed for Council Tax representing approximately 2.2 adults per household.

This equates to approximately 16,000 (15,100 in Scheme 1,500 in Scheme 2 and 400 in Scheme 3) Band D equivalent households in the Borough currently receiving the OPD. These 16,000 households will see their existing cash discounts maintained for 2021/22 Council Tax bills, although they will see an uplift in their Council Tax in line with all other residents in the borough.

In addition to those already on the scheme, households who would have become eligible for the scheme in 2021/22 had it been continued will see the uplift in Council Tax bills consistent with all other residents in the borough.

As this discount is based upon only age as a determinant of receipt of the discount, no other groups fall within the assessment.

Part 1 (Public) Cabinet addendum sheet – 10 DecemberPage 2020 136 A.3) Who are the stakeholders in this assessment and what is their interest in it?

Corporate Director of Finance. To prepare a balanced budget for 2021/22 in a fair and transparent way that does not place older people with a Council Tax liability into financial hardship.

Residents aged over 65 who have a That discontinuing the OPD Scheme Council Tax liability does not place this group into financial hardship.

Residents who will be 65 years or over That discontinuing the OPD Scheme on 31st March 2018 who have a Council does not place this group into financial Tax liability. hardship.

Residents who will be 65 years or over That discontinuing the OPD Scheme on 31st March 2019 who have a Council does not place this group into financial Tax liability. hardship.

Residents who will become 65 by 31st That discontinuing the OPD Scheme March 2020 who have a Council Tax does not place this group into financial liability. hardship.

A.4) Which protected characteristics or community issues are relevant to the assessment?  in the box.

Age  Sex

Disability Sexual Orientation

Part 1 (Public) Cabinet addendum sheet – 10 DecemberPage 2020 137

Gender reassignment

Marriage or civil partnership Carers

Pregnancy or maternity Community Cohesion

Race/Ethnicity Community Safety

Religion or belief Human Rights

STEP B) Consideration of information; data, research, consultation, engagement

B.1) Consideration of information and data - what have you got and what is it telling you?

As the OPD is based upon age and the applicant not qualifying for CTRS, the closure of the scheme to new applications will not impact on any other group.

The negative impact will be upon Council Tax payers who are 65 years or older at 31 March 2021, who will no longer be protected from Council Tax increases levied on all other households in the borough. For the 2021/22 financial year this increase equates to £21.29 per annum for the LBH share of Council Tax on a Band D Property. Those households already enrolled in the scheme will maintain their existing cash discounts, ranging from £20.60 per annum to £101.66 per annum for a Band D property.

The CTRS currently supports approximately 5,300 claimants at a cost of £4,837k.

A prerequisite of awarding the OPD is that the resident is not eligible for Council Tax Support.

The closure of this scheme to new entrants is therefore considered to have a potentially limited negative impact on the financial wellbeing of the recipients of this benefit, particularly given that existing discounts will be continued.

Part 1 (Public) Cabinet addendum sheet – 10 DecemberPage 2020 138 Consultation

B.2) Did you carry out any consultation or engagement as part of this assessment?

Please tick  NO  YES

The Council will publish its 2021/22 budget proposals, predicated on the cessation of the OPD following agreement by the Cabinet Meeting on the 10 December 2020 to consult with the wider public on these proposals during the remainder of December 2020 and January 2021. Any comments / feedback on these proposals will be reported to Cabinet in February 2021 prior to the full Council meeting that will set the Band D Council Tax level for 2021/22.

B.3) Provide any other information to consider as part of the assessment

Legal context

Councillors have a legal requirement to set a balanced budget for the Council in each financial year including a Band D equivalent Council Tax amount that will contribute to the funding of expenditure and enable the agreement of a balanced budget. The proposed budget for 2021/22 is predicated on the closure of the discount to new entrants from 1 April 2021.

National and statutory discounts

The CTRS is statutory for over 65’s but The OPD is neither statutory nor a national requirement.

C) Assessment

What did you find in B1? Who is affected? Is there, or likely to be, an impact on certain groups?

C.1) Describe any NEGATIVE impacts (actual or potential):

Equality Group Impact on this group and actions you need to take Residents not meeting This group of residents will be liable to pay the proposed the criteria for the 2021/22 Council Tax increase in line with all other residents. means tested CTRS However, any financially vulnerable resident will have the who will be 65 years or Council Tax Support Scheme available to them, offering a over on 31 March 2021 discount of up to 100%.

Part 1 (Public) Cabinet addendum sheet – 10 DecemberPage 2020 139 and who have a Council Tax liability

C.2) Describe any POSITIVE impacts

Equality Group Impact on this group and actions you need to take

None No positive impacts have been identified for any other group

D) Conclusions

The proposal to cease the OPD will result in approximately 16,000 households occupied by residents over 65 who will become liable for the annual increase in Council Tax in line with other residents in the borough.

A safety net in the form of the CTRS exists to support any residents who may be potentially financially negatively affected by this proposal.

Continuing to bring new households into the scheme and increasing the level of discount available would increase the Council’s Saving Requirement, which will need to be addressed through further savings and/or an increased drawdown against General Balances, neither of which are deemed financially viable in the longer term, particularly given the ongoing financial impacts of COVID-19 on the Council.

Signed and dated: 9 December 2020

Name and position: Iain Watters, Financial Planning Manager

Part 1 (Public) Cabinet addendum sheet – 10 DecemberPage 2020 140 Agenda Item 7

GRANTS TO HILLINGDON’S LOCAL VOLUNTARY ORGANISATIONS - 2021/22 FINANCIAL YEAR

Cabinet Member Councillor Douglas Mills

Cabinet Portfolio Community, Commerce and Regeneration

Officer Contact Kevin Byrne - Residents Services

Papers with report  Appendix A - Voluntary Sector Core Grant Recommendations 2021/22  Appendix B - Assessment of Core Grant applications 2021/22  Appendix C - Transport grant recommendations 2021/22

HEADLINES

Summary Cabinet is asked to agree:

● The Council’s Voluntary Sector core funding Grants for 2021/22; ● The Council’s funding grants for Transport 2021/22; ● The Council’s contribution to the London Councils Grants scheme 2021/22.

Putting our Residents This report contributes to the following Council objectives: First Our People; Our Natural Environment; Financial Management.

The grants budget is used to support a range of Voluntary Sector activity, which supports the Council in achieving its priorities and objectives.

The Transport grant is used to facilitate the transport needs of members of a number of small voluntary organisations.

The London boroughs grant scheme supports pan-London organisations under its priorities of tackling sexual and domestic abuse and combatting homelessness.

Financial Cost The report proposes: i) up to £1,948,805 core funding grants for the 2021/22 financial year. ii) confirms funding of up to £169,700 to support the provision of Dining Centres for 2021/22.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 141 iii) the allocation of £46,675 for the provision of Transport for 2021/22. iv) a contribution to the London Councils Grant scheme for 2021/22 of £228,326.

Relevant Policy Overview Corporate Services, Commerce & Communities Committee

Ward(s) affected All.

RECOMMENDATIONS

That the Cabinet agrees:

1. The overall allocation of grants to Voluntary Sector of up to £1,948,805 for the provision of core grant funding for the 2021/22 financial year with specific awards as set out in the schedule - Appendix A.

2. Notes its previous decision (13 December 2018) to award dining centre grants to Voluntary Sector of up to £169,700 for the provision of dining centres for three years: 2019/20, 2020/21 to 2021/22 with specific awards as set out in the paper.

3. Grants totalling £46,675 to organisations to enable the provision of transport as set out in Appendix C.

4. The Council’s contribution of £228,326 to the London Councils’ Grants scheme for 2021/22 (subject to London Council’s Leader’s Committee meeting on 8th December 2020).

Reasons for recommendation

1. Hillingdon Council has been a proud supporter of the Borough’s voluntary sector for many years. The core grant programme ensures that Hillingdon has a vibrant and thriving voluntary sector providing support, guidance and services for local residents.

2. The Council seeks to maximise the benefits from investment in the Borough's voluntary sector to encourage activity that supports residents, reduces demand on Council services and provides value for money.

3. The ongoing commitment of significant financial support to the Borough's voluntary sector has served to sustain a wide range of voluntary sector activity. The certainty of core funding provides a platform for many groups to expand activity, diversify to meet new demands, to pursue new initiatives and to bid for additional external funding.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 142 4. The provision of dining centre grants and transport grants ensures funding directly benefits priority groups (the elderly and the disabled) and enables, often smaller groups, to provide valuable front-line support for residents.

Alternative options considered / risk management

5. The Cabinet has the following alternative options: ● Agree the recommendations subject to any changes the Cabinet wishes to make or; ● Reject one or more of the recommendations.

6. In respect of the Council’s contribution to the London Council’s Grant Scheme, the Council has the option of not approving its contribution. For the overall London grants scheme to be approved, however, at least two thirds of the 32 London Boroughs plus the City of London must approve their individual budget contribution. If there is no agreement, under the legislation governing the grants scheme, the overall level of expenditure for the Grants Committee reverts back to the previous year’s budget, for which the contribution from Hillingdon in 2020/21, was £228,172

Comments of Policy Overview Committee

7. As part of the consultation on the Cabinet’s budget proposals, the Corporate Services, Commerce & Communities Policy Overview Committee will meet in January 2021 to consider them. This includes the financial support to the voluntary sector outlined in this report. Any comments agreed by the Committee will be presented to Cabinet in February 2021.

SUPPORTING INFORMATION

Supporting Information

8. The voluntary sector core grants budget is unique in offering core funding to organisations that are key partners and provide services that contribute to the Council’s priorities and support the wellbeing of residents. Recipients with stable core support are often able to attract additional income either via other funders or by securing contracts. Outline details of the funding secured by each organisation is contained in the assessment of applications at Appendix B. Current funding climate

9. The environment for voluntary and community groups continues to be challenging. Groups are reporting:

● That Covid –19 has had a direct impact on the voluntary groups supported and the wider sector. Demand has increased significantly for services that promote mental health and wellbeing, support victims of domestic abuse and those which offer food donations and reduce social isolation.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 143

● Groups have responded to Covid-19 restrictions and adjusted to serve residents where they can, moving to online virtual support and meeting changing needs. Many have lost income through reduced fees, charges and donations, others have seen reduced activity from volunteers.

● The Council has been flexible and supportive of groups during this time. It was agreed early on in the lockdown process that groups could operate flexibly to respond to needs and that there would be no direct clawback of grant should their plans, as set out in applications, prove difficult to deliver. Groups were invited to set out how they had responded to the current crisis in their 2021/22 applications and reflect how they have adapted.

● Some smaller groups, who rely more on volunteers to deliver and for their governance would welcome support to adjust to new ways of working and to transform their operations, so that they can continue to meet their aims. Some are perhaps faced with buildings that may now be empty but attract cost. These groups will often need a fundamental review as to how they should continue.

● The core grants programme attracted considerable interest this year with six new applications but several more groups who would like support but are not yet ready to meet the requirements for core grants. Officers remain in contact with groups and have signposted them to support and offered guidance where we can.

10.The anticipated closure of Hillingdon Community Trust (HCT) whose last grant round was December 2019 and had invested over £1m a year into Hillingdon’s voluntary sector for over fifteen years, means that the need to be innovative, to share resources and to reduce costs is more important now than ever. More positively, groups have responded well to new opportunities presented via the London Community Response Fund, with several able to benefit from additional grants made available over the Covid-19 crisis period.

2021/22 Recommendations

11.All groups have been assessed to ensure that they remain viable and sustainable and that their proposals, especially in light of the Covid-19 crisis, are realistic and achievable. An analysis of each application, together with financial comments is attached at Appendix B.

12.Most of the recommendations on the level of funding to be offered to organisations are consistent with those offered for the 2020/21 financial year or are based on what groups have applied for, based on underspend during the current year. There are, however, several exceptions and recommendations concerning those, and the six new applications, are highlighted below.

13. Where applicable, in the individual assessment of applications in appendix B, reference is made to issues that organisations are asked to address in respect of the funding offered.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 144 New Applications

14.The Council has received 6 new applications from organisations: AgeUK/Harlington Hospice/H4All, Arts for Life, Harrow Mencap, Hillingdon Somali Women’s Group, SEND Family Support, and Qoys Daryeel Family Care. A detailed assessment of the applications is included in Appendix B and summarised below. 15.AgeUK/Harlington Hospice/H4All, Capacity building - H4All has proposed that they close two current projects which, whilst effective, have struggled to produce strong value for money, largely due to the difficulty in being able to recruit and maintain the levels of volunteers required. Those projects are the dementia befriending project led by Age UK and the community cancer project by Harlington Hospice. Both have their origins in projects set up by other providers and H4All charities were asked to manage their transition and review viability. The service users will be supported by wider H4All services. The proposal is that, from the savings (£30k and £20k respectively), £40k be used to develop a capacity and capability building role at H4All to enable it to support the wider voluntary sector. The project will help smaller groups who are struggling through the Covid-19 crisis (as described in paragraph 9 above) to develop their finance strategies, broker opportunities for volunteers and to “reengineer” activities to reflect Covid-19 requirements. We also know that further rounds of the London Community Response Fund will be available and that smaller groups will need help in putting together strong bids. Left unsupported smaller more specialised community groups will struggle and some will close. Given the strong and present need and noting the proposed saving to be made from rationalising existing projects, officers recommend that this application for £40k to establish a capacity support function for the voluntary sector is supported. 16.Arts for Life - The Arts for Life project is a relatively new charity registered in 2019 but operating for about 4 years. It supports young people and their families struggling with their emotional health and wellbeing. Their work is delivered through the therapeutic value of creative arts. The approach is holistic and individual and supports young people and their families to find meaning and purpose through activities and events within their local community that address their mental and physical needs. They offer inclusive weekly, day and after school programmes for young people, inclusive holiday activities, individual therapeutic interventions etc (see appendix B). The service was created to address young people’s declining mental health resulting from disability, deprivation and family circumstances. The young people present a range of challenges including social, emotional and communication developmental delay, challenging behaviour, emotional retraction, self-harm, school exclusion or non- attendance, obsessive compulsive tendencies, along with the diagnosed differences including ASD, Asperger’s, ADHD, Dyslexia and General Anxiety Disorder. Referrals are made to the group via front line professionals such as SENCOs. Growth within the organisation is needed to meet the increasing demand and to continue to deliver interventions that support early intervention. It is, therefore, recommended a grant award of £10k be provided with the

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 145 expectation that over 800 local young people will benefit through therapeutic arts support. 17. Harrow Mencap. Harrow Mencap has requested £55k towards their existing Connecting Communities project to enable it to expand and support a further 500 people in Hillingdon. They will look to establish 25 structured, small community/neighbourhood groups of 20 participants each. Each group will establish their own plan of activities with the support of staff. Activities may range from arranging lunches, days out, healthy walks, quizzes, music concerts, speakers, coffee mornings, holidays away, and on – line activities. It will enable a minimum of 500 people to come together, reducing isolation and loneliness, and to create new and lasting friendships through participating in different community activities. The application demonstrates Harrow Mencap’s knowledge and understanding of the client groups and their enthusiasm to deliver. The group does, however, hold substantial financial reserves and the need for core grant in addition is not compelling. Some of the activities proposed may be able to attract participation fees perhaps from individual personal budgets and could be self-sustaining. Potential for income has not been explained. Whilst the project has a good chance of success and would clearly benefit participants it does not, overall, offer good value for money at £55k. A reduced grant of £10k is therefore recommended. 18.Hillingdon Somali Women’s Group is a well-established group which supports Somali women who are often isolated and can face many difficulties. The group seeks to integrate the women into mainstream services where appropriate and aid them in accessing help, by increasing their skills for work and education, providing benefits advice and support, physical and mental health support, translation services and parenting skills support. They require help to continue to supply these services and to assist them with bringing in more external funds to support the work they do. It is, therefore, recommended they receive a core grant of £10k for 2021/22. 19.SEND Family Support. SEND family support is a new organisation started in 2019 and designed to help support families caring for children and young adults with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND). Prior to the pandemic the group was meeting regularly and had started to foster the relationships needed to achieve its aims. During lockdown they moved very quickly to virtual support groups and telephone support where virtual contact was not possible. They have remained consistent in their presence and are working with other voluntary groups to ensure that there is no duplication in services offered. Their application demonstrates significant progress since they started in 2019 by changing their services in line with clients need. An example of this was setting up single gender groups as they noted the challenges faced by mums and dads could be different and a safe space was needed for exploration. They are still a new group and a grant of £10k is recommended to support them to lever in additional funds to build upon what they can offer. 20.Qoys Daryeel Family Care. This charity runs parenting courses in Somali language over 13 weeks for 3 hours each week at 2 centres. New services planned include: physical exercises for elderly women, English Language Courses and workshops in sexual and Mental health awareness. This group is

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 146 embedded within the community, and they have worked to build the relationships and trust needed to deliver the parenting courses. The application was not, however, able to demonstrate good value for money for the volume of beneficiaries and the grant requested of £12,704. There is value in what they deliver, and the group would benefit from support with capacity building to be able to make a stronger case. A grant at this stage is not, therefore, recommended. Grant Reductions 21.Recommendations for levels of funding for the 2021/22 financial year are at the same amounts as those for the 2020/21, except where groups have applied for less or where groups chose not to apply for grant in 2021/22. In addition, the following reductions are recommended: 22.Crown Centre for the Deaf – the centre has not been able to meet this year and is unlikely to be able to until the Spring. The proposed grant of £3k reflects the reduced spend this financial year but provides support to help recovery post- Covid. It is also hoped that alternative accommodation can be found to reduce the cost of premises and help the group become more viable. 23.HA4All Dementia befriending and Harlington Hospice community cancer service - see paragraph 15 above, it is proposed that these two projects no longer receive core grant but fold into a new capacity building project to support smaller groups. 24.MHA Communities West London. MHA has chosen to merge the Northwood and Ealing Live at Home Schemes to form MHA Communities West London. MHA has also established a national volunteer recruitment and coordination team, a national remote befriending team and a national digital delivery team. It is envisaged that this restructuring will enable the provision of more services and activities at a greatly reduced local cost and that economies of scale and LEAN management will further reduce costs. The reduction of staff posts based in Northwood will be offset by the national teams taking over administration and non-member facing tasks leaving the Community Coordinators to concentrate on the practical provision of activities and services. At Northwood it may take some time for services to settle into different ways of working. The intention of MHA West London is to continue with its previous services; however, the outputs for 2021/22 are dependent upon a full value for money and Covid-19 safety review by MHA West London that is currently underway and due for completion in mid-November 2020. These are further dependent upon the scheme successfully securing funding for each activity. There is also a predicted reduction in expenditure in the borough for the next financial year. It is, therefore, recommended to allocate reduced funding of £18k (which is back to the level of core grant offered in 2019-20) to reflect the efficiencies proposed and subject to agreement over the new operating model for the Northwood projects. 25.Relate. The one-off payments towards training costs during 2020-21 are no longer needed so the core grant for 2021-22 should revert back to £12k. 26.Hillingdon Outdoor Activity Centre (HOAC). HOAC has followed a policy in recent years of investing minimally in its equipment and site while the plans for

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 147 HS2 continue ahead. We understand that a relocation site has not yet been identified. The corporate grant is the only grant funding received by HOAC. The rest of its income is gained through trading and membership fees. Accounts show unrestricted reserves of £968k. The Council has continued to support HOAC at its current levels through recent years and this has allowed for substantial growth in reserves and financial stability. Given the continued uncertainty and the healthy reserves, it would seem appropriate and proportionate not to pay further core grant funding for the next financial year. 27.Hillingdon Federation of Community Associations. The Federation has been in existence for over 50 years and is constituted as an unincorporated body. It relies heavily on the goodwill of the 3-member management committee. The Chair stood down last year but as no appointment has been made, he is acting as an Interim Chair. As with previous years, efforts to increase the management committee from the network of CA groups has not yet proved successful. There is a real risk that, were the remaining volunteers to further diminish for whatever reason, the Federation would struggle and perhaps need to close. The Federation currently holds over £28k in reserves and balances. This includes over £8k as a revenue holding account in line with its reserves policy. As in the previous year, the Federation has been encouraged to utilise its reserves to a more realistic level before there is a good case for the core grant. Given the limited engagement of its members and the need for the centres it supports to be in better position to attract funds, it is recommended that no grant be awarded this year under the existing model and that a proposed review be undertaken to ascertain the need of the centres and the best to meet that need over coming years. Grant Increases 28.Hillingdon MIND - have sought an increase in core grant to enable them to respond fully to the significant increase in demand for their Counselling services. Demand prior to Covid crisis had already risen by 33% as more people become confident in asking for help with regards to their mental health. Hillingdon MIND provides services which both prevent mental health deterioration and promote recovery and stability; these services help to ensure that the secondary and primary care sectors do not become overwhelmed, by intervening early. Since the pandemic demand has increased by some 135% (see appendix B) and MIND have needed to introduce waiting lists for counselling support. In addition to the corporate grant, MIND receives funding from the Hillingdon CCG and City Bridge Trust, and from their own trading and fee income. MIND have also reduced their costs, particularly regarding buildings. Given the rise in the demand for their services and the likelihood of this continuing through pandemic and economic downturn it is recommended to increase the grant for 2021/22 to £120k to help MIND build resilience and increase services to meet needs of residents. 29.Bell Farm Christian Centre (BFCC). BFCC had previously received regular support from Hillingdon Community Trust, primarily to fund its advice centre but also in small grants for the playscheme and transport (£52.6k total). It raised a further £62k from local fundraising and income generating activities. BFCC has requested a £30k increase in funding to provide the capacity to re-design

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 148 services as different and growing needs brought about by the pandemic have impact. Expanding services in new and flexible ways includes using digital resources and developing collaborations with other charities and agencies. BFCC sees an increase of core grant funding as an opportunity to implement a diversified and sustainable fundraising strategy to increase and secure long- term income and to reduce reliance on a few funders such as the local authority. BFCC was able to quickly respond to the COVID 19 pandemic locally. This was possible due to their knowledge of the local area and enhanced by individuals being able to easily contact services to seek help and advice. BFCC transformed their building to become a distribution centre for food and essential items, including toys and play provisions, delivering 5 days a week from 23rd March to 14th July as well as over the initial weekends of lockdown. The strength of being able to respond flexibility and the commitment of staff and volunteers enabled them to meet need in a bespoke way, led by circumstances. BFCC became a lifeline to their existing service users and others that were referred by agencies, neighbours or via social media. They attracted a significant number of local volunteers and received £1000s of donated items, as well as cash donations to pay for other needed items to distribute. They delivered 500 food parcels with no additional funding. BFCC is a key organisation in the area and following a restructure they have managed to review and consider the direction of travel for the future and are clear about the need for change to ensure sustainability. They have significantly increased their reputation by making the much-needed changes and looked at their funding streams to diversify income. They are in the early stages of some of the implementation but have made good in roads to positive change. It is, therefore, recommended a grant award of £70k. Older People’s Dining Centre Programme

30.In December 2018, Cabinet agreed a three year grant programme for the seven older people’s dining centres across the Borough. 2021/22 is the third year for which this applies. The grant award agreed for 2021/22 amounts to £169,700.

31.The Borough’s Dining Centres have been restricted from maintaining their hot meals sit down services through the Covid pandemic. Rules on social distancing and lockdown have meant that services have had to offer a reduced service. Groups have ensured that the older people they serve are supported through takeaway food, deliveries and social befriending calls, wherever they can.

32.All groups aim to re-establish their popular dining and social clubs once deemed safe to do so and in line with any guidance but how and when this will be possible is not yet known. Meanwhile they continue to provide a support service to older residents within guidelines. Payment of the final year of agreed funding will be subject to assurance that services will continue and that the funding is used to support the costs of the dining centre. For reference, the awards are set out in the table below:

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 149 Grant Agreed per annum Organisations 2019-20 to 2021-22 DINING CENTRE £ Age UK Hillingdon 38,700

Bell Farm Christian Centre 18,000 Dovetail Community Centre 20,000

Northwood Live at Home Scheme 7,000

Ruislip Northwood Old Folks Association (RNOFA) x 2 clubs (Elm Park Club & Tudor Club) 84,000 Yiewsley Methodist Church 2,000 Grand total 169,700

Transport Grants

33.In addition to the funding the Council offers to support the core costs of organisations it has traditionally awarded grants to support some of the Borough’s smaller voluntary groups to meet the transport needs of group members. The organisations supported from this budget cater mainly for clients with disabilities who require specialist transport and that would find it challenging to travel by public transport.

34.Applications for Transport Grants have reduced by 40% over the last 12 months due to activities being curtailed and cancelled as a result of Covid-19. Therefore, the recommendation for the spend of £46,675 is to : – a. Fund all the groups that have applied for 2021/22 transport grants at the levels requested in Appendix C b. Retain £5k contingency in budget should SODA submit an application, given the circumstances of the late application. c. Allocate any remaining underspend to Hillingdon Community Transport (HCT) directly. HCT is the indirect recipient of the transport grant aid as the groups pay HCT directly for transport services. HCT has stated in writing that by next year the service will be at risk due to reduced demand if investment cannot be obtained. As HCT operate a number of home to school contracts for the Council, should they cease trading the increase in commercial contract rates for the retendered services will be more than the underspend on the grant aid budget ; there is therefore both a community and commercial business case to redirect underspent grant aid to HCT for 2021/22. 35. The proposed grants budget to support these organisations for 2021/22 is £46,675. Details of the organisations and the level of grant recommended are attached as Appendix C.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 150 London Councils Grant Scheme

36. The LCs Grant Scheme supports voluntary sector activity and specifically funds voluntary organisations across all 32 London authorities and the City of London. The London Councils Grants Committee proposes that its overall budget for the London Councils Grants scheme for 2021/22 should total £6.668m. Proposals and are likely to be agreed at Leaders’ Committee meeting on 8th December 2020.

37.Hillingdon's contribution for 2021/22 is proposed to be £228,326 an increase of £154 over the Council's 2020/21 contribution of £228,172

38.Individual borough contributions are based on the Office of National Statistics mid-year population estimates for June 2019, with Hillingdon's percentage of London's total calculated at 3.42%.

39.It is anticipated that the individual boroughs will agree to accept the recommendations on their contributions. Financial Implications

40.This report proposes an allocation of £1,948,805 grant funding from the Voluntary Sector Grants budget for the 2021/22 financial year and notes the agreed award of £169,700 to support the provision of Dining Centres representing the final year of the three-year application awarded in December 2018. A further allocation of £46,675 funded from Passenger Services to support the provision of transport is also proposed, which is the same level as 2020/21.

41.Recommendations also include a centrally funded contribution to the London Councils Grant Committee of £228,326. This is an increase of £154 relating to planned use of balances by the grants committee and funding included within the draft 2021/22 budget.

42.The draft 2021/22 budget presented to Cabinet on this agenda contains sufficient budgetary provision to fund the recommended level of award totalling £2,393,506. A full review of the financial statements and application forms of each organisation has been undertaken and brief financial commentary has been included for each organisation in Appendix B to this report.

43. Existing General Fund base budget for Voluntary Sector Grants totals £2,206,300, with the recommended £1,948,805 award included delivering a saving of £87,795 for 2021/22.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 151 RESIDENT BENEFIT AND CONSULTATION

Consultation / What will be the effect of the recommendation?

44.The overall effect of these proposals will be to strengthen and support Hillingdon’s voluntary sector with new growth and initiatives, which will directly benefit residents. Consultation Carried Out or Required

45.No formal consultation has been undertaken on the proposals for agreement at this Cabinet.

CORPORATE CONSIDERATIONS

Corporate Finance

46.Corporate Finance has reviewed the report and concur with the financial implications set out above, noting that the draft 2021/22 budget presented to Cabinet on this agenda contains sufficient budgetary provision to fund the recommended level of awards to the Voluntary Sector in core grants, Dining Centres, Transport organisations and the London Boroughs Grant Scheme totalling £2,394k. It is also noted that any award of grant monies is subject to the review of satisfactory accounts for the last financial year if they are yet to be received Legal

47.Section 1 of the Localism Act 2011 gives the Council a power of general competence which provides local authorities with the power to do anything that individuals may generally do. It includes the power for Council to make grant payments to voluntary organisations.

48.With regard to the London Councils Grant Scheme, this Scheme is established under Section 48 of the Local Government Act 1985. As stated in the report, if two-thirds of the London boroughs do not approve their individual budget contribution, the previous year’s budget will continue to apply to the Scheme.

Relevant Service Groups

49.Relevant teams in Residents Services, Finance, Adult Social Care and Children and Young People’s Services have been consulted on the proposals.

BACKGROUND PAPERS Nil

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 152 Appendix A

Grant Grant Grant Award Requested Recommended Organisations 2020-21 2021-22 2021-22 ADULT SOCIAL CARE £ £ £ Age UK Hillingdon, Harrow & Brent 582,400 582,400 582,400 Harlington Hospice (Community Cancer Service) - 2021/22 Plan is to combine with H4All (Dementia service) below and create new application for capacity and volunteering support * 20,000 0 0 Harlington Hospice (Respite Care - previously delivered by Carers Trust Thames) 100,000 100,000 100,000 Crown Centre for the Deaf 10,000 7,500 3,000 DASH 98,000 98,000 98,000 Heathrow Travel Care 45,000 45,000 45,000 Hillingdon Aids Response Trust 7,500 0 0 Hillingdon Brain Tumour & Injury Support Group 30,000 40,370 30,000 Carers Trust Hillingdon (previously Hillingdon Carers) 105,000 105,000 105,000 H4All Dementia befriending - 2021/22 Plan is to combine service with Harlington Hospice (Community Cancer service) into new application for capacity and volunteering support. * 30,000 0 0 Hillingdon Citizens Advice 280,000 280,000 280,000 Hillingdon MIND 90,000 124,000 120,000 Hillingdon Shopmobility 22,000 22,000 22,000 Hillingdon Women's Centre 30,000 50,000 30,000 Mencap Jubilee Pool 5,000 5,000 5,000 MHA Communities West London (formerly MHA - Northwood Live at Home Scheme 22,000 28,000 18,000 RELATE London North West & Herts 15,500 14,000 12,000 Samaritans of Hillingdon 6,000 6,000 6,000 Recycle-A-Bike 10,000 0 0 United Support Project (Us Project) 5,600 0 0 CHILDREN & FAMILIES SERVICES Bell Farm Christian Centre 50,000 80,000 70,000 Centre for ADHD and Autism Support 15,000 23,377 15,000 HALO Children's Foundation 7,000 17,260 7,000 Hillingdon Autistic Care & Support 40,000 40,000 40,000 Hillingdon Autistic Care & Support (Rural Activities Garden Centre & Brookfeild Cafes) 58,500 51,800 51,800 Hillingdon Outdoor Activities Centre 54,500 54,500 0 Home-Start Hillingdon 125,000 120,000 120,000 P3 42,000 42,000 42,000 Uxbridge Child Contact Centre 3,355 3,560 3,355 RESIDENTS SERVICES Groundwork South - Healing Gardens 7,000 7,000 7,000 Green Corridor (Crane Valley Partnership) 10,000 10,000 10,000 Herts & Middlesex Wildlife Trust 2,500 2,500 2,500

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 153 Hillingdon Community Transport 32,000 32,000 32,000 Hillingdon Federation of Community Associations 7,000 10,000 0 Hillingdon Natural History Society 1,000 1,000 1,000 London Wildlife Trust (Hillingdon) 10,000 10,000 10,000 Pinner & Ruislip Beekeepers Association 750 750 750 NEW APPLICATIONS 2021/22 Age UK/Harlington Hospice/H4All : capacity building * 0 40,000 40,000 Arts for Life Project 0 15,000 10,000 Harrow Mencap 0 55,000 10,000 Hillingdon Somali Women's Group 0 15,000 10,000 SEND Family Support 0 29,400 10,000 Qoys Daryeel Family Care 0 12,704 0 Subtotal 1,979,605 2,180,121 1,948,805 Grand total 1,979,605

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 154 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 ADULT SOCIAL CARE Appendix B

Organisation: Age UK Hillingdon, Harrow & Brent Amount Requested and Use

Description

In 2018/19 the Council and AgeUKH reviewed previous £582,400 for core salaries / volunteer arrangements to enable AgeUKH to better meet the needs of support, includes Advice on Housing, older people, to be more sustainable, and to reinforce our joint Benefits, Financial Health Check's and aims on: early intervention and prevention, reducing Transport, continued development of loneliness and enabling people to live well and longer in their Help at Home / Befriending Schemes and own homes. Those proposals saw former contractual social activity opportunities commitments being absorbed into the core grant funding.

2021/22 will be the fourth year of this approach based on three distinct work streams: Recommendation:

− Information & Advice

− Social Wellbeing Services £582,400

− Practical Support

AgeUKH has established a single point of access offering an assessment identifying goals, agreed action plan and measurable outcomes.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 in Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 Hillingdon

Estimated 360 16,390 On target with £582,400 £2,027,860 15,000 revised service (Expected)

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

Information and Advice

1. The first point of contact to assess need and triage requirements based on a more rounded assessment process. This takes the form of a guided conversation, supporting an individual to identify areas of help that will improve their quality of life. The assessment process is based on the Age UKH "Ambitions for later life toolkit" and complements the H4All Wellbeing service (which prioritises support for long term conditions and frailty).

2. Continuation of the successful financial health checks advice support.

Social Wellbeing Services

3. Support for people to live independent, engaged and meaningful lives. Wellbeing support is closely aligned to services that support hospital discharge. Age UKH will provide practical support to ensure that people return home safely from the hospital into a safe, warm, well provisioned and comfortable environment.

4. These services will also promote independence and create opportunities to engage in physical and social activities. Age UKH will continue to work with voluntary user led groups to help create more social groups and help them to become self-sustaining.

5. Ageing well groups provide weekly opportunities for communities to come together for social stimulation and companionship. Page 155 Practical Support

6. Age UKH have expanded the Help at Home service including:

- Shopping

- Cleaning

- Escorting to appointments

- Meal preparation

- Social contact

- Dementia sitting to offer carers a break

7. Age UKH further monitor and develop their database of "trusted traders" vetted by cost, customer service and local reputation.

8. Homeshare “Safe Lodger” Scheme is a service that has been in place for a year now and its aimed at helping older people living alone to stay in their home for longer, providing security and reducing isolation.

Officer Comment

The proposals made in 2018/19 were produced to reflect the priorities identified by Age UKH and the Council regarding Better Care and our Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2018-2021. This meant a departure from a mixture of specific delivery contracts and core grant to a new single grant arrangement. This has offered greater flexibility and produced a more sustainable, streamlined offer and has reduced administrative overhead.

The programme attracted attention of external supporters with a successful bid to City Bridge Trust that sees vulnerable older people better supported when admitted through A&E. Monitoring with officers has taken place and this regular interaction and communication has allowed for exploration with groups and involvement in wider community activities. A planned move to new premises in early 2022 is expected to see an increase in the volume of activities and support available. The organisation has several funding applications pending and secured funding for digital enhancements.

A grant maintained at the same level as the previous year is recommended, subject to sight of satisfactory accounts for 2020/21 demonstrating Age UKH‘s viability and need for continued grant support.

Covid 19 Impact statement: This had a significant impact on the delivery of our Community Services. As lockdown began and face to face contact ceased the teams worked tirelessly to ensure service users had their basic needs for food and medication fulfilled, were able to retain some social contact and to motivate them to maintain their physical wellbeing, This has led to the team coming up with creative solutions to engage service users, such as producing a monthly activity pack for everyone who attends a social wellbeing group, introducing regular, frequent check-in and chat calls and piloting the use of digital technology to connect with and engage service users within our dementia support services. As Lockdown restrictions have eased it is apparent that many of our service users (and volunteers) are still experiencing heightened levels of anxiety and are still grateful for the support we can give them. Planning and risk assessments are actively being undertaken in preparation for resuming face to face services however in the meantime we continue to adapt our services and find new ways to reduce isolation and to maintain the mental and social wellbeing of service users.

Corporate Finance Comment

The organisation has requested the same level of support for 2021/22. While the latest audited financial statements have not been provided, draft accounts to March 2020 indicate a small net operating surplus of £13.5k. The grant requested represents 21%Page of total 156 turnover. The organisation has total reserves of £1,142k, sufficient to mitigate 6 months' worth of administrative expenditure should no incoming resources be available.

Page 157 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 ADULT SOCIAL CARE

Organisation: Harlington Hospice - (Carers Respite) Amount Requested and Use

Description

Harlington Hospice agreed to take over the services previously £100,000 for management salaries, provided by Carers Trust Thames (CTT) and were granted operational costs and service provision money for the same purpose (the amount then was £135k). in Hillingdon The respite service has operated in the borough for nearly 40 years and the staff transferred from CTT to Harlington Hospice Recommendation: during 2019/20. The service provides short breaks for carers £100,000 alongside other activities.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

180 with 1 156 On target with £100,000 £470,220 10.050 care revised service hours

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

Hillingdon has provided respite breaks for carers within the London Borough of Hillingdon for nearly 40 years.

The services provided include:

 Short breaks for carers – provision of replacement care in the home to enable carers to take a break from their caring role. This service is delivered as a sub-contract of Hillingdon Carers Partnership;

 Provision of volunteer companions for the cared for which enhances the offer to the cared for and is another way to provide additional support to primary carers;

 Group activity sessions for the cared for to enable carers to attend courses, well-being sessions etc, often run by our partner Carers Trust Hillingdon;

 Availability of Tier 1 Carers Assessments for all carers who access the respite service. This enables carers to be directed to other relevant services within the Hillingdon Carers Partnership without having to re-tell their story to be considered for each service;

 Provision of a foot care and nail cutting service for older people delivered in partnership with Carers Trust Hillingdon.

In addition to the contracted service, Harlington Care will provide a comprehensive domiciliary care service in the home, including food preparation, household duties, medication administration and more advanced care tasks for people with complex needs.

This part of the service is being developed by Harlington Hospice within the context of domiciliary care for people with long-term health and social care needs.

The respite service for carers is intended to ensure that carers in Hillingdon are provided with breaks. For carers taking breaks and taking time for themselves is linked to improving health and well-being and contributing to the ability to continue their caring role.

Page 158 Expected outcomes for carers who have received the respite breaks service:

 Carers will feel the respite service has helped them to balance their caring role;

 Carers will experience reduced stress;

 Carers will consider the care support worker providing their service understands and meets their needs;

 Carers will feel that the carer support workers respect their views and knowledge as a carer;

 Carers will feel that having respite breaks helps improve the relationship with the person they care for.

Expected outcomes for the cared for:

 The person cared for will feel more independent and confident through taking part in activities with the care support worker;

 The person cared for will feel safe whilst being at home without the carer.

The Carers Respite Service is linked to an organisation with a high reputation for adding value to the local community (Harlington Hospice). Harlington Hospice (HH) and Carers Trust Hillingdon are already partners within the H4All consortium. The two organisations will be able to provide comprehensive services for the whole family which are not currently provided by statutory services. Services will be provided 24 hours a day and 7 days a week with emergency on-call back up contact for care support workers outside office hours. Services will continue to be provided in the centre of Yiewsley utilising Key House as a community hub.

In addition to the breaks service Harlington Hospice will continue to ensure that the service has capacity to deliver:

 Acceptance of 100% of cross referrals between the partnership

 100% of carers will receive an assessment of their needs

 100% of carers will be offered a post caring visit to provide support when the caring role ends

 Consideration of the proposal to support bereaved carers as Harlington Hospice already delivers an NHS contract to provide counselling to bereaved relatives/carers in Hillingdon.

Officer Comment

As previously reported to Cabinet the world of quality Carers respite support is proving challenging. There is a trend towards more frequent and shorter visits, more complex care and support requirements and, with pension auto-enrolment, changes in legislation around minimum wage plus care support workers now needing to be paid for their travel time, all means that margins are under severe pressure. However, through the carers contract and the provision of core grant support, plus the ability to meet the needs of self-funders, the package of support in Hillingdon remains viable.

The contract for services changed hands in 2019/20 from CTT to Harlington Care (a subsidiary of Harlington Hospice). This transition was managed smoothly with minimal impact to recipients of the service. Having the one local provider has enabled a density of case work on the ground.

Since the transition Harlington Care have been able to identify savings of £35k within the contract making this application good value for money. They have attracted other contracts which has allowed them to reduce overheads and design a new sustainable business model.

Page 159 New service developments or projects planned for Hillingdon in 2021/22.

Exploring a model to support discharge from hospital in partnership with H4All, Age UKHHB and Carers Trust Hillingdon. Aim to offer a service that includes a wider range of personalised support to the client and carer.

Covid 19 Impact statement: The pandemic has had a significate impact on the service. There was a reduction in demand for in-person care due to self-isolation of many of the carers and cared for being on the shielded list. In addition, several members of staff were themselves or their next of kin required to self-isolate. HH adapted the service to meet the change in demand with things such as:-

 Phone support was provided to both carers and cared for by, as far as possible, their regular support worker. This was to address the loneliness and isolation felt during the lock-down.  Practical support such as shopping and prescription collection for those without people to undertake these tasks.  Full staff PPE to provide care for people who were confirmed or suspected COVID-19 positive. This was for current clients and new referrals.  Additional support where an individual or carer was recovering from COVID-19  Enabled communication between the cared for and family that were unable to visit during lockdown. This was via phone calls and video links.  Through a new element of PASSsystem we were able to keep track of client and staff COVID status. As well as PPE stock held by staff and centrally. This has reduced management time monitoring stock and aided reporting via the CQC-run monitoring system.  Carers who were using the service to take a break away from the home were offered the option of our staff undertaking personal care tasks that were not offered pre-pandemic. This enabled them to, not only take a break from caring, but also from the more demanding tasks.  As PASSsystem was implemented before the pandemic started, the system enabled us to respond quickly to changing care needs. Staff had current information on COVID status and new care tasks in real time. New referrals were assessed within 2 working days and care started within hours.  All clients were RAG rated in relation to need and risk. This was used to create a priorities list of clients, if staff shortages occurred. This has not needed to be implemented.  Links with the Palliative Care Teams improved with the introduction of a 3 times a week Multi- Disciplinary Team (MDT) meeting. This has helped to focus additional support for carers looking after a dying person at home. This has proven very effective for reaching carers that were not being referred to the service. In addition, due to the pandemic, an increased number of people who would have moved to a care/nursing home or hospital were cared for at home.  Emotional support was given to carers whose cared for were admitted to hospital or in nursing homes and unable to visit. This was particularly important to older carers.

Corporate Finance Comment

The organisation achieved a surplus on operational activities of £255k for the year ending 31 March 2020, and has total reserves of £3,576k at July 2020, of which £626k is unrestricted. The level of unrestricted reserves is currently maintained at 6 weeks running costs, in line with the organisations Reserves Policy.

Page 160 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 ADULT SOCIAL CARE

Organisation: Crown Centre for the Deaf Amount Requested and Use

Description

The aim of the Centre is to reduce isolation caused by £7,500 for staffing and accommodation deafness, by bringing people together for social events and costs other practical purposes. Crown Centre facilitates two deaf activity clubs and hosts a deaf church meeting and provides Recommendation: one-to-one support for residents who require assistance accessing universal services, appointments, form filling, telephone calls etc. The Centre is based at the Pavilions at £3,000 Stockley Park, leased from the Council.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

50 10 2600 Not met £10,000 £10,500

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

The Crown Centre supports the needs of the borough's deaf and hard of hearing community. It serves to reduce isolation by provision of weekly social activities and supports access to essential public services for the borough's deaf community. In addition, it offers advocacy and signposting services, coordinates group holidays, short breaks, outings and events all held in British Sign Language for its members, encouraging engagement, mutual support and promoting health and wellbeing. Some members meet in the evenings to socialise and have a meal together and an interpreted Christmas pantomime is held for deaf children and their families.

The client group tends to be mainly older residents who trust the staff and Trustees to provide services which they have relied on for several years. The centre has a part time administrator. The Centre continues to benefit from a small but dedicated number of volunteers who make up the management committee.

Officer Comment

The centre’s main challenge continues to be with its current accommodation. The premises are in urgent need of major repairs and there are Health & Safety concerns. Discussions have taken place with AGEUK HHB to support this group when AGEUK HHB relocate so they will be housed with them and both parties have agreed this. This move is planned in early 2022 so interim premises were being sought prior to lockdown and this has become more challenging as most centres are not operating at full capacity.

A grant of £3k is recommended to support the organisation when it can resume. There are sufficient reserves from the underspend of the last financial year to cater for the need in the new financial year. Sustainability for the future of this group without the move to new accommodation looks unstable as expenditure is exceeding income and has done for several years.

Covid 19 Impact statement: The centre closed its doors following the Government lockdown advice and they may not be able to re-open until Spring 2021/22. Where possible and practical welfare calls are being made but all activities are suspended and its likely it will stay this way until Spring 2021.

Corporate Finance Comment

The charity is requesting a £2.5k reduction in grant funding, recognising the sustained achievement of small surpluses in 2019/20 of £3k, following the surplus in 18/19 of £2.6k. The increase in income is from fees and charges (mainly subscription and membership fees).The charity operates out of a LB Hillingdon premises paying a peppercorn rent, and the grant requested is to pay for the charities Page 161 staffing and accommodation overhead costs. Without identifying new income streams in the near future the charities current operating model is chiefly reliant on the grant for its continued operation, with the requested grant funding 83% of operational expenditure

Page 162 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 ADULT SOCIAL CARE

Organisation: Disability Association Hillingdon (DASH) Amount Requested and Use

Description

DASH supports people with disabilities to achieve their £98,000 Core salaries and Advice and potential and promote their independence and integration into running costs mainstream life. Dash is based in Hayes with a base at Uxbridge town centre and operates programmes throughout the borough.

DASH provides a wide range of services/activities designed for/by disabled individuals to meet their identified needs. It covers assistance with direct payments/personal budgets, Recommendation: advocacy services, advice, representation and information, form filling, benefits applications etc to sporting & recreational activities, social groups, volunteering, employment support, work experience, outreach and activities in day centres. £98,000

The organisation enables social inclusion, increased confidence, health and well being and financial stability of people with disabilities. In the wider community, DASH provides education and training to raise awareness of disability.

No of Service Active Volunteer hours Previous Corporate Grant Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers p.a. yr targets 2020/21 in Hillingdon

2,166 6 Regular 1000 Partially £98,000 £321,000 (Expected) met with 160 for one revised off projects service

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

DASH aims to :

● Support 1200 clients with advice, information and casework.

● Ensure the continued provision of Advice Quality Standard advice and information. AQS accreditation expires in Dec 2021.

● Continue to support up to 150 disabled people with claiming disability related benefits and challenging tribunals. Migration of Universal Credit claimants from legacy benefits to UC was paused in March 2020 due to the pandemic but it is assumed once this starts, DASH will be assisting clients with this.

● Increase the number of volunteers from 6 to 20

● Deliver recreational and sporting activities for 300 clients and diversify offer

● Improve the data which the organisation has access to, which evidences impact of the support provided.

DASH engages with a number of strategic forums and has various partnership arrangements with different departments in the Council such as Sports Development and Adult Social Care. It is represented on the

Page 163 Disability Forum, Learning Disabilities Partnership Board, Employment Strategy group as well as various departments with the Hillingdon Clinical Commissioning Group.

Officer Comment

DASH is a member of H4All which has enabled increased effectiveness of their support for individual clients with more active referrals and better networking between partners. DASH have two members of staff seconded to the Wellbeing Service. Their lead officer retired last year and a new lead officer has been appointed. They are benefiting from sharing policies and procedures within H4All.

There are some funding challenges for DASH. The funding for the advocacy support is due to end in March 2021 and several bids have been submitted but are pending decision. In 19/20 the annual benefits accrued for residents totalled £1,860, 831, which is an increase of £537,476 on the previous financial year so the loss of this service would be significant.

The charity made a loss of £17k in 2018-19 but it was able to reduce running costs by £44k most significantly on staffing. However, it experienced a significant loss in grant income of approximately £100k and is experienced further losses 2019-20. It is also anticipated that their expenditure will exceed their income dependant on successful funding applications for 21-22.

The organisation has paused its venture into looking to become a social enterprise because of Covid 19 but expect to resume this in Spring.

A new business plan is being worked on and, given the increased losses, it is proposed that a grant be awarded for £98k subject to the completion and robustness of the business plan to turn the corner needed by the organisation.

Covid 19 impact statement:

The pandemic has stretched the services that DASH can offer. Prior to the pandemic they were supporting clients with claiming disability related benefits, undertaking advocacy support and one to one work such as attending appeals and face to face assessments. Face to face assessments were stopped for 3 months by the Government and current claims have stopped for any reassessment for six months. Ability of this client group to undertake telephone or virtual assessments has been very challenging.

The Hub at Uxbridge that offers recreational facilities was closed and briefly re-opened before being closed again. The cost of PPE and putting in Social distancing measures along with the restrictions on numbers may mean this activity may no longer be financially viable.

Corporate Finance Comment

The organisation provides support and events for those with disabilities. Services provided includes person budget support, support to claim disability benefits and transitions projects (16-25 year old aid with various activities).

Deficit increase from £17k in previous period to £66k in most recent period primarily due to increased pressure on service provision. Most recently, covid has led to multiplication of pre-existing pressures within the organisation. Financial health has been declining in consecutive years and the firm is exploring options for starting small social enterprises to generate income. This has also postponed due to covid.

Income has been decreasing in consecutive years from 2018-19, from £482k to £308k. Requested grant funding accounts for 32% of total income and a reduction in this would lead to an increasing pressures on the viability of the organisation. DASH has funds carried forward of £155k.

Page 164 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 ADULT SOCIAL CARE

Organisation: Heathrow Travel Care (HTC) Amount Requested and Use

Description

HTC's core work provides crisis social work at Heathrow Airport £45,000 contribution to staff salaries for anyone coming in or out of the airport, taking referrals from local, national and international agencies. Clients are given an Recommendation: initial assessment followed by interventions, advice or advocacy support, and referral to other services. It runs a number of targeted programmes such as help to rough sleepers, £45,000 emergency planning, provision of responsible adults for minors and advice to British nationals in need.

The organisation co-ordinates and provides initial Humanitarian Assistance following any major incident or disaster affecting Heathrow Airport. It hosts the Liaison group for voluntary and public sector partners including the Council for ongoing emergency planning. HTC assists LBH to discharge its Emergency Planning duties as a Category 1 responder under Civil Contingencies Act.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant in Hillingdon 2020/21

1,700 33 270 Partially met £45,000 £445,000 (Expected) with revised service

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

● Support a total of 1,700 clients (of which 1,200 attend HTC offices and 500 over the phone)

● Provide a minimum of 3 training sessions for emergency response volunteers in evenings and at weekends

● Deliver monthly desktop emergency response exercises

● Present to at least 8 new organisations to establish partnership links

Heathrow Travel Care takes referrals from on-airport, local, national and international agencies in relation to social care issues with potential to impact Heathrow. They coordinate/provide Initial Humanitarian Assistance following any major incident or disaster affecting the Heathrow area and manage the Heathrow Rough Sleepers Project.

Via the Social work advice project at the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCDO), HTC has a partnership project with Central Govt using targeted social work advice to Consular caseworkers in London and abroad to prevent and resolve difficulties faced by vulnerable British nationals abroad (worldwide) including those who are returning to the UK. Includes previous project areas of forced marriage, British ex-pat elders and ex-prisoners. Helps prevent homelessness, social exclusion and crime and supports mental health and well-being in Hillingdon and beyond.

A valuable part of their work is to try and establish local client connections in other parts of the UK before arrival, so that arriving clients are not relying on LBH support.

Page 165 HTC chairs the newly established Responsible Gateway forum, which aims to improve the airport by bringing together stakeholders within the airport to identify gaps, share resources and arrange joint approaches when working with vulnerable people.

Officer Comment

HTC provides value for money on several levels:

● It estimates roughly that out of 1,200 people pa seen at the office only around 2-5% are referred on to LBH. Those that are referred to LBH have had appropriate preparatory work (assessment, research and liaison) before they reach Hillingdon Hospital, Riverside or LBH teams.

● Added to this are 4 HTC workers at the Foreign office, who work with complex returnees; out of 1,000 worked with, 600 were directed to other ports, 400 returned to Heathrow, 400 were seen at HTC offices and of those referred to LBH services, are included in the 2-5% referred to above.

● They have a trained Emergency Response officer who assists the borough for the first 12 hours of any large-scale incident at the airport. They can mobilise 25 trained volunteers in the event of an emergency.

Financially, most of their income is secured from Heathrow Airport (£165K) and the Foreign Office (£211K). Heathrow also provides their office, and other in-kind support such as HR advice. There is some uncertainty about funding from LBH for “Homeless Reduction” and it is anticipated that HTC will know by Feb / March 2021 whether the funding will continue.

HTC provide a vital front-line service that directly reduces demand on council services and effectively delivers on statutory functions in terms of emergency response. It is recommended that the core grant of £45k is sustained for 2021/22.

Covid 19 Impact statement:

● Assisting with the huge ‘homeless hotel decants’. ● New airport night-time security team. ● Available for any FCDO Repat flights. ● Non-UK Embassy Covid assistance. Helped many embassies pass on information to their Nationals who may be stranded at the airport due to Covid. ● Adapted to the new challenges at the airport with many stranded passengers this resulted in telephone service which was used by many authorities as a gatekeeping measure), we saw a rise in Mental Health cases and arranged many Mental Health assessments with various authorities. ● As initial lockdown eased there was a backlog/bottleneck of Deportees and FCDO returnees that should have previously returned, which was very busy, but they met the challenge. ● HTC have had an on-airport presence throughout the whole lock down period and have also ensured staff safety.

Corporate Finance Comment

The organisation made a £28.6k surplus in 2019-20, with an increase in income by £9k. The grant awarded in 2019-20 represents 10% of the organisations income, with contributions to salary costs. There has been increase in cash at bank & in hand of £27k from previous year with the £169k in reserves covering operational expenditure for 2.5 months' worth of activity.

Page 166 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 ADULT SOCIAL CARE

Organisation: Carers Trust Hillingdon (previously Amount Requested and Use Hillingdon Carers)

Description £105,000 for core salaries, carers advice, rent and admin costs Carers Trust Hillingdon provides a range of services to carers including: Recommendation: ● Outreach, advice, information and education

● Health and wellbeing including training & counselling £105,000

● Services to support young carers

● A carers centre based in Uxbridge

● Support for transition (17-24)

● Carers assessments

The organisation leads the Hillingdon Carers Partnership (HCP) established to deliver the Council’s Combined Carers Services contract. It is also an active member of the Hillingdon for All (H4All) Community Interest Company (CIC).

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

7,851 adult 33 Adult On target with £105,000 £1,278,955 (Expected) carers services: revised service 2,933 hours 1,237 Young carers Young carers:

642 hours

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

Carers Trust Hillingdon has proved itself as a key partner in providing vital support for carers in Hillingdon and in leading the local voluntary sector, both through the Hillingdon Carers Partnership (HCP which successfully won the Council contract to provide services) and through the emergence of H4All as a vehicle for delivering wellbeing services and for further collaboration.

The level of provision has grown year on year as Carers Trust Hillingdon has established itself as the key point of reference for all carers in Hillingdon. The innovative approach to services and fundraising, based on strong local partnerships, has become widely recognised as a exemplar of support for carers.

Additional services as a response to Covid 19:

They are currently responding to the changing support demands that have been born out of the Covid crisis: and: -

 Are working to train and develop volunteers to maintain our care-calling function for lonely and/or housebound carers.  Are ramping up Emergency plans, actively encouraging carers to complete – or ask for help to complete – a detailed plan of how they will cope in the advent of serious illness or death.  Page 167  Are working with the End-of-Life Board to deliver new end of life provision for both carers and staff in response to the extraordinary amount of calls we dealt with about death, dying and bereavement during the lockdown.  Additionally, they are reviewing and maintaining all online provision that has been successful over the pandemic and plan to offer a mixed economy of online and face-to-face support moving forward.  They have started an extensive new programme of support for carers of someone with acute mental health issues (commenced June 2020) and have extended this support to carers who might be experiencing or starting to experience their own low-level mental health issues due either to their caring roles or the impacts of the lockdown.

Officer Comment

The corporate grant has been significant in enabling the development of the combined services contract, the HCP and H4All. In addition to council funding via contract and grant, Carers Trust Hillingdon has secured multiyear funding from the CCG, City Bridge Trust, Children in Need and the Big Lottery and several others. They lever in support in kind for carers including legal advice. Last year Carers Trust Hillingdon, secured £1 million in carer related benefits boosting the income of client families which increased by another £250k and which is then spent locally.

CTH work closely with Adult Social Care contributing towards the development and delivery of the Hillingdon Carers Strategy and have established a Young Carers Strategy Group which has raised the profile of their needs in schools, Early intervention strategies and Children's services. They reach nearly 30% of Hillingdon's estimated 26,000 Adult Carers and 45% of young carers supporting them according to their needs to avoid breakdown of the caring relationship and requirement of statutory intervention.

The total income brought into the borough for 20/21 is expected to be £1,287,820 which is of considerable benefit to the residents of the borough and favours well with the grant requested demonstrating good value for money.

Financially, they now have reserves at their planned levels and are operating on a sustainable basis. It is recommended that the grant be awarded at the same level for 2021/22.

Covid 19 Impact Statement:

At the start of the pandemic risk assessments were carried out on all staff and the team was re-structured into three new teams according to their risk factors and ability to remain in the community. These were the Telephone Support team, Community Support team and Coordination team.

The Telephone Support team provided: a) Information and advice

 Carers Assessments  Welfare benefits checks  Welfare benefits claims for Disability Living Allowance (DLA), Carers Allowance (CA), Personal Independence Payments (PIP) and Attendance Allowance (AA) claims  Information and advice  Referrals to the Community Support and Care Calling teams

B) Care calling

 Emotional support and regular check-in calls as frequently as a carer wished to receive them, including back calls through the database to check in with carers who had had no contact in the past 12-24 months.  Dementia support by phone via Alzheimer’s Society Dementia Support staff Page 168  Counselling and psychotherapeutic support via Hillingdon Mind

The Community Support team provided: a) Help at Home

 Shopping  Prescription collection  Emergency food parcels  Medical supplies as available from Chemists  Dog walking b) Carers Short Breaks

 Respite (replacement) care via Harlington Care

The Coordination team:

 Managed and distributed all new referrals and allocated telephone and community support as needed  Managed all queries from current carers and allocated telephone and community support as needed  Managed social media, website and communications, including the production of 10 new Covid fact sheets and a Covid ‘special’ newsletter sent to over 7,500 carers  Managed all ongoing financial activity, premises management, bids and report writing and extensive support to all staff through weekly social zooms, 1:1 contacts and team meetings via zoom  Support all H4All activity in coordinating the third sector response to Covid-19 for the Council and CCG, including the provision of an unremunerated full-time staff member for 3 months.

Additionally, once immediate needs were being met, they used Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs to consider how else they might support carers during the lockdown. This led to a further restructure that included a Special Projects team to look at how they could meet other needs in such a way that they didn’t exclude those that couldn’t access online provision.

Corporate Finance Comment

The grant requested has remained the same from the 2020/21 - the charity has made a surplus of £8,026, this has decreased from the surplus last year of nearly £27k which can be attributed to the current global pandemic which means that they are unable to perform at a normal rate of business. LBH grant is around 9.4% of the charities total income which instils confidence that the charity is able to run if there is a shortage of funding elsewhere, in addition to this we can see a pattern as from 17/18 LBH funding was 13% of their income, 19/20 LBH funding was 11% of their income and now 21/22 it is 9.4% of their income. The charity have £261,833 in unrestricted reserves, £9,584 in restricted reserves and they have £374,931 in cash which puts them in a comfortable position should funding decrease.

Page 169 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 ADULT SOCIAL CARE

Organisation: Hillingdon Citizens Advice Bureau (HCAB) Amount Requested and Use

Description

Provides qualified generalist advice, with casework where £280,000 for core staff and service necessary, at bureaux in Hayes and Uxbridge. In addition to this costs core service, HCAB runs a number of projects that target specific needs including money management skills training, Recommendation: outreach services, and a pro-bono solicitor offer and independent financial advice. £280,000 Clients can access the service via a telephone helpline and website for a call back service, assisted self help, web chat and email channels as well as the traditional drop-in service (subject to Covid 19 restrictions). Availability varies in different sites but 'drop in' totals 38 hours per week across both sites.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 2020/21 in Hillingdon

11, 427 30 12,970 Partially met £280,000 £676,042 with revised 9,655 service Hillingdon Residents

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

● 1,460 advice and information sessions through bureaux, telephone advice line and targeted advice projects

● 12,000+ people to receive advice and information from HCAB

● 550 people to have access to specialist advice facilitated through pro bono solicitor appointments.

● 150 vulnerable people to receive full UC related advice and casework

● Maintain a group of 25+ trained volunteers in roles to support paid advisors

● Partnership work with the Council to support residents with universal Credit

● £2M in financial gains for clients as a direct result of HCAB advice

● 400 non financial positive outcomes of casework

● Overall client satisfaction of over 95%

Other significant activities include Big Energy Saving Network (BESN)to reduce fuel poverty, providing access to pro bono financial advice through Money Plan at Uxbridge CAB and training volunteers for a wide range of roles that enhance skills and employability.

Officer Comment

CAB is a key partner for the local authority. Due to the high number of clients who access the service, CAB are able to spot trends and consequences of particular policies. Data is collected and made available Page 170 locally and nationally and provision of evidence and data from Hillingdon residents serves both the authority and the wider public.

The organisation uses trained volunteers in a range of capacities including front line assessors, receptionists, social policy co-ordinators, telephone gateway assessors, form filling etc. This frees up the time of paid advisers to work on more complex areas. In addition, they have Brunel student apprentices paid for by the university. Along with a concerted effort to encourage use of telephone and website for initial contact encouraged furthermore by the emergency measures put in place during lockdown, HCAB has managed to achieve an efficient, convenient and accessible service.

There are uncertainties presented for Hillingdon CAB for the forthcoming year projections of demand for advice indicating steep rises ahead for 2021/22 and the Money advice and Pensions Service predict that the need for debt advice will peak in about 18 months.

Telephone call backs via their website rose by 89% and they are succeeding in meeting that demand but these figures are expected to rise with predicted unemployment and the assistance needed with claims and calculations for Universal Credit, Council tax and rent arrears to private landlords amongst others.

The corporate grant makes up nearly 30% of their expected expenditure for 20/21. A further £217,800 is anticipated from the Dept of Work & Pensions, and £55,750 from LBH contracts for particular projects. In addition the Council provides 2 offices rent free. As the only provider of generic advice in the borough combined with the high quality of services, and proven impact on poverty, health and wellbeing for residents, it is recommended to award the grant at the same level as for 2020/21.

Covid 19 Impact statement:

Following the Government instruction to Lockdown, the bureaux closed its offices and set up staff for home working. HCAB updated their website and publicity to make residents aware of the changes. All volunteers had to be stood down due to the lack of sufficient IT equipment. Training is currently being organised for returning volunteers to become confident in telephone, video calling, email and web chat whilst safety measures are implemented for the safe return to offices. HCAB did not need to take advantage of any Government schemes or furlough any staff. Service delivery models will be kept under active review for the rest of this year so learning can take place. Their office in Hayes is currently closed and they are seeking to relocate those staff to space at Key House.

Corporate Finance Comment

The income for this charity has increased but so has the expenses which puts the charity at a £29,844 deficit nearly £2k higher than last year. The charity also leases LBH land and they receive mandatory & discretionary rate relief. Whilst the grant required is staying the same, the % of the grant to the total income of the charity has reduced 9%. Unrestricted reserves total £196k. If the charity does not receive this grant this could impact upon the future viability of service provision.

Page 171 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 ADULT SOCIAL CARE

Organisation: Hillingdon Mind Amount Requested and Use

Description

MIND provides support for clients with a range of mental health £124,000 core salary staff, general issues. It runs several social activities and clubs aimed at support and rent reducing social isolation and improving physical health and wellbeing. MIND also offers opportunity for work related activities Recommendation: including volunteering and employment support.

Other services include a counselling service, including specialist £120,000 addictions counselling, mental health awareness raising and training and Mindfulness and Eco Therapy. They also hold Somali and Asian information & advice services and deliver Mental Health First Aid training.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in 2020/21 Hillingdon

1,258 19/20 288 11, 978 On target with £90,000 £371,200 19/20 revised service 2072 20/21 £520,515 20/21

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

 A Mental Health Recovery Service, based on the Mental Health Star program which includes an individual person-centred assessment and referral service; this is managed and led by a qualified Social Worker  A Somali Information and Advice service, and social groups led by an outreach worker  An Asian Information and Advice service, and social groups led by an outreach worker  An employment support service, offering workshops, group work, and mentoring to help people develop the knowledge and confidence to access learning, training, and volunteering opportunities and to thereby increase people’s employability  A Carers’ Mental Health Key Working and Counselling Service - offered through our collaboration within the Hillingdon Carers’ Partnership  A Free Counselling and Psychotherapy service funded by Hillingdon CCG  A Counselling for Depression Step 3 IAPT Service funded by Hillingdon CCG  A Low Cost (fee paying) Counselling Service for people who earn in excess of the income threshold to qualify for the free service  A Mental Health Awareness service – a development programme that delivers accredited Mental Health First Aid training, and a range of bespoke mental health awareness courses, funded through course fees  A Mindfulness & Eco therapy service, delivered through a series of nature therapy walks and group sessions  Trauma Counselling for those clients affected by severe trauma and requiring specialist help –  An Addictions Counselling Service  Daytime Social Clubs – opportunities for social support peer support and learning  Evening Social Clubs – opportunities for social support peer support and learning  A Weekend Social Club – opportunities for social support peer support and learning  An Out and About Service – working on a one-to-one basis to overcome social anxiety and occasional group opportunities for visiting places of interest, and enjoying a range of group activities Page 172 Services are aimed at reducing isolation for individuals through the development of peer support, friendships and social networks which aids integration into mainstream services and the community. MIND have introduced new services that complement the work they do and engage individuals in physical wellbeing improvement e.g. through guided forest therapy walks. The peer support groups which encourage users to act as volunteers in the group, provide a useful link between the traditional social clubs and employment, acting as a steppingstone to increased independence and confidence. They have remodelled their service to a “recovery model” which aligns better with the council priorities. In addition to a strong user led ethos, MIND aims to address discrimination and stigma surrounding mental health issues and works with diverse communities in culturally sensitive ways. Their cohort of volunteers reflects the diversity of clients and as such they can deliver sessions in a range of languages.

MIND collaborate with statutory and voluntary sector partners: police, CNWL, LBH mental health services, GP's, and community health services. It contributes to several Council boards and forums and their work addresses aspects of the Council’s Health and Wellbeing Strategy and Mental Health Strategy. They are active in the H4All partnership, taking the lead on combining and restructuring a shared counselling service resulting in efficiencies and potential for growth.

Officer Comments

MIND provides value for money with a range of provision creatively managed with the use of volunteers. They have requested an increase in funding due to several factors: -

1. There was a 33% rise in demand for mental health services prior to Covid 19, indicating a trend of more people becoming confident in asking for help with regards to their mental health; they are no longer suffering in silence. Hillingdon Mind provides services which both prevent mental health deterioration and promotes recovery and stability; these services ensure that the secondary and primary care sectors aren’t overwhelmed and creates a cost saving. 2. The demand in services (overall 135%) since the pandemic has started indicates that both the situation now and post pandemic will continue, with research indicating that there will be a mental health crisis due to the trauma, stress and loneliness caused by the situation. Service demands are detailed below  104 % increase in demand for Counselling - one to one work (free)  65% increase in demand for low cost one-to- one Counselling  169% increase in demand for one-to-one Counselling assessments  150% increase in demand for Psychological Support – Mental Health Carers - this includes one to one assessment and group work  Mental Health Recovery Project - An increase in people seeking advice of 110%

In addition to the corporate grant, they received approximately £90K from Adult Social Care. Other statutory funds are raised from the CCG and City Bridge Trust, and from their own trading.

MIND underwent a significant review and restructuring of its activities and commitments in 2019 and streamlined its structure and moved to shared accommodation with HART in Uxbridge and reduced other costs. They are attracting additional funding and given the rise in the demand for their services and the proposed mental health crisis due to the pandemic it is recommended to increase their grant for this current year to £120k.

Covid 19 Impact Statement:

Hillingdon Mind have had to cease all but emergency face to face appointments since the beginning of the pandemic. They invested £10,000 in getting staff online and working from home and, since July, have begun operating again from the office (albeit in a limited capacity) in Uxbridge. They have had to transfer all their counselling services to one-to-one support via Zoom or phone; all of group Counselling Supervision is now held on Zoom. Whilst the transfer initially was treated with concern by Counsellors and Clients, they have all adapted well to the current situation. It does however provide a degree of Page 173 discrimination against those who may not be able to find somewhere safe to talk confidentially to a counsellor.

The greatest impact they have had on the service is to their mental health recovery clients and team. The team have had to move from group sessions, which provide the greatest impact in socialisation, peer support (being able to use limited resources to the most effect), to providing one to one emotional support, including monitoring wellbeing using a RAG system to raise flags around suicidal ideation. Since July, MIND have begun to run online groups again for the Job Hub and ‘Hearing Voices’ groups and intend to move the rest of the groups to online wherever it is safe and viable to do so. As mentioned previously the demand in services (overall 135%) since the pandemic started indicates that both the situation now and post pandemic will continue, with research indicating that there will be a mental health crisis due to the trauma, stress and loneliness caused by the situation.

The Office for National Statistics published data suggesting that one in five adults in the UK have experienced depressive symptoms during the pandemic, compared to one in ten in the same period in 2019. In order to meet the needs of the of the demand and to provide services during the pandemic (and possibly longer term) Hillingdon Mind are having to invest in the following which has created a greater demand to their budget:

 IT Equipment & Software – so they can deliver online sessions to our clients in a variety of mediums. This entails both investment in their equipment but also their clients in order that they can access their services  Website – They were already redesigning their website and investing a large amount of money in this project however they have now needed to put further investment in to allow for self-help videos, online training and podcasts to be available.  Administration – as the demand on the charity has risen, they are having to invest more in core administration to ensure that services are supported in a safe and professional way.

Corporate Finance Comment

Demand for mental health services rose 33% prior to Covid 19, and since the pandemic started the charity has seen service demand rise to 135%. This is the reason for asking for £34k increase in grant.

Page 174 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 ADULT SOCIAL CARE

Organisation: Hillingdon Shopmobility Amount Requested and Use

Description

Shopmobility provide mobility aids such as scooters and £22,000 core staff salaries wheelchairs for use in and around Uxbridge Town Centre. They also hire manual and powered scooters for periods outside the Recommendation: town centre for holiday excursions or day trips. They hold individual events such as assisted shopping at Christmas and provide scooters at the local auto show and sell small mobility £22,000 items.

The service is available 6 days per week from 9.15am - 4.45pm and is staffed by 3 part time staff and 5 regular volunteers. Anyone who has a temporary or permanent disability or problems with their mobility is eligible for the service.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

1,200 6 2045 Partially met £22,000 £58,547

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

● Service 5000 visits to Uxbridge Shopping Centre

● 70 clients hire mobility equipment to use outside the town centre

● Provide 15 electric scooters for use at Annual Roadshow

● Support 5 social events with provision of mobility equipment

● Register 250 new clients over the year

Shopmobility averages 15-18 customers per day and has a well maintained and varied stock of mobility equipment. It has 22 electric scooters, 6 powered wheelchairs and 10 manual wheelchairs for use in the town centre. Insurance costs are covered by an annual registration fee of £18 and customers are asked to make a £3 contribution every visit. It operates a holiday hire scheme with 10 manual wheelchairs and 3 scooters.

Officer Comment

As well as shopping, clients benefit from improved accessibility, being able to use the service to attend clubs, exercise classes, meetings, training courses or take up voluntary positions. They also undertake other fundraising activities such as present wrapping services and have a dedicated cohort of volunteers for these activities, as well as covering 30 office hours per week. This enables the organisation to keep staff salaries low and provides good value for money. They stock small mobility items for sale at the office. Regular website updates and electronic newsletters enables clients to access the latest information on Shopmobility, as well as ask questions and obtain specialist advice, review bookings and make enquiries.

The corporate grant makes up about 38% of the organisations expenditure which is increasing yearly due to their deficits. Other income is received from Intu Shopping Centre (£10K), LBH transport grant (£2K), membership fees (£10K) and local fundraising and trading. The organisation is projecting another deficit next year.

Page 175 Each new application year, the reliance on core funding grows and places pressures on sustainability unless more external funding can be sourced. Each visit is costing the Council via core and transport grants, about £4.80. Contributions from businesses who benefit from this service is minimal given the estimated spend and a robust approach to this would aid the organisation.

Covid 19 Impact Statement:

Shopmobility was closed from March until July. The organisation kept in contact with its members via their email newsletter and to let members know when they were re-opening. They now have a policy in place for staff and customers so social distancing can be adhered to and all equipment is sanitised, and PPE is provided. Shop mobility are estimating a financial loss of 12k from customer contributions and fewer visits are expected. The Government Furlough scheme is expected to offset this loss. The organisation is expecting to open normally from December.

Corporate Finance Comment

The charity is requesting the same level of grant awarded in 2020/21 to fund the managers salary & to contribute towards the senior admin salary. This financial year the income has increased primarily due to donations and gifts, while expenditure has increased reflecting £1,160 spend on Christmas Events including lunch and presents. A pre depreciation profit of £2.5k has been generated for the year ending 31st March 2020. Total funds brought forward are £24,848. The council's grant equates to 34% of incoming resources, and although this is material for the viability of the organisation, consideration should be given to a sustained change in shopping behaviours and potential reduction in client based with ongoing social distancing restrictions. The organisations largest source of income if from Gifts and Donations, totalling £33k last year.

Page 176 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 ADULT SOCIAL CARE

Organisation: Hillingdon Women's Centre Amount Requested and Use

Description

HWC provides a space for women to access information, advice £50,000 core staff salaries and guidance, signposting to appropriate agencies, drop-in support, domestic violence interventions, low cost legal advice, Recommendation: health and well-being and social related activities and training opportunities. £30,000 It provides interpretation services and supported volunteering opportunities for women seeking to build their skills and experience to become job ready. HWC promotes self- empowerment, through provision of opportunities, advice and friendship, enabling women to find the next best step forward for their situation.

The organisation plays a key role in the Women in the Community Network which seeks to bring together women's groups in Hillingdon and promote and improve their services. New monitoring and evaluation systems have been introduced to better understand the delivery of their services.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 2020/21 in Hillingdon

950 30 2600 On target with £30,000 £141,721 revised service

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

● Review and update of HWC business plan with input from trends and consultation outcomes. ● Continue using and improving a performance monitoring and recording system that accurately reflect the outcomes of the work undertaken to produce accurate and relevant data. ● Provide women with support, signposting, information, advice and advocacy and record figures to benchmark growth. ● Provide specialist support on DA, including risk assessment, safety planning, safeguarding and referring to relevant agencies. ● Deliver a support programme for survivors of DA. ● Provide access to low-cost legal advice via hosting solicitors and record figures to benchmark demand. ● Continue supporting women with employment through one-to-one advice, work placements, ESOL, training, volunteering and education ● Engage with local employers and charities to develop an awareness of DA and provide appropriate support and safe spaces for their employees (Workplace Safespace initiative) ● Deliver at least one event along with Women in the Community network ● Ensure the financial viability of the Centre by securing external funding ● Supporting Hillingdon based DA forums ● Seek support and develop relationships with other third sector organisations to identify synergies, efficiency savings and to share knowledge.

The centre offers a drop-in service, daily, providing support and enabling women to access other local services as appropriate to their needs. There are also several themed activities such as Job club, IT Page 177 sessions and ESOL classes, and DA support groups held on specific days of the week. With a strong emphasis on victims of domestic abuse, the Centre aims to support women after crisis intervention with a more long-term empowerment focus aimed at developing economic independence, emotional resilience, peer support and skills.

HWC continues to build and develop new partnerships in order to broaden the services that are available from their premises. They work with Belina Consulting, who support BME women to get job ready including ESOL classes, and REAP, so that the Centre can offer interpreting in Arabic, Punjabi, Farsi, Hindi, Urdu, and Somali through a relationship. The centre has established relationships with Brunel and Middlesex University to access student volunteers and provide professional placements for social work students.

HWC continue to provide and has extended its legal advice service enabling greater accessibility for women who may not otherwise be able to obtain such support and has attracted funding for a domestic abuse officer, reflecting the national and local increased demand for Domestic Abuse support services.

Officer Comment

The centre had been through a challenging couple of years financially, the Trustees have continued to establish a more sustainable approach, utilising the charities assets and entering new partnerships in addition to revisiting their policies. The centre brought in funds in 19/20 of £58,300, their expected funds brought into the borough for 20/21 is £141,721, an increase of £83k which is a positive indicator of travel in the right direction.

Their new trustees have settled in and the centre manager who has been in post for 2 years now is moving forward in a positive manner and maintains a unique and valuable service to vulnerable women in the borough.

The development of a new strategic plan following a consultation with service users and partners to ascertain the changing or emerging new needs of women in Hillingdon has seen a demand for growth for the centre and ventures into new areas to meet emerging demands. Following a successful bid for funding from ROSA fund the centre employed an officer whose focus has been centred on Domestic Abuse and the rise in cases in the borough primarily due to the lockdown from Covid 19. Funding for this post ends in March 2021 and whilst additional funding is being applied for there is a risk to this post and the support it has provided to women in the borough.

Officers are confident that the centre's approach and continued vigilance with regards robust financial management and fundraising strategies, places them in a stronger position moving forward.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

The lockdown due to the pandemic has had an impact on their operations and is likely to affect their numbers as they are not able to host group activity until they can be sure they can provide a safe space and environment to service users, staff and volunteers.

Although many women are reaching out to get support regarding Domestic Abuse, the complexity of the cases has increased as well as the difficulty to communicate with women. HWC have detected that not all of them have Internet access or the basic knowledge to use technology. Following up these cases takes longer. Advocacy is more difficult as they no longer have them beside them to give consent for them to intervene or get information related to their cases. New strategies are being developed, as “new normal”. The need for women to get emotional support, due to different reasons has been exacerbated during this period; homelessness is also increasing as well as need for benefit support.

The centre has been applying to get emergency funds to improve their equipment; online resources and increase staff capacity to make sure all service users access good quality support. Their aim is to continue

Page 178 providing services using a hybrid model: face-to-face appointments and remote support in compliance with the Government’s guidance.

They are also working on revising and refreshing their website and looking for new platforms to enable communication with women: helpline, chat, online events and training, etc. The organisation feels that COVID-19 pandemic has brought many unforeseen changes, but they acknowledge that it has also provided the opportunity to reflect on their services to reshape the centre, make it more accessible and responsive to the real needs of women in the community.

Corporate Finance Comment

The charity is requesting £50,000 from LBH grant which is an increase of £20,000 from the previous year to fund additional staffing costs. A net profit of £3,965 was achieved for the year ending 31 March 2020, delivering funds carried forward of £53,983. 2020/21 LBH grant equated to 56% of incoming resources last year, withdrawal of which could materially affect its ability to maintain the current level of service in Hillingdon. Additionally, a reserves policy is pending approval which will strengthen the sustainability of the service.

Page 179 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 ADULT SOCIAL CARE

Organisation: Mencap Jubilee Pool Amount Requested and Use

Description

Mencap South Social club has raised funds to build its £5,000 for pool running costs hydrotherapy pool for use by their service users with learning disabilities. The pool has become autonomous with a separate Recommendation: committee affiliated with national Mencap. It is situated in the grounds of Moorcroft School. £5,000 The hydrotherapy pool provides a warm, safe facility for Hillingdon's special needs schools as well as Mencap users to enjoy swimming and exercise. It also incorporates a wider community use, providing a warm water facility that is ideal for recuperating patients following hospital treatment and for teaching children to swim.

It is run entirely by a small but active committee of volunteers that includes the owner of a swim school who undertakes much of the practical day to day management and pays rent for use to the school.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

1250 15 500 Partially Met £5,000 £13,744.96

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

● 5 x weekly swim sessions by Hillingdon special needs schools: Pield Heath, Moorcroft and Hillingdon Manor School

● 2 x weekly sessions for Family groups with disabled children

● 3 weekly sessions for Arthritic group + 1 x weekly for Hillingdon Hospital Physio sessions

● 3 x extended weekly sessions for swim school

Each session is required to have a lifeguard present which can be sourced from Mencap. The swim school manage the health and safety and attend regular training to keep abreast of standards. Hillingdon Hospital uses it weekly as well referring patients recuperating from operations or with certain conditions. The pool operates Monday-Sunday, varied times.

Officer Comment

The pool offers leisure and learning opportunities to those with disabilities and health conditions as well as young people resident in Hillingdon. It aids in developing social and life skills and helps build confidence in themselves enabling them to actively take part in the group. The grant is used for running costs of the pool, specifically as a contribution to heating and lighting.

Historically the pool trustees have successfully fundraised from various trusts and foundations for major renovations and improvements. The pool has a list of improvements, including upgrading the changing rooms, replacement roofing etc, which the committee are planning to keep the pool functioning.

It is recommended that grant be awarded at 5k.

Page 180 COVID 19 Impact Assessment:

The impact of Coronavirus Covid-19 had a very direct effect on the operation of the pool because it had to be closed for a number of weeks. A large number of the pool users were in the high-risk categories and are nervous about returning. The organisation has followed government guidelines and have a number of new measures in place to ensure the safety of its users. They operate a one-way system and hand sanitizer units have been fitted and numbers within the pool reduced.

Corporate Finance Comment

The charity has requested the same level of grant as awarded in 2020/21 for the general upkeep of the swimming pool. It generated a surplus of £1,004 for the latest reporting period, and has carried forward cash reserves of £85,951. Based on the current level of operational expenses, if the Council's funding was removed, the charity has sufficient resources to continue operations for 6 years.

Page 181 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 ADULT SOCIAL CARE

Organisation: MHA Communities West London (formerly Amount Requested and Use MHA - Northwood Live at Home Scheme)

Description

MHA provides support to elderly people in Northwood Hills and £28,000 Contribution towards core Northwood to enable them to live independently in their own costs to support wellbeing homes. Activities are aimed at promoting friendship, socialising, activities for older people in health and wellbeing and are all provided with the assistance of Hillingdon. trained volunteers. Recommendation: Activities include befriending, singing, group and individual assisted shopping, lunches and social clubs, exercise classes, outings and holidays, transport and information. £18,000 Northwood Live at Home Scheme (MHA) also receives a dining centre grant, and this complies with Methodist Homes Association quality standards.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

223 86 8100 Partially £22,000 £115,900 met with revised service

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

The current expectation is (and this is subject to the review being carried out)

● 50 Friendship Groups for up to 20 members- regularly seeing people with multiple needs and accommodates those with early dementia ● 50 Lunches for up to 20 people- majority have mobility issues so we need to organise transport to and from this ● 75 assisted shopping trips through volunteer befrienders ● 4 lunch outings ● 40 Walks with breakfast/lunch ● 25 Soup Sandwiches and Socialising ● 95 Extend exercise classes for up to 20 members ● 95 seated yoga classes for up to 20 members ● 20 face to face (actual) and 20 remote befrienders available to support members as required ● 10 trips or outings at evenings and weekends ● 4 newsletters for membership of up to 250 ● Signposting to other services and opportunities to our members on an on-going basis ● 50 virtual quizzes ● 40 Greencare virtual sessions ● Implement a CRM management database to achieve efficiency savings ● Implement a new accounting and payment system to achieve efficiency savings and to further increase financial accountability and reporting ability.

The scheme is supported by 3 part time staff and a local support committee. The scheme estimates that two thirds of volunteers are older people themselves who are in turn meeting their need for social engagement. Page 182 Officer Comment

The scheme provides support on many different levels. Firstly, through its volunteering team who support all the activities. They operate as drivers, accompany people shopping, to GP's and hospital visits, help at events, act as befrienders to individuals at vulnerable times. Being well established locally and nationally, it has negotiated in-kind and financial support from local churches, groups and businesses. Its Local Support Committee has established a fundraising sub-group.

Following a staff consultation this summer MHA has merged the Northwood and Ealing Live at Home Schemes to form MHA Communities West London. In addition to merging the two schemes MHA has established a national volunteer recruitment and coordination team, a national remote befriending team and a national digital delivery team. This restructuring will enable the provision of more services and activities at a greatly reduced local cost. Economies of scale and LEAN management will further reduce costs. The reduction of staff posts based in Northwood will be off-set by the national teams taking over much of the administration and non-member facing tasks leaving the Community Coordinators to concentrate on the practical provision of activities and services. The introduction of an electronic member relationship management system will increase efficiency and further decrease core costs. A full value for money review of all activities is currently taking place and is seeking to apply LEAN member centric principles in order to deliver our desired outputs and outcomes at a reduced cost. This will ensure the sustainability of the scheme.

There have been several job losses (initially there were 6 part time staff, and this is reduced to 3) and it may take some time for services to settle into a different way of working. The intention of MHA West London is to continue with its previous services, however, confidence and trust needs to be re-established to ensure continuity and priority of this service from the newly merged organisation. Throughout the consultation the Council was not advised of the merger or any service impact. This has been raised with MHA.

The outputs for 2021/22 are dependent upon a full value for money and Covid-19 safety review by MHA West London that is currently underway and due for completion in mid-November 2020. These are further dependent upon the Scheme successfully securing funding for each activity and agreeing in partnership with other organisations so as not to duplicate provision. There is also a predicted reduction in expenditure in the borough for the next financial year. It is therefore recommended to allocate £18k funding until we are assured of the full services for delivery.

COVID 19 Impact Statement:

COVID-19 has had a huge impact upon MHA’s finances. Approximately 33% of the operating costs of Live at Home schemes have historically been covered by surplus generated through MHA’s income, primarily from care home fees, fundraising and retirement living property sales.

The number of residents in their care homes – their occupancy – fell by 10%. This has resulted in the loss of £20m income over the course of the remainder of the year. Between April and the end of June alone this equated to £6 million in lost income. It will take around 18 months to return the occupancy level pre- COVID.

Recognising this potential scenario, they have been mindful from the outset of the need to take every opportunity to reduce expenditure. Despite all of their efforts, the Government's job retention scheme and the ongoing work to reduce or delay rent and other significant payments, there was still too big a gap between their income and their costs

It has not just been the loss of occupancy income that has impacted MHA, but also losses in fundraising and Retirement Living property sales. In addition, there has been the extra cost of PPE and Agency staffing during the pandemic.

Even when the coronavirus crisis eases, MHA don't expect their income to return to previous levels for a significant time to come. The Government's guidelinesPage 183make it clear that their Homes and Schemes will have to operate in an entirely different and a much more restricted way to keep colleagues, volunteers, residents, scheme members, and their families safe. LAH schemes are currently closed in terms of delivering face-to-face activities and have not been delivering groups, clubs, classes and activities in the ‘traditional’ way since mid-March 2020. This position is expected to be maintained until at least Spring 2021. Even at the point of re-introducing groups, they expect a phased return of members, many of whom are likely to be nervous about re-joining after the pandemic. This is likely to be worsened should there be a ‘second wave’ over the winter months, or for example, a serious outbreak of seasonal flu.

Given the position explained above, this level of funding (£2.45m required between April 2020 and March 2021) was not sustainable. The financial position is exacerbated by the reduction in income within LAH services across the country. For this financial year (2020-21) they are forecasting a reduction in operational receipts (contributions made by members) of £1.55m (97%). They are also expecting local schemes’ fundraised income to reduce by £0.37m (13%).

The restrictions through keeping safe by social distancing will continue to have a profound impact upon their ability to raise funds in the community. An economy projected to shrink by 11-14% (already 20.4% in April 2020) will mean that there are fewer people able and willing to give gifts. Delays to probate, higher costs and lower levels of disposable income will have an effect upon legacies and in memoriam giving. Live at Home as it operated before March 2020 is unsustainable.

Corporate Finance Comment

As of summer 2020, the organisation has merged the Northwood and Ealing Live at Home Schemes to form MHA Communities West London. This restructure aims to provide more services and activities at a greatly reduced local cost as the organisation benefits from economies of scale. The reduction in staff will be offset by the national teams taking over much of the administration and non-member facing tasks, leaving the Community Coordinators to concentrate on the practical provision of activities and services.

A reduction in expenditure of £20k is anticipated due to efficiency savings from the restructure. The grant requested accounts for 18% of income, an increase of 7% from the previous year, with a surplus of £14k reported in 2019/20 comparison to an £11k deficit in 2018/19, partially due to a reduction of expenditure in all areas.

Page 184 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 ADULT SOCIAL CARE

Organisation: RELATE London North West & Herts Amount Requested and Use

Description

RELATE North West provides counselling support to families in £14,000 contribution to counselling eight boroughs including Hillingdon. Counselling services in the costs borough include family, psycho-sexual therapy, 1-1, training, mediation and relationship counselling. This helps clients to Recommendation: strengthen their marriages and/or families, avoid separations, £12,000 support children and enables divorcing couples to go through the separation process without court intervention.

Sessions are held at Dovetail Community Outreach and at their Harrow headquarters.

They provide back office support to the Uxbridge Contact Centre, which provides opportunities for separated parents to meet their children in a safe neutral environment.

No of Service Active Volunteer hours Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

805 1 100 On target with £15,500 £124,000 revised service

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include: .

● 527 supported relationship counselling sessions ● 126 supported initial consultations with a counsellor ● 158 supported psychosexual therapy sessions ● 105 Family therapy sessions ● 84 Young people counselling sessions

Qualified and experienced counsellors used at RELATE are required to continue with their professional development to maintain excellent standards. RELATE provides supervision for practitioners and their supervisors. Maintain training programme for last year’s 6 trainee counsellors to build up their workforce. The effect of counselling sessions is measured using recognised evaluation tools that measure before and after change, communication scales and psychological distress scores. Together this provides a measure of the clients' journey and progress. They have seen an increase in clients needing PST (Psycho Sexual Therapy) and young people needing counselling, and therefore RELATE need to provide training to meet these needs. RELATE London North West and Herts are also operational in Harrow, Barnet, Camden, Ealing, Islington and Westminster and recently established in Hertfordshire.

Officer Comment

The corporate grant subsidises the cost that clients have to pay for counselling in Hillingdon. Each session costs £75 which is made up of client contributions charged on a sliding scale based on income. This approach aims to make the service affordable to more clients.

The management of the Uxbridge Contact Centre affords a financial oversight and structure to the volunteer run operation and benefits both groups as they can refer cases, particularly mediation clients, between them for practical support.

Page 185 The request is a decrease from the previous year following the request for additional funds to complete training at a cost of £6.6k. The majority of Relate income other than the grant comes from client contributions with contracts from the Legal Services Commission and CAFCAS. They have also been successful in gaining funding for financial assistance to assist during Covid. It is recommended that £12k be awarded.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

Restrictions enforced by Covid 19 has meant that counselling to individuals, couples, families and young people has been via webcam and telephone. Expert Relate counselling is an effective therapy that deals with feelings of anxiety, stress, isolation, and depression. LNWH expects poor mental health and relationship distress will continue to increase during this Covid19 crisis. Relate LNWH therapeutic support will help those most vulnerable in their region, including those suffering domestic abuse, family breakdown, suicidal ideation, self-harm, and other forms of mental health difficulties. Relate LNWH will assist anyone aged from 15 years upwards experiencing relationship difficulties impacting on their mental health from across their region. They liaise with other voluntary organisations and GPs practices to reach a wide cross section of people that need relationship counselling. Additionally, their network allows them to sign-post clients to other services effectively. Relate LNWH has delivered most of their counselling in local venues and in person. As a result of Covid19 distancing advice they closed all their venues on 23rd March and now deliver all their services remotely via webcam or by telephone.

Corporate Finance Comment

The organisation is requesting a grant of £14k, £1.5k less than issued last year. The grant would be used almost entirely for counselling sessions, at an average contribution of £17 per session based on 805 Hillingdon clients.

A £38.4k decrease in unrestricted reserves due to loss of grant and contract income is reported in the draft accounts to March 2020, however, this does reflect an improvement on the loss reported in 2018/19 of £58k. Total fund balances at March 2020 were £426k.

Page 186 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 ADULT SOCIAL CARE

Organisation: Samaritans of Hillingdon Amount Requested and Use

Description

The Samaritans core service provides 24-hour emotional £6,000 for running costs, listening support by phone, email and text message, 7 days a week, for service, training of existing and new residents in need of acute emotional support. Their service is volunteers and for promotion and free and confidential, and clients can access the Centre at outreach and publicity costs specific drop-in times. Hillingdon Samaritans have supported the Council’s work on suicide prevention and the proposal to Recommendation: increase awareness of the service and to expand the number of trained volunteers supports the needs identified in the Hillingdon Suicide prevention strategy. £6,000

The organisation is entirely run by trained volunteers. Training takes 6 weeks and is scheduled 3 times a year.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

23,500 82 12,000 Met to date £6,000 £22,800

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

● Provide emotional support for in excess of 25,000 caller contacts

● Reduce the number of suicides

● Recruit and train an additional 20% of volunteers

● Provide existing volunteers with new skills in “Webchat” to allow a larger reach sector of the community

● Expand their Outreach programme working with Schools, Network Rail to raise awareness

● Extend local partnerships

● Provide listening skills training free of charge to various community groups

Clients can access the service through a range of means including directly at their premises which is manned by a minimum of 2 volunteers. They provide an out of hours service and are linked to the National Samaritans system giving 24/7 availability to Hillingdon residents. A new Webchat service is planned for Hillingdon to allow and increase access to services. It is 100% volunteer led and managed and so does not incur staff costs. Volunteers who work for Samaritans undergo thorough training. Hillingdon Samaritans participates on the Hillingdon Suicide prevention group and works with the local CCG on plans to develop urgent care services.

Officer Comment

As a purely volunteer run group, Samaritans provide excellent value for money. As well as providing individuals with emotional support to reduce suicides by those in crisis, they also seek to prevent crisis by working with schools, colleges, businesses and community groups and services to increase understanding of emotional health and improve the quality of interventions provided for those in need. The corporate grant is the only statutory income Hillingdon Samaritans receive. The rest of their local funding comes from local fundraising efforts, church groups and businesses and small trusts. They own their premises and have designated reserves for property maintenance. Page 187 The grant request supports the Council’s partnership approach to suicide prevention and will directly increase provision through training more volunteers and promoting the service in the borough, officers, therefore, recommend the grant at £6k for 2021/22.

COVID 19 Impact assessment:

Hillingdon Samaritans has seen an increase in callers, especially by email. These are callers they think may find it difficult to talk. They have also seen an increase in anxiety, depression, mental health and abuse during lockdown as normal frontline services were not available.

Hillingdon Samaritans have ensured the safety of all its volunteers and additional funding was made available to provide the necessary PPE and social distancing. Hillingdon Samaritan volunteers who were self- isolating were able to support callers by the Email from home service and provide an NHS helpline for keyworkers. They saw an increase in volunteer enquiries and were able to support these new volunteers by providing remote training & mentoring.

Corporate Finance Comment

Organisation offers a support service via phone/email and face to face to anyone suffering from emotional distress and/or experiencing suicidal feelings.

Aim to train more volunteers in coming months to expand its operations and outreach, especially to males. Organisation aims to attend schools and many other companies to spread awareness.

A suplus of £3.6k has been achieved in the year to 31st March 2020, primarily through an increase in Donations. The charity has carried forward balances of £92k which could cover current operational expenditure for 5 years assuming no incoming resources.

Page 188 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 ADULT SOCIAL CARE

Organisation: Hillingdon Brain Tumour and Injury Support Amount Requested and Use Group

Description

HBTIG provides a wraparound advice and support service for £40,370 contribution towards staff costs adults and children living with cancerous and non-cancerous brain tumours and brain injuries. They look at the needs of individuals, their families and carers and the support they will Recommendation: need so that they can make the best-informed decisions about their healthcare. £30,000

No of Service Users Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2019/20 in Hillingdon

70 25 1400 Partially £30,000 £145,808 met with revised service

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

With funding support for 20/21, HBTIG will look to:-

● Increase the education and symptoms of brain tumours

● Build fundraising capabilities to allow the charity to grow and improve services

● Work with both the borough’s hospitals on early diagnosis and treatment

● Promote their services run from their shop through increased marketing and publicity

● Improve palliative care needs for brain tumour children and adults in the borough

● Increase their working partnerships with other third sector and external organisations

● Continue to develop their charitable structure to meet the needs of their clients

● Increase the number of programmes for members

The group was founded in 2009 and the formal charity set up in 2010. In 2015 they set up the Centre of Hope which is both a charity shop and a place where clients can have access to a range of therapies from there including counselling, alternative therapies, neuro retaining programming, palliative care support, benefits advice. They run bi-monthly support groups and help clients access MRI scans at an earlier stage to reduce the impact and cost of late diagnosis. They run activities such as short mat bowling and pottery classes as well as accompanying clients to hospital visits and providing weekly calls and drop ins.

Officer Comment

HBTIG have been operating through their own funds since 2015 and the demand for their services has grown. They work alongside other organisations such as Carers Trust Hillingdon and HACs to share resources and provide work placements. Due to the demand in service, they have identified the need to focus on developing the charity and increasing their fundraising to continue and enhance what they currently deliver. Salaried staff would allow the charity to manage the cohort of volunteers and free up day to day management of the charity to focus on fundraising and the future strategy much needed for the organisation. Page 189 The organisation is well embedded into the work it does so operational risks to the organisation are minimal. The application demonstrated potential savings by early intervention and their client satisfaction figures are high. They are working closely with leading specialists in the field to raise awareness and to prevent high costs from late diagnosis.

This group is well established in Hillingdon and has attracted additional funding from various external funders and through local fund raising. They are seeking funding for contribution towards paid staff posts to support the work they do and to help them bring a wider awareness of the impact of Brain Tumour / Injury and to reduce the costs and distress in late diagnosis. It is recommended to award the same funding amount as the previous year, a grant of £30k.

COVID 19 Impact Statement:

HBTIG has altered the way they do things covering all service delivery areas. Their charity shop was closed for 4 months which meant there was no income. The shop had to have changes made to meet the requirements of social distancing which has incurred costs. They created a quarantine process outside the shop to manage donations.

Most of their volunteers are vulnerable and had to shield and this meant increased work for the staff. For the members of HBTIG it brought huge challenges, many have low immune systems, the pandemic impacted on their mental well-being as they struggled with anxiety, phobia, isolation and loneliness. The impact was felt in many ways: -

 Treatments were stopped, bringing their illness and symptoms to the forefront of their mind  People lost caregivers, as many became vulnerable as well  Many of their members live in care or on their own. The loss of routine, isolation, loneliness and depression engulfed them.  Families struggled, especially those in smaller accommodation trying to manage and teach the children with ill spouses to care for and jobs to keep going  Members in palliative care were isolated with no visitors allowed and several died alone leaving their families devastated and traumatised at not being able to say goodbye.

HBTIG developed a volunteer outreach programme supporting members, held weekly zoom meetings with volunteers to support them as well as introducing virtual meetings to promote good mental health.

Corporate Finance Comment

An increase of £10,370 grant has been requested from the charity this year to cover an Operations Manager at £10,000, Head of programs at £14,820, Funding manager at £9,000 and a Charity Admin at £6,550. The charity are estimating a deficit of £9,970 for the year to November 2020, reducing reserves to £28,469. Current reserves could fund operational expenditure for 3 months, indicating the grant is essential for the activities of the organisation.

Page 190

CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 CHILDREN & FAMILIES

Organisation: Bell Farm Christian Centre (BFCC) Amount Requested and Use

Description

Bell Farm operates in West Drayton providing early intervention £80,000 contribution to salaries and and prevention support services. Projects target children and advice work costs families, travellers and older people. BFCC provides advice services, parenting support, social/recreational activities and Recommendation: training courses. Bell Farm has successfully established a food £70,000 bank and food share service that runs alongside advice provision for the UB7 area.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

2,228 33 14,900 Partially met £50,000 £241,385 with revised service

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

● Children and Families Provision: Toy Library, community parent support groups, one to one support, holiday clubs and children’s events. All activities target those under the age of 12 years old. ● Advice, Information and Care Service ● Specialist training courses on mental resilience and esteem and to host/ facilitate two courses a year with other agencies to support shared learning and development. ● Advocacy for those who identify as Gypsy or Traveller including forums and outreach. ● Fresh food produce distributed weekly to families in need through Foodbank and Fairshare ● Older People’s lunch and social club, day trips, holidays and outreach to isolated older people in the community. ● Build upon their relationships with other agencies for additional referral pathways ● Increasing and sustaining their income generation. ● Business improvement and digital modernisation. ● Church services, prayer meetings, pastoral care

Bell Farm Christian Centre is situated in the centre of an estate which is in the top 20% of most deprived areas in England. Services attract and support over 2000 beneficiaries each year, the majority of whom are local and experiencing deprivation and hardship as well as experiencing problems accessing services. They are also very successful in working with members of the Traveller Community and asylum seekers, working to ensure they are fully integrated into the wider community. they have experienced a growing number of individuals seeking their advice and foodbank services from the Heathrow villages and have therefore identified the need to expand service provision locations. BFCC older person’s provision is oversubscribed as it tackles loneliness and provides intervention to support the health and well-being of older generations.

Officer Comment

In addition to the corporate grant, BFCC receives £18k dining centre grant from the Council. It had received consistent support from Hillingdon Community Trust (£35k) primarily for the advice centre but also in small grants for the playscheme and transport. They have raised a further £48k from local fundraising and income generating activities. BFCC makes extensive use of volunteers. Last year 33 Page 191 regular volunteers provided an estimated 8,250 volunteer hours of support which has an in-kind value of over £90k.

BFCC has requested a £30k increase in funding for management to provide the capacity to meet the challenges of re-designing services to respond to different and growing needs brought about by the pandemic. They wish to enhance and expand services to support delivery in new and flexible ways. This includes the utilising of digital resources and developing further collaborations with other charities and agencies to develop partnership pathways and contribute to the wider strategic aims of the borough.

They have suffered a loss of a key funder in Hillingdon Community Trust, and see an increase of core grant funding as an opportunity to implement a diversified and sustainable fundraising strategy to increase and secure long-term income generation and reduce reliance on a few funders such as the local authority.

BFCC was able to quickly respond to the COVID 19 pandemic locally as soon as lockdown was announced meeting the visible need. This was possible due to their knowledge of the local need and enhanced by individuals be able to easily contact our services to seek help and advice.

Overnight they transformed the building to become a distribution centre for food and essential items, as well as toys and play provisions, delivering 5 days a week from 23rd March to 14th July as well as over the initial weekends of lockdown. The strength of being able to respond flexibility and the commitment of staff and volunteers enabled them to meet need in a bespoke way, led by their circumstances. BFCC became a lifeline to their existing service users and others that were referred by agencies, neighbours or via social media. They attracted a significant number of local volunteers who were furloughed and receive £1000s of donated items, as well as cash donations to pay for other needed items to distribute. They delivered 500 food parcels with no additional funding.

BFCC is a key organisation in the area and following a restructure they have managed to review and consider the direction of travel for the future and are clear about the need for change to ensure sustainability. They have significantly increased their reputation by making the much-needed changes and looked at their funding streams to diversify income. They are in the early stages of some of the implementation but have made good in roads to positive change. It is therefore recommended a grant award of £70k.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

As soon as the lockdown was announced in March, the building was closed to the public and was converted into a distribution and outreach hub. The majority of their volunteers had to shield due to being over 70 or having underlying health conditions meaning staff volunteering additional unpaid hours to ensure that they were able to keep up with demand. As isolated older people were unable to get shopping deliveries and some individuals fell through the gaps for government parcels over 500 food parcels were distributed in the borough for older people, those with underlying health conditions and in hardship. They worked in partnership with local nurseries and primary schools to produce handmade cards, Comm Café staff and volunteers baked fresh cakes on the premises each week which were distributed with activity packs and government guidance to avoid mixed messages and confusion.

In addition, their partnership with Yiewsley and West Drayton Foodbank continued during lockdown as they remained available to provide foodbank vouchers and parcels throughout including some deliveries to Heathrow Villages. Doorway advice was advertised online and managed as a phone service. 250 befriending phone calls were made each week to over 150 older persons. Toys were provided from local businesses and were distributed to over 100 families as part of our families' outreach.

During lockdown a Facebook group was created to support the work being undertaken with Older People. This group has nearly 500 members and is administered by BFCC. They increased their social media presence so that families in hardship could get in contact about items they need and support and individuals without food. Social media also provided £1000s of food being donated to the foodbank and

Page 192 the outreach programme as well as toiletries, craft items, books and games. The volunteer shortfall was relieved by furloughed workers delivering items every weekday until the end of July.

Outreach continued across all provisions and now their focus has shifted to supporting mental health resilience caused by isolation and loneliness as well as providing support for those experiencing hardship or struggling to access services.

The challenges in delivering provision during the pandemic include:

 A lack of volunteer delivery drivers available to support outreach now that many have returned back to work. They are working with H4All to source more volunteers.  The additional costs of PPE and cleaning as the activities re-open. They have been successful in receiving £38,864 from the London Community response fund to contribute to the increased costs due to these additional costs but continue to seek funding or donations in these areas.  The reduction of income in service user’s contribution for groups as they are not delivering their usual face to face activities, which normally covers the activity costs.  Lack of funds to develop their website and digital offer. Funding applications are pending towards this.  Staff capacity with fewer volunteers available due to shielding and a greater workload. They have applied for funding to resolve this and have been successful in order to slightly increase staff hours of our part-time staff.

Corporate Finance Comment

Organisation policy states unrestricted funds not committed or invested in tangible fixed assets held by the charity should be between 1 and 2 months of the resources expended (£18k-£36k). The organisation has suffered a loss in the previous financial year of £8k, a £20k improvement on the loss incurred in 2019/20. The grant requested this year represents 24.4% of total income for the period. The grant required has increased by £30k between last year and this year which will cover expenses such as management salary, delivery staff salary, investment in fundraising costs, external premises and expansion costs. Total funds carried forward are £317,107, with £71k unrestricted.

Page 193 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 CHILDREN & FAMILIES

Organisation: Centre for ADHD and Autistic Support (CAAS) Amount Requested and Use

Description

CAAS supports, educates and empowers individuals with ADHD £23,377 contribution to core salary, and/or autism, their families and the community. Originally based training and running costs in Harrow, CAAS moved to Eastcote several years ago and has also supported Hillingdon residents, who make up about 34% of Recommendation: total. It is a parent led registered charity, offering a full menu of information, support and training for parents/carers and siblings, as well as for adults and young people with autism and/or ADHD. £15,000 They work with schools and professionals to raise awareness of the conditions and offer specialist training and workshops. Young people can access counselling, 1-1 mentoring, individual transition support, training, and various social clubs and activities. The programme of support for adults includes training, peer and therapeutic groups and 1-1 coaching.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant in Hillingdon 2020/21

Approx 2000 (770 16 300 Partially met £15,000 Total £547k LBH residents) with revised service In Hillingdon £186,116

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

CAAS provide support to ADHD/autistic, their families and the wider community. They have over 20 years of experience, qualified staff with personal experience, and through talking and listening to ADHD/autistic people, they have an in-depth understanding of the support needs of their clients. Two-thirds of their team are parents of children with a diagnosis of either ADHD or autism, have ADHD/autistic partners or may be neurodiverse themselves. This gives real lived experience so they can relate to, and empathise with those who access our services

In 2021-22 CAAS expect to

 See 200 clients at their centre/online through a range of services.  200 through outreach in the community.  16 individuals on an Understanding Autism Course.  16 individuals on a Living with ADHD/Autism Parenting Course  Hillingdon clients can access the majority of CAAS services.

The charity records a range of successful outcomes (between 70-100%) including:

● 85% of individuals accessing drop ins feel less isolated

● 85% of parents accessing services have a better parental understanding and management of the conditions alleviating stress, isolation and depression of families affected

● Improved home/family environments through education and sleep support

● 70% increase in confidence and self-esteem of young people and adults through shared learning/peer support and 1-1 engagement Page 194 They work with families and individuals prior to diagnosis, which can take time and run unique programmes ie. Adults with ADHD and an autistic women's group.

Officer Comment

This charity offers value for money in a number of ways, including financial and prevention. Most services are provided free of charge or at minimal cost. Several of their projects are unique locally. Their adult ADHD group is one of the highest rated groups within London and their Autistic Women's Forum and Girls Groups are one of the only groups in their area run specifically for autistic females. The majority of their funding comes from trusts such as Children in Need, National Lottery, Comic Relief, Harrow Council (£60K) and a further £75K from earned and local fundraising.

Staff are highly trained with qualifications in counselling, special education, parenting support and training, group facilitation, as Sleep practitioners, specialist trainers in ADHD and Autism as well as having lived experience of the conditions. The organisation is developing links with Early Intervention and CCG in Hillingdon, including CAMHS. They participate in Hillingdon Autism Task and Finish group and its sub- groups and Short Breaks Working group.

It is recommended that the grant be awarded at £15k

COVID 19 Impact Statement:

Covid had a significant impact on the work of CAAS. They had to furlough some of their staff (fundraiser, admin, two creche workers and two family support workers). They kept their salaries topped up to 100% to help them feel valued. Everyone returned back to work in September. CAAS were able to move 75% of their services online within a few weeks, including pre-recorded courses. They introduced new policies in line with regulations and updated their Safeguarding/GDPR policies etc to reflect online working. They also completed a new comprehensive risk matrix to reflect where they were as an organisation.

CAAS incurred additional costs with homeworking as they had to provide some of the team with mobile phones and laptops as well as having to purchase Zoom and WebEx for video chat capabilities. They received funding from City Bridge Trust, Comic Relief and the London Community Response Fund which helped cover those costs.

Their fundraising has taken a hit with all events and activities being cancelled, though they are still seeing some income from online fundraising. Training profits are also down as many of the planned training for this year was cancelled. Demand for services has also altered, with attendance at the drop-in sessions reducing, but the need for intensive 1:1 support increasing dramatically. CAAS has completed a full risk assessment and plan for reopening the Centre. They will resume face to face working with clients in small groups as their one-to-one rooms are big enough to accommodate safely. They will ensure they have details for track and trace, have hand sanitisers and will check temperatures as people come in to the centre. Staff are aware that surfaces need to be disinfected after use.

Corporate Finance Comment

Due to Covid 19 the charity have been unable to fundraise as they have the years previous which has lead them to fall into a deficit of £208, while this is not material, it is still a disadvantage to the charity who have had great success in raising their own funds previously. The grant will go towards contribution to directors salaries, an understanding autism course for Hillingdon clients, a living with ADHD and Autism parenting course for Hillingdon clients and contribution towards core costs for Rent and utilities. This is the reason for the increase in grant requested, the charity have £171,009 in reserved funds and £221,143 in cash at bank, the charity can operate for nearly a year without any sources of income. Currently, they receive grants from SLA's, national lottery, trusts, membership fees, fundraising and interest from accounts.

Page 195 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 CHILDREN & FAMILIES

Organisation: HALO Children’s Foundation Amount Requested and Use

Description

HALO offer a unique bereavement support for children, young £17,260 for rent, admin and a salary. people and their families dealing with the loss of a loved one. Provide monthly workshops to support families through Recommendation: expressive arts and play sessions, access to further counselling support and fund outings for families to create new memories. Referrals mainly come from schools in the £7,000 Borough. HALO works with external partner organisations such as GP surgeries, Health Visitors/Clinics, Hillingdon Hospital Bereavement team and local Funeral Directors to share a collaborative support system so families do not grieve alone.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

200 30 2970 Partially met £7,000 £60,560 with revised service

Planned Activities for 2021/22 include:

● Support up to 60 families going through bereavement process

● Provision of weekly and monthly support groups with 25 children attending

● Promote healthier lifestyle workshops to address personal development, first aid and CV writing

● Recruit new volunteers to help maintain outreach work

● Day trip for families

● Run bereavement specific workshops

In addition to the core activities above, HALO will continue to work in partnership with other local support groups and signpost where necessary. Harlington Hospice now offer a child bereavement intense counselling support workshop for 4-6 weeks, so HALO will cross refer families to access this where they require more intense support. And vice versa they refer families to HALO for a more ongoing support as HH do not offer this.

HALO plans to continue to develop a strong volunteer skills base to support the ongoing work of the charity to support new families providing them access to further resources. HALO continues to provide a personalised memory box to each child, young person or family to store loved one’s items.

Officer Comment

HALO provides advice and information and support for children and young people and their families dealing with the loss of a loved one. Through workshops children, young people and families are given the opportunity to express their grief and loss in a safe, welcoming and stimulating environment. Monthly group sessions provide an opportunity for parents and carers to meet with others whilst children or young people get involved in creative and expressive arts and play and make friends with other children dealing with similar loss.

Page 196 The charity has established links with other local partner charities and are being mentored by Carers Trust Hillingdon Chief Executive and Harlington Hospices Chief Executive. There is now a pathway of bereavement support with Harlington Hospice who have now offer a child bereavement intense counselling support workshop for 4-6 weeks that we cross refer our families to access this where they require more intense support.

Current provision is for 25 children and 15 parents' attendance at monthly group 2-hour sessions held at Hayes Business Studios between 12-2pm. Weekly after school drop-in sessions every Tuesday 3.30- 6pm. Monday-Friday bereavement book library available on request and drop in as well as memory boxes and forever cushions for children.

Last year HALO secured a Children in Need award of £10k and this is also secured for 21/22, all other grant applications are pending and not confirmed at this stage.

The application is to cover running costs of £600 per month rent/room hire for office and garden space at Hayes Business Studios, (they have undertaken a value for money exercise on their accommodation costs and the additional access to Uxbridge college areas and other benefits the college provide them with mean the “in-kind” extras make the space very attractive to meet the needs of the organisation), operate drop in support groups and counselling sessions as well as the salary of a paid Bereavement Support worker. A grant of £7,000 is recommended, subject to sight of satisfactory accounts for 2019/20 demonstrating viability and need for grant.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

The Pandemic affected HALO as many other organisations but because of the type of service they provide they have become busier with referrals of support. These have not all been Covid-19 related but because of the pandemic it brought more anxious people forward to ask for support. When lockdown was first announced many HALO services moved online, and these were successful, as in their groups, dance and yoga sessions. They sent out home activities for children, to keep connected and activity sheets. As lockdown eased off, they allowed appointments to be booked where families could make use of their services again face to face with restrictions and safety measures in place HALO continue to assess the situation with government guidelines. HALO’s finances have been affected, particularly in fundraising as many of their charitable events had to be cancelled.

Corporate Finance Comment

The grant requested represents a £10k increase on the 2020/21 award. Current reserves are at £38.7k, following a £30k surplus achieved in 2019. The grant required is expected to cover the rental cost for a year, the log database fee, admin costs, and covers the salary of a part time bereavement worker. The charity serves 200 Hillingdon clients.

Page 197 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 CHILDREN & FAMILIES

Organisation: Hillingdon Autistic Care and Support (HACS) Amount Requested and Use

Description

Hillingdon Autistic Care and Support (HACS) provides support in £40,000 for core staff salaries five main areas to those affected by Autism: Family support, Training service for parents/carers and professionals, Recreation Recommendation: service, Employment training and support and Autism awareness. Services support people autism and their families. The organisation also works with schools, colleges, employers, £40,000 social services and mental health services to improve the response to and, therefore, the experience of those with autism. It offers practical and supported work experience for people with autism via two community cafes.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

3,872 30 1,500 On target £40,000 £485,920 with revised service

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

● 33 x autism surgeries ● Provide Autism training to 6 schools and 2 community groups per year ● 6 “Understanding Autism” workshops/webinars per year ● 3 specialist workshops/webinars per year (e.g. sleep, eating, puberty) ● 3 EHCP workshops/webinars per year ● Provide Autism training to 3 employers per year ● 10 x autistic adult social activities ● 19 Saturday clubs per year “EXPLORERS” (6-13) and “ ADVENTURERS” (6-13) at HACS Resource Centre ● 19 Saturday clubs per year “YOUTH” (14-25) at South Ruislip Young People’s Centre ● 33 weekly youth club sessions at Harlington Young People’s Centre and South Ruislip for young people aged 11 – 25 years ● 16 Playscheme sessions per year “EXPLORERS” (6-13),“ADVENTURERS” (6-13) and “YOUTH” (14-25) ● 60 people will receive IAG relating to further education, training or employment ● 20 young people per year will complete a supported work placement ● Provide job coaching support for 12 interns on Project Search (full time programme)

Activities support children, young people and adults affected by autism and their families, and professionals. Outcomes are aimed at increasing resilience and confidence of carers and reducing their isolation. For those with autism, the focus is on increasing access to social activities and thus improving their social interaction, enhancing confidence and independence.

The employability programme provides supported placements for young people at two sites, the Rural Activities Garden Centre tea rooms and Brookfield Adult Learning Centre cafe. In addition, learners will be able to access job application/interview preparation. It is envisaged that a small cohort of adults with autism will benefit from employment support.

Page 198 HACS have achieved PSASSO Level 1 and the London Youth Quality Mark Bronze Award and are currently working towards the London Youth Quality Silver Award. HACS have also partnered with Fare Share, a national charity, to redistribute food destined for waste and transform it into nutritious meals and snacks within the Rural tea rooms and Brookfields cafe.

Officer Comment

For 2019/20 HACS received approximately £98.5k from LBH made up of the core grants and grant for Rural Gardens Tea Rooms, Brookfield Cafe. Income has been successfully secured from external funding from the Three Guineas (£12.6k), Sisters of the Holy Cross (£20k) and Children in Need (£30k) Earned income is also anticipated from the two Cafes (£65k).

A grant at the same level as last year is recommended.

COVID 19 Impact statement

Closure of Young People’s Centres: the young people’s centres remain closed since lockdown which has meant HACs are unable to deliver their South Ruislip Saturday club and Wednesday/Thursday youth sessions.

Increased cost to run CYP services: due to social distancing restrictions on group sizes and increased cleaning regimes HACs have seen a significant increase in the cost to deliver their CYP services (Saturday club/Playscheme). They have not increased the cost of their 1-2-1 support packages for many years. Their current chargeable rate of £50 per day (5 hours = £10 per hour) is lower than the national direct payment value of £10.92 per hour and their Children and Young People’s services are now beginning to run as a loss-making venture which is not sustainable (19/20 saw the first annual loss for this service, before incurring the increased costs associated with Covid). From January 2021 they will therefore be increasing the 1-2-1 support package to £55 per day and the 2-2-1 support package to £135 per day

Café in Brookfield Adult Learning Centre remains closed – due to social distancing concerns. Brookfield staff have been redeployed to Rural Tea Rooms at this time due to the increased workload associated with enhanced cleaning requirements and table-service requirement.

Corporate Finance Comment

The charity has requested a £40k grant which is the same level as last year.

They offer supported work placements for young people and adults with autism and learning disabilities. HACS have secured employment in local businesses and provides preventative mental health resources, which can reduce the pressure on local Mental Health services. 85% of clients are Hillingdon residents.

Covid-19 has caused increased costs at RAGC due to cleaning regimes and table service only, however the previous sales and furlough scheme means costs have been met.

The charity has a strong financial position with total funds of £275k, however a material loss of £103k has been reported for 2019/20 primarily due to expenditure on Hillingdon Autistic Care & Support Limited, as part of a transition of assets to change the legal status of the Charity. HACS Ltd is under common control of the Trustees and held total funds of £85k at the end of the financial year.

Page 199 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 CHILDREN & FAMILIES

Organisation: Hillingdon Autistic Care and Support (HACS) Amount Requested and Use

(Rural Activities Garden Centre & Brookfield Adult Centre)

Description

Hillingdon Autistic Care and Support (HACS) provides support £51,800 for RAGC & Brookfield Cafes in five main areas to those affected by Autism: Family support, Training service for parents/carers and professionals, Recommendation: Recreation service, Employment training and support and Autism awareness. £51,800 Cabinet (Dec 18) awarded HACS a core grant for 2019/20 and 20/21 of £40k to cover Chief Executive costs plus overheads. This application relates to the continued operation of the RAGC and Brookfield tea rooms as part of the employment /training project.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. yr targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

3872 Variable 950 Partially £58,500 £106,350 met with revised service

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include: specific to the employment and training programme at

 1-2-1 transition planning for autistic young people aged 16-25 years who are transitioning to or between further education provision  1-2-1 job application/interview preparation sessions for autistic adults  Supported work placements for young people and adults aged 16 years over (autism and learning disabilities) in Rural Tea Rooms *Covid dependent*  Supported work placements for young people and adults aged 16 years over (autism and learning disabilities) in Brookfield Adult Learning Centre *Covid dependent*  Mentoring for autistic adults who have secured employment  Coaching for employers who are employing autistic adults  “Step-up-to-work” support with welfare benefits and entitlements to remove barriers to employment (Employment Support Allowance, Freedom Pass, Access to Work applications) In terms of outcomes, the activity will:

 60 people will receive IAG relating to further education, training or employment  20 young people per year will complete a supported work placement  12 young people per year will complete an accredited college course  38 workshops per year in CV building, interview preparation, job application, etc  Provide job coaching support for 12 interns on Project Search (full time programme) The employability programme provides supported placements for young people at two sites, the Rural Activities Garden Centre tea rooms and Brookfield Adult Learning Centre cafe. In addition, learners will be able to access job application/interview preparation. A small cohort of adults with autism will benefit from employment support.

Officer Comment

Page 200 HACS have requested £40,000 for RAGC and £11,800 for Brookfield totalling £51,800. They are currently exploring options to expand their current Skills and Employment Service to offer a community independence provision for September 2020 (funded by social care personal budgets) for college-leavers with no alternative placement, who were not suitable for Project Search due to their increased support needs. This would meet the demand but also introduce more sustainable income streams for the Skills and Employment service in the long-term. This would offer part-time provision based in a semi-permanent building within the Rural Activities Garden Centre which would act as a learning base. A grant is therefore recommended to be awarded of £51,800.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

 Increased costs to run RAGC: with enhanced cleaning regimes and table-service only they are facing increased staffing needs at the café, whilst having to restrict the number of parties visiting the café at once. However, their previous sales income together with the furlough scheme has enabled them to meet these costs and remain on track, whilst also reducing the grant size for next year.  Café in Brookfield Adult Learning Centre remains closed – Brookfield staff have been redeployed to Rural Tea Rooms at this time due to the increased workload associated with enhanced cleaning requirements and table-service requirement.

Corporate Finance Comment

The charity has requested a £51.8k grant which reflects a £6.7k reduction in the grant awarded last year due to an underspend in the prior year grant.

Covid-19 has caused increased costs at RAGC due to cleaning regimes and table service only, however the previous sales and furlough scheme means costs have been met.

The charity has a strong financial position with total funds of £275k, however a material loss of £103k has been reported for 2019/20 primarily due to expenditure on Hillingdon Autistic Care & Support Limited, as part of a transition of assets to change the legal status of the charity. HACS Ltd is under common control of the Trustees and held total funds of £85k at the end of the financial year.

Page 201 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 CHILDREN & FAMILIES

Organisation: Hillingdon Outdoor Activity Centre (HOAC) Amount Requested and Use

Description

HOAC runs an outdoor activity centre for the community with a £54,500 core staff salaries focus on youth, that includes a range of activities for people with disabilities, schools, youth groups as well as for individuals and Recommendation: families. Located in Harefield, it is a 45-acre lake and provides a range of land and water based outdoor activities including sailing, canoeing, sculling, windsurfing, fencing, climbing, abseiling, caving, and archery, leadership training etc. The Centre is a registered youth charity set up originally in partnership with £ NIL Hillingdon Council.

HOAC is now closed due to the work required to develop HS2 and is looking for an alternative base.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant in Hillingdon 2020/21

8000 ( LBH 50 2,000+ Not met £54,500 £405,000 residents)

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

● 20,000 users via group bookings from schools, colleges, youth groups etc

● Summer and holiday courses for 1,500 children

● 400 members

● 1,000-day members

● 1,500 holiday course bookings

● 50+ young leaders involved in volunteering and training

● Summer employment opportunities for local residents

(These figures are subject to a move to a new site being carried out in time to allow normal operations to continue)

HOAC provides a range of accessible water and land based sporting activities. It has a comprehensive list of courses and activities primarily for young people aged 8 upwards to learn new skills and gain qualifications. The Centre employs 6 f/t staff and 50 p/t instructors. They are supported by 50+ volunteers. To ensure accessibility, HOAC offer a number of special needs programmes and facilities. They host a disabled weekly sailing club and hold a special needs day. They have mid-week school activities and 50 local instructors work around their main jobs delivering activities as their commitment to the centre.

HOAC are quality controlled by inspections from various Associations and hold an Adventure Activities licence. They are a registered Royal Yachting Association training centre. Bookings are in demand despite all activities being charged for.

Officer Comment

Page 202 The corporate grant is the only grant funding received by the organisation and the only grant funding it has applied for. The rest of its income is gained through trading and membership fees. It makes up approx. 13% of the Centre's income which is higher than previous years due to the loss of income from the pandemic. Accounts show unrestricted reserves of £968k. They pay a peppercorn rent of £115 per annum.

HOAC has been under threat of its current location for several years now and this has had its impact in not being able to spend funds on improvements on the site because of its impending closure. The uncertainty also raises queries over how it will be able to operate on a temporary basis when relocation does occur and what a new site may or may not be able to offer.

HOAC has followed a policy in recent years of investing minimally in its equipment and site while the plans for HS2 continue ahead but a relocation has not yet been identified. This has enabled it to build up substantial reserves.

LBH has continued to support HOAC at its current levels through uncertain times due to HS2, this has allowed for growth in reserves and financial stability. Given the continued uncertainty and the healthy reserves, it would seem appropriate and proportionate to withdraw funding for one financial year and review in light of HOACs potential relocation next year.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

From April - August all activities were suspended and staff furloughed. All schools' groups cancelled which impacted on their finances. Once open, numbers were limited and there has been an enhanced cleaning and training programme. The organisation was unable to retain their seasonal staff in the uncertain times. HOAC acknowledge their comfortable reserves that allowed the trustees to pay the seasonal staff for the first 2 months of closure in the hope they may have been able to re-open.

Corporate Finance Comment

Surpluses have been achieved in each of the last 3 financial years, with £32k achieved in 2019/20. The requested grant will contribute towards the centre's staffing costs. The grant is estimated at 7% of their total annual income and based on current reserve levels and there are sufficient funds to enable a withdrawal of the grant. This would not impact the organisations reserve policy. The organisation holds unrestricted reserves of £968k. £250k is for a large reinvestment program required for relocating due to HS2 , £200k is to cover any short-term shortfall caused by the move and £190k is their operational surplus to cover unforeseen incidents, leaving excess reserves of over £200k.

Page 203 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 CHILDREN & FAMILIES

Organisation: Home-Start Hillingdon Amount Requested and Use

Description

Works with families experiencing difficulties that have at least £120,000 one child under five. Assistance is tailored to the needs identified and provides both practical and emotional support. Core salary, running costs and volunteer expenses Support is flexible with many families receiving home visits by volunteers on a weekly basis for as long as required. For families Recommendation: with additional needs, a Family Support worker is available to provide 1-1 support. Occasional support is also offered by a co- ordinator where the home visiting support is deemed £120,000 inappropriate to the family's needs. Their 2-year Perinatal mental health project has been supporting women who are at risk of or have mental health problems during the pregnancy and up to one year after.

No of Service Active Volunteer hours Previous Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers p.a. yr targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

99 separate 27 930 hrs direct Partially £125,000 £179,430 families197 support met with separate revised Children service

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

● A minimum of 60 families will receive ongoing home visiting support

● Support provided to 10 families within the Perinatal - mental health project

● A further 15-20 will receive intensive 1-1 from the family support worker and/or co-ordinator

● Run two volunteer preparation course training for 10-14 new volunteers x 40 hours

● Meet the targets in year 2 for the Perinatal Mental Health project that supports families to draw down funding

● Issue vouchers for Hillingdon Food Bank to families in need

Home-Start specialises in working with hard-to-reach families who face significant and complex challenges including mental illness, physical disability, children with additional needs, poverty and inadequate housing. The aim is to improve a family's resilience and ability to cope with their situation. Multiple issues and needs are common, so the service is tailored individually and is not time limited. They work with families referred to them by children's services, mental health teams, children's centres or health visitors, some of whom may have a child protection plan. Once families have been assessed by the co- ordinator and a plan of support is agreed, a trained volunteer with parenting experience provides support in the home to deliver the plan.

Volunteers receive a thorough and intensive 40-hour training programme including safeguarding, understanding depression, listening and play skills, as well as ongoing supervision. They continue to have access to training throughout their time volunteering. In addition to the Volunteer supported service, Home-Start provide a Family support worker who deals with the more complex cases where the use of volunteers would be inappropriate. Page 204 Officer Comment

Home-Start offer a valued and structured service that aims to prevent family breakdown and intervention needed from statutory services. They comply with Home-Start UK Quality Assurance system which covers management, governance and service delivery. Volunteers receive ongoing training, support and supervision while delivering to families. Links with statutory referrers are maintained during their contact including an end of support evaluation on the progress and achievements each family has made. They use a structured assessment and evaluation tool for each family enabling them to self-assess their progress.

The small team of 1 full time and 5 part time staff provide the training, management and supervision of volunteers. Recruitment and retention of volunteers is a challenge due to the sizeable commitment required in time and training. Further, due to the vulnerability of the clients and necessity for close supervision, the staff are not able to manage more volunteers safely. So, while there is more demand than the organisation can meet and this is demonstrated in their growth of referrals, they cannot expand operations without more paid staff. A new member of staff has been recruited to deliver the Peri-mental health project which is funded externally.

The organisation is largely dependent on the corporate grant and it is approximately 69% which is lower than last year's dependency of 78% of the anticipated spend in 2020/21. HSH is working to reduce this dependence and has established a funding relationship with the CCG with a small contract worth just under £10K p.a. and has secured another year's funding from Hillingdon Community Trust (HCT) for a grant of £19K for a part time Family Support Worker. They provide invaluable services to families with children under 5 in the borough and are well regarded for the work they do with Children's services. It is therefore recommended to support the request in their application.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

Like most others, HSH has been affected by the pandemic, and it is of course uncertain how things will progress in the coming months and this creates difficulty in planning for them. They were able to continue their service throughout in a modified form, and they did not close to new referrals. The main impacts have been

 Sudden change in how they deliver their service and all the associated urgent risk assessments, protocols and guidance required to adapt  Their normal operation does not accommodate government social distancing restrictions  In 2020, they have not been able to train new volunteers, so the volunteer numbers are not as they would have hoped in normal circumstances.  Recruitment and induction for vacant posts has suffered delays due to the difficulty of socially distanced interviewing and ‘on-boarding’, and staff capacity to manage this at a time of coping with Covid related pressures on the organisation  School closures and shielding requirements have impacted on both staff and volunteer capacity  Changes and uncertainty have put additional pressures on staff and volunteer wellbeing  There is notable heightened anxiety and increased isolation for the supported families, many of whom feared going out at all and/or live in limited space  Other services, eg Children’s Centres, mental health services, health visitors, etc have or had reduced their offer or been closed throughout restrictions, meaning more need has presented to their service which has remained open.

The actions they have taken are

 Continuing to accept referrals and offer an adapted service of telephone / video call support for families while face to face meetings have not been possible  Keeping an open office by a rota of one staff member in the office each day

Page 205  Ensuring clear communications to all referrers, professionals and referred families regarding the change to services and possible delays due to capacity.  Prompt communications with funders to advise of changes in the way they deliver their service  Ensuring clear guidance and support for volunteers to enable them to continue supporting families safely  Setting up technology and adapted systems for remaining staff to continue to work from home  Continuing all staff and volunteer supervisions by telephone / video contact.  Maintaining partnership working and professionals’ meetings through video meetings  Taking advantage of Covid related funding to assist with costs associated with adapting and supplementing their service –successful applications yielded additional funds  Zoom interviews for vacant posts  Reviewing delivery of the Volunteer Preparation Course and arranging larger premises and safe hygiene measures to enable socially distanced participation.  Risk assessments have been and continue to be developed by the staff team and trustees, for example for: safe office working; volunteer-family outdoor visits where safe circumstances can be confirmed; socially distanced volunteer training.  Activity packs and Hillingdon CCG support information booklets have been circulated to all supported families.

There remains uncertainty with how the Covid-19 situation will develop going forward, particularly with winter approaching, however, HSH have plans in place for volunteer training and they have recruited to the two vacant posts. They have systems in place to manage within government guidance with the hope of gradually returning to face to face as circumstances allow, but able to revert to lockdown support if necessary, having done so in March 2020.

Corporate Finance Comment

Organisation provides families with infants support regarding issues such as mental health, disability, isolation, domestic abuse and many others. Such services are facing increased pressure at present due to Covid. The request reverts to funding of £120k following an agreed temporary uplift to £125k last year. No other organisation offers similar services in LBH.

Home-start collaborates with H4ALL charity to provide services more efficiently. Organisation saw an increase in income of £40k from charitable activities and a surplus of £17k and has carried forward reserves of £68k.. However, note this year's surplus is largely accounted for by the suspension of the Perinatal Mental Health and Family Support Worker Projects related to staffing issues (Covid-19).

Funding accounts for 67% of total income therefore, a reduction would lead to a significant reduction in service provision. Organisation is already strained due to Covid. Funding would ensure some level of maintenance of service provision.

Page 206 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 CHILDREN & FAMILIES

Organisation: P3 Amount Requested and Use

Description

P3 provides wrap around support to vulnerable young people £42,000 for staff and management who are at risk of or are homeless. They run 4 supported housing costs and office premises contribution schemes, 3 move on flats, floating support, a young person's advice centre and a job shop within the borough. They conducts Recommendation: outreach work in schools and the community, targeted at young people to prevent homelessness, unemployment and exclusion. P3 run a family advice service in children's centres across the £42,000 borough, and a sexual health service operates from its advice centre.

No of Service Active Volunteer hours Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

829 0 0 On target with £42,000 £1,503,059.36 revised service

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

● 300 young people gain advice around housing issues

● Deliver 9 units of move on accommodation from 3 flats

● 260 advice sessions in children's centres

● 70 young people receive floating support to enable them to manage their own tenancies

● 23 units of medium/high supported housing to young people + further 10 with low support

P3 provide opportunities for clients to not only benefit from the provision of services but to get involved in running them. Client involvement is at the heart of P3’s service delivery. They have a long standing history in Hillingdon and their services are designed and developed in partnership with partners and young people.

Officer Comment

P3 offer a key prevention service for young people in the borough, working with those at risk of exclusion or facing not in employment, education or training (NEET) issues and under threat of homelessness. Assisting them to succeed not only benefits the individuals but the wider community with less crime and more active participation. They provide out of hours and crisis support as well as a no closure policy which means that clients can access support even after they have left the service, averting future crisis's from developing.

P3 worked closely with the CCG to review their services with young people and jointly bid to the Department for Health for Hillingdon and received £500k investment for 3 years, with this financial year being the last year of this funding. P3 participate on a number of local forums and networks including Domestic Violence forum, MARAC, Hillingdon Thrive Network (focusing on YP Mental Health) meetings and Safeguarding Children's conference.

Past performance is reassuring, the organisation has proved itself successful at winning and delivering contracts, and producing effective outcomes. The grant makes up approximately 4% of their total expenditure in the borough. P3 have successfully achieved £298k from Department of Health for Page 207 Navigator. They also have £600k from Council contracts to run supported housing, Navigator and Advice at Children's centres. With that in mind, it is recommended to award the grant of £42k.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

COVID-19 presented a huge challenge to P3’s service delivery methods. They have had to adapt their way of working to ensure they are still able to support young people with the challenges of lockdown and reduced ability to meet people in person. Across their advice services they moved to working digitally for a period, to ensure they could still communicate with Young people, delivering 1-2-1 and group sessions. They have used ZOOM, Teams, Facebook, Instagram, WhatsApp, Face time etc as all ways to interact with the young person. This will continue to adapt in line with the government advice. They put business continuity plans in place across all their services to ensure they continued running and planned for any major staff absences due to illness and any potential outbreaks in our accommodation-based services. They operate 24 hour staffed sites and implemented back up plans that meant they could continue to operate during lockdown and provide stable staffing in their buildings working with young people. Enhanced continuity plans were drawn up for each element of P3’s service delivery and technology put in place to enable them to continue to work effectively during lockdown. These plans have guided their responses during this time and services have continued to support people throughout the COVID 19 crisis. Staff support continued during this time including reviewing their own potential risk and any support needed, offering support with shifts/ travel to work and recognising many had caring commitments at home whilst schools were shut and working with people to find flexible solutions. They have kept all services running and continue to deliver in a revised manner post lockdown. They have installed social distancing messages at their Navigator centre and work to a revised model to consider COVID restrictions. For their housing services, they have worked to keep delivery as normal as possible with carefully planned meetings between staff, professionals, and young people. They have adapted to finding ways of working safely yet meeting the needs of young people who have found this pandemic very frustrating and isolating. They have adapted all of their house environments to allow them to still deliver face to face support such as installing plastic screen protectors but trying to minimise where they can how much additional equipment, they put in place to make sure it still feels like their home. They have worked with Environmental health who have offered to risk assess their community builds to ensure they are COVID safe.

Corporate Finance Comment

Funding has been requested at the same level awarded for 2020/21, £42k, primarily to finance staffing costs and accommodation costs. The charity supports 829 clients and receives discretionary and mandatory rate relief of £9k. The accounts to March 2019 report a net surplus of £955k on operational activities, with funds carried forward of £6,351k. While the grant requested could be funded from existing reserves, current reserve levels are only sufficient to cover up to 3 months activity reflecting the size of the organisation.

Page 208 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 CHILDREN & FAMILIES

Organisation: Uxbridge Child Contact Centre Amount Requested and Use

Description

UCCC provides a safe and neutral space where separated £3,560 Rent and running costs parents can spend time with their children and maintain contact or be able to start to rebuild relationships where Recommendation: there is no other option available. Entirely volunteer run, it is affiliated to Relate who provide infrastructure support. Sessions are held on a Saturday, twice monthly in Uxbridge. £3,355

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Grant Total Spend 2020/21 in Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets 2020/21 Hillingdon

75 8 44 per Partially Met £3,355 £5,600 volunteer

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

The Centre will continue to provide twice monthly supervised contact for separated parents and their children with the aim of supporting families to manage their own arrangements in the long term. Contact sessions are up to 3 hours for the non resident parent and child. Grandparents and extended family members are also welcomed with the prior agreement of both parents, helping to sustain wider relationships that might otherwise not have the opportunity to flourish. Volunteers manage the sessions at the hall at Christchurch to ensure the smooth hand over from parents and supervise visits, providing refreshments, toys, books etc. The volunteer co-ordinator is responsible for recruiting and inducting volunteers and co-ordinating and booking the sessions between the separated parents, prior to the visit.

The co-ordinator is supported by Relate who carry out DBS checks on volunteers and manage the finances and fundraising for the service. They refer to and take referrals from the service and therefore it fits with their aims and supports their objectives. The National Association for Child Contact Centres (NACCC) is accessible to the co-ordinator who submits quarterly reports to them, and they provide the guidelines for running sessions, training volunteers and inductions etc. The co-ordinator can also refer to the CAFCASS officer for advice and safeguarding issues are reported to the Council and NACCC. They predict 45 families to be supported in 2020/21

Officer Comment

The majority of the grant is spent on rent at Christchurch for use of the main hall and waiting rooms and staffing. An annual grant from CAFCASS of £1,500 is applied for annually and makes up most of the additional expenditure. Family contact’ has been shown to provide positive increases in wellbeing and promoted not just for the service user but also their social circle of family and friends. An emotionally well adjusted person is more able to take part in and positively contribute to their local community, than someone who exhibits low levels of wellbeing. Relate have been successful in securing external funding made available for Covid 19 expenses. It is therefore recommended to award a grant of £3,355.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

Relate LNWH and Uxbridge Children’s contact centre supports healthy family relationships during the Covid 19 restrictions by providing valuable families and young people via webcam.

Family contact time is an effective way to decrease feelings of anxiety, stress, isolation, and depression. The grant will enable them to ensure that their services are available to people who are financially distressed as a result of Covid 19 crisis.

Page 209 Corporate Finance Comment

The organisation is requesting a grant of £3,560 for 2021/22, similar to the award for 2020/21. This is to provide family contact services for approximately 75 Hillingdon families at an average cost of £47 per client. Funding will be used for accommodation costs and other overheads. The charity is part of the Relate London North West & Hertfordshire group which achieved a deficit of £38k in 2019/20 taking carried forward balances to £426k.

Page 210 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 RESIDENTS SERVICES

Organisation: Groundwork South Amount Requested and Use

Description

Groundwork South aims remain to provide a range of £7,000 for contribution towards a environmental community-based projects in and around proposed new model Hillingdon. Projects include the Colne Valley Park and the Healing Gardens project for older people. Recommendation:

GS also manages grants for the Heathrow Community Fund £7,000 subject to outcomes of and the Tesco Bags of Help fund. consultation

No of Service Users Active Volunteer Previous Corporate Grant Total Spend 2020/21 in Volunteers hours p.a. yr targets 2020/21 Hillingdon

80,868(100% 50 5000 Unmet £7,000 £599,634 Hillingdon residents)

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

GS delivers the Healing Gardens project, supporting some 75 elderly or frail clients to maintain their gardens, using volunteers and GS staff. As below a new model is being considered to widen this service and make it more accessible.

Officer Comment

The 2020/21 core grant for GS was given £7k to reflect the costs of maintaining the Healing Gardens project for Hillingdon residents and in recognition that other projects based in the borough were largely self-supporting. Due to the lockdown in the earlier part of this year, this work was unable to begin. In discussion with GS it was agreed that this would be an ideal time to review the current model and consult with residents and partners on its benefits and whether a new model could be sought that might attract further funding from external sources. The consultation will not be completed until the end of the year; therefore. It is recommended that the grant be awarded in principle but held upon the results of the consultation and assessment of proposals to be taken forward.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant impact on Groundwork South. Their Board and senior management team have scaled down their operations due to losses of income directly attributed to COVID-19. The core organisational structure that supports 100+ projects each year has been severely affected by the pandemic; as well as project closures and core funding losses, there have been considerable additional costs, in managing risks -both financially and in terms of ensuring the safe delivery of services. Their focus since the advent of COVID-19 has revolved around restructuring and making cost reductions across the business and placing staff on furlough through the Government’s Job Retention scheme. This has significantly mitigated the losses as a result of COVID-19, which are now estimated at -£191,022. Scenario planning has been undertaken and they have adapted projects through transitioning them to online delivery; or in a small number of cases closed projects if the funding requirements are unable to be met. They have continued to update and produce new risk assessments each time the government’s COVID-19 guidance is updated. Additional safeguarding procedures have also been put in place, specifically related to use of online support to young people and vulnerable adults. They continue to partner/collaborate with their neighbouring Trust, Groundwork London, to realise further cost efficiencies through sharing an Executive and Corporate services team. Following the work to restructure, reduce costs and extensive scenario planning, they believe they have a solid plan for managing the ongoing challenges and changes that are likely to be required in an ongoing response to COVID-19. Page 211 Corporate Finance Comment

The organisation does not operate solely within Hillingdon, with the accounts reflecting the consolidated position, incorporating subsidiaries.

Organisation supports a garden management scheme, supporting vulnerable people within LBH. Target beneficiaries include those with long-term mental/physical conditions, disabilities or elderly residents. Garden management takes place on a weekly basis including management and landscaping of Colne Valley Park.

Significant reduction in staffing costs in 2018/19 due to a restructure, leading to a £200k saving. Continuous improvement of organisation since 2016/17, where a deficit of £1m has been improved to a surplus of £80k reported in the most recent financial period, partially due to consecutive reductions in indirect staffing costs. While a surplus has been reported in the unaudited accounts, the organisation is technically insolvent and has carried forward negative equity of £485k.

Page 212 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 RESIDENTS SERVICES

Organisation: Green Corridor Amount Requested and Use

Description

Green Corridor is hosting the Crane Valley Partnership £10,000 Staff salary and administrative (CVP), which is a partnership of charities, communities, local support for the CVP authorities, businesses and government agencies in the five boroughs bordering the River Crane. Its aim is to deliver Recommendation: environmental improvements to the river that will have a strategic catchment-wide benefit. As the host, Green Corridor can provide expertise in environmental £10,000 subject to below management, partnership working, co-ordinate catchment activities, harness teams of volunteers for projects and access external funding. Hillingdon covers 43% of the catchment.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 in Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 Hillingdon

N/R None None Partially met £10,000 £10,000 provided provided

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

● The detailed programme of works linked to the Smarter Water Catchments has yet to be finalised (Covid-19 has impacted the timetable this year) but it is anticipated that next year will see the necessary research and field investigation work undertaken to identify where in the catchment (including LB Hillingdon) practical measures (such as sustainable drainage schemes and river enhancement works) will have the most beneficial effect. There is confirmed funding of over £3 million to support the initiative in the Crane catchment.

● CVP will continue to actively promote the Colne and Crane Valleys Green Infrastructure Strategy next year. We will work with LB Hillingdon planners and developers as necessary to ensure that green infrastructure is protected and enhanced within the borough. The strategy document has taken on additional significance following the recent government proposals for changes to the planning system which will require reviews of local authority Local Plans. CVP will work with LB Hillingdon on developing and implementing the plans for watercourse enhancements at Cranford Park, informed by the outputs from the Defra-funded assessment and options appraisal project.

● Citizen Crane water quality monitoring activity will continue in LB Hillingdon throughout 2021/22 subject to any new Covid-19 restrictions. The annual funding for this catchment-wide citizen science programme has been secured from Thames Water (£15K). The postponed Citizen Crane Outfall Safari has been rescheduled to take place next spring and this fieldwork will provide a lot of useful observational information on outfalls and other river-related features in LB Hillingdon that will assist future planning activities and pollution tracing work. ● CVP will continue to actively promote the Yeading Brook/River Crane corridor as a space for recreation and relaxation via its social media channels and will provide technical information on the river environment as required to LB Hillingdon as and when it develops an interpretation strategy linked to the Cranford Park restoration project. The CVP manager represents the Partnership at quarterly London catchment forums and projects will be planned in conjunction with Hillingdon Green Spaces and Flood Management teams within the borough, with guidance from the Environment Agency and other relevant groups. The incorporation of Sustainable Urban Drainage (SuDS) to assist with flooding as well as water quality improvements, invasive species management, improvement of green links and Pageaccess 213 across the catchment, further rehabilitation of instream and marginal areas within and along river and streams, improvements to infrastructure causing barriers to migrating fish.

Officer Comment

CVP is currently undertaking a recruitment exercise to secure a new hosting organisation to take over from Green Corridor which has been hosting successfully since 2013. The intention is for the handover to occur at the beginning of 2021/22. The service provided to LB Hillingdon and other Partners by the CVP host will in essence remain the same, although there is a desire to recruit a new host with some capacity to undertake some hands-on project delivery work in addition to the CVP administration and strategic coordination function. Although the grant money would not be payable until next year, there is a more immediate need to demonstrate to potential new CVP hosting organisations that the funding will be made available otherwise they may be reluctant to pursue their applications.

It is anticipated the new hosts will be able to access the external funding to support environmental improvements and sustainability along the river Crane and continue in their relationship with us. A contribution of £10k for the CVP manager salary and admin support is sought. Each of the local authorities (Richmond, Hounslow, Ealing, Harrow) in the CV catchment contribute to the salary (£50K). For each £1 of the core grant invested there is £8.80 benefit to LBH. There was a protracted period where the Development Manager post was vacant and this led to a reduction in some benefits to LBH. In 2020/21 sees the start of the Smarter Water Catchments initiative (details are yet to be finalised) but it is understood to be significant for LBH.

It is estimated that of the 40% of the young people with special educational needs who volunteer on conservation projects are resident in Hillingdon. Given the benefit already gained from the Crane Valley Partnership, it is recommended to award the requested amount, subject to the introduction to the new hosts and agreement of the specific aims and objectives of this grant.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

Green Corridor’s CVP hosting activity has undoubtedly been affected by the Coronavirus Covid-19 pandemic but not to an extent that has caused concern to them or the Partners. They utilise a home- based contractor to deliver virtually all of the hosting work for them and the fees are covered by funding grants from a spread of relatively robust organisations rather than a single source. None of the organisations who normally contribute to the hosting costs has indicated that their contribution will not be forthcoming this financial year (2020/21). The Covid-19 restrictions did prevent site visits and face to face meetings during the spring (which has slowed progress) and some potential project funding sources (e.g. Heathrow Community Fund) have been closed to new applications whilst the funders focus on providing Covid-19 support for existing beneficiaries. The Government’s Green Recovery Challenge Fund - designed to help kick-start the economy following Covid-19 - could provide some ad-hoc funding opportunities and the Development Manager has been working with CVP Partners to identify some potential projects - including LB Hillingdon.

Corporate Finance Comment

Organisation offers SEND young learners qualifications in horticulture, catering or functional skills. Colne Valley Partnership (CVP) works to improve the local environment and maintaining and enhancing the health and well-being of local residents. Majority of work in Crane Valley Catchment Plan (43% is in LBH)

The Charity has seen an increase in both income and expenditure of approximately £200k. This is in relation to expansion of their activities, including an increase in funding from Education Health Care Plans and a £100k increase in salaries and wages. Nonetheless, there has been an improvement in surplus of approximately £40k year on year. Current unrestricted reserves total £154k. Funding requested represents 1.3% of annual income a 0.6% improvement from the previous year. Entire grant to be allocated for funding 2 FTE management staff.

Page 214 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 RESIDENTS SERVICES

Organisation: Hertfordshire and Middlesex Wildlife Trust Amount Requested and Use (HMWT)

Description

The grant supports a programme of habitat management and £2,500 contribution towards Reserve conservation work at Council owned nature reserves. The 4th & Officer’s salary 5th reserve works at Stockers Lake and Springwell Reedbed is funded by Affinity Water until 2025. HMWT provide a range of Recommendation: volunteering opportunities for Hillingdon residents as well as £2,500 leading on a number of wildlife activities at the reserves.

No of Service Users Active Voluntee Previous Corporate Total Spend Volunteers r hours yr targets Grant 2020/21 2020/21 in p.a. Hillingdon

Hillingdon only: 35 including 731 Partially £2,500 £27,204 2 Trainee Met Estimated 4,500 unique Reserves visitors per year Officers 301 individual members

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

 Manage and maintain the four nature reserves within the borough  Organise and deliver 5 guided walks, open to all Hillingdon residents.  Organise and deliver 12 talks, events and school visits to local groups and 2 community drop-in education events.  Organise and deliver 14 volunteer work parties.

Officer Comment

HMWT activities support Hillingdon’s Local Plan to improve quality and accessibility of green spaces, protect and enhance biodiversity and promote healthier lifestyles. It works actively with other groups and the Council to achieve the plan with the assistance of volunteers, which makes the arrangements cost effective.

The Trust provides value for money since the corporate grant represents 9.2% of its total anticipated local spend for 2020-21. It has successfully secured 5-year funding from Affinity Water for reserves which has enabled them to recruit an additional part time management and community engagement officer and has allowed them to retain their community activities in the Borough. Without the input of H&MWT, the Council would have to manage the reserves itself. The organisation has established a volunteer trainee reserve officer programme which will produce future Reserve Officers. These arrangements contribute to keeping the costs down whilst delivering efficiently.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

The trust is expecting to lose approximately £270,000 of income as a result of Covid-19 due to the suspension of membership recruitment, community fundraising, retail sales and events delivery. During lockdown they experienced a dramatic increase in antisocial behaviour on the nature reserves including vandalism, littering and hides being burnt down. The largest proportion of their income is from membership subscriptions (53%). They have been unable to recruit new members face-to-face for 5 months and from an initial prediction of growing membership by 263 at the start of the year, they now expect a loss of 1,360 members. They expect this to have a long-term impact on their finances. Page 215 The organisation has significant experience of community engagement and participation activities. Last year over 5,400 people enjoyed the programme of walks, talks and activities (they ran 206 different events). As a result of COVID-19 they are planning on developing and delivering a programme of virtual events and tours of the reserves (so that people who have difficulty accessing nature can do so from their homes). Their ‘Wild At Home’ campaign (with social media reach of 48,265), that ran throughout lockdown, included a whole section on ‘Mindfulness and Wellbeing’ with ways to connect to nature to improve wellbeing.

Corporate Finance Comment

Organisation supports continued management and enhancement of four nature reserves within LBH.

Requested grant accounts for 0.1% of income, with an increase in income of £450k due to an increase in grants, donations and gifts and an immaterial change in expenditure (£9k). Surplus increased from £97k in 2018-19 to £544k in 2019-20 due to £70k increase in donations and a £315k increase in grants. £1.7m is held in unrestricted reserves, alongside £763k in cash at the bank.

£1.7m are held in unrestricted reserves as per organisational reserves policy, where they must be kept as a level at least equivalent to 6 months operational expenditure, including costs related to expenditure, with a further £3.2m in restricted reserves.

Page 216 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 RESIDENTS SERVICES

Organisation: Hillingdon Community Transport Amount Requested and Use

Description

HCT provide affordable accessible transport and drivers for local £32,000 core salaries community groups and statutory agencies, who can book vehicles in advance to support their activities. It uses volunteer Recommendation: and paid drivers and provides driving training and general advice for staff and external partners. £32,000 Based at the Council Depot in Harlington Road, it has over 150 registered voluntary sector member groups who use the service regularly using volunteer drivers. In addition, it runs contracted services for schools and the Council using paid drivers. It runs a Shoppa Bus service in South of the Borough where transport options are limited. It provides training for bus drivers and provides advice and maintenance for groups using their own buses.

No of Service Users Active Volunteer Previous Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Volunteers hours p.a. yr targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

30,000 of which 1496 26 5,000+ Partially £32,000 £398,200 wheelchair users met with revised service

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

● 30,000+ passengers in 2021/22 of which 1500 are wheelchair users combined voluntary and contract work (dependant on Covid 19 restrictions)

● 450 shoppabus passengers

● Deliver 1,000+ carriage requests using volunteer drivers

● Deliver accredited minibus training to 130 trainees including Council workers

● Deliver 6 contracts for special needs transport for the Council

● Maintain 4 minibus sharing arrangements with individual groups

● Maintain a fleet of minibuses of which 14 are fully accessible

Last year the group was able to meet the high requests for transport with volunteer drivers, while keeping costs affordable and accessible for community groups. Among some of the groups that use our services regularly are Harlington and Uxbridge Blind, Harlington Hospice, Age UK, Ruislip and Northwood OFA, MENCAP and several social clubs and local schools and the Bell Farm Christian Centre, which hires 3 buses weekly for elderly and disabled passengers to enable them to attend their lunch and social club. The Shoppa bus service is popular particularly in the villages of the South of the borough enabling residents’ access to low-cost door to door service in areas with limited public transports.

Page 217 The organisation has developed efficient partnerships with 4 local groups who own their own minibuses, providing drivers, maintenance and parking. In return they are able to use the buses when they are not required by the owners and this sharing of resources works well for all parties.

They have 2 F/T, 4 P/T members of staff and 13 paid drivers for contracted work and 26 volunteer drivers for community groups. All drivers (paid and volunteer) must have a Minibus Certificate and HCT provide accredited driver and passenger assistant training. Harlington Community Transport report a high beneficiary satisfaction rate for vehicles and drivers of "99% excellent".

Officer Comment

A long-term Council partner, Hillingdon Community Transport maintains a collaborative approach providing the transport for Older People's assembly, Sheltered housing and supplies buses and drivers for the Council's annual Christmas lunch. Hillingdon Community Transport was asked and took on the transport, including drivers, for several social clubs previously provided by the Council. It holds 6 paid contracts with the Council for special needs transport and provides a good level of care. It was also able to advise LBH Procurement with regards to vehicle purchase, training etc.

There is a bus replacement programme which plans on average the renewal of 1 bus per annum to their fleet to ensure ongoing sustainability of the scheme. A bus replacement fund is designated in their reserves and a £2 charge is added to each booking. This may provide a total of £kK p.a. with the rest raised from external sources or trading surplus. A new bus costs approximately £50k, a good second hand between £20-25k. In addition to the corporate grant, HCT delivered £148k in transport contracts with the Council and earned £122k in group transport and training. They pay a small annual rent at Harlington Depot to keep the fleet and office. The group will be encouraged to continue their fundraising efforts for new vehicles. So, while they are carrying large reserves this is required for unforeseen maintenance and a bus replacement programme.

Officers in Transport services endorse HCT’s value in the borough concluding that the service provision is of an extremely high standard, quality of service (drivers and vehicles) is excellent, customer care is exemplary, reliability and punctuality is consistently good. It is therefore recommended to award the grant.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

Hillingdon Community Transport, the Manager and Trustees worked closely to assure that their expenditure is kept to a minimum and that income, where possible has continued to come in, this has meant that alongside their reserve policy and in conjunction with the help available such as the Furlough scheme, they are confident in their ability, to continue trading for the foreseeable future. They have cut back on costs wherever possible including standing down minibuses, being able to furlough staff and other cost cutting measures. One of their biggest expenditure is Fleet costs and another area of expenditure where they have cut back. A high percentage of their volunteers are retired and have also had to follow Government guidance on shielding. Due to the drop off in passenger bookings and to keep costs down only the Manager and one other member of staff has been working.

Corporate Finance Comment

The organisation suffered a net loss of £13k in the year to March 2020, following a loss of £14k in the previous year. Total balances now stands at £237k. The requested grant is the same as 2020/21 award, and represents 8% of the incoming resources. The grant requested will continue to fund a General Manager and Bookings Co-ordinator. It is also noted that under the Transport Grants section of this report (Appendix C) that an increased payment of up to £18,550 is recommended as well as core grant of £32k.

Page 218 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 RESIDENTS SERVICES

Organisation: Hillingdon Federation of Community Amount Requested and Use Associations

Description

The Federation uses the grant to distribute small grants to its £10,000 Small grants for membership of 16 community associations (CA’s) to assist them maintenance of buildings in the maintenance and running of community buildings and activities. The majority of buildings are owned and leased from Recommendation: the Council.

The Federation provides umbrella support to CA’s through NIL regular meetings and briefings. Issues covered include legal, employment, funding, lease renewal and health and safety.

No of Service Active Volunteers Volunteer Previous Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users hours p.a. yr targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

16 CA's None 200 hours Partially £7,000 £7,450 from met committee members

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

The Federation, run by a committee of volunteers, now has 16 affiliated associations and acts as an umbrella organisation providing a range of practical support and advice as well as a focal point for the community associations to engage with the Council, the Police, local trusts etc. The Federation maintains a website which enables the public to access information on activities of individual CA's and therefore increases footfall. The grant scheme, which is managed and delivered by the Federation, provides a mechanism for Community Associations to access small amounts of funding for capital items, repairs, equipment etc. The Federation itself holds several forums per year, an AGM, an annual fundraising quiz night, and occasional meetings are held for affiliated CA administrators/managers to discuss best practice, exchange information or collaborate to achieve efficiencies in procuring etc.

Officer Comment

The Federation has been in existence for some 50 years and is constituted as an unincorporated body. It relies heavily on the goodwill of the 3-member management committee to fulfil its functions. The Chair stood down last year and as no appointment has been made, he is acting as an Interim Chair. As with previous years, efforts to increase the management committee from the network of CA groups has not yet proved successful. There is a real risk that, were the remaining volunteers to further diminish for whatever reason that the Federation would struggle and perhaps need to close.

The Federation currently hold over £28k in reserves and balances. This includes over £8000 as a revenue holding account in line with its reserves policy. The 2021/22 application forecasts 2020/21 expenditure at £7,450.

As in the previous years the Federation has been encouraged to utilise its reserves to a more realistic level before there is a good case for increasing the core grant. This will still leave the Federation with substantial resources and reserves above its stated policy.

Page 219 Given the limited engagement of its members and the need for the centres it supports to be in better positions to attract funds, it is recommended that no funding be awarded this year pending a review of this model and to ascertain the need of the centres.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

Centres shut down the vast number of activities on or close to 23rd March. Contact between some centres had been maintained in order to assist with shut down requirements and having regard to financial support during the closed period. It would appear most Associations have been able to obtain Leisure Industry Grants of either £10,000, or £25,000 depending on rateable value, where Centres have been assessed. Some reopened to a limited number of activities from 4th July when restrictions were eased by the government. Several usual activities have still not been given clearance to reopen activities where 2 metre social distancing is not practical for the activity or meeting. There is some concern as to the numbers of participants who will return to the various activities when all restrictions are finally lifted.

Corporate Finance Comment

The charity operated at a net loss of £5k in the year to December 2019, representing an improvement of £5k on the £10k loss reported in 2018. Current reserves held total £28k with unrestricted general balances of £8k. The Council's grant award represents half of the incoming resources. A grant of £10k was requested for 2020/21, however, £7k was recommended and agreed.

Page 220 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 RESIDENTS SERVICES

Organisation: Hillingdon Natural History Society Amount Requested and Use

Description

The Society manages the north and south nature reserves £1,000 For insurance and running costs at Harefield Place. These are run on behalf of and in accordance with management plans and licence from LBH. Recommendation: The society maintains safe access to the reserves for the public and enhances the protection of wildlife, including water voles, glow worms and small teasel. £1,000

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

N/R 10 1000 Partially Met £1,000 £1,625

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

In addition to the practical reserve management, the group organises a winter and summer programme of events for the public and works with other local conservation groups. The organisation continues the development of volunteer skills supporting the important work of the Society. The Society is actively trying to minimise the impact of the HS2 development by participating in local forums. Community events such as walks, talks and meetings are planned to continue.

Officer Comment

A dedicated complement of volunteers maintains the reserves and wildlife habitats and collects records of species as the reserves provide a habitat for some endangered species. The group aims to maintain a functioning reserve in a way that is suitable for its biodiversity whilst maintaining accessibility for the general public. Much of the work is practical like photography and maintaining footpaths, bridges, hides etc. Close links are maintained with other voluntary conservation groups in the area, such as London Wildlife Trust, Groundwork South to share expertise and resources.

The group provides excellent value given it is totally run by volunteers who diligently manage the reserves and encourage the general public to enjoy them. The grant represents over half of the anticipated income for 2020/21 with the rest coming mainly from subscriptions. The organisation also fundraises locally to enable it to maintain healthy reserves to fund replacement tools and meet emergency costs.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

There has been a loss of local fundraising with indoor meetings, walks, raffles and public events cancelled. The social aspects of the Society; the sharing of tales, meals, experience and humour have not been possible as before. Not all members have access to the internet or the IT confidence which has limited connections. It has not been possible to conduct surveys or to work on the Reserves due to Council restrictions on public access. The Society is considering drawing down from its reserves.

Corporate Finance Comment

The organisation aims to encourage the interest of residents across the borough in natural history and represent their views in planning consultation processes.

No significant changes in come or expenditure in comparison to previous years. A surplus of £200 has increased to £300.

Organisation has lost fundraising income due to covid and there are no longer indoor meetings, walks, public events, talks, raffles or donations. ConsideringPage delivering 221 meetings virtually. Grant funding accounts for 53% of income, a reduction of 3% in comparison to the previous year and is therefore essential to the operating activity of the organisation

Page 222 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 RESIDENTS SERVICES

Organisation: London Wildlife Trust Amount Requested and Use

Description

London Wildlife Trust manage 200 acres of reserves on behalf of £10,000 For direct management of the Council, covering 10 nature reserves. The group aims to:- 10 Council owned reserves

● increase public access Recommendation:

● use the reserves as an educational tool

● protect London’s green spaces £10,000

● enhance wildlife in the area

The practical maintenance work is carried out with the assistance of volunteers.

No of Service Active Volunteers Volunteer Previous Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users hours p.a. yr targets Grant in Hillingdon 2020/21

N/A 12 active local & 4,000 Partially £10,000 £72,034 accessible by pool of 70 on staff- Met the public led projects

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

The prime aim of London Wildlife Trust is to protect London's green spaces for the enjoyment of people and the benefit of wildlife. London Wildlife Trust work with local communities through a network of borough groups, and Nature Reserves and educational services are central to all activities. Local examples include; specific volunteer activity days to manage the sites, organised walks, dragonfly surveys, promotional work at events and festivals. The structure in Hillingdon consists of a local volunteer group of 12 who meet regularly at weekends for practical management of the reserves and where funding has been secured, staff led projects with volunteers working primarily during the week. 1 F/T staff and 2 P/T currently work on Hillingdon projects. The “Keeping it Wild” project is its second and penultimate. Each year the project enables 10 young people aged 16-25 from traditionally underrepresented areas to complete 3 month qualified vocational placements.

Officer Comment

London Wildlife Trust has secured funding for Higher Level Stewardships from DEFRA at 6 of the 11 local sites, and the Council grant serves as match funding. Currently 1 F/T staff and 2 P/T staff work on Hillingdon projects in addition to the volunteers. The Trust works closely with the Council on management advisory groups and is active on the Biodiversity Partnership. The organisation aims to deliver 150 conservation workdays engaging Hillingdon residents in the conservation.

The use of volunteers enables London Wildlife Trust to deliver reserves management in a cost-efficient manner, and the Trust has significantly increased the number of volunteers used through using staff members to lead reserve management sessions on top of the regular volunteer led programme.

The Trust has a proven track record in involving and working with the local community to deliver conservation projects in Hillingdon. During the last three years, the Hillingdon Local Group have worked with the Challenge Project to provide volunteer opportunities for teams of young people to carry out community projects. The organisation maintains close links with other voluntary conservation groups in the area, such as Hillingdon Natural History Society to share expertise and resources and additionally Page 223 works closely with the Council’s Green Spaces and Estates teams. The Trust worked in partnership with the Council to obtain a Green Flag award for Yeading Brook Meadows Nature Reserve and an award from London in Bloom.

The grant recommendation is for continued funding at £10k.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

LWT forecast losses of £337,000 of income over the next 6 months, and over £650,000 over 12 months, which will affect their ability to continue all our work. The loss of unrestricted income from corporate donations, corporate fundraising initiatives, their mission-based consultancy work and loss of trading from cafes and event hire over the high summer season has put LWT under severe financial pressure.

LWT implemented several initiatives to reduce their outgoings as soon as possible when the pandemic hit, including:

•Furloughing 28% of core staff from the first week in April. They intend to keep all furloughed staff, so following the treasury's latest announcement on the ‘job retention bonus,’ they expect to receive an additional £18k in February 2021.

•All senior managers and some managers have taken a voluntary 20% pay cut for up to the first quarter of the year

•Pausing non-essential spend, particularly looking at savings where activities could not be delivered and looking at ways to continue reaching people but in a more cost-effective way.

•Pausing the start of activities at Camley Street Natural Park until they have fundraised sufficient additional monies

•Rent relief and rates relief on head office for three months

•HMRC support: as an SME we expect to receive £25k grant from HMRC and £13k Business rates reduction

To mitigate losses, they made the decision early on to launch additional emergency fundraising and to re-visit project budgets in conversation with funders. They have mitigated some of the risk to the organisation by:

•Communicating with members early on about the expected impact on our finances and received £13,000 in donations in response to this

•In June they launched an emergency appeal to local residents for Woodberry Wetlands to cover core costs of re-opening the site

•Working with funders to repurpose project funding to help cover core costs, which are needed to deliver projects but which they were no longer able to meet due to the impact on unrestricted income

•Agreed with the National Lottery Heritage Fund that their grant for Camley Street Natural Park could be spent entirely on capital costs, meaning that they will be able to complete construction of the new visitor centre at CSNP.

Corporate Finance Comment

Organisation manages 10 council-owned Nature Reserves to maintain and enhance wildlife value.

£4.8m incoming resources, an increase of £1m in comparison to previous financial year, with surplus increasing by almost x8/9 to £1.1m. Primary reason for this was allocation of £3m to the organisation for a park development in Central London (Camley Street Park).

Page 224 Expenditure is anticipated to decrease by £27k in 2021/22 whilst income is also expected to fall by £39k. Requested grant represents 0.2% of organisation income, with £3.2m currently held in reserves.

Page 225 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 RESIDENTS SERVICES

Organisation: Pinner & Ruislip Beekeepers Association Amount Requested and Use

Description

Promotes safe and responsible beekeeping, responds to £750 Contribution to improve the paths enquiries from Council and general public regarding and tree management on the site swarms of bees and provides a swarm collection and re- housing service for the Borough. The Association provides Recommendation: education, training and hands-on experience in beekeeping and speakers for community and school groups to raise awareness of the importance of bees as local pollinators. Is £750 a centre of excellence for local beekeepers with experienced members providing practical help and advice on bee health issues and identification and treatment of bee diseases. Members also sell honey and candles at local events, exhibitions and fairs.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 in Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 Hillingdon

1000+ 50 2,500 Partially Met £750 £7,000

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include

In 2020/21 the Association has responded to approximately 200 to 300 calls and requests to deal with swarms of bees and wasps from the Council and general public free of charge and is planning to offer the same level of service in 2021-22. PRBKA has been focusing on rebuilding the number of bee colonies - honey production is variable dependant on the weather. The association are continuing to make improvements to the site. There are also plans to continue with the core activities listed above, including supplying most of the bees which pollinate much of the borough.

Officer Comment

The grant represents 13% of the group's anticipated income for 2020/21. The rest of the income is self- generated through honey and candle sales, member subscriptions and training varies considerably each year due to fluctuations in honey production due to weather conditions and the prevalence of disease which can wipe out the hives. The group holds cash reserves of approximately £24k. The group's current premises are on loan and they are keen to own their premises and thus secure their future. They have been granted a temporary license on New Year's Lane, but this is subject to developments from HS2. Reserves are required also to fund unexpected repairs to the apiary and to cover potential loss of sales due to poor honey production in some years. The Association is run entirely by volunteers, and all the services they deliver are provided without charge. This represents a significant cost saving to the Council in terms of swarm collection. It is therefore recommended to award the grant.

COVID 19 Impact statement:

Due to caring and the age of members, the organisation, has not been able to carry out their normal services. With all shows and fetes cancelled, which is where awareness and income would be raised, has led to a decrease in income. Committee meetings were moved online and communication with regular members has been over the phone to offer advice and support. Swarms have continued to be collected throughout the season where it has been possible in a socially distanced manner.

Corporate Finance Comment Organisation helps current and future beekeepers as well as promoting public awareness of the necessity, value and benefits of the honeybees. Page 226 Reduction in income of £2.5k primarily due to a reduction in honey sales, Gift Aid tax refunds and reduction in expenditure of £300 from previous financial period. LBH grant represents 7% of income. Reserves currently stand at £41k.

Page 227 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 NEW BIDS

Organisation: Age UK Harlington Hospice/H4All (Capacity Amount Requested and Use Building)

Description

The application seeks to provide a targeted approach to the £40,000 Core salary costs for mitigation of the negative impacts of the Covid crisis on the Community Development Officer, voluntary sector, which we know is impacting most severely on project and overhead costs the many smaller groups and organisations that do not have the resources or resilience of some the borough’s larger charities. Recommendation: H4All would employ a dedicated post focused on sector-recovery £40,000 and capacity building to help these groups rethink their strategies and ways of working so that they can “weather the storm of the current crisis” and take advantage of some funding available.

H4All will identify the immediacy of need amongst groups and organisations, develop a support plan and target activity.

No of Service Users Active Volunteer Previous Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Volunteers hours p.a. yr targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

New service – 60 (H4All) 1000 N/A N/A £1,150,630 unknown at this point

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

Following the recruitment to this post, the post holder will work towards: -

1.Outputs: The identification of groups and organisations at risk of closure with a RAG status detailing the severity of the risk. Outcomes: There will be current intelligence about the state of the sector in Hillingdon and the ability to plan support, prevent closures, merge groups and re- focus provision 2.Outputs: ‘At risk’ groups have a support plan with key milestones to facilitate their recovery. Outcomes: The Hillingdon third sector will have planned support to assist its post-Covid recovery and residents benefit from the continuation wherever possible of the groups that are currently struggling 3.Outputs: New sources of support will be identified and accessed on behalf of the sector i.e. bespoke training sessions, new grant-funding, new volunteers, governance support. Outcomes: The third sector becomes more robust and this in turn supports the direction of travel towards a collaborative and mutually supportive third sector in Hillingdon 4.Outputs: The Hillingdon Health and Wellbeing Alliance will continue to grow its membership (currently 45 members) Outcomes: Network members are better informed about local, regional and national changes to health and care provision. Network members have a support network to draw on and are encouraged and supported to share resources and training. Network members know what to do if they need advice, support or are struggling with issues post-Covid 5.Outputs: H4All will continue to secure Health partners who will sign an MOU and work closely with H4All in joint funding bids, project delivery or other collaborations. Outcomes: Bid-ready organisations are working together and not competing for funding. The sector becomes more cohesive and collaborative. Skills, knowledge and expertise are available more widely for anyone asking for help across the sector 6.Outputs: Volunteer recruitment and training will continue to ensure the Hub can meet the volunteer needs of groups and organisations to grow their capacity for delivery. Outcomes:

Page 228 Volunteers will have basic training and access to other role-specific training. Residents wishing to volunteer have a menu of different opportunities depending on their areas if interest and skill sets

Officer Comment

H4All has proposed that they close two current projects which, whilst effective, have struggled to produce strong value for money, largely due to the difficulty in being able to recruit and maintain the levels of volunteers required. Those projects are the dementia befriending project led by Age UK and the community cancer project by Harlington Hospice. Both have their origins in projects set up by other providers and H4All charities were asked to manage their transition and review viability. The service users will be supported by wider H4All services.

The proposal is that, from the savings (£30k and £20k respectively), £40k be used to develop a capacity and capability building role at H4All to enable it to support the wider voluntary sector. The project will help smaller groups who are struggling through the Covid-19 crisis to develop their finance strategies, broker opportunities for volunteers and to “reengineer” activities to reflect Covid-19 requirements. We also know that further rounds of the London Community Response Fund will be available and that smaller groups will need help in putting together strong bids. Left unsupported smaller, more specialised, community groups will struggle and some will close.

Given the strong and present need and noting the proposed saving to be made from rationalising existing projects, officers recommend that this application for £40k to establish a capacity support function for the voluntary sector is supported.

Corporate Finance Comment

While the £40k grant request reflects a new application, the request represents a £10k reduction on the consolidated £50k grant awards to H4ALL awarded in 2020/21. A surplus on operational activity of £26,527 has been achieved for the period April - August 2020, with a 20/21 full year forecast surplus of £44,735 presented as part of the Charity's management accounts. H4All's capital and reserves total £283,421 at August 2020, which could sustain current operational expenditure for 4 months with no incoming resources. The grant requested is equal to 3% of estimated 2021/22 income resources

Page 229 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 NEW BIDS

Organisation: Arts For Life Project (UK) Amount Requested and Use

Description

The Arts For Life project is a charity that supports young £15,000 core salaries and people and their families struggling with their emotional heath administration costs & wellbeing. Their work is done through the therapeutic value of creative arts. They provide safety and security to nurture and encourage positive interactions, reduce social isolation, Recommendation: improve positive relationships and grow strong self-belief.

The charity provides opportunities for young people to grow and develop without external expectation or pressure and to £10,000 address young people’s declining mental health resulting from disability, deprivation and family circumstances. to create healthier individuals, both mentally and physically.

They offer inclusive Weekly, Day & After-School Programmes for Young People, Inclusive Vacation Activities for Young People, Individual Therapeutic Intervention, Opportunities for Inclusive Family Activities to grow and develop support bonds, Bespoke Programmes for Educational & Medical Environments for Training, Support & Development and Research & Pilot Programmes to provide Emotional Wellbeing for the community

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

806 6-10 500 None Nil £103,488

Planned Activities for 2021/22 include:

 One to One –Outreach’-In home visits to young people who are struggling to integrate with society. This may be through SEN led, mental health concerns, behavioural concerns. The support team create a home-support plan with an integration into the centre for wider access to peers and support.  Power of Peers’ Training Programme, a staff led programme to inform and train educational staff the nuances of young people's learning challenges and mental health challenges. Along with this the programme has six classroom pods to bring to the young people to learn and help themselves and each other.  Creative Crew’ –Young Person Wellbeing Programme Sessions combine arts with underlying emotional intelligence development through fun and relaxed activities. This helps balance the internal dialogue that individuals use daily to manage their lives both consciously and subconsciously. The programme is an after-school programme and runs term-time for 36 weeks per year.  ‘One to One –Together’ is a clinical support service for regular young people who have already established themselves within the support groups and feel ready to visit the challenges they are facing that are causing mental/emotional distress. One to one is offered to young people who have deeper seated concerns that cannot be addressed within a group wellbeing environment. The amount of one-to-one support is assessed prior to commencement of service. The project also offers a service for parents/carers who require additional emotional/therapeutic support to enable them to support their challenged children. This service is run by BACP / UKCP / CNHC registered clinical staff. Page 230  Create & Chat Project ‘Create & Chat’ is an arts-based proactive emotional, social & communication programme aimed at parents/carers of young people with complex hidden needs. The programme focuses on individuals that have dependents with complex hidden needs and/or find themselves with potential or present mental health issues that are leading to social isolation, community separation and emotional ill-health. Sessions are run by therapists & arts practitioners with trained volunteer support. Sessions focus on emotional wellbeing & development; peer support & advise and individual development focus.  Arts from The Heart’ School Programme Combined workshop and Art Exhibition for wellbeing and achievement. Target is to reach 200 young people plus their families, through week-long workshops and exhibitions.

Officer Comment

The reason for the creation of this service was an understanding of the issues behind young people’s declining mental health through disability, circumstances and deprivation, and their families. The pressure that the educational, medical and social service settings are under, led the group to re-think the support for young people prior to crisis. The research on Arts in Health and the proactive approach this has to emotional wellbeing was seen to support a non-reactive clinical approach to emotional health & wellbeing.

The young people using the service present a range of challenges including social, emotional & communication developmental delay, challenging behaviour, emotional retraction, self-harm, school exclusion or non-attendance, obsessive compulsive tendencies, along with the diagnosed differences including ASD, Asperger, ADHD, Dyslexia, General Anxiety Disorder.

It is acknowledged that growth within the organisation is needed to meet the increasing demand and to continue to deliver interventions that support early intervention and work with reactive cases. It is therefore recommended a grant award of £10k be provided.

Corporate Finance Comment

The charity is new to the LBH grant and has requested £15,000 which will aid admin costs and core salary contributions, the charity has also applied for rate relief in which the application is pending. They are running at a break even position with reserves of £11k. The grant would count towards 21.4% of the total income of the charities funding.

Page 231 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 NEW BIDS

Organisation: Harrow Mencap Amount Requested and Use

Description

Harrow Mencap supports adults, young people and children £55,000 Salary and contribution to with learning disabilities, mental health together with their running costs families and carers; older people and other citizens disadvantaged or requiring support and representation.

Their Connecting Communities Project aims to help build Recommendation: community connections in preventing or reducing loneliness £10,000 and social isolation.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

400 60 1000 None Nil £22,337

70% LBH residents

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

The Connecting Communities Project focuses on the skills and gifts people in the community network bring with them, people with and without disabilities from all walks of life.

 Funding will extend existing work of Connecting Communities, undertake community mapping, reach out to wider neighbourhoods – with more people being able to benefit.  They will look to establish 25 structured, small community/neighbourhood groups of 20 participants  Look to increase the choice and quality of activities/events and develop more cross-generational activities.  Each group will establish their own plan of activities with the support of staff. Activities may range from arranging lunches, days out, healthy walks, quizzes, music concerts, speakers, coffee mornings, holidays away, and on – line activities.  Support a minimum of 500 people to come together to reduce isolation and loneliness, create new and lasting friendships through participating in different community activities.

Officer Comment:

Harrow Mencap has requested £55k towards their existing Connecting Communities project to enable it to expand and support a further 500 people in Hillingdon. The application demonstrates Harrow Mencap’s knowledge and understanding of the client groups and their enthusiasm to deliver. The group does, however, hold substantial financial reserves and the need for core grant in addition is not compelling. Some of the activities proposed may be able to attract participation fees perhaps from individual personal budgets and could be self-sustaining. Potential for income has not been explained. Whilst the project has a good chance of success and would clearly benefit participants it does not, overall, offer good value for money at £55k. A reduced grant of £10k is, therefore, recommended.

Corporate Finance Comment

This Charity has a considerable surplus of £44,794, the income for the charity is at £2,636,195 and the grant amount of £55,000 will equate to 3% of the total income of the charity and this will go towards the salary of a community officer, employer NI & pensionPage contributions, 232 travel expenses, volunteer expenses, management fees and overhead fees - in which the charity are asking for £55k however the costs are £66k but they are contributing £11k towards it. The charities unrestricted funds are £1,836,974.

Page 233 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 NEW BIDS

Organisation: Hillingdon Somali Women’s Group Amount Requested and Use

Description

Hillingdon Somali Womens Group was set up in 1995 by £15,000 Salary and contribution to several refugee Somali women faced with extreme isolation. running costs Within the community there is a significant proportion of women who are raising a family alone as a result of losing their husbands because of war and disruption in Somalia. Many of Recommendation: the mothers face severe challenges in effectively accessing services because of language difficulties. Many struggle as £10,000 being single parents and the immense pressures on their children brought about by the western way of life. In the worst cases children are being drawn into drug-dealing and other crime with mothers feeling powerless to confront the situation.

The application would support a range of services for Somali women relating to parenting, employment and other skills.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets in Hillingdon Grant 2020/21

19/20 646 6 30 None Nil £19,120 (pandemic April 2020 to has date 694 decreased this to none)

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

Their primary aims are as follows:

 Development of vulnerable women by means of education, employment and training  Empowering of women in order to achieve successful integration into the wider society and to secure the best possible opportunities for future development as individuals.  Enhancement of specific skills including spoken and written English, digital numeracy and employability skills.  Assistance in achieving effective access to services provided by the Council, the NHS and other providers.  Advocacy on behalf of individuals in relation to benefits, housing and employment.  Promotion of good physical and mental health.  Support in the development of parenting skills.

They provide a wide range of services including the following

 Provision of a safe space for women to meet and provide mutual support  Drop-in advice service  IT assistance including setting up email accounts, scanning of documents and completion of application forms.  Organisation of training courses for English language, digital skills etc (subject to availability of funding to engage professional trainers)  Help in applying for training and further education courses at Uxbridge College etc Page 234  Assistance in applying for jobs including help with drawing up CVs and ensuring skills and experience are fully reflected in applications.  Translation and interpreting services to support clients and assist service providers such as schools and the NHS  Assistance in applying for services and benefits help in dealing with Benefits Centre and Universal Credit Online  Advocacy on behalf of individuals in cases of dispute  Referral of clients to specialist organisations to deal with domestic abuse, mental health problems, legal issues.  Handling of cases referred to us by a range of organisations including the Council, the CAB and the Job Centre  Help with freedom passes for elderly and disabled people including change of details and replacement of lost, stolen or damaged passes.  Shopping for elderly and disabled people, especially during the coronavirus lockdown and subsequently.

Officer Comment:

An established group in the borough who work broadly across many spectrums to support Somali women who have faced many challenges. They seek to integrate the women into mainstream services where appropriate and aid them in accessing help with increasing their skills for work and / or education, benefits advice and support, both physical and mental health support, translation services and parenting skills.

Support is needed to help them continue to supply these services and to assist them with bringing in more external funds to support the work they do. It is therefore recommended they are given a grant of £10,000.

Corporate Finance Comment

The organisation achieved a net loss of £190 in the year to March 2020, with total funds available of £7,333. The grant requested represents 100% of the current incoming resources and over 200% of existing balances

Page 235 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 NEW BIDS

Organisation: SEND Family Support Amount Requested and Use

Description

SEND family support is a new organisation started in 2019 and £29,400 Salary, administration and designed to help support families caring for children and young equipment costs adults with Special Educational needs and Disabilities (SEND).

They provide a family centred approach for families where there is more than one challenging and presenting issue and intervention is needed from multi agencies. Families struggling Recommendation: to navigate their way through the complexities of getting help are supported, advised and guided holistically so they can £10,000 access the services needed whilst being able to safely explore the complex challenges that can arise.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

550 7 626 None Nil £2702.00

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

SEND will: -

 Continue and look to build upon the social presence they have with social media platforms  Provide a safe and nurturing place for the differing family members to allow exploration of frustrations faced to provide the support needed  Hold their multi activity programme spread across the year to being families together to build social support networks and to ease isolation  Promote a positive approach to parenting  Continue to undertake activities that educate early intervention to prevent costly reactive support.  Work with other third sector partners to avoid any duplication and maximise support. Manage their referrals pathways with other partners to avoid replication of information.  Seek to reduce GP attendances and hospital admissions

Officer Comment:

Prior to the pandemic this group were meeting regularly and had started to foster the relationships needed to build upon its aims. During lockdown they moved very quickly to virtual support groups and telephone support where virtual was not possible. They have remained consistent in their presence and are building upon the integration from other third sector groups to ensure that where there may be duplication, it is minimised. Their application demonstrates their need to recognise the help that they need to build upon what they currently have, and they have shown significant progress since they started by changing their services in line with clients need. An example of this was setting up single gender groups as they noted the challenges faced by mums and dads could be different and a safe space was needed for exploration without creating any additional frustrations.

They are still a new group and a grant of £10k is recommended to support them to lever in additional funds to build upon what they offer.

Page 236 Corporate Finance Comment

SEND Family support are a newly formed charity and as yet do not have any financial reports to review, however, bank statements up to August 2020 indicate cash balances of £785.66. The organisation has a number of established policies which have been shared with the Council, and public liability insurance of £5m and professional indemnity of £1m.

Page 237 CORPORATE GRANTS 2021/22 NEW BIDS

Organisation: Qoys Daryeel Family Care Amount Requested and Use

Description

The organisation provides 2 x 13-week parenting courses in £12,704 Salary and accommodation Somali language for Somali parents of children 0-5 at 2 costs children's centre with their accredited trainers. Recommendation: Unable to recommend funding at this present time.

No of Service Active Volunteer Previous yr Corporate Total Spend 2020/21 Users Volunteers hours p.a. targets Grant 2020/21 in Hillingdon

20-30 2 240 None Nil Nil

Planned Activities for 2021/22 Highlights include:

 Run 2 x 13-week parenting courses in Somali language. Each weekly session is for 3 hours at 2 centres.

New services planned:

 Physical exercises for elderly women  English Language Courses  Workshops in sexual and Mental health awareness

Officer Comment:

This group has an embedded relationship within the community, and they have worked to build the relationships and trust they have, to deliver the parenting courses. The application was not able to demonstrate good value for money for the volume of people it supported for the grant requested. There is value in what they deliver, and the group would benefit from support with capacity building to be able to make a stronger case. It is therefore recommended not to fund this group in this application round.

Corporate Finance Comment

Small new charity, aimed towards Somali families including parents of children aged 0-5. Two 13-week courses to be provided, offering a range of activities including physical exercise, mental health and English language courses. Free smear tests are encouraged.

Aim of the organisation is to encourage unity in Somali homes through various activities and education. Family Break ups are common within this community due to lack of understanding between parents and children.

However, requested grant figure is more than double total income for the reported financial period. The charity has £358 in reserves.

Page 238 Appendix C

Member Name Grant Grant 20/21 Comments Recommendation Application 21/22 As-One Club No application 900 Ceased Trading No award Hayes and Harlington 2,200 2,200 If no grant is Award Social Club for the awarded, Club will Blind cease trading in 2021/22 Uxbridge Social Club 1,200 1,200 If no grant is Award for the Blind awarded, no meetings can be convened in 2021/22 Hayes Stroke Club No application 3,400 Club is ceasing No award trading ; grant for 2020/21 has been repaid Mencap Hillingdon 8,500 8,500 Due to inactivity Award South the group will not be claiming the second grant instalment in 2020/21 Mencap Hillingdon No application 7,000 Due to inactivity No award North the 2020/21 grant will be retained & used for funding in 2021/22 Phoenix Blind Club 975 975 Due to inactivity, Award some 2020/21 grant has been repaid Shopmobility 2,000 2,000 Business as usual Award SAMS No application 2,000 Club ceased No award trading SODA 5,000 Chairman Retain contingency deceased. Group requested flexibility to apply later in No Application year Windmill Club 13,000 13,000 Business as usual Award Pelican Club 250 500 Business as usual Award TOTAL £28,125 £46,675 Forecast Use to support Hillingdon underspend Community Transport £18550

Page 239 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 8

REFERRAL FROM COUNCIL - WAR MEMORIALS: WALL MOUNTED WWI TRIPTYCH, ST MARTIN’S CHURCH, WEST DRAYTON, UB7 7PT

Cabinet Member(s) Cllr Sir Raymond Puddifoot MBE Cllr Richard Lewis

Cabinet Portfolio(s) Leader of the Council Central Services, Culture and Heritage

Officer Contact(s) Lyn Summers / Residents Services

Papers with report Appendix 1. List of Memorials identified in 2017 for inclusion into the Gazetteer.

HEADLINES

Summary Following the Council motion of 10 September 2020 relating to commemorating those who died in WWI and the plaque (Triptych) at St Martin's Church in West Drayton, officers have prepared a report to Cabinet to enable the full and accurate facts to be considered and appropriate action taken.

Putting our Residents This report supports the following Council objectives of: Our People; First Our Heritage and Civic Pride

Financial Cost 1. Reprint of the Gazetteer Booklet – 1000 x A5 (26 pages) £550.86.

2. Design and printing of illustrated loose leaf inserts for the existing ‘We Will Remember Them’ books in Borough Libraries and schools – 100 x A4 £45.

Total: £595.86

Relevant Policy Residents, Education and Environmental Services Policy Overview Overview Committee Committee

Relevant Ward(s) West Drayton / All

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 241 RECOMMENDATIONS

That Cabinet agree to the:

1. Inclusion in the Gazetteer A5 Booklet of the St Martin’s Church, WWI Triptych, the WWII Book of Remembrance and a further ten memorials identified following an update of the Imperial War Museum’s Register of War Memorials in 2017. (NB: already included in the online version). Appendix A.

2. Re-print of the updated Gazetteer A5 Booklet for distribution to borough Libraries, schools, Councillors, local historians and churches.

3. Inclusion of an article in a forthcoming edition of Hillingdon People highlighting all twelve newly identified memorials and requesting help from residents in identifying any other memorials.

4. Design and printing of a ‘loose leaf’ insert page for the ‘We Will Remember Them’ book held in borough libraries and schools. To include any WWI memorials that meet the criteria for inclusion in the book from the recently updated list (Appendix A) and any that may be identified as a result of the Hillingdon People article.

Reasons for recommendations

The recommendations enable Cabinet to consider the Council Motion of the 10 September 2020:

That this Council recognises the sacrifice of all from this borough who died in the Great War and who are listed on the memorials and church plaques across the borough, by completing the Council's book of remembrance entitled "We Will Remember Them."

This to be accomplished by including in that commemorative book those men who died in that war and whose names are listed on the plaque in St Martin's Church, West Drayton. This to be achieved by way of an addendum to the book of remembrance which would then be printed and publicised.

These local men, who fought and died for their country, have, up to now been forgotten by this Council as this plaque which records their names has been completely omitted from the only book published by Hillingdon Council to remember its war dead from the Great War.

We, the living, can correct that and make true the words, "Lest We Forget."

Given the current Conservative Administration's enviable record of protecting and promoting heritage in Hillingdon, particularly military history, Council request that this matter be referred to the Cabinet to enable full and accurate facts to be considered and appropriate action taken."

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 242 Alternative options considered / risk management

Consideration was given to rebinding the ‘We Will Remember Them’ books and inserting extra pages but the cost of this proved to be prohibitive. Additionally, as other war memorials are also being identified it would not be possible to do this on a continuous basis

Democratic compliance / previous authority

This report to Cabinet fulfils the requirement of the motion approved by Council on 10 September 2020.

Policy Overview Committee comments

None at this stage.

SUPPORTING INFORMATION

In February 2010, the Department for Communities and Local Government (DCLG) expressed concern at recent cases of damage to national war memorials through neglect or deliberate vandalism, a matter of particular concern at a time when there was heightened public sensitivity to sacrifices being made by the country’s armed forces. The DCLG emphasised the importance of ensuring that memorials are protected and maintained to a high standard and reminded Local Authorities that they should play a key role in drawing up policies for the protection of these heritage assets.

The Planning Specialists Team were tasked with undertaking a project on the Borough’s war memorials and engaged a research volunteer to carry out the work with the intention of highlighting the importance of memorials and their location in the Borough.

The research was undertaken over a period of six months with the Imperial War Museum register being used as the baseline for information **. Further detail was gathered through work with the local archives team and from books published by writer and local historian Tanya Britton.

** It should be noted that, as a result of this research, several Imperial War Museum (IWM) records were found to be either incomplete, incorrect and/or duplicated. All incidents were reported to the IWM’s record office for resolution.

Public consultation was also carried out via an article in Hillingdon People which encouraged residents to come forward with information on any less known and/or unusual memorials (such as those in Appendix A). However, no responses were received.

The research resulted in seventy-five memorials being recorded in the Borough. Twenty-one of those were publicly accessible, for example town centre cenotaphs or graveyard crosses, whilst others took the form of windows, wall tablets or other monuments in churches. Additionally, there were also associations, sports clubs and private companies who had their

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 243 own memorials to staff or members (both military and civilian) killed in war, such as Uxbridge District Council, Ruislip NatWest Bank, Northwood Post Office, Bishopshalt School, Uxbridge Cricket Club, the Gramophone Company in Hayes, and the Bells United Asbestos Company, Harefield. The Youth of Ruislip, twenty of whom were formerly Scouts, are remembered in an open-air chapel in Ruislip Woods.

Following the conclusion of the research, all the information that had been recorded was uploaded onto the online Gazetteer and a hard copy A5 booklet of the same was published and distributed, by way of promotion, to all Councillors, borough Libraries, Churches and Schools, as well as to owners of Borough memorials that were now on record. Further revisions were made in 2011 and in 2012.

In 2014, the Council undertook to further commemorate those local men who had fought and died for their country during WWI and, using the information provided in the Gazetteer, the ‘We Will Remember Them’ Book was produced for the sole purpose of putting into print the names of those who were commemorated on the WWI war memorials around the Borough.

It is true that, the subject of this Council Motion, the Roll of Honour (a closed wall mounted WWI Triptych) located at St Martin’s Church, West Drayton, was omitted from both the Hillingdon War Memorials Gazetteer and the ‘We Will Remember Them’ Book. However, this was entirely due to there being no knowledge of the memorial’s existence and not, as has been suggested, because those that had died had been forgotten.

Whilst the omission of this particular memorial was identified by a local historian very soon after the ‘We Will Remember Them’ book was published it should be noted that the Gazetteer had been fully accessible online since the Autumn of 2010 and that, in the four years between the two commemorative publications being produced, no-one had come forward to highlight the WWI Triptych as missing. Therefore, the ‘We Will Remember Them’ book was published in the knowledge that it was as complete as it could be at that time.

Once the Council were made aware of the omission, the WWI Triptych and additional information regarding a WWII Book of Remembrance, located in the same Church, were uploaded as soon as possible onto the online version of the Gazetteer.

This has also been the case for the other ten memorials (Appendix A) that came to light as a direct result of the Imperial War Museum updating the War Memorials Register in late 2017.

It is clearly of great importance to commemorate and remember the sacrifice of those who have fought and lost their lives for their country. War Memorials are a familiar and cherished part of the townscape of the borough and a poignant reminder of all those local people who lost their lives in two World Wars and other armed conflicts.

The Council takes great pride in the protection and promotion of Hillingdon’s heritage and seeks to ensure that the memorials under its guardianship are looked after for future generations to come.

A work programme of cleaning and maintenance has been in place since 2008 and, in 2017, as a result of a full tender process, the Council engaged Conservation accredited contractors

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 244 (who are also conservators for National Trust, English Heritage and Church Conservation Trust) to undertake annual condition reports and take on the care and maintenance of its memorials in the long term. This work has included the re-cutting of inscribed names where they have been eroded by weather, re-pointing, repairing of cracks and chips, replacement of matching stone where areas have been broken as well as much larger and recent pieces of work such as the total replacement of the crazy paved areas at the Polish Air Force Memorial and the full refurbishment of the Christ on the Cross figure on the Hayes War Memorial.

Financial Implications

Funding of £595.86 to be sought from HIP Heritage and Civic Pride budget.

RESIDENT BENEFIT AND CONSULTATION

The benefit or impact upon Hillingdon residents, service users and communities?

The updating and provision of information on War Memorials will result in a more comprehensive record, will be welcomed by Hillingdon’s residents and lead to a greater awareness and appreciation of war memorials in the Borough.

Consultation carried out or required

Liaison with Reverend Barrie from St Martin’s Church and John Davies, local historian, to ensure that the description detail for the WWI Triptych which will be included on the illustrated loose leaf insert page for the ‘We Will Remember Them’ Book is correct.

CORPORATE CONSIDERATIONS

Corporate Finance

Corporate Finance has reviewed this report and concurs with the Financial Implications set out above, noting that this expenditure can be funded from the HIP budget.

Legal

The Borough Solicitor confirms that there are no specific legal implications arising from this report

Comments from other relevant service areas

The Planning Specialist Team supports the following recommendations:

 reprinting of the Gazetteer A5 Booklet including the proposed additions to ensure consistency between the Imperial and Borough War Memorial Registers.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 245  creation of an illustrated loose leaf insert page for the ‘We Will Remember Them’ books in Borough libraries and schools.

BACKGROUND PAPERS

Council Minutes – 10 September 2020

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 246 APPENDIX 1

LIST OF TEN ADDITIONAL ENTRIES IN THE HILLINGDON MEMORIALS ONLINE GAZETTEER FOLLOWING AN UPDATE TO THE IMPERIAL WAR MUSEUM NATIONAL WAR MEMORIALS REGISTER in 2017.

MEMORIAL NOTES

1. Eastcote War Memorial – Stored for safe keeping at the Royal British Legion Original Bronze Plaques Hall, Southbourne Gardens.

2. Imperial College Sports Land acquired by Imperial College as a war Ground, Sipson Lane memorial, and dedicated in 1936

3. Nestle War Memorial bearing the Temporarily removed from the factory for storage names of factory workers who died in Nestle’s archives, pending re-instatement as in the two World Wars. part of the new residential development scheme.

4. St. John the Baptist Church, Royal The altar bears the names of three members of a Lane, Hillingdon family who were killed in WWI

5. Nos. 107-125 Park Avenue, Ruislip Five pairs of semi-detached houses built by Haig Homes to commemorate those killed in WWII.

6. Ruislip British Legion, High Street, WWII Book of Remembrance Ruislip

7. RAF Northolt, West End Road, ‘Post Office Rifles’ Plaque - relocated Ruislip from Inglis Barracks, Mill Hill

8. RAF Northolt, West End Road, ‘Letter from Home’ Statue - relocated Ruislip from Inglis Barracks, Mill Hill

9. Harmondsworth War Memorial Land acquired as a war memorial and dedicated in Recreation Ground, 1935 Sipson Way

10.St. Matthew’s Church. Yiewsley WWII Roll of Honour - now kept in the Local Studies Library, High Street, Uxbridge.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 247 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 9

STATEMENT OF LICENSING POLICY

Cabinet Member(s) Councillor Douglas Mills

Cabinet Portfolio(s) Community Commerce and Regeneration

Officer Contact(s) Daniel Ferrer, Residents Services

Papers with report Appendix 1 – Statement of Licensing Policy Consultation Response Summary Appendix 2 – Statement of Licensing Policy for recommendation to Council

1.0 HEADLINE INFORMATION

Summary The Statement of Licensing policy has been reviewed in accordance with legislative requirements and the Council's objectives.

The formal consultation period commenced on 5th October 2020 and ended on 22nd November 2020.

This report seeks a recommendation to be made to full Council for the adoption of the updated Statement of Licensing Policy which is deemed as 'Policy Framework'.

Putting our This Policy contributes to the Council's key objectives of: Our Residents First People; Our Built Environment; Our Heritage and Civic Pride.

Financial Cost There are no additional costs to the Council in respect of approving the Statement of Licensing Policy.

Relevant Policy Residents’, Education and Environmental Services Overview Committee

Relevant Ward(s) All

2.0 RECOMMENDATION

2.1 That Cabinet considers the consultation responses and recommends to full Council the updated Statement of Licensing Policy in Appendix 2 for adoption.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 249 Reasons for recommendation

2.2 Relevant stakeholders have been consulted and feedback has been incorporated in the proposed version of the Statement of Licensing Policy.

Alternative options considered / risk management

2.3 To not make a recommendation for the adoption of the Statement of Licensing Policy would mean the Council would not be able to meet its statutory obligations and legal challenges may follow.

3.0 SUPPORTING INFORMATION

3.1 The Council is required to review its Statement of Licensing Policy at regular intervals to ensure it is carrying out licensing functions in accordance with current legislation. During this review, consideration has been given to how changes might improve the way in which services are being delivered, to make them more efficient and customer friendly.

3.2 A revised draft Statement of Licensing Policy has been produced. This has been consulted upon and the consultation has now closed. Consultation responses have been summarised and appear in Appendix 1 of this report.

A number of typographical errors have been identified during the consultation. These have been amended and any proposed amendments resulting from the consultation to the draft policies have been included in the appendices.

Appendices to this report are:

 Appendix 1 - Statement of Licensing Policy – Consultation Response Summary,  Appendix 2 – Updated Statement of Licensing Policy following consultation.

3.3 This Policy has been subject to an Equalities Impact Assessment, previously considered by the Cabinet.

4.0 RESIDENT BENEFIT & CONSULTATION

4.1 The revised Statement of Licensing Policy has been drafted to include updates in legislation and reflect current working practices. This will provide residents and service users with up to date and fit for purpose policy documents.

Consultation Carried Out or Required

4.2 The public consultation was carried out between 5th October 2020 to 22nd November 2020. The consultees included statutory consultees, partner authorities and agencies, residents and businesses. The consultation was also featured on the Council's website.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 250 A total of three responses were received from:

 Northwood Residents Association  Hayes Town Partnership  Eastcote Conservation Panel & Eastcote Resident’s Association

These responses have been summarised in Appendix 1.

Comments from the Licensing Committee

4.3 The Licensing Committee met on 14th October and noted that these updates were not major or significant changes to the Statement of Licensing Policy. Members raised comments concerning the reference to Business Improvement Districts, Best Bar None and Purple Flag initiatives in Section 6. Also, clarification of “agreed problem and high-risk premises” stated at 21.3 in the Enforcement Section was required. These comments and responses are detailed in Appendix 1.

Policy Overview Committee & Members’ comments

4.4 In accordance with the Council's Constitution, the policy framework documents were considered by the Residents', Education & Environmental Services Policy Overview Committee on 15 October 2020. Following the meeting, Members submitted a number of written comments and queries. These have been included in Appendix 1 together with their responses. Members have indicated that they are satisfied with the proposed amendments and responses.

5.0 CORPORATE CONSIDERATIONS

Corporate Finance

5.1 Corporate Finance has reviewed this report and notes that there are no material financial implications associated with implementation of the revised Statement of Licensing Policy attached to this report. No amendments to the cost of licences for individual businesses or the overall income receivable by the Council are expected to arise from these amended Policy.

Legal

5.2 In accordance with the requirements of the relevant legislation and as previously authorised by the Cabinet on 24 September 2020, the Council conducted a formal consultation for the draft Statement of Licensing Policy as detailed in the body of this report.

5.3 Decision-makers must ensure there is full consideration of all consultation responses including those which do not accord with the draft polices proposed by officers. Cabinet Members must be satisfied that responses from consultees are conscientiously taken into account when recommending the Statement of Licensing policy to full Council for adoption

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 251 5.4 Legal Services have reviewed the revisions to the draft polices as detailed in the report and appendices and there are no legal implications that need to be brought to the specific attention of the Cabinet.

5.5 The Council has a statutory duty under Section 5 of the Licensing Act 2003 to review and republish its Statement of Licensing Policy every 5 years. Pursuant to this statutory time frame, the Cabinet is advised that the current Statements of Licensing Policy will expire in January 2021.

6.0 BACKGROUND PAPERS

Current Statement of Licensing Policy Revised Government Guidance issued by the Home Office under Section 182 of the Licensing Act 2003 - last updated 24 April 2018 Report to Cabinet – 24th September 2020 Equalities Impact Assessment – Cabinet 24 September 2020

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 252 Appendix A – Statement of Licensing Policy – Consultation Response Summary

Response received from Licensing Committee Comments Outcome & Proposed Amendment Section 6 – ‘Partnership Working & Initiatives’ Proposed changes included Members asked for more information to be included for Business Improvement Districts (BID’s) at 6.4, Best Bar None at 6.5 and Purple Flag at 6.7. Suggestion for hyperlinks to be included. Section 21 – ‘Enforcement’ - Members asked for Proposed changes included and 21.3 clarification in relation to 21.3 which states, “agreed updated to add wording: problem and high risk premises”. “Factors to be taken into account when determining whether a premises is considered high risk or not include: the history of compliance from pro-active licensing inspections, history of complaints, information or referrals from Responsible Authorities and confidence in management at the premises.”

Responses received Residents’, Education & Environmental Services Policy Overview Committee and Members afterwards Comments Outcome & Proposed Amendment 2.6 states, “Determining and publishing a statement of No amendments to be made. its policy is a licensing function and so the Licensing Authority must have regard to the Guidance issued Response provided: under Section 182 of the Act. The Licensing Authority may depart from this policy if the individual In practice we do not expect the circumstances of any case merit such a decision in the Licensing Sub-committee to regularly interests of the promotion of the licensing objectives. make decisions that depart from the However, if this done then the Licensing Authority shall Policy. However, if it is felt that it is give full reasons for departing from its policy.” appropriate in unique occasions to promote the licensing objectives then Should there be a review of these decisions, and if this allows the LSC scope to do so. so, who should review these decisions? These decisions are checked and reviewed at the time of the formal decision by the legal adviser to ensure that these decisions are appropriate, reasonable and proportionate. If there was a complaint made by the applicant about any such decision then ultimately the Magistrates Court would review this decision.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 253 2.6 continues, “merit such a decision in the interests of Proposed change included. the promotion of the licensing objectives. However, if this done then the Licensing Authority shall give full reasons for departing from its policy.”

Please check the gramma of the last sentence. “However, if this done…”

7.3 states, “This Policy has been subject to an Proposed change included. Equalities Impact Assessment and it does not have an adverse effect on equality issues”.

Suggest re wording this, as rather blunt, and leaves us open. Suggest: “Local Authority has considered the Equality and Diversity issues that may arise from this policy. The Local Authority considers that this policy does not raise any concerns with regards to equality and diversity.”

8.2 states, “Where an individual holding a Premises Response: 28 days from when the Licence within the Borough ceases to be entitled to individual’s right to work came to an work in the United Kingdom on or after 6th April 2017, end. the Premises Licence lapses immediately, and will lapse completely unless transferred or an Interim This has now been amended to clarify Authority lodged within 28 days” this point.

Within 28 days of what?

10.12 states, The Licensing Authority recommends the Proposed change included. Section Metropolitan Police Promotion / Event Risk 10.12 deleted. Assessment Form 696 and the After Promotion / Event Debrief Risk Assessment Form 696A as useful and effective tools for this purpose. …(N.B Form 696 scrapped in Nov. 2017

This point is not required in the final version.

10.13 The Licensing Authority strongly encourages No amendment required. Response applicants to carry out a detailed and thorough risk provided: assessment when carrying out promotions or events. Where the risk assessment identifies significant risks Then the Police and the Licensing for an event or promotion then the Licensing Authority Authority could potentially look at would normally expect the applicant to consult with the formally Reviewing the Premises Police and the Licensing Authority. Licence where they felt the licensing objectives were not being fully What happens if the applicant refuses to or does not promoted. Equally, the Responsible consult with the police or the Licensing Authority? Authority responsible for the functions

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 254 for Health & Safety could consider Review proceedings. 10.15 The Council recognises that effective Pub Watch schemes can contribute greatly to the prevention of crime and disorder objective in licensed This section has now been deleted as premises. (Now dealt with in 6.2) it is covered in 6.2.

This point is not required in the final version.

12.4 states, “Licensees will take all reasonable steps No amendment required. Response to discourage smoking on the public highway close to provided : residential premises, particularly after 10pm. This could include measures such as a ban on customers This will depend on the individual taking drinks outside on to the public highway”. premises licence for the premises. Most of the premises who have Should this not be standard? Surely we do not permit submitted variations to their licence drinks purchased from a licensed premises to be since the 2003 Act came into force consumed on public highway will have conditions and controls that deal with this issue. However, there will be some premises that will not formally have these conditions placed on them and still retain a licence that was converted since the original 1964 Act. These licences will be silent on the matter.

In practice, most responsible operators will take these reasonable steps to promote the licensing objectives of Public Safety and Prevention of Public Nuisance and take the appropriate steps as standard. The issue of outside drinking tends to arise in the summer. 13.12 states, “It is expected that all refusals of alcohol Response provided: shall be recorded by the operator in a Refusal or Incident Log. This Log should be made available for Yes, I believe so. A responsible inspection to a Police Officer or authorised officer from operator should record all refusals the Local Authority.” and this will be mandatory where they have a specific condition on their Is this feasible? licence.

Spelling mistake on last sentence. Spelling mistake on last sentence has been amended. Should the words ‘On Demand’ be added to the last sentence. The words, “when requested to produce it” have been added to 13.12.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 255 14.4 states, “Public Health may record data where Proposed change made. intoxication of patrons at specific premises has led to accidents and injuries from violence, resulting in attendances at emergency departments and the use of ambulance services. Some of these incidents will be reported to the police, but many will not. This information can be relevant to the public safety and crime and disorder objectives.”

First sentence, add the words ‘including those’ between violence, resulting in. Also consider adding nuisance to this point. 14.5 states, “The Licensing Authority recognises the Proposed change made potential for Public Health to participate in the licensing process in relation to the protection of children from harm. This objective concerns the physical safety of children and also their moral and psychological wellbeing. Public Health may be able to present evidence relating to under 18's alcohol- related emergency department attendance, hospital admissions and underage sales of alcohol linked to a specific premises and their practices.”

Last sentence does not make sense. Perhaps the last 2 words should read Licensed Premises and not premises licences.

17.6 states, “Where the Licensing Authority does act Response: as a responsible authority and wishes to submit a representation, they may do so by assessing the The last sentence has been amended application, visiting the premises if they feel it is to read, appropriate to do so and look at the potential impact the application will have on the Licensing objectives. “In addition, the Licensing Authority In addition, the Licensing Authority shall review their shall check the history of the records to check the history of the premises and premises, assess the level of confidence in management and the level of confidence it has with management compliance with conditions attached to the premises and the compliance with conditions of licences.” the licence.”

Last sentence does not make sense. Perhaps the last 2 words should read Licensed Premises and not premises licences.

18.6 states, “Councillors must not be members of the Proposed change made to para. 18.6 licensing sub-committee if they are involved in to clarify. campaigning about the particular application”

Surely, this should read Councillors must declare an interest and not be involved in the item.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 256 19.9 states, “It is important for the licensing authority Response: and its committee to ensure that there is neither actual nor an appearance of bias in its decision- This has been considered and making” wording has been amended to:

Consider amending the wording to incorporate “It is important for the licensing decisions made where a bias is unforeseen. authority and its committee to ensure that there is no unforeseen biasness in its decision- making” 20.3 states, “Conditions imposed by the Licensing Proposed change has been made. Authority shall be appropriate, proportionate and should be determined on a case-by-case basis.” This has been amended to add the word, “reasonable” as suggested. Missing word, Reasonable. As per 5.2, page 4

21.1 states, “The Licensing Authority expects all Proposed change has been made. responsible licence holders to adhere to conditions attached to their premises licence and to fully promote the licensing objectives. This is also expected from holders of Club Premises Certificates, users of Temporary Event Notices and Personal Licence holders of the Borough.”

What is the difference between a responsible licence holder and a licence holder? Suggest removing the word “responsible”.

21.5 states, “It is a criminal offence under section 136 Proposed change has been made. of the 2003 Act to carry on any of the licensable activities other than in accordance with a licence or Sentence now amended to read, other authorisation under the 2003 Act. It is also an offence for a person to knowingly allow the “It is also an offence for a person to licensable activity to be carried on. The fine for this knowingly carry out this unauthorised offence is unlimited. The local authority, the Police and licensable activity.” other authorised persons under the Act have powers to take action in relation to premises carrying on unauthorised activities.”

Does not make sense. The wording in bold requires rewording.

12.41 states, “The Licensing Authority may receive The first sentence has been amended applications for the sale of alcohol where the order for to read, alcohol, or payment for it, takes place may not be the same as the place where the alcohol is appropriated “The Licensing Authority may receive to the contract. This situation occurs when sales are applications for the sale of alcohol made online, by telephone, or mail order. The sale of where payment is not necessary alcohol is to be treated as taking place where the taken at the same place where the

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 257 alcohol is appropriated to the contract. It will be the alcohol is appropriated to the premises at this location which need to be licensed.” contract.”

The first sentence does not make sense around the wording takes place.

24.3 states, “Operators who run premises providing The applicant. ‘alcohol delivery services’ should advise the licensing authority that they are operating such a service in their Therefore, the word “their” has been operating schedule. This ensures that the licensing replaced by “the applicant’s” authority can properly consider what conditions are appropriate to attach to their premises licence.”

Ambiguity on the last sentence, who’s licence?

Response received from Northwood Residents Association Comments Outcome & Proposed Amendment I am happy with the amendments. No amendments or changes to be made as matter dealt with in Section One suggestion - the closing time should be earlier 20, Licensing Objectives – The where the Licence is to be granted in a substantially Prevention of Public Nuisance”. In residential road. For instance, High Street, particular 12.7 states that Northwood where the entire opposite side of the road “Applications referred to the Licensing is residential, compared to Green Lane where both Sub Committee will be determined on sides of the road are shopping, albeit with flats over. the individual merit of each case”.

This is on the basis of noise and the like when customers leave the restaurant late at night.”

Response received from Hayes Town Partnership Comments Outcome & Proposed Amendment Overall the Policy is very comprehensive and has Response to be made. Shisha is not a stood the test of time. There are therefore no licensable activity under the Licensing observations on the general provisions and Act 2003. It is more appropriate for comments are limited to matters of detail as set out Shisha to dealt with by the Health Act below: 2006.

Shisha

The new section 12 on Prevention of Public Nuisance makes reference in various paragraphs to the steps that need to be taken to minimise the nuisance from smoking outside the premises. The availability of

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 258 shisha in licensed premises raises a slightly different set of issues but experience in Hayes suggests that this practice may well grow and it is considered that there would be benefit in spelling out the duties of the licence-holder in relation to the management of shisha smoking.

Training of staff Proposed change made and the sale of alcohol to intoxicated persons is The new section 13 on the Protection of Children added to 21.4 in the Enforcement from Harm emphasise the importance of training staff section to now read; on the proof of age policy. This is welcomed but it raises the question about whether there should be a “The Licensing authority reminds more general provision elsewhere in the policy about operators of licenced premises that it the importance of training on other subjects such as is incumbent on them to provide the prohibition on the sale of alcohol to drunks. This appropriate training for their staff to has been an issue in Hayes in the past. ensure the promotion of the licensing objectives. For example, this includes training in relation to age verification and the prohibition of the sale and supply to intoxicated persons”.

Public health and licensing Propose change made to 14.6 in the Public Health & Licensing Section to The new section 14 makes reference to public health read; but there is nothing about cooperating with the NHS and alcohol charities to raise awareness of the “The Licensing Authority will work with dangers of excess consumption of alcohol. In view of the Director of Public Health and staff the long-term damage that can be done by alcohol to identify and utilise relevant public and the high local prevalence of obesity, diabetes health data within the licensing and heart disease there seem to be good grounds for process. In addition, the Licensing placing some level of responsibility on licence- Authority will support the NHS and holders. alcohol charities to raise awareness of the dangers of excess consumption of alcohol.”

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 259 Response received from Eastcote Conservation Panel & Eastcote Residents Association Comments Outcome & Proposed Amendment This is a joint response to the licensing consultation Response provided to the Association from Eastcote Conservation Panel & Eastcote to clarify the matters raised. Residents’ Association.

We consider the changes to wording and the new Section 2 – Policy Statement layout acceptable. Especially welcome is the new In practice we do not anticipate that Section 24 covering mobile, remote and internet the Licensing Authority will depart sales. from its Policy but this section does give the Licensing Authority scope to We fully appreciate that the London Borough of do so where the individual Hillingdon is tightly bound by Government legislation, circumstances merit such a decision therefore has limited powers in the area of licensing. and to promote the licensing objectives. This view is reflected in With regard to some of the new sections and the Government’s Section 182 changes of wording, it would be greatly appreciated if Guidance to the Licensing Act. The some clarification could be given on the following. immediate example that comes to mind are enforcement actions such as Section 2. Policy Statement. the formal Review of the Premises Licence. There may be cases where 2.6 Determining and publishing a statement of its breaches are so serious that the policy is a licensing function and so the Licensing matter may be escalated much faster Authority must have regard to the Guidance issued than in usual cases. We are aware of under Section 182 of the Act. The Licensing Authority cases from other Local Authorities may depart from this policy if the individual where swift enforcement action has circumstances of any case merit such a decision in been taken during the pandemic the interests of the promotion of the licensing where the licensing objectives were objectives. However, if this done then the Licensing not being fully promoted and Public Authority shall give full reasons for departing from its Safety and the Prevention of Crime & policy. Disorder were major areas of concern. The main thing to note is For what reasons would the Authority be able to that if departure from the Policy is depart from the policy? considered then full reasons must be given. Section 6. Partnership and working initiatives.

In this section many schemes are mentioned, ‘Pub Watch Scheme’, ‘Best Bar None’ and ‘Purple Flag Section 6 – Partnership & Working Status’. Initiatives

It is stated that establishments will be encouraged to Again, we feel this is an important join these schemes. section. Collaboration with our stakeholders is key to the licensing Is there an initiative in current use to encourage both process, enforcement and the day to long standing licence holders as well as new day running of licensed premises. applicants to join these schemes?

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 260 Other Members have also raised the Where can lists of members of these schemes be points about Pub Watch, Best Bar found? None and Purple Flag Status initiatives Therefore, we will be looking at providing additional information regarding these schemes and implementing them into the draft Policy. We mention these schemes as a way of improving our collaboration and the standards of businesses in the Borough. We currently have the Uxbridge Pub Watch which is working well and looking at establishing other Pub Watch schemes in other parts of the Borough. Mike Crane is the Uxbridge BID Manager and will be able to provide a list of their members. Best Bar None and Purple Flag initiatives are interesting initiatives that we are considering in the future and as I say this is something that we can aim for with a view to looking at accreditation schemes and improving quality and standards in the hospitality sector.

Further information to be included in the Policy for Business Improvement Districts (BID’s) at 6.4, Best Bar None at 6.5 and Purple Flag at 6.7. Suggestion for hyperlinks to be included.

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 261 This page is intentionally left blank

Statement of Licensing Policy The Licensing Act 2003

Effective – January 2021 to January 2026

Contents

1. Introduction and Background Page 2 2. Policy Statement Page 2 3. Consultation Page 3 4. General principles and the role of the Licensing Authority Page 3 5. Integration of Strategies and avoidance of duplication Page 4 6. Partnership Working and initiatives Page 5 7. Equality Duty Page 7

Page 263 8. Immigration Act Page 7 9. Modern Day Slavery Page 8 10. Licensing Objectives – Prevention of Crime & Disorder Page 8 11. Licensing Objectives – Public Safety Page 10 12. Licensing Objectives – Prevention of Public Nuisance Page 11 13. Licensing Objectives – Protection of Children from Harm Page 12 14. Public Health & Licensing Page 14 15. Licensing Committee Page 15 16. Authorisations and Applications Page 15 17. Representations Page 17 18. The Role of Ward Councillors Page 20 19. Decision Making and Licensing Hearings Page 21 20. Licence Conditions Page 22 21. Enforcement Page 23 22. Reviews Page 24 23. Cumulative Effect Page 25 24. Mobile, Remote and Internet Sales Page 26 25. Licensing Hours Page 27 26. Exemptions Page 27 Appendix A – Table of Delegations Page 29 Appendix B – Prevention of Crime & Disorder Page 30 Appendix C – Public Safety Page 33 Appendix D – Prevention of Public Nuisance Page 35 Appendix E – Protection of Children from Harm Page 38 Appendix F – List of Responsible Authorities Page 39 Appendix G - Current Mandatory Conditions Page 41 Annex A – Ward Councillor Representations Page 45

Page 264 Policy Page 1 1.0 Introduction & Background

1.1 The London Borough of Hillingdon is the Licensing Authority under the Licensing Act 2003 and is responsible for the administration and enforcement of the provisions relating to:

 Alcohol sales/supplies  Regulated Entertainment  Late Night Refreshment

1.2 The London Borough of Hillingdon currently has approximately 850 premises authorisations in force and 4100 personal licences held by individuals.

2.0 Policy Statement

2.1 The Licensing Authority exercises a range of responsibilities including helping to develop a thriving food, drink and entertainment economy whilst safeguarding the local community against issues which may arise from licensed premises.

2.2 The London Borough of Hillingdon is required by Section 5 of the Licensing Act 2003, to determine and publish a statement of licensing policy at least once every five years. The Licensing Policy will provide the Authority with the fundamental principles in respect of carrying out its licensing functions.

2.3 The Policy is also intended to inform applicants, residents and other stakeholders about the way in which the Licensing Authority will make decisions and the operating standards expected from licensed premises in accordance with the licensing objectives.

2.4 In determining its policy, the Council will take into account the Secretary of State's Guidance issued under Section 182 of the Licensing Act 2003 (last updated on 24th April 2018).

2.5 In respect of all licensing functions and determination of any licensing policy, the Council has a duty to promote the four licensing objectives:

 The prevention of crime and disorder;  The protection of children from harm;  The prevention of public nuisance;  Public safety.

Each objective is of equal importance.

2.6 Determining and publishing a statement of its policy is a licensing function and so the Licensing Authority must have regard to the Guidance issued under Section 182 of the Act. The Licensing Authority

Page 265 Policy Page 2 may depart from this policy if the individual circumstances of any case merit such a decision in the interests of the promotion of the licensing objectives. However, if this is done then the Licensing Authority shall give full reasons for departing from its policy.

3.0 Consultation

3.1 In reviewing the Council’s Statement of Licensing Policy, the Council sought observations and comments from the following persons, organisations and groups and their comments have been incorporated into this policy where relevant:

 Chief Officer of Police for Hillingdon  London Fire Brigade  Chief Planning Officer  Hillingdon Safeguarding Children Board  Health and Safety Executive and Hillingdon’s Health and Safety Enforcement Team  Public Health  Trading Standards  Enforcing Authority for Public Nuisance  Bodies representing holders of current authorisations  Resident's Associations  Ward Members  Hillingdon’s Anti-Social Behaviour Investigations Team  Transport for London (TfL)  The London boroughs of Hounslow, Harrow, Ealing  The borough councils of South Bucks, Three Rivers, Spelthorne, Slough  Hillingdon Arts Council  Individuals who have requested a copy of the draft policy. Home Office - Immigration

4.0 General Principles and the Role of the Licensing Authority

4.1 The role of the Licensing Authority is to ensure control of the licensable activities at licensed premises, qualifying clubs, temporary events and the conduct of the personnel involved with the licensable activities as required under the Act.

4.2 Conditions attached to the Premises Licences and Club Premises Certificates granted by the Licensing Authority will relate to the licensing objectives and matters over which the Premises Licence Holder or Club Management Committees have direct control.

4.3 The focus will be on the licensed premises and the activities in the vicinity of those premises. Those activities, on licensed premises, that

Page 266 Policy Page 3 have a direct impact on members of the public living, working or engaged in normal activities in the area, fall within the scope of the licensing regime.

4.4 Anti-social behaviour of patrons in and around a licensed premises and disturbance or nuisance which can be proved to be emanating from particular premises, will be a consideration for the Licensing Authority in its enforcement and decision-making role.

5.0 Integration of Strategies and avoidance of duplication

5.1 Many people and organisations are involved with, or affected by, the ways in which licensed premises are operated. Most are involved, directly or indirectly, in the promotion of the licensing objectives, particularly those relating to the prevention of crime and disorder and public nuisance. Amongst the various stakeholders there will be a wide range of strategies that relate to, or are influenced by, the exercise of the Council’s licensing function.

5.2 The Licensing Authority recognises the need to avoid, so far as possible, duplication with other regulatory regimes. Some regulations, however, do not cover the unique circumstances of some licensable activities. The Licensing Authority will consider attaching conditions to Premises Licences and Club Premises Certificates where; these are appropriate, reasonable and proportionate for the promotion of the licensing objectives; these are not already provided for in any other legislation; these are not contained within the applicant’s operating schedule and if there are relevant representations

5.3 The Licensing Committee will be prepared to accept reports from other relevant departments of the Council regarding the state of the borough. These reports may include contributions from those responsible for the promotion of tourism, cultural development, planning, transport, reduction of crime or anti-social behaviour, community safety, social, and health and community development. This should enable the various agencies or departments with their own strategies, aims and objectives to keep the Licensing Committee aware of the wider picture in pursuance of the licensing objectives.

5.4 Planning and public nuisance legislation carry the highest risk of duplication with the Licensing regime. While licence conditions should not duplicate other statutory provisions, licensing authorities and licensees should be mindful of requirements and responsibilities placed on them by other legislation. Relevant legislation may include the following:

 The Gambling Act 2005  The Environmental Protection Act 1990  The Noise Act 1996  The Clean Neighbourhoods and Environmental Act 2005

Page 267 Policy Page 4  The Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order 2005  The Health and Safety at Work etc. Act 1974  The Equality Act 2010  The Immigration Act 2016  Regulators’ Code under the Legislative and Regulatory Reform Act 2006

Planning

5.5 The licensing function is and should remain distinct from the Planning process. It will be for the planning process to determine land/building use decisions and the marketplace to determine need for particular types of premises/activities. Licensing decisions will be made with regard to the furtherance of the Licensing Objectives with regard to the particular use sought. However, it is strongly recommended that applicants ensure that:

 The proposed licensable activities do not contravene planning legislation;

 The hours sought are within the limits authorised by any planning permission.

Enforcing Authority for Public Nuisance

5.6 The Environmental Protection Unit is charged with enforcing regulations relating to Public Nuisance and is also a responsible authority for Public Nuisance matters under the Act.

5.7 It is accepted that the Licensing Authority will often work hand in hand with the Environmental Protection Unit where nuisance related issues occur at licensed premises. Whilst the Authority has a duty to uphold the prevention of public nuisance, it should be recognised that this duty will not replace the Authority’s responsibilities under other legislation.

6.0 Partnership Working and Initiatives

6.1 The Licensing Authority encourages work between the Licensing Authority, relevant authorities such as Police, Environmental Health, Trading Standards and the licence holder themselves in order to solve licensing problems and to promote the licensing objectives.

6.2 Groups representing licence holders are encouraged to participate in their local crime and disorder reduction partnerships, such as Pubwatch schemes.

6.3 The Licensing Authority has a duty to work with all partners in order to deliver the promotion of the licensing objectives.

Page 268 Policy Page 5 Business Improvement Districts

6.4 The Licensing Authority support and encourage further developments for Business Improvement Districts (BID's) where partnership arrangements and joint responsibility are formed with local businesses and stakeholders. BID's can play an important and positive role in discussing and tackling local issues and they have the ability to put forward appropriate schemes that are of benefit to the community.

More information on BID’s can be found at:

https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/business-improvement- districts-guidance-and-best-practice

Best Bar None

6.5 The Licensing Authority recognise the value of the Best Bar None Scheme in improving standards in the Evening and Night Time Economy. For example, they reduce alcohol related crime and disorder, build positive relationships between the licensed trade, police and local authorities and responsible owners are recognised and able to share good practice with others. Furthermore, they promote the town or city as a safe and vibrant city to go at night and shows a willingness to address alcohol related crime and anti social behaviour through the promotion of good practice and education.

More information on Best Bar None can be found at:

https://bbnuk.com

Purple Flag

6.7 The Licensing Authority acknowledge that that Purple Flag status, an accreditation recognising a well managed night time economy, can bring real benefits which include:

 A raised profile and an improved public image for the location  A wider patronage, increased expenditure  Lower crime and anti-social behaviour  A more successful mixed use economy in the longer term

More information on Purple Flag can be found at:

https://www.atcm.org/purple-flag

Page 269 Policy Page 6 7.0 Equality Duty

7.1 The Licensing Authority have a public sector equality duty to the following protected characteristics:

 Age  Disability  Sex, gender reassignment, sexual orientation  Pregnancy and maternity  Race, religion or belief  Marriage and civil partnership

7.2 Under the Equality Act 2020 (S.149) a Public Authority must, in the exercise of its functions, have due regard to the need to:-

(a) eliminate discrimination, harassment, victimisation and any other conduct that is prohibited under the 2010 Act (b) advance equality of opportunity between persons who share a relevant protected characteristic and persons who do not share it (c) foster good relations between persons who share a relevant protected characteristic and persons who do not share it

7.3 The Licensing Authority has considered the Equality and Diversity issues that may arise from the Policy. The Local Authority considers that this policy does not raise any concerns with regards to equality and diversity.

8.0 Immigration Act

8.1 Following the implementation of the Immigration Act 2016, the Licensing Authority will ensure that the “Entitlement to Work” test is checked and scrutinised for Personal Licence Holders and individual Premises Licence Holders, where the Premises Licence permits the sale of alcohol or late night refreshment.

8.2 Where an individual holding a Premises Licence within the Borough ceases to be entitled to work in the United Kingdom on or after 6th April 2017, the Premises Licence lapses immediately, and will lapse completely unless transferred or an Interim Authority lodged within 28 days of when the individual’s right to work ended.

8.3 A Personal Licence issued by the Licensing Authority will lapse when an individual is no longer entitled to work in the United Kingdom on or after 6th April 2017.

8.4 The Licensing Authority will work closely with the Home Office Immigration Enforcement (HIOE) as a Responsible Authority. The Licensing Authority will advise the HIOE where applicants have committed immigration offences and furthermore provide the HIOE assistance when entering and carrying out their enforcement duties at licensed premises within the Borough.

Page 270 Policy Page 7 9.0 Modern Day Slavery

9.1 The Licensing Authority acknowledges the implementation of the Modern Day Slavery Act 2015 and will therefore fully take on their responsibilities and statutory duties under the Act

9.2 This Licensing Authority recognises the role it can play in proactively preventing modern slavery, which includes consideration of:-

 Identification and referral of victims during inspections and visits  Reporting and referring for investigation via the National Crime Agency’s national referral mechanism any of its licence holders or managers of premises as a cause for concern  Assisting partners with Community safety services and disruption activities.

10. Licensing Objectives - The Prevention of Crime and Disorder

10.1 Licensed premises, especially those offering late night/early morning entertainment, alcohol and refreshment, can be a source of crime and disorder. The Licensing Authority will expect operating schedules to satisfactorily address these issues from the design of the premises through to the daily operation of the business. Applicants are recommended to seek advice from the Police Licensing Officer and Licensing Authority Officers prior to making any application as early advice can alleviate representations being made once an application is submitted. Full contact details for both are contained within the Responsible Authorities contact in appendix B.

10.2 Applicants should, where appropriate, take account of local planning and transport policies, and tourism, cultural and crime prevention strategies, when preparing their operating plans and schedules.

10.3 Where a number of premises may be in close proximity it may be difficult to attribute the disorder to patrons of particular premises, however there is a duty on Premises Licence Holders or Club Management Committees to act responsibly to ensure their own customers do not contribute to crime and disorder whilst in their premises and in the vicinity of their premises.

10.4 When addressing crime and disorder, the applicant should identify any particular issues that are likely to affect adversely the promotion of the crime and disorder objective. They should then include in the operating schedule how they will deal with those matters.

10.5 Operating schedules should then show how they will address the issues identified. Further guidance on these measures is contained in Appendix B.

Page 271 Policy Page 8 10.6 Applications referred to the Licensing Sub-Committee where relevant representations have been received will be determined on the individual merit of each case. The Licensing Sub-Committee has the power to impose specific conditions when considered appropriate in respect of the Crime and Disorder objective.

10.7 The Council’s Licensing Officers will work closely with the Metropolitan Police Service to ensure licence conditions are met, matters relating to crime and disorder are resolved, and that licensed premises are being operated according to the requirements of the Act.

10.8Following the grant of a premises licence, the Metropolitan Police Service, Elected Members and/or interested parties such as local residents and Ward Councillors can apply to the Licensing Authority for a review of the licence if they consider that the Prevention of Crime and Disorder objective has not been met and are relevant.

10.9 When making decisions about an application the Licensing Sub Committee will have regard to the Borough’s Crime Prevention Strategy and any conditions attached to licences or certificates will so far as possible reflect local crime prevention strategies

10.10 High risk or poorly managed premises will be subject to a higher frequency of inspections than low risk and well managed premises. Some of these inspections will be unannounced and conducted whilst the premises are in use for the purpose of the licence.

10.11 In the interest of public order and the prevention of terrorism, the Licensing Authority would expect that for significant events, a comprehensive risk assessment is undertaken by premises licence holders to ensure that crime and disorder and public safety matters are identified and addressed. Accordingly, for premises that wish to stage promotions, or events (see examples set out in Appendix B), the Licensing Authority recommends those applicants address the Risk Assessment and debrief processes in their operating schedule.

10.12 The Licensing Authority strongly encourages applicants to carry out a detailed and thorough risk assessment when carrying out promotions or events. Where the risk assessment identifies significant risks for an event or promotion then the Licensing Authority would normally expect the applicant to consult with the Police and the Licensing Authority.

10.13 Personal Licence applicants will have to meet specific standards with regard to their suitability. There are a number of obligations on Personal Licence Holders including those who are named as Designated Premises Supervisors, the breach of which could mean appearing before the Magistrates Court.

Page 272 Policy Page 9 11.0 Licensing Objectives - Public Safety

11.1 The Licensing Act 2003 Act covers a range of premises and activities, including cinemas, concert halls, theatres, nightclubs, public houses, cafes/restaurants and fast food outlets/takeaways. Each of these types of premises presents a mixture of risks to public safety, with many common to most premises and others unique to specific operations. It is essential that premises are constructed or adapted and operated so as to acknowledge and safeguard occupants against these risks.

11.3 The Licensing Authority will expect operating schedules to satisfactorily address these issues and applicants are advised to seek advice from the Borough’s Licensing Officers and the London Fire Brigade contact details can be found in appendix F, before preparing their plans and schedules. Where an applicant identifies an issue relating to public safety (including fire safety) that is not covered by existing legislation, the applicant should identify in their operating schedule the steps that they will take to ensure public safety. Where representations are received and upheld at a hearing, the Licensing Authority will consider attaching conditions to licences and permissions to promote safety.

11.4 If relevant representations are received from a Responsible Authority, Elected Members or interested parties the application will be determined by a Licensing Sub-Committee.

11.5 Applications referred to the Licensing Sub-Committee will be determined on the individual merit of each case. The Licensing Sub-Committee have the power to impose specific conditions when considered necessary in respect of the Public Safety objective.

11.6 Following the grant of a premises licence, the London Fire and Emergency Planning Authority, Elected Members and/or the Enforcing Authority within the meaning given by section 18 of the Health and Safety at Work etc. Act 1974 and/or interested parties such as local residents and businesses can apply to the Licensing Authority for a review of the licence if they consider that the Public Safety objective has not been met.

11.7 The Licensing Authority's Licensing Officers will conduct inspections of licensed premises to ensure that the approved safety standards are being maintained and that licence conditions are being complied with.

11.8 High risk or poorly managed premises will therefore be subject to a higher frequency of inspections than low risk and well managed premises. Some of these inspections will be unannounced and conducted whilst the premises are in use for the purpose of the licence.

11.9 The Council’s Licensing Officers, Fire Safety Officers and Health & Safety Officers will work closely together to resolve matters relating to public safety in licensed premises.

Page 273 Policy Page 10 12.0 Licensing Objectives - The Prevention of Public Nuisance

12.1 Licensing Sub Committees will be mindful that licensed premises, especially those operating late at night and in the early hours of the morning, can cause a range of nuisances impacting on people living, working or sleeping in the vicinity of the premises. When addressing public nuisance the applicant should identify any particular issues that are likely to affect adversely the promotion of the licensing objective to prevent public nuisance. They should then include in the operating schedule how they will deal with those matters. The concerns mainly relate to noise nuisance from within the premises or from the use of any outside areas, light pollution, smoke and noxious smells. This may also include patrons outside a premises and the dispersal of customers. Due regard will be given to the impact these may have and the Licensing Authority will expect operating schedules to satisfactorily address these issues.

12.2 Appendix D provides a list of examples of activities which could give rise to public nuisance and measures which can be taken to prevent such nuisance occurring.

12.3 Applicants should give particular consideration to measures to reduce the occurrence of public nuisance associated with accommodating smokers outside the premises, following the introduction of smoke free areas in enclosed or substantially enclosed places.

12.4 In relation to smoking outside licensed premises, it is expected that:

 Suitable receptacles for customers will be provided and maintained to dispose of cigarette litter in areas used, or likely to be used, for smoking  Licensees will take all reasonable steps to discourage smoking on the public highway close to residential premises, particularly after 10pm. This could include measures such as a ban on customers taking drinks outside on to the public highway, the use of door supervisors, or imposing a time after which re-admissions to the premises will not be permitted  Garden areas to be cleared at a reasonable time where not doing so could cause nuisance to neighbouring residents.  Appropriate signage to be displayed prominently at the premises.

12.5 Where an application includes provision of a smoking shelter then the Licensing Authority expects the shelter to be situated as far as possible from neighbouring residential premises.

12.6 If relevant representations are received from a Responsible Authority, Elected Members or interested parties, the application will be determined by a Licensing Sub-Committee.

12.7 Applications referred to the Licensing Sub-Committee will be determined on the individual merit of each case. The Licensing Sub-Committee have

Page 274 Policy Page 11 the power to impose specific conditions when considered necessary in respect of the Prevention of Public Nuisance objective.

12.8 Following the grant of a premises licence, the Council’s Environmental Protection Unit, Elected Members and/or interested parties such as local residents and businesses can apply to the Licensing Authority for review of the licence if they consider that the Prevention of Public Nuisance objective has not been met.

12.9 The Licensing Authority's Licensing Officers will conduct inspections of licensed premises to ensure that the conditions relating to the prevention of public nuisance are being complied with.

12.10 High risk or poorly managed premises will therefore be subject to a higher frequency of inspections than low risk and well managed premises. Some of these inspections will be unannounced and conducted whilst the premises are in use for the purpose of the licence.

12.11 The Council's Licensing Officers and Environmental Protection Officers will work closely with the Council's Anti-Social Behaviour Investigations Team, requesting monitoring visits of specific premises and receiving feedback regarding the witnessing of statutory noise and public nuisance or the breach of licence conditions.

13.0 Licensing Objectives - The Protection of Children from Harm

13.1 The range of ‘licensed premises’ under the Licensing Act 2003 is very broad. It includes pubs, cinemas, theatres, restaurants, off licences etc.

13.2 Under the Licensing Act 2003, unaccompanied children under the age of 16 are not allowed on premises such as public houses which are used exclusively or primarily for the supply of alcohol for consumption on the premises.

13.3 This restriction does not apply to premises such as restaurants and bowling alleys etc. where the supply of alcohol is not the principal use of the premises. However, unaccompanied children under the age of sixteen are not permitted in such premises between the hours of midnight and 5 a.m. Admission of children will always be at the discretion of those managing the premises unless specifically prohibited by way of licence conditions.

13.4 Applicants and licence holders are encouraged to be mindful of the adult nature of licensed premises and to make adequate provision for the protection of children from harm in their operating schedules. Applicants are advised to contact the Safeguarding Children and Quality Assurance team directly to seek advice prior to submitting their application.

13.5 It is recognised that the Mandatory Conditions attached to premises licences where alcohol is sold/supplied must have in place an age verification scheme. The Licensing Authority would normally expect this

Page 275 Policy Page 12 scheme to include a challenge for photo identification to all persons who appear to be under the age of 25 years i.e. 'Challenge 25'

13.6 If relevant representations are received from a Responsible Authority, Elected Members or interested parties the application will be determined by a Licensing Sub-Committee.

13.7 Applications referred to the Licensing Sub-Committee will be determined on the individual merit of each case. The Licensing Sub-Committee have the power to impose specific conditions when considered necessary in respect of the Protection of Children from Harm objective.

13.8 Following the grant of a premises licence, the Council’s Safeguarding Children and Quality Assurance team, Elected Members and/or interested parties such as local residents and businesses can apply to the Licensing Authority for a review of the licence if they consider that the Protection of Children from Harm objective has not been met.

13.9 The Licensing Authority's Licensing Officers will conduct inspections of licensed premises to ensure that the conditions relating to the protection of children from harm are being complied with.

13.10 High risk or poorly managed premises will therefore be subject to a higher frequency of inspections than low risk and well managed premises. Some of these inspections will be unannounced and conducted whilst the premises are in use for the purpose of the licence.

13.11 The Licensing Authority will expect that each operator dealing in the sale and supply of alcohol implements a proof of age policy in line with the Mandatory Licence conditions. The Authority expects premises licence holders to ensure that their staff are adequately trained and in every case where there is any doubt as to whether the customer is aged eighteen or over: ‘No ID- No sale’.

13.12 It is expected that all refusals of alcohol shall be recorded by the operator in a Refusal or Incident Log. This Log should be made available for inspection to a Police Officer or authorised officer from the Local Authority when requested to produce it.

13.13 Trading Standards Officers and Police Officers will carry out test purchases of alcohol using young volunteers. Where sales are made, enforcement action will be taken against all responsible persons.

Children’s access to cinemas

13.14 The Licensing Authority accepts that the British Board of Film Classification (BBFC) is the recognised authority in categorising films. It therefore accepts the BBFC classifications with respect of children’s films. The Licensing Authority will expect applicants to include in their operating schedules arrangements for restricting children from viewing age-restricted films classified according to BBFC recommendations.

Page 276 Policy Page 13 Children and Regulated Entertainment

13.15 There are many kinds of regulated entertainment which are specifically arranged for children, such as plays, concerts, film shows, some of which may be school based. When it is proposed to present an entertainment specifically for children, then additional safety measures may need to be considered. The Council’s Licensing Officers and the Safeguarding Children and Quality Assurance team are able to offer advice and guidance in respect of such presentations and organisers of such events are encouraged to seek such advice.

14.0 Public Health & Licensing

14.1 The Director of Public Health in Hillingdon is a responsible authority under the Licensing Act 2003 and may; make representations in respect of premise licence applications and club premise certificates and may also apply to review premise licences and certificates.

14.2 Public Health may hold useful information which may be used by them to make representations in its own right or to support representations by other responsible authorities. These representations can potentially be made on the grounds of all four licensing objectives.

14.3 A range of public health issues may relate directly to one or more of the Licensing Objectives; for example, violent assaults, cases of alcohol poisoning at licensed premises, issues with loud noise emanating from premises.

14.4 Public Health may record data where intoxication of patrons at specific premises has led to accidents and injuries from violence including those resulting in attendances at emergency departments and the use of ambulance services. Some of these incidents will be reported to the police, but many will not. This information can be relevant to the public safety, public nuisance and crime and disorder objectives.

14.5 The Licensing Authority recognises the potential for Public Health to participate in the licensing process in relation to the protection of children from harm. This objective concerns the physical safety of children and also their moral and psychological wellbeing. Public Health may present evidence relating to under 18's alcohol-related emergency department attendance, hospital admissions and underage sales of alcohol linked to a specific premises and their practices.

14.6 The Licensing Authority will work with the Director of Public Health and his staff in order to identify and utilise relevant public health data within the licensing process. In addition, the Licensing Authority will support the

Page 277 Policy Page 14 NHS and alcohol charities to raise awareness of the dangers of excess consumption of alcohol.”

15.0 Licensing Committee

15.1 A Licensing Committee consisting of at least ten, but not more than fifteen Councillors has been appointed. The Licensing Committee will be kept informed by way of reports from officers on a wide range of matters which may impact on their role.

15.2 The Licensing Act 2003 dictates that uncontested applications shall be granted and that such applications should be dealt with by specific officers who have been so delegated by the Licensing Authority.

15.3 Whenever relevant representations have been received from Responsible Authorities; Elected Members and/or Interested Parties in respect of an application, that application will be referred to a Licensing Sub-Committee for determination.

15.4 Although the Licensing Authority welcomes views from all members of the community, Government guidance states that the Council as the Licensing Authority should be aware that the views of vocal minorities should not be allowed to predominate over the general interests of the community that the Licensing Committee represents.

16.0 Authorisations and Applications

16.1 Here are a number of authorisations relating to:

• Sale/Supply of alcohol • Regulated entertainment • Late Night Refreshment

These are;

Premises Licences

16.2 Any person aged eighteen years or over who is carrying on, or who proposes to carry on, a business that involves the use of premises for licensable activities may apply for a premises licence either on a permanent basis or for a time-limited period. ‘A person’ in this context includes a business or partnership.

16.3 A premises licence lasts indefinitely and may be transferred or varied at any time.

16.4 The premises licence application form and operating schedule should be completed clearly and concisely to reflect the exact nature of the

Page 278 Policy Page 15 business and how the four licensing objectives will be addressed. All sections of the application form must be completed. Guidance as to what type of information should be included in the operating schedule is given in the appendices to this Policy.

16.5 Applications which are incomplete or illegible will be returned to the applicant with an explanation for the return. Reasons may include incomplete or missing forms, incomplete Operating Schedule,the absence of the fee, absence of required plans or insufficient information detailed on the plans, as required under Section 23 of The Licensing Act 2003 (Premises Licences and Club Premises Certificates Regulations 2005 For personal licences also the absence of certificates or photographs.

16.6 Applicants are advised to seek advice from the Council’s Licensing Officers and the Responsible Authorities concerning the licensing requirements for premises and/or licensable activities being applied for prior to completing their operating schedule. Large or unusual events need particular consideration and applicants are advised to consult the Council’s Licensing Officers for guidance and to submit applications as far in advance as possible. When required, the Council’s Licensing Officers will provide all applicants with advice and guidance in respect of completing their application forms and, in particular, how they should address each one of the four licensing objectives in their operating schedules.

16.7 Notwithstanding 13.6 above, it is the applicant’s responsibility to complete the application to a satisfactory standard and they should seek professional legal advice as necessary.

Members Clubs

16.8 Some activities carried out by clubs need to be licensed under the Act but generally, members clubs are treated differently to proprietary clubs and commercial premises. A club is an organisation where members have joined together for a particular reason i.e. social, sporting or political and have combined to buy alcohol in bulk as members of the organisation for supply to members. In order to apply for a Club Premises Certificate the club needs to be a ‘Qualifying Club’.

16.9 Where there is doubt about the eligibility for a club premises certificate, the Licensing Authority will seek assurances and evidence from applicants that they are a qualifying club for the purposes of the Act. Such evidence may include membership records, minutes of committee meetings etc.

Temporary Event Notices

16.10 Anyone may give the Licensing Authority a Temporary Event Notice (TEN). This procedure allows people to hold an event involving

Page 279 Policy Page 16 licensable activities without having to apply for a Premises Licence or Club Premises Certificate.

16.11 The Act provides a system for the temporary carrying on of any licensable activity outside of the terms of a premises licence or club premises certificate. Under this system no authorisation as such is required from the licensing authority. Instead a person wishing to hold an event at which such activities are proposed to be carried on (the “premises user”) gives notice to the licensing authority of the event.

Personal Licences

16.12 To sell alcohol in licensed premises at least one person needs to hold a ‘Personal Licence’ which has been granted by the Licensing Authority where they live. This requirement does not apply to ‘qualifying clubs’.

16.13 In some premises there may be more than one person holding a ‘Personal Licence’ and it is important that one person is named as being in control, this person is called the ‘Designated Premises Supervisor’. The Designated Premises Supervisor is the key person who will usually be responsible for the day to day management of the premises.

16.14 There is one exemption from the need for a personal licence holder and “Designated Premise Supervisor” in line with the mandatory requirements of the Licensing Act 2003 section 19(2) and 19(3). That is in the case where a community premises (church, community and village halls etc.) has applied for and been granted an application to disapply these mandatory conditions.

16.15 In determining applications for personal licences the Licensing Authority will have regard to the guidelines issued by the Secretary of State under section 182 of the Licensing Act 2003 and any secondary legislation. The promotion of the four licensing objectives applies to the consideration of applications for personal licences equally as it does to applications for premises licences.

17.0 Representations

17.1 This policy will not seek to exclude any rights enshrined in the Act or any other legislation for applicants or those making representations against applications. Each application and representation will be treated on its merits taking into account the legislation, the Guidance issued under section 182 of the Licensing Act 2003 and this policy.

17.2 Representations can be made to the Council, as Licensing Authority, by a ‘Responsible Authority’ or by ‘Interested Parties’ which include individuals such as residents or bodies such as a residents association, trade associations and other businesses operating. Representations can be made concerning:-

Page 280 Policy Page 17  Applications for new premises licences or club premises certificates  Applications to vary premises licences or club premises certificates  Personal licence applications on criminal grounds (only by the Police)

17.3 Responsible Authorities are the public authorities specifically designated under the Licensing Act 2003 to be consulted on all licence applications and are also entitled to make representations. A full list of Responsible Authorities is attached as Appendix F.

17.4 The Licensing Authority expect other responsible authorities, where they have concerns, to raise representations that fall within their remit. For instance, where there are concerns of crime and disorder, then the police should submit a representation.

17.5 The Licensing Authority is not generally expected to act as a responsible authority on behalf of other parties such as residents. However, there may be times where the Licensing Authority may feel it is appropriate to do so. For instance, this may be where the relevant responsible authority have failed to take action and the Licensing Authority is aware of relevant grounds to make a representation.

17.6 Where the Licensing Authority does act as a responsible authority and wishes to submit a representation, they may do so by assessing the application, visiting the premises if they feel it is appropriate to do so and look at the potential impact the application will have on the Licensing objectives. In addition, the Licensing Authority shall check the history of the premises, assess the level of confidence it has with management and the compliance with conditions of the licence.

17.7 Each responsible authority has equal standing and may act independently without waiting for representations from any other responsible authority.

17.8 In cases where the Licensing Authority is also acting as responsible authority the Licensing Authority will ensure a separation of responsibilities within the authority to ensure procedural fairness and eliminate conflicts of interest. For example, the Licensing Authority will distinguish the licensing case officer with the officer nominated to act as the responsible authority by allocating clear and distinct functions.

17.9 The Licensing Act 2003 also permits Elected Members to make representations on their own behalf as well as on behalf of their constituents. Members of the public who are making representations may also request that their Ward Councillor speaks on their behalf at public hearings to determine applications.

17.10 Representations about an application must be made in writing to the Council’s Licensing Team within the statutory time limits.

Page 281 Policy Page 18 17.11 Written representations include letters and emails. Representations received after the end of the public consultation period cannot legally be accepted and will not be considered by the Licensing Authority.

17.12 Representations must contain;

a) The name, full address & post code, of the person making them; b) The reasons for their representation; c) Which of the four Licensing Objectives the representation relates to i.e. Crime and disorder; Public Nuisance; Public safety; Protection of children from harm.

17.13 Representations which do not meet this requirement may be rejected as being irrelevant or frivolous or vexatious.

17.14 Representations based on ‘Need’ for licensed premises, concerns the commercial demand for another pub, restaurant, off licence or hotel. This is not a matter for the licensing authority in discharging its licensing functions. ‘Need’ is a matter for planning committees and for the market. Representations made on the basis of need are likely to be rejected.

17.15 All valid representations will form part of a committee report that will become a public document. It will be given to the applicant, their agent, responsible authorities, other persons making representations and any other party requesting a copy as well as the Licensing Sub-committee 10 working days prior to the hearing. Anonymous representations will not be accepted.

17.16 Petitions may be submitted as (or as part of) a representation, but may not be as informative as individual correspondence and as such may be given less weight when considered by a Licensing Sub-Committee.

17.17 Petitions will only be accepted if on each sheet it clearly shows: • The name and address of the application site, • Reasons for the representation, and • Which of the four Licensing Objectives are relevant.

17.18 Each petitioner must give their name, full address including post code.

17.19 Failure to comply with any of the above requirements could lead to the petition being rejected as a representation.

17.20 The Licensing Authority follows the guidance of the Secretary of State concerning the judgments of representation as being irrelevant, vexatious and frivolous. A representation would be ‘irrelevant’ if it does not relate to the application or to the promotion of the licensing objectives in the context of the application.

17.21 In considering whether or not a representation is’ vexatious or frivolous’ the Licensing Authority must determine whether any ordinary and reasonable person would consider the matter to be vexatious or frivolous.

Page 282 Policy Page 19 Vexation may arise where, for example, there is a dispute between rival businesses. Frivolous representations would be categorised by a lack of seriousness.

17.22 Where a representation is found to be irrelevant, vexatious or frivolous, the person making it will be informed and that representation will be disregarded.

18.0 The Role of the Ward Councillor

18.1 Ward Councillors play an important role in the local community. They can make representations in writing and speak at the hearing on behalf of an interested party such as a local resident or local business if specifically requested to do so. They can also make representations as an interested party in their own right (see annex A with regard to Councillors making representations).

18.2 Ward Councillors may apply for a review of a licence if problems are brought to their attention which justify intervention and relate to the licensing objectives.

18.3 Ward Councillors are informed of all new applications and any application to vary a licence in their ward. Individual Councillors may publicise an application locally in addition to the statutory publication and advertising carried out by the applicant.

18.4 Local residents and businesses may wish to contact their local ward Councillors in respect of a licence application. Details on how to contact Ward Councillors may be obtained from the Council’s Website.

18.5 Ward Councillors may attend hearings of licensing Sub Committees considering applications and speak on behalf of local residents and businesses, but only if;  They have made a personal representation;  They have made a representation on behalf of local residents or businesses as ‘community advocates’  They have been nominated by (an objector) who cannot attend the hearing or prefers to be represented at the hearing.

Note: Where a Ward Councillor makes representations upon an application within their ward, in writing, to the Head of Administrative, Technical and Business Services within the appropriate statutory period of consultation for the application, and this representation has been forwarded to the Licensing Authority, that application shall then be scheduled to be heard by the Licensing Sub-Committee for determination. The Ward Councillor must include in their representations the reasons why they wish the application to be determined by the Sub-Committee and how the

Page 283 Policy Page 20 application adversely affects the licensing objectives. [policy clarification added by full Council on 7 September 2017]

18.6 If a Councillor as a Member of the Licensing Sub-Committee has been involved in campaigning about a particular application, they should declare any such interest and not take part in any licensing sub- committee hearing considering that application. This does not apply to a ward councillor attending a hearing in their capacity following representations, as an interested party or advocate in support or against a particular application

19.0 Decision Making and Licensing Hearings

19.1 Applications for premises licences, club premises certificates, interim authorities, provisional statements, variation of designated premises supervisors and personal licences that do not attract representations will be granted under delegated authority and any conditions, apart from mandatory conditions, will reflect and be consistent with the applicant’s operating schedule.

19.2 The Licensing Authority and other Responsible Authorities , where appropriate, may choose to mediate with the applicant and other parties with a view to alleviate concerns from the application and discuss potential conditions or further measures so agreement may be reached and that there is no longer a need to go to a formal hearing.

19.3 The Licensing Authority will form Sub-Committees consisting of three elected members led by one Chairman.

19.4 The full Licensing Committee will sit when it is considered appropriate to comply with any requirements of the Licensing Act 2003 or accompanying Regulations.

19.5 A Licensing Sub-Committee will sit to hear all applications for premises licences, club premises certificates, interim authorities, provisional statements, designated premises supervisors and personal licences which have attracted relevant representations from either a ‘responsible authority’ or ‘other person’. A full scheme of delegations can be found at Appendix A

19.6 A Licensing Sub-Committee will also sit to hear cases where the police and/or the Council’s Noise and Nuisance officers have opposed a Temporary Event Notice on the basis that, should the event go ahead, one or more of the licensing objectives would not be promoted.

19.7 Members will, at all times, comply with the council’s member code of conduct which should set out the standards that members must observe.

19.8 Licensing Sub-Committee hearings will be broadcasted live on Hillingdon Council's YouTube Channel. Parties attending hearings will

Page 284 Policy Page 21 be made aware that the Council will film and record proceedings for both official record and resident digital engagement in democracy.

19.9 It is important for the licensing authority and its committee to ensure that there is no unforeseen biasness in its decision-making.

19.10 The rules of natural justice will apply. For example, a party must know the case against them; anyone affected by a decision has a right to be heard; and no one should be a judge in his own cause.

19.11 All the parties will be given a full and fair hearing, that shall be conducted in an open, transparent and accountable manner.

19.12 Applications will be considered on the basis of whether they promote the four licensing objectives. Each application will be considered on its own merits and whilst consistency is important similar applications may be decided in different ways.

19.13 Any decisions made by the Licensing Sub Committee will be announced verbally at the end of the hearing where possible, and a Decision Notice will be sent in writing to the applicant and any person who has made a valid representation within five working days.

20.0 Licence Conditions

20.1 Conditions on premises licences and club certificates are determined by:

 The measures put forward on the Operating Schedule  Mandatory conditions within the Act (current list included as Appendix G) Measures decided at a hearing by the Licensing Sub Committee

20.2 Conditions attached to licences by the Licensing Authority that have been proposed by the applicant in their operating schedule should be consistent with the steps set out in the operating schedule. This means that the effect of these conditions should be substantially the same as that intended by the terms of the operating schedule.

20.3 Any conditions attached to licences following relevant representations will focus on matters within the control of the Premises Licence Holder or Club Management Committees. They will address matters which have a direct impact on those living, working or engaged in normal activities in the vicinity, as well as patrons of the licensed premises.

They will not be used as a means of attempting to attach responsibility to Premises Licence Holders or Club Management Committees for matters outside their reasonable control, such as anti-social behaviour once away from the premises or licensable activity.

Page 285 Policy Page 22 Conditions imposed by the Licensing Authority shall be appropriate, reasonable, and proportionate and should be determined on a case-by- case basis.

20.4 The Licensing Authority will not impose standard conditions upon every licence issued, however it may have regard to model conditions produced by the Government and/or the Institute of Licensing and it may choose to impose these in appropriate circumstances.

21.0 Enforcement

21.1 The Licensing Authority expects all licence holders to adhere to conditions attached to their premises licence and to fully promote the licensing objectives. This is also expected from holders of Club Premises Certificates, users of Temporary Event Notices and Personal Licence holders of the Borough.

21.2 Authorised officers of the Council will carry out both pro-active risk rated inspections and re-active inspections to investigate complaints and referrals to ensure compliance.

21.3 The Licensing Authority shall focus on agreed problem and high-risk premises which require greater attention, while providing a lighter touch for low risk premises or those that are well run. This should ensure that the Council resources are used efficiently and effectively. Factors to be taken into account when determining whether a premises is considered high risk or not include: history of compliance from pro-active licensing inspections, history of complaints, information or referrals from Responsible Authorities and confidence in management at the premises.

21.4 The Licensing authority reminds operators of licensed premises that it is incumbent on them to provide appropriate training for their staff to ensure the promotion of the licensing objectives. For example, this includes training in relation to age verification and the prohibition of the sale and supply to intoxicated persons.

21.5 It is a criminal offence under section 136 of the 2003 Act to carry on any of the licensable activities other than in accordance with a licence or other authorisation under the 2003 Act. It is also an offence for a person to knowingly carryout this unauthorised licensable activity. The fine for this offence is unlimited. The local authority, the Police and other authorised persons under the Act have powers to take action in relation to premises carrying on unauthorised activities.

21.6 Any enforcement action taken in relation to the duties of this Licensing Authority under the Licensing Act 2003 will comply with the London Borough of Hillingdon Council's current 'Prosecutions and Sanctions Policy'

Page 286 Policy Page 23 21.7 The Council also supports the ‘Hampton Principles’ of avoiding duplication when carrying out inspections and will endeavour to carry out its inspections of licensed premises in accordance with those principles.

21.8 Enforcement Officers will also comply with 'The Code for Crown Prosecutors published by the Crown Prosecution Service which can be accessed at: https://www.cps.gov.uk/publication/code-crown-prosecutors

21.9 The Licensing Authority’s Officers may carry out joint enforcement inspections with Metropolitan Police officers and other authorised officers of the Responsible Authorities.

22.0 Reviews

22.1 At any stage following the grant of a premises licence or a club premises certificate, an application for a review application can be submitted to the Licensing Authority by a Responsible Authority, any Elected Member or an Interested Party in connection with any of the four licensing objectives.

22.2 The Council, as Licensing Authority, will reject an application for review where it considers that the complaint is:

 Not relevant to any of the Licensing Objectives  Vexatious, frivolous or repetitious

22.3 The Licensing Authority will be prepared to facilitate mediation between the licensee and those who may be intending to review the licence, depending upon the severity of the individual circumstances.

22.4 It is recommended that applications for review of premises licences are not made until at least six months after the grant of a licence in order to allow time for evidence to be gathered on the grounds for review.

22.5 Premises subject to review must display a statutory notice so that it is visible to passers-by, stating the ground for review and advising those who wish to make a representation to write to the Licensing Authority.

22.6 The Licensing Authority will also publish similar notices on the Council’s website.

22.7 The Violent Crime Reduction Act 2006 gives the police power to review a premises licence with immediate effect where a senior police officer considers there is the risk of serious crime or disorder at the premises. This is known as an ‘expedited review’.

Page 287 Policy Page 24 22.8 Where an ‘expedited review’ has been applied for by the Police, the Licensing Authority will convene a Licensing Sub-Committee who will consider any interim immediate steps that may include modifying the licence conditions, suspending the licence or removing the designated premises supervisor (DPS). Interim steps will be imposed by the Licensing Sub-Committee within two working days from receipt of the application. There is no requirement for a formal hearing to be held in order to take interim steps. Therefore, the relevant sub-committee members can communicate by telephone or other remote means in order to reach a decision. A written record should always be produced as soon as possible after a decision is reached.

22.9 The Licensing Sub-Committee may impose interim steps without consulting with the licence holder, however, every effort will be made to contact the licence holder and inform him of the review. If interim steps are imposed, the Licensing Authority shall immediately notify the licence holder and the police. The licence holder is entitled to make representations at this stage and a hearing will be held to facilitate this. The Licensing Authority must hold a full review of the premises licence and determine the review within 28 days after the day of receipt of the chief officer’s application.

23.0 Cumulative Effect

23.1 Whilst the London Borough of Hillingdon does not have a concentration of licensed premises as found in central London boroughs, it nevertheless has a relatively large number of pubs and restaurants in Town Centre areas. Most of these Town Centre areas are also home to many residents. However, the Council, as the Licensing Authority, does not propose, at this stage, to set quotas for particular types of licences.

23.2 Applications will be considered on their individual merit thus ensuring that the characteristics of the many different types of licensable activity are fully considered. If crime and disorder or general disturbance/nuisance do prove to be linked to the concentration of customers of licensed premises in any particular areas, then the Licensing Authority will consider introducing controls over the issue of new licences through a ‘Special Policy’ (to limit the number of licensed premises)

23.3 It would first be necessary to establish that, because of the number and density of licensed premises selling alcohol in a particular area, there are exceptional problems of nuisance, disturbance and or disorder outside or away from those licensed premises as a result of their combined effect. Where particular premises are identified as being responsible for the problems it may be possible to take specific measures against those individual Premises Licence Holders or Club Management Committees following relevant representations.

Page 288 Policy Page 25 23.4 Where there is public disorder from a minority of people who display anti- social behaviour away from licensed premises, there are other measures available to the Police Authority to address such issues.

23.5 Before deciding whether to adopt a Special Policy (to limit the number of licensed premises), the Council as the Licensing Authority must be sure that the imposition of individual conditions to particular premises would not solve the problem. The Council as the Licensing Authority has a duty under Section 17 of the Crime and Disorder Act 1998 to do all that it reasonably can to prevent crime and disorder. It must be sure it has met its obligations under the Crime and Disorder Act 1998 and in terms of its promotion of the licensing objectives under the Licensing Act 2003.

23.6 If objector representations are made as to the cumulative effect of a new application and hence the need for a Special Policy (to limit the number of licensed premises), the onus will be on the objector to provide the evidence that the additional premises would produce the impact claimed.

23.7 If a Special Policy (to limit the number of licensed premises) is introduced it will be reviewed regularly to assess whether or not it is still needed.

24.0 Mobile, Remote and Internet Sales

24.1 The Licensing Authority may receive applications for the sale of alcohol where payment is not necessary taken at the same place where alcohol is appropriated to the contract. This situation occurs when sales are made online, by telephone, or mail order. The sale of alcohol is to be treated as taking place where the alcohol is appropriated to the contract. It will be the premises at this location which need to be licensed.

24.2 In these cases, the Licensing Authority will ensure that the subsequent premises licence will be subject to appropriate conditions including the times of day during which alcohol may be sold and also the mandatory licence conditions such as age verification measures.

24.3 Operators who run premises providing ‘alcohol delivery services’ should advise the licensing authority that they are operating such a service in their operating schedule. This ensures that the licensing authority can properly consider what conditions are appropriate to attach to the applicant’s premises licence.

24.4 Premises with an existing premises licence, which choose to operate such a service in addition to their existing licensable activities, should contact their licensing authority for its view on whether this form of alcohol sale is already permitted or whether an application to vary the licence will be required.

24.5 The Licensing Authority may also receive mobile, remote, internet sales for late night refreshment such as fast food orders. Applicants should be mindful of the impact of such applications on the licensing objectives particularly the prevention of public nuisance. For instance, there may

Page 289 Policy Page 26 be concerns of vehicles or noise created by waiting vehicles or drivers outside the premises for pick up. Applicants should put in place appropriate measures and address these issues in their operating schedule.

25.0 Licensing Hours

25.1 Prior to the introduction of the Licensing Act 2003, it was believed that fixed and artificially early closing times (established under the Licensing Act 1964) were one of the key causes of rapid binge drinking prior to closing times and one of the causes of disorder and disturbance when large number of customers were required to leave the premises simultaneously.

25.1 The aim through promotion of the licensing objectives should be to reduce the potential for concentrations and achieve a slower dispersal of people from licensed premises through flexible opening times.

25.3 Arbitrary restrictions that would undermine the principle of flexibility will therefore be avoided. The four licensing objectives will be paramount at all times and the Council will always consider the individual merits of each case.

25.4 In accordance with guidance there is no fixed restriction on terminal hours for any particular areas of the borough. Such a restriction could cause the migration of patrons from one area to another and create the circumstances that the legislation is attempting to avoid. Each application will be dealt with on its merits. It is for the applicants to detail in their Operating Schedule exactly what times they intend to open and close the premises and what measures they will take to ensure that they do not cause nuisance or disturbance to their neighbours in the vicinity. The later the terminal hour applied for, the greater will be the need to address the issues of disturbance and nuisance.

25.5 Shops, stores and supermarkets licensed to sell alcohol will normally be allowed to do so for the full duration of their trading hours. Restrictions may be applied, for example where representations are made indicating the particular premises or patrons of the premises are linked to disorder and or disturbance.

26.0 Exemptions

26.1 There are a number of circumstances where entertainment related activities are exempt from regulation. These activities are specifically addressed in detail in the Section 182 Guidance. In summary, these are:

 Live Music  Recorded Music  Plays

Page 290 Policy Page 27  Performances of Dance  Indoor Sport  Any entertainment provided by a local authority, school or hospital  Community exhibitions of film

26.2 The exemption for entertainment is subject to certain conditions relating to the timings of the entertainment and maximum audience numbers, i.e. between the hours of 08.00 and 23.00 and for audiences of no more than 500 people.

26.3 In licensed premises, where the exemptions apply, any conditions relating to entertainment would be suspended between the hours of 08.00 and 23.00. However, the Licensing Authority is empowered to lift the suspension of licence conditions upon a licence review where there are demonstrable effects on one or more of the licensing objectives.

26.4 It should be noted that any dance performances of an adult nature, involving nudity, are still regulated under the Local Government (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1982 and separate permission would apply.

Page 291 Policy Page 28 Appendix A

TABLE OF LICENSING FUNCTIONS

MATTER TO BE DEALT WITH SUB-COMMITTEE OFFICERS

If no objection Application for a personal licence If a Police objection made

Application for personal licence, with unspent If no objection If a Police objection convictions made If a relevant Application for premises licence/club premises If no representation representation certificate made made If a relevant If no representation Application for provisional statement representation made made If a relevant Application to vary premises licence/club If no representation representation premises certificate made made Application to vary designated premises If a Police objection All other cases supervisor

Request to be removed as designated premises supervisor All cases

Application for transfer of premises licence If a Police objection All other cases

Application for Interim Authorities If a Police objection All other cases

Application to review premises licence/club All cases premises certificate

Decision on whether a representation/objection All cases is irrelevant, frivolous, vexatious, etc.

Decision to object when local authority is a All cases consultee and not the lead authority

Determination of an objection to a Temporary All cases Event Notice

Revocation of Personal Licence where All cases convictions come to light after grant Determination of application by Community Premises to include alternative licence If a Police objection All other cases condition Decision whether to consult other responsible All cases authorities on minor variation applications

Determination of minor variation applications All cases

Page 292 Policy page 29 APPENDIX B – PREVENTION OF CRIME AND DISORDER

Examples of measures to prevent crime and disorder which applicants are encouraged to give when completing their Operating Schedules:

 Use of crime prevention notices – For use in circumstances where it would be helpful to warn customers of prevalence of crime which may target them, for instance, to warn of pickpockets or bag snatchers

 Publicising details of the premises operation – Display details of the premises opening, closing times and permitted times for licensable activities

 Installing CCTV – The presence of CCTV cameras can be an important means of deterring crime both inside and outside of the premises. It can also help to provide valuable evidence in the event that an incident does occur. CCTV should be maintained in good working order and used at all times with a thirty one day library of recordings maintained at all times. In addition, a staff member who is able to operate the CCTV system shall be on the premises at all times when the premises is open. The staff member shall be able to provide the Police or authorised officer copies of recent CCTV images or data with minimum delay when requested.

 An incident log shall be kept at the premises and made available on request to a Police Officer or an authorised officer. The following incident should be recorded in the log:

 (a) all crimes reported to the venue  (b) all ejections of patrons  (c) any complaints received concerning crime and disorder  (d) any incidents of disorder  (e) all seizures of drugs or offensive weapons  (f) any faults in the CCTV system, searching equipment or scanning equipment  (g) any refusal of the sale of alcohol  (h) any visit by a relevant authority or emergency service

 Removing low cost high strength alcohol from offer – To help reduce street crime and violence and anti-social behaviour from public drunkenness

 Developing a drugs policy in conjunction with the police – Establish a clear written anti-drugs policy and publicise this to customers

 Preventing counterfeit products, such as alcohol, tobacco, DVDs, CDs and other goods from being offered for sale upon the premises

 Exercising control over the removal of open drink containers – To prevent the use of containers as weapons in the street

Page 293 Policy page 30  Using plastic containers and toughened glass – Consideration should be given to the use of safer alternatives to glass which would inflict less severe injuries if used as weapons. Note: That any glass alternatives used for measuring draft beer and cider must be lawful for trade use under weights and measures legislation.

 Introducing bottle bans – Decant drinks into glasses before being handed across a bar

 Providing seating for customers – sufficient to ensure that the majority of customers do not have to stand

 Ensuring good availability of soft drinks and food

 Employing an appropriate number of SIA registered door supervisors – Valuable for maintaining orderly behaviour in queues; searching and excluding those suspected of carrying offensive weapons, or illegal drugs; keeping out banned individuals; or controlling admissions and departures

 Making personal searches by door supervisors a condition of entry – Including the provision of signage and female SIA for personal searches conducted on female customers and performers

 Providing door supervisors with search wands / search arches – Maintained in good working order and used on all occasions

 Providing a drugs and weapons box – Kept under the direct control of premises management with all seized drugs and weapons to be handed over to the police in accordance with the police code of practice

 Installing ID scanning and recording equipment – Requiring all patrons to provide ID and agree to being recorded. Provide notices to this effect in conjunction

 Establishing a last admissions policy – For both admissions and readmissions. Publicise this at the premises

 Establishing a dispersals policy – Helping to reduce the potential for disturbance to local residents

 Co-operating with the police and Council on venue hire agreements – Providing good notice (at least one month) of all internal and external promoters engaged at the premises. Also comply with requests from the police not to engage a specific promoter where this is recommended by the police for crime and disorder

 Specifying that there shall be a personal licence holder on duty on the premises at all times when the sale of alcohol can take place

Page 294 Policy page 31 Premises Licence Holders and representatives from Clubs are expected to participate in Pub Watch, Club Watch, Business Watch and Radio Link and similar schemes.

Dispersal

The Licensing Authority considers the orderly dispersal of customers from licensed premises to be an important factor in promoting the licensing objectives. In considering any application for the grant or variation of a licence serious consideration will be given to the dispersal arrangements from the premises and the effect that granting the licence might have on the dispersal arrangements of other licensed premises in the area. The Licensing Authority will pay particular attention to an application which may delay orderly dispersal or is likely to encourage people to remain in the vicinity.

Drugs

The Licensing Authority recognises that drug misuse is not something that is relevant to all licensed premises however it is committed to the reduction and eradication where possible of drugs from licensed premises as part of its role in promoting the Crime and Disorder licensing objective.

If relevant representations are received to following an application for the grant or variation of a licence, special conditions may be imposed to support the prevention of the sale, supply and consumption of drugs.

In premises where drugs misuse is problematic and where the Police or others apply for a ‘Review’ of the licence, the Licensing Authority will consider this as being very serious and will give appropriate consideration to the full range of options available including the suspension and revocation of the licence. The Licensing Authority recognises that each case is individual and will be decided on the facts and its specific merits.

Nightclubs and other similar venues

Nightclubs and other similar venues should, when completing their operating schedule, consider including reference to the use of risk assessments for the different types of music and DJ’s/MC’s or similar that they propose to use.

In addition, if it is proposed, on occasions, to stage significant events or promotions, then applicants should also consider when completing their operating schedule, submitting a separate risk assessment for each individual event or promotion followed by the submission of a subsequent ‘de-brief’ report.

Page 295 Policy page 32 APPENDIX C – PUBLIC SAFETY

Examples of measures to promote Public Safety may include:

 The setting of a safe capacity limit – This is important in order to prevent overcrowding  Escape routes to be clear, unobstructed, well maintained, immediately available and clearly identified in accordance with the plans provided.  The approved arrangements at the premises, including the means of escape provisions, emergency warning equipment, the electrical installation and mechanical equipment shall at all times be maintained in good condition and full working order.

Appropriate measures to ensure that any patrons drinking and/or smoking outside the premises do so in an orderly manner and are supervised by staff so as to ensure that there is no public nuisance or obstruction of the public highway Publications which applicants should consider when preparing their operating schedules:-

 British Standard 9999 - Code of Practice for Fire Safety

 Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order 2005 – clause 14(2) (a)-(h)

 British Standard 7671 - Requirements for Electrical Installations (I.E.E. Wiring Regulations)

 British Standard 5266 - Code of Practice for emergency lighting systems

 British Standard 5839 - Fire detection and alarm systems for buildings

 Model National Standard Conditions for Places of Entertainment – Published by LDSA Publications, PO Box 266, Bromley, Kent, BR2 9ZN

 Technical Standards for Places of Entertainment - Published by LDSA Publications, PO Box 266, Bromley, Kent, BR2 9ZN

 Purple Guide - A guide to health, safety and welfare at large events http://www.thepurpleguide.co.uk/

 Managing Crowds Safely, HSG154 (ISBN 0-7176-1834-X)

 5 Steps to Risk Assessment, Case Studies (HSE 1998) (ISBN 0-7176- 1580-4)

 The Guide to Safety at Sports Grounds published by HMSO, The Green Guide (IBSN 0-11-341072-7)

Page 296 Policy page 33  Safety Guidance for Street Arts, Carnival, Processions and Large Scale Performances, www.streetartsnetwork.org/pages/publications

 Home Office and London Drug Policy Forum guidance ‘Safer Clubbing’

Page 297 Policy page 34 APPENDIX D – PREVENTION OF PUBLIC NUISANCE

Relevant issues might include:

 Preventing noise and vibration escaping from the premises, including music, noise from plant and patrons

 Preventing disturbance by patrons arriving at, gathering outside of, being admitted or re-admitted to or departing from the premises, particularly, but not exclusively between 11pm and 7am hours

 Preventing vehicle queues forming outside of the premises, or where some form of queuing is necessary, the steps to prevent disturbance or obstruction

 Ensuring clear up operations conducted by staff do not cause a nuisance and that staff leave the premises quietly

 Addressing arrangements made for parking by patrons

 Considering whether there is sufficient public transport provision and where licensed taxis or private hire vehicles are likely and any arrangements made to prevent disturbance to local residents

 Controlling disturbance that may be caused by the use of gardens / terraces / external and other open-air areas including the highway, particularly in relation to smoking and the passage of patrons between internal and external areas

 Preventing nuisance from the positioning and operation of plant and machinery such as kitchen extraction systems, ventilation plant, condensers

 Restricting delivery and collection times (waste, equipment and consumables) to between 8am and 8pm hours

 Limiting any nuisance or glare caused by the positioning of external lighting, including security lighting

 Preventing odour or pests from refuse storage and waste disposal and the accumulation of litter and smokers waste in the vicinity of the premises

 The need for regular patrols of the boundary of the premises and / or at the nearest residential to ensure nuisance impacts are not being experienced by neighbours.

Page 298 Policy page 35 Management controls should be considered for:

 The numbers of persons using any licensed external area at any one time

 The hours of operation of any licensed external area, requiring patrons to return back into the premises at a specific time. In residential areas, this is particularly important

 The numbers of smokers allowed outside of the premises at any one time

 The taking of drinks outside of the premises when patrons step outside to smoke. This can be assisted by providing a ‘drinks safe’ area for patrons who temporarily leave the premises

 Queues of patrons awaiting admission and how these are arranged

 The areas within which patrons may congregate outside of the premises, restricting them, for instance, to the curtilage or footprint of the premises

 The times within which live music and / or amplified sound may be played in any external area or marquees or relayed by external speakers (where permitted under the terms of the licence)

 The times within which barbecues or other cooking facilities may be provided within any external area

 Terminal hour for last admissions and readmissions to the premises

 The supervision of patrons using any external area so as to prevent nuisance and disturbance

 Arrangements made with local cab companies calling for customers, requiring that they call within the premises for their customers without sounding their horn in the street

 The reduction of music levels within the premises 30 minutes before closing so as to reduce levels of excitement among patrons upon leaving

 The display of notices at exit points asking patrons to ‘please leave quietly’ and be mindful of local neighbours when leaving the premises

 The supervision of patrons outside of the premises to ensure quick dispersal from the immediate area upon closing time

Page 299 Policy page 36  The clearance of any litter created by the operation of the premises

 The hours during which external activities such as the handling and removal of waste or musical equipment or the delivery of goods

 Restricting the use of artificial lighting outside of the premises so as to reduce the potential for light nuisance

 Applicants are advised to seek advice from the Council’s Environmental Health Officers contact details can be found in appendix F before preparing their plans and operating schedules. Where representations are received and upheld at a hearing the Licensing Authority will consider attaching conditions to licences and permissions to prevent public nuisance.

Publications which should be considered when preparing operating schedules:

a) British Standard 4142 2014: Methods for rating and assessing industrial and commercial sound

b) London Borough of Hillingdon Supplementary Planning Guidance - Noise

c) Control of ‘Noise’ published by the British Beer and Pubs Association

Page 300 Policy page 37 APPENDIX E – PROTECTION OF CHILDREN FROM HARM

The Licensing Authority will consider any of the following options when dealing with a licence application where limiting the access of children is considered necessary to prevent harm to children:

• Limitations on the hours when children may be present. • Limitations on the presence of children under certain ages when particular specified activities are taking place. • Limitations on the parts of premises to which children might be given access. • Limitations on ages below eighteen. • Requirements for an accompanying adult. • Full exclusion of people under eighteen from the premises when any licensable activities are taking place.

The following are examples of premises that will raise concern:

• Where entertainment or services of an adult or sexual nature are commonly provided. • Where there have been convictions of the current staff at the premises for serving alcohol to minors or with a reputation for underage drinking. • A known association with drug taking or drug dealing. • Where there is a strong element of gambling on the premises. • Where the supply of alcohol for consumption on the premises is the exclusive or primary purpose of the services provided at the premises.

Page 301 Policy page 38 APPENDIX F

Responsible Authorities:

The Licensing Service Police Licensing Dept

London Borough of Hillingdon Uxbridge Police Station Civic Centre 4W/01 1 Warwick Place High Street Uxbridge Uxbridge UB8 1PG UB8 1UW [email protected] [email protected] Licensing Authority Hillingdon Police Enforcement For all Areas Fire Safety Regulation: North Service Manager- Safeguarding West Children Area 1 and Quality Assurance 4S/07

London Fire Brigade Social Services 169 Union Street London Borough of Hillingdon London Civic Centre Se1 0LL Uxbridge Attn: North West Area Team UB8 1UW

FSR-AdminSupport@london- [email protected] fire.gov.uk .uk

A body involved in the Protection of Children from Harm Health & Safety Executive Trading Standards Service

Rose Court London Borough of Hillingdon 2 Southwark Bridge Civic Centre London SE1 9HS Uxbridge www.hse.gov.uk UB8 1UW

Enforcing Authority for the Health Attn Divisional Trading Standards Officer and Safety at Work Act 1974 [email protected]

Enforcing Authority under the Weights and Measures Act 1985 Environmental Protection Unit Head of Planning London Borough of Hillingdon London Borough of Hillingdon Civic Centre Civic Centre Uxbridge Uxbridge UB8 1UW UB8 1UW [email protected] [email protected] The Planning Authority

Page 302 Policy page 39 Enforcing Authority for matters relating to Environmental Pollution and Public Nuisance Public Health Food, Health & Safety Team

London Borough of Hillingdon London Borough of Hillingdon Civic Centre Civic Centre Uxbridge Uxbridge UB8 1UW UB8 1UW [email protected] [email protected]

Health Authority Body Enforcing Authority for the Health and Safety at Work Act 1974 London Waterways Home Office (Immigration Enforcement) Canal & River Trust Docklands Office Alcohol Licensing Team 420 Manchester Road Lunar House London 40 Wellesley Road E14 9ST Croydon CR9 2BY [email protected] .uk [email protected]

Page 303 Policy page 40 Appendix G - Current Mandatory Conditions under the Licensing Act 2003

All Premises Licence authorising supply of alcohol

1. No supply of alcohol may be made under the Premises Licence – (a) At a time when there is no Designated Premises Supervisor in respect of the Premises Licence; or (b) At a time when the Designated Premises Supervisor does not hold a Personal Licence or his Personal Licence is suspended.

2. Every supply of alcohol under the Premises Licence must be made, or authorised by a person who holds a Personal Licence.

3. (1) The responsible person must ensure that staff on relevant premises do not carry out, arrange or participate in any irresponsible promotions in relation to the premises.

(2) In this paragraph, an irresponsible promotion means any one or more of the following activities, or substantially similar activities, carried on for the purpose of encouraging the sale or supply of alcohol for consumption on the premises.

a) games or other activities which require or encourage, or are designed to require or encourage, individuals to – (i) drink a quantity of alcohol within a time limit (other than to drink alcohol sold or supplied on the premises before the cessation of the period in which the responsible person is authorised to sell or supply alcohol), or (ii) drink as much alcohol as possible (whether within a time limit or otherwise); b) provision of unlimited or unspecified quantities of alcohol free or for a fixed or discounted fee to the public or to a group defined by a particular characteristic in a manner which carries a significant risk of undermining a licensing objective; c) provision of free or discounted alcohol or any other thing as a prize to encourage or reward the purchase and consumption of alcohol over a period of 24 hours or less in a manner which carries a significant risk of undermining a licensing objective; d) selling or supplying alcohol in association with promotional posters or flyers on, or in the vicinity of, the premises which can reasonably be considered to condone, encourage or glamorise anti-social behaviour or to refer to the effects of drunkenness in any favourable manner. e) dispensing alcohol directly by one person into the mouth of another (other than where that other person is unable to drink without assistance by reason of disability).

4. The responsible person must ensure that free potable water is provided on request to customers where it is reasonably available.

Page 304 Policy page 41 5. (1) The premises licence holder or club premises certificate holder must ensure that an age verification policy is adopted in respect of the premises in relation to the sale or supply of alcohol. (2) The designated premises supervisor in relation to the premises licences must ensure that the supply of alcohol at the premises is carried on in accordance with the age verification policy. (3) The policy must require individuals who appear to the responsible person to be under 18 years of age (or such older age as may be specified in the policy) to produce on request, before being served alcohol, identification bearing their photograph, date of birth and either:- (a) a holographic mark or (b) an ultraviolet feature.

6. The responsible person shall ensure that – (a) where any of the following alcoholic drinks is sold or supplied for consumption on the premises (other than alcoholic drinks sold or supplied having been made up in advance ready for sale or supply in a securely closed container) it is available to customers in the following measures – (i) beer or cider: ½ pint;

(ii) gin, rum, vodka or whisky: 25 ml or 35 ml; and (iii) still wine in a glass: 125 ml; and

(b) these measures are displayed in a menu, price list or other printed material which is available to customers on the premises; and (c) where a customer does not in relation to a sale of alcohol specify the quantity of alcohol to be sold, the customer is made aware that these measures are available.

Minimum Drinks Pricing

1. A relevant person shall ensure that no alcohol is sold or supplied for consumption on or off the premises for a price which is less than the permitted price. 2. For the purposes of the condition set out in paragraph 1— (a)“duty” is to be construed in accordance with the Alcoholic Liquor Duties Act 1979(6); (b)“permitted price” is the price found by applying the formula—

Where— (i) P is the permitted price, (ii) D is the amount of duty chargeable in relation to the alcohol as if the duty were charged on the date of the sale or supply of the alcohol, and

Page 305 Policy page 42 (iii) V is the rate of value added tax chargeable in relation to the alcohol as if the value added tax were charged on the date of the sale or supply of the alcohol; (c) “relevant person” means, in relation to premises in respect of which there is in force a premises licence-

(i) the holder of the premises licence, (ii) the designated premises supervisor (if any) in respect of such a licence, or (iii) the personal licence holder who makes or authorises a supply of alcohol under such a licence;

(d) “relevant person” means, in relation to premises in respect of which there is in force a club premises certificate, any member or officer of the club present on the premises in a capacity which enables the member or officer to prevent the supply in question; and

(e) “value added tax” means value added tax charged in accordance with the Value Added Tax Act 1994(7).

3. Where the permitted price given by Paragraph (b) of paragraph 2 would (apart from this paragraph) not be a whole number of pennies, the price given by that sub-paragraph shall be taken to be the price actually given by that sub-paragraph rounded up to the nearest penny. 4. (1) Sub-paragraph (2) applies where the permitted price given by Paragraph (b) of paragraph 2 on a day (“the first day”) would be different from the permitted price on the next day (“the second day”) as a result of a change to the rate of duty or value added tax. (2) The permitted price which would apply on the first day applies to sales or supplies of alcohol which take place before the expiry of the period of 14 days beginning on the second day.

If the Premises Licence allows Exhibition of Films

1. Where a premises licence authorises the exhibition of films, the licence must include a condition requiring the admission of children to the exhibition of any film to be restricted in accordance with this section.

2. Where the film classification body is specified in the licence, unless subsection (3) (b) applies, admission of children must be restricted in accordance with any recommendation by that body.

3. Where (a) The film classification body is not specified in the licence, or (b) The relevant licensing authority has notified the holder of the licence that this subsection applies to the film in question, admission of children must be restricted in accordance with any recommendation made by that licensing authority.

Page 306 Policy page 43 4.In this section “children” means any person aged under 18; and “film classification body” means the person or persons designated as the authority under Section 4 of the Video Recordings Act 1984(c39) (authority to determine suitability of video works for classification).

If the Premises Licence has conditions in respect of Door Supervision except theatres, cinemas, bingo halls and casinos

1. Where a premises licence includes a condition that at specified times one or more individuals must be at the premises to carry out a security activity, each such individual must: (a) be authorised to carry out that activity by a licence granted under the Private Security Industry Act 2001; or (b) be entitled to carry out that activity by virtue of section 4 of the Act.

2. But nothing in subsection (1) requires such a condition to be imposed: (a) in respect of premises within paragraph 8(3)(a) of Schedule 2 to the Private Security Industry Act 2001 (c12) (premises with premises licences authorising plays or films); or (b) in respect of premises in relation to: (i) any occasion mentioned in paragraph 8(3)(b) or (c) of that Schedule (premises being used exclusively by club with club premises certificate, under a temporary event notice authorising plays or films or under a gaming licence), or (ii) any occasion within paragraph 8(3)(d) of that Schedule (occasions prescribed by regulations under that Act.

3. For the purposes of this section: (a) “security activity” means an activity to which paragraph 2(1)(a) of that Schedule applies, and, which is licensable conduct for the purposes of that Act, (see Section 3(2) of that Act) and (b) paragraph 8(5) of that Schedule (interpretation of references to an occasion) applies as it applies in relation to paragraph 8 of that Schedule.

Page 307 Policy page 44 Annex A

Clarification added by full Council on 7 September 2017 with respect to ward councillors making representations:

Where a Ward Councillor makes representations upon an application within their ward, in writing, to the Head of Administrative, Licensing, Technical and Business Services within the appropriate statutory period of consultation for the application, and this representation has been forwarded to the Licensing Authority that application shall then be scheduled to be heard by the Licensing Sub-Committee for determination. The Ward Councillor must include in their representations the reasons why they wish the application to be determined by the Sub-Committee and how the application adversely affects the licensing objectives.

Page 308 Policy page 45 Agenda Item 10

PLANNING OBLIGATIONS – QUARTERLY FINANCIAL MONITORING

Cabinet Member(s) Councillor Keith Burrows

Cabinet Portfolio(s) Planning and Transportation

Officer Contact(s) Nicola Wyatt, Residents Services

Papers with report Appendix 1- circulated separately A3 size

HEADLINES

Summary This report provides financial information on s106 and s278 agreements up to 30th September 2020 against respective portfolio areas.

Putting our This report supports the following Council objective of: Our Built Residents First Environment; Our Heritage and Civic Pride; Financial Management Planning obligations are an established delivery mechanism for mitigating the effect of development, making it acceptable in planning terms and achieving the aims of the Community Strategy and other strategic documents that make up the Local Development Framework.

Financial Cost As at 30 September 2020 the Council holds £15,489k relating to s106 and s278 agreements. Of this £3,884k is allocated/earmarked for projects and £3,807k relates to funds that the Council holds but is currently unable to spend directly, leaving a residual balance of funds that the Council holds of £7,691k that is currently spendable and not yet allocated towards specific projects and £107k interest on interest bearing schemes. In Quarter 2, the Council has received additional income of £341k and spent £237k.

Relevant Policy Residents’, Education and Environmental Services Overview Committee

Relevant Ward(s) All

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 309 RECOMMENDATIONS

That the Cabinet notes the updated financial information attached at Appendix 1.

Reasons for recommendation

Planning best practice guidance encourages local planning authorities to consider how they can inform members and the public of progress in the allocation, provision and implementation of obligations whether they are provided by the developer in kind or through a financial contribution. This report details the financial planning obligations held by the Council and what progress has and is being made in allocating and spending those funds.

Alternative options considered / risk management

The alternative is to not report to the Cabinet. However, it is an obvious example of good practice to monitor income and expenditure against specific planning agreements and ensure that expenditure takes place in accordance with the parameters of those agreements.

Policy Overview Committee comments

None at this stage.

SUPPORTING INFORMATION

1. Appendix 1 provides a schedule of all agreements on which the Council holds funds. The agreements are listed under Cabinet portfolio headings. The appendix shows the movement of income and expenditure taking place during the financial year; including information at 30 June 2020 as well as up to 30 September 2020. Text that is highlighted in bold indicates key changes since the Cabinet report of 24 September 2020. Figures indicated in bold under the column headed ‘Total income as at 30/09/20’ indicate new income received and shaded cells indicate where funds are held in an interest-bearing account. The table shows expenditure between 1 July and 30 September 2020 of £237k (compared to £147k during the previous quarter) and income of £341k (compared to £179k during the previous quarter) within the same period.

2. The balance of s278/106 funds that the Council held on 30 September 2020 is £15,489k. It should be noted that the ‘balance of funds’ listed, i.e. the difference between income received and expenditure, is not a surplus. Included in the balance at 30 September 2020 are those s278/106 funds that the Council holds but is unable to spend for a number of reasons, such as cases where the funds are held as a returnable security deposit for works to be undertaken by the developer and those where the expenditure is dependent on other bodies such as transport operators. The column labelled “balance spendable not allocated” shows the residual balance of funds after taking into account funds that the Council is unable to spend and those that it has allocated to projects. The ‘balance of funds’ at 30 September 2020 also includes funds that relate to projects that are already underway or

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 310 programmed, but where costs have not been drawn down against the relevant s106 (or s.278) cost centre.

3. In summary, of the ‘total balance of funds’ that the Council held at 30 September 2020 (£15,489k) £3,807k relates to funds that the Council is unable to spend and £3,884k is allocated/earmarked for projects, leaving a residual balance of funds that the Council holds of £7,691k that is currently spendable and not yet earmarked/allocated towards specific projects and £107k that relates to interest on the interest bearing schemes.

Financial Implications

4. As at 30th September 2020, the s106/278 balance is £15,489k. This is inclusive of £3,807k which the Council holds on behalf of its partners who are responsible for project delivery e.g. NHS Property Services (formerly PCT) and TFL. A further £3,884k has been earmarked to specific projects. The residual balance of £7,691k represents amounts yet to be allocated for any specific use although projects are being put in place to utilise this balance and £107k relates to interest on the interest-bearing schemes. As and when a specific interest bearing Section 106 balance is required to be returned to a developer the amount of cumulative interest since the balance was received is transferred to the scheme from the total balance of accumulated interest on interest bearing schemes and then repaid to the developer.

The table below summarises existing S278 and S106 balances by service areas:

Table 1 – S106 / 278 contributions by service area

Service Area Bal b/f Income Total Spend Bal c/f Earmarked Balance 1/7/20 30/9/20 Balances Spendable £000 £000 £000 not £000 £000 £000 allocated

£000 S278 - Planning & 1,918 8 1,926 -11 1,915 1,915 0 Transportation S106 Planning & 5,419 23 5,442 -181 5,261 2,588 2,673 Transportation Central Services, 110 0 110 0 110 42 68 Culture & Heritage Community, Commerce & 2,414 0 2,414 0 2,414 1,250 1,164 Regeneration Education, Children & 14 0 14 0 14 0 14 Youth Services Finance, Property & 1,914 310 2,224 -21 2,203 675 1,528 Business Services Social Care, Health & 1,245 0 1,245 -24 1,221 1,221 0 Wellbeing Housing & 2,244 0 2,244 0 2,244 0 2,244 Environment

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 311 Interest on interest 107 0 107 0 107 107 0 bearing schemes

Sub-Total (S278/106) 15,385 341 15,726 -237 15,489 7,798 7,691

Less: Sums held on 3,831 0 3,831 -24 3,807 3,807 0 behalf of partners

Total LBH Balances 11,554 341 11,895 -213 11,682 3,991 7,691

5. In quarter 2, additional income received in s106/278 monies was £341k, whilst expenditure totalling £237k was financed by the contributions.

6. The unallocated balance of £7,691k represents amounts yet to be formally allocated for specific projects, and this has increased by £134k from the previous quarter due to contributions received that have not yet been allocated to specific schemes. Proposals are in various stages of development to utilise the unallocated balances. These are generally required to be spent towards the following areas and within the specific terms identified in the individual agreements:

Table 2 - S106 unallocated balances breakdown

Category £’000

Affordable Housing 2,244

Air Quality 408

Carbon Reduction 647

Community Facility 10

Economic Development 388

Libraries 68

Nature Conservation 625

Public Realm / Town Centres 1,627

Schools 14

TFL / Highways 628

Training Schemes 1,032

Total 7,691

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 312 7. From the above formally unallocated balances, those relating to affordable housing can potentially be utilised towards housing developments within the General Fund or HRA capital programmes. Other balances are expected to be used towards the TFL LIP programme, town centre initiatives and energy efficiency works.

8. Officers will continue to review the applicability of unallocated balances within existing and proposed capital and revenue budgets in order to minimise the impact on the Council’s internal resources.

9. Contributions which are not spent within the designated time frame may need to be returned to the developer. As at the end of September 2020 it has been identified that £49k needs to be spent within twelve months, i.e. 30th September 2021.

10. There is a balance totalling £26k for which the time limit has expired and was not able to be spent within the terms of the agreement. This may, therefore, need to be returned.

CORPORATE CONSIDERATIONS

Corporate Finance

Corporate Finance has reviewed this report, noting that schemes have not yet been identified to utilise £7,691k Section 106 / 278 Contributions received from developers to support investment in local infrastructure. As outlined in the financial implications above, proposals are in various stages of development to utilise these balances and officers will continue to review the applicability of these unallocated balances to ensure that where appropriate these are deployed to support existing or planned expenditure.

Legal

There are no specific legal implications arising from the recommendation which asks the Cabinet to note the current status on the receipt and expenditure of S106 monies. The monies referred to in this report are held by the Council for the purposes specified in each of the relevant legal agreements. Such monies should only be spent in accordance with the terms of those agreements. Where monies are not spent within the time limits prescribed in those agreements, such monies and interest accrued should be returned to the payee. Where officers are unsure whether monies held pursuant to particular agreements can be used for particular purposes, Legal Services should be consulted for advice on a case by case basis.

Infrastructure / Asset Management

There are no property implications arising from the recommendation in the report.

BACKGROUND PAPERS

District Auditor’s “The Management of Planning Obligations” Action Plan May 1999 Monitoring Officers Report January 2001 Planning Obligations Supplementary Planning Document Adopted July 2008 and revised 2014 Planning Obligations Quarterly Financial Monitoring Report to Cabinet September 2020

Cabinet report – 10 December 2020 Classification: Part 1 – Public Page 313 This page is intentionally left blank FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

CASE REF. WARD SCHEME / PLANNING REFERENCE TOTAL INCOME TOTAL INCOME TOTAL TOTAL 2020 / 2021 BALANCE OF BALANCE COMMENTS EXPENDITURE EXPENDITURE EXPENDITURE FUNDS SPENDABLE NOT (as at November 2020) ALLOCATED

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20

SECTION 278

PORTFOLIO: PLANNING TRANSPORTATION PT278/30/115 Heathrow Terminal 5, Land at Longford 10,500.00 10,500.00 5,500.00 5,500.00 0.00 5,000.00 0.00 Fees & security (£5,000) associated with Highway Works to *22 Villages Roundabout, Heathrow s278 10 Jan be undertaken by developer. Works consisted of temporary 02 47853/93/246 access works from Longford Roundabout to Western Perimeter Road. Access installed & will be removed following completion of Terminal 5. Security to be retained pending outcome of BAA proposals to make this access two-way and permanent for buses and emergency services vehicles as well as cyclists. Two way access implemented. Officers investigating whether all required works have been completed. Works completed, security to be refunded after maintenance period. £5,000 fees claimed by ECU. PT278/34/86A Brunel Brunel site3 532/SPP/2001/1858 - 392,358.87 392,358.87 197,448.22 197,448.22 0.00 194,910.65 0.00 Highway Works - £150k refundable security, £124,637.12 *18 Highways Works at Junction Hillingdon received for highway works at junction of Hillingdon Hill and Hill / Kingston Lane & Pelican Kingston Lane, £65,271.32 · received for Kingston Lane Crossing on Kingston Lane Pedestrian Crossing, £20,500 supervision fees. If the supervision fee following final completion exceeds 10% of the costs of the works plus statutory undertakers costs and TTS payment then the excess is to be refunded. Works complete and signals switched on. Officers continue to chase Brunel to perform remedial works to grass verges and are investigating options for the use of some of the security for the Council to perform the remedial works if necessary. Final certificate sent Page 315 Page 30/4/09. PT278/44/87A Brunel Brunel s278 16 April 04 102,018.78 102,018.78 81,080.74 81,080.74 0.00 20,938.04 0.00 Traffic Calming on Cleveland Road & roundabout on Kingston *20 532/SPP/2002/2237 - Traffic Calming Lane. £30,900 spent on engineering fees. £150k Refundable on Cleveland Road & New Entrance security deposit. £3,200 for Traffic DC project management on Kingston Lane costs. £58,962.38 TTS estimate for Pedestrian Crossing on Cleveland Road. Further payments received following receipt of estimate of works to cover security/costs. £10,000 received for improvements to a footpath on the site to be retained a security for Brunel to implement the works and to be transferred to PT84/87B-D. Traffic Calming on Cleveland Road (including new signalised crossing) & roundabout on Kingston Lane at new entrance to Brunel University now complete. TfL invoice paid. Residual on TfL payment due to VAT not claimed - funds to be held on as contingency for extra TfL costs. Interest Accrued. Remedial work completed and signed off in December 2007.

PT278/46/135 Northwood 10A Sandy Lodge Way, Northwood 7,458.07 7,458.07 2,458.00 2,458.00 0.00 5,000.07 0.00 Improvement of visibility for junction of Sandy Lodge Way & *32 54671/APP/2002/54 Woodridge Way. ECU fees have been claimed and £5,000 security remains. Works substantially complete 12 month maintenance period, ended 16 September 2006. Final certificate has been prepared. Security held to part offset outstanding education contribution which is being sought via legal proceedings. PT278/47 Various Refunds Various 40,374.35 40,374.35 15,938.10 15,938.10 0.00 24,436.25 0.00 Funds transferred to here as refunds related to the Heinz, Hayes Park and former BT site, Glencoe Road, Yeading developments, not yet taken up by developer or owners. Also £10.79 from Wimpey Site Beaconsfield Road and £232.58 from Former Magnatex Site Bath Road which is residual interest omitted from refunds related to those schemes. Officers looking into appropriate recipients for refunds. Remaining balance from PT/37/40F (£838.48) transferred from PT/37/40B. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PT278/48 Various No Legal Agreement Various 713,558.27 705,526.76 626,019.15 615,514.71 23,036.25 87,539.12 0.00 No Legal Agreement - consultancy fees. £14,000 to be transferred to a PPR (08/09) for construction training secured from the s106 agreement for Budgens Site, South Ruislip.ECU fees claimed in relation to Bishop Ramsey school S278 works. £5,200 security deposit received for car park at Mount Vernon Hospital. Security deposit returned following completion of highway works at Mount Vernon Hospital. £25,448 received and £22,247 claimed by ECU this quarter as fees associated with 278 highways works. £3,201 is as a security deposit for heavy duty crossing (Gatefold Building, Blyth Road). Deposit received for highway works (Arla Foods)/fees claimed. Further engineering fees received and claimed.

PT278/49/117 Yeading Grand Union Village Southall 77,331.55 77,331.55 55,222.89 55,222.89 0.00 22,108.66 0.00 Security deposit (£5K + interest) for highways works involving *23 327/APP/2000/2106 traffic calming to the junction with Glencoe Rd and a cycleway/footway on Broadmead Rd to Hayes Bypass. £52,363.10 for TfL costs for Broadmead Road Toucan Crossing proposed as part of works. Additional income is £1K of engineering fees. Detailed plans of works and design agreed. Consultation undertaken during February 2007 for traffic calming and toucan crossing. Officers chasing TfL for implementation. Following consultation Cabinet Member agreed to works to be carried out. Works completed Aug 09. Further £11,447 received for LBH fees. £43,775.89 paid towards TfL signal costs. PT278/57/140 A Pinkwell MOD Records Office Stockley Road 419,128.68 419,128.68 325,719.61 325,719.61 0.00 93,409.07 0.00 £188,737.70 (including £170,027.34 for Transport For London Hayes 18399/APP/2004/2284 signals unit) for installation of two sets of traffic signals, one at the entrance to the site the other at Lavender Rise on Stockley

Page 316 Page Road and £190,686.91 received in respect of the Council's costs for supervision of the works (to be carried out by the owner). Works complete. Stage 3 road safety audit now agreed await completion of remedial works. Remedial works completed. Additional item of works being sought by officers who are chasing the developer for this. Council's costs of £205,686.71 claimed, TTS invoice for signals at Lavender Rise paid. Funding for additional items of works (removal of right turn lane) and BT cabling received. Design work and public consultation completed. Removal of right turn lane completed Sept 09. Scheme in maintenance period awaiting financial completion. PT278/60/147B West Drayon DERA Site, Kingston Lane, West 56,816.26 56,816.26 0.00 0.00 0.00 56,816.26 0.00 £55,000 was received towards the total cost of highway works Drayton - Highways for the purchase and installation of traffic signals at Station 45658/APP/2002/3012 Road/ Porters Way Junction and any such other incidental work as identified by the Council to support the development. Funds not spent by February 2014 are to be refunded together with interest accrued. These works to be performed by developer of RAF Porters Way (see PT278/62/148A). Funds to be retained as a contingency for these works.

PT278/62/149A Botwell Hayes Goods Yard 7,000.00 7,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 7,000.00 0.00 The Council's costs due upon lodgement of documents by the 10057/APP/2004/2996&2999 developer for the design, administration and supervision of the *51 works to the public highways surrounding the site to be performed by the developer. £5,000 received as a security deposit for the due and proper execution of the highways works by the developer. PT278/63/175A South Ruislip BFPO, R.A.F Northolt 5,000.00 5,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5,000.00 0.00 £5k received as the security deposit for the due and proper *49 189/APP/2006/2091 implementation of junction works at the White House Gate entrance to the development. Signals complete and in operation. Currently within 12 month maintenance period. Date of final completion to be confirmed. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PT/278/64/173 Eastcote & East R.A.F. Eastcote 19,200.00 19,200.00 12,201.13 12,201.13 0.00 6,998.87 0.00 Engineers fees paid prior to the execution of an agreement to Ruislip 10189/APP/2004/1781 secure access works associated with this application. Waiting restriction in Lime Grove undertaken. Elm Ave/Lime Grove junction improvement pending. Elm Ave Pedestrian crossing technical approval pending.(£5,500) design fees received plus further £6,700 for temporary footpath works carried out by LBH. £7,500 engineering fees claimed. Funds spent towards temporary footpath works. Further £5,000 security deposit for proper execution of highway works. PT/278/65/182 Heathrow Longford Roundabout - Fifth Arm, 9,521.00 9,521.00 4,521.00 4,521.00 0.00 5,000.00 0.00 Remaining balance is a security deposit for developer Villages 63369/APP/2007/2294 implementation of bus only access to Terminal 5 Heathrow. *52 Spend on supervision costs.Works complete, security to be refunded following maintenance period. PT/278/72/231A West Ruislip R.A.F West Ruislip (Ickenham Park) 53,986.57 53,986.57 45,486.57 45,486.57 0.00 8,500.00 0.00 Fees received for design checks. Pelican crossing and signals Design check on S278 Designs on Long Lane. S278 agreement and technical approval 38402/APP/2007/1072 pending. Further £18,000 returnable deposit received to ensure reinstatement of temporary crossover on Alysham Drive. Further fees received towards inspection fees and traffic orders. Spend towards fees & inspection. Works completed, deposit returned. PT/278/73 South Ruislip R.A.F Northolt., South RuislipMain 2,000.00 2,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2,000.00 0.00 Fees received for design checks. Junction improvements at Gate 189/APP/2007/1321 West End Road/ Bridgewater Road. S278 agreement and technical approval pending.

PT/278/74/209C Yiewsley Proposed Tesco development, Trout 120,300.26 120,300.26 117,300.26 117,300.26 0.00 3,000.00 0.00 Fees received for design checks for proposed junctionworks Road, Yiewsley 609/APP/2007/3744 and carriageway widening at Trout Road. S278 agreement and

Page 317 Page technical approval pending. Further fees received & claimed for inspection works. PT/278/76/198A Uxbridge Former Gas Works site (Kier Park), 5,000.00 5,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5,000.00 0.00 Funds received as a security deposit for due and proper *60 Cowley Mill Road, Uxbridge execution of highways improvements.S278 agreement. 3114/APP/2008/2497 PT/278/77/197 Ruislip Manor Windmill Hill Public House, Pembroke 24,000.00 24,000.00 1,000.00 1,000.00 0.00 23,000.00 0.00 Fees received for design checks (£1,000). £23,000 received *62 Road, Ruislip 11924/APP/2632 as a security deposit to ensure works are carried at to a satisfactory standard. £1,000 engineering fees claimed.

PT/278/78/238G West Ruislip Fmr Mill Works, Bury Street, Ruislip 19,782.00 19,782.00 14,782.00 14,782.00 0.00 5,000.00 0.00 Fees received for design checks and monitoring & supervision. *76 6157/APP/2009/2069 £5,000 received as a security deposit to ensure highway works are carried out to a satisfactory standard. Fees claimed for design checks & monitoring (£14,752). PT/278/81/249E Townfield Fmr Glenister Hall, 119 Minet Drive, 6,000.00 6,000.00 2,000.00 2,000.00 0.00 4,000.00 0.00 Fees received for design checks and monitoring and *84 Hayes. 40169/APP/2011/243 supervision. £4,000 received as a security deposit to ensure highway works are carried out to a satisfactory standard. Fees claimed for design checks & monitoring. PT/278/82/273A Uxbridge South Autoguild House (Lidl), 121 Cowley 99,115.00 99,115.00 27,115.00 27,115.00 0.00 72,000.00 0.00 Fees received and claimed for design checks & monitoring of *87 Rd, Uxbridge. 7008/APP/2010/2758 s278 works. £91,195 received towards upgrading of traffic lights at junction of Cowley Mill Road. £72,000 received as a security deposit to ensure highways works are carried out to a satisfactory standard. £5,920 received & claimed for design checks. £19,195 allocated towards the installation of SCOOT signal system at junction of Cowley Mill Road & Cowley Road (Cabinet Member Decision 03/06/2019). Scheme complete.

PT/278/83/283A Uxbridge North Former RAF Uxbridge, Hillingdon 253,636.00 253,636.00 222,136.00 222,136.00 0.00 31,500.00 0.00 £40,000 received and claimed for design checks& monitoring *90 Road, Uxbridge 585/APP/2009/2752 of 278 highway works. £31,500 received as a security deposit to ensure highway works are carried out to a satisfactory standard, £94,596 received and claimed by ECU towards fees associated with s278 agreement. Further £15,000 received and claimed towards design fees. £21,540 engineering fees claimed. £50k received and claimed for design checks for St Andrews roundabout.

PT/278/85 *93 Yiewsley GSK Stockley Park, 5 Iron Bridge 6,210.00 6,210.00 1,210.00 1,210.00 0.00 5,000.00 0.00 Fees received and claimed for design checks. £5,000 received Road. 3057/APP/2012/2573 as a security deposit to ensure highway works are carried out to an acceptable standard. PT/278/86/237E Eastcote & East Bishop Ramsey School (lower site), 14,146.46 14,146.46 10,729.21 10,729.21 0.00 3,417.25 0.00 Funds received for the completion of remedial highway works Ruislip Eastcote Road, Ruislip - High Grove and fees associated with the 278 agreements. £7,993.58 access 19731/APP/2006/1442 claimed towards remedial works & fees 13/14. Further £307.63 claimed. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PT/278/90/418D Botwell 20-30 Blyth Road, Hayes 5,550.00 5,550.00 550.00 550.00 0.00 5,000.00 0.00 Fees received and claimed for design checks. £5,000 received 1425/APP/2011/3040 as a security deposit to ensure highway works are carried out to an acceptable standard.

PT/278/103/370 Uxbridge Belmont House (formerly Senator 56,171.39 56,171.39 4,936.53 4,936.53 0.00 51,234.86 0.00 Funds held as a returnable bond to ensure the satifactory A *118 Court ), Belmont Road, Uxbridge. completion of the highway works associated with the 68385/APP/2012/2398 development. £4,936.53 fees claimed for design for design checks. PT/278/105/350 South Ruislip Fmr Arla Dairy Site, Victoria Rd, 951,810.00 951,810.00 950,361.76 950,361.76 0.00 1,448.24 0.00 £5,000 received as a returnable deposit and £871, 000 C * 122 Ruislip. 66819/APP/2014/1600 received as a bond deposit for the completion of highway works . Funds to be returned with interest on satisfactory completion of the works. Further £73,310 received and claimed by ECU for fees and checks. £2,500 to be used for payment of traffic orders. £2,500 spend towards required traffic orders for highway works. £654,301.76 (75% of bond) returned on satisfactory completion of works. Final Certificate issued. £5,000 security and remaining 25% of the bond returned Q3 2018/19. PT/278/107/355 Botwell Former EMI site, Dawley Road 5,000.00 5,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5,000.00 0.00 £5,000 received as the highways deposit sum to ensure E *132 (Prologis), Hayes. satifactory completion of the works. Any unspent funds to be 8294/APP/2015/1406 returned to the developer on completion.

PT/278/108/378 Townfield 27 Uxbridge Rd,(Hayes Gate House) 5,000.00 5,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5,000.00 0.00 £5,000 received as the highways deposit sum to ensure C *133 2385/APP/2013/2523 satifactory completion of the works. Any unspent funds to be returned to the developer on completion.

PT/278/109/403 Botwell Former Hayes Swimming Pool, Botwell 135,000.00 135,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 135,000.00 0.00 £135,000 received as the highways deposit sum to ensure

Page 318 Page *144 Lane, Hayes (Lidl) satifactory completion of the works. Any unspent funds to be 1942/APP/2015/4127 returned to the developer on completion. PT/278/110/413 South Ruislip Imperial House, Stonefield Way, South 977,935.80 977,935.80 83,000.00 83,000.00 0.00 894,935.80 0.00 £750,233.62 received as the highways deposit sum to ensure *149 Ruislip (Lidl) 5039/APP/2015/4365 satifactory completion of the works. Any unspent funds to be returned to the developer on completion. Further £144,702.18 received as a returnable cash deposit for highway works. £82,000 received and claimed to cover fees associated with the works. £1,000 fees received and claimed Q3 2019.

PT/278/116 Botwell Mercury House, Plot 6 Millington 16,044.73 16,044.73 4,500.00 4,500.00 0.00 11,544.73 0.00 £11,544.73 received as the highway security deposit sum to /405 *150 Road, Hayes (Premier Inn) enusre satisfactory completion of the works. £4,500 received 22632/APP/2016/2369 and claimed for fees and and design checks.

PT/278/124 Yeading S278, Garage site at Hornbeam Road, 7,500.00 7,500.00 6,500.00 6,500.00 0.00 1,000.00 0.00 £5,000 received as the highway security deposit sum to ensure *154 Hayes 70799/APP/2015/3696 satisfactory completion of the works. £2,500 received for fees and and design checks. £4,000 transferred to cover unpaid legal fees. £2,500 transferred to cover fees. Remaining balance to be returned to developer on satisfactory completion of highway works.

PT/278/125 Yeading S278, Garage site at Larch Crescent, 7,500.00 7,500.00 2,500.00 2,500.00 0.00 5,000.00 0.00 £5,000 received as the highway security deposit sum to ensure *155 Hayes 70799/APP/2015/3696 satisfactory completion of the works. £2,500 received for fees and and design checks. £2,500 transferred Q3 2018 to cover fees. PT/278/126/390 West Drayton S278 Fmr Anglers Retreat PH, 32,868.00 32,868.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 32,868.00 0.00 Funds received as a security deposit for due and proper F *162 Cricketfield Road, West Drayton execution of highways improvements.

PT/278/127/417 West Drayton Grand Union Office Park, Packet Boat 34,386.33 34,386.33 0.00 0.00 0.00 34,386.33 0.00 £34,386.33 received as highway security deposit sum to B * 163 Lane, West Drayton ensure satisfactory completion of the works. 1197/APP/2015/4164

PT/278/135/432 Heathrow 1 Nobel Drive, Harlington, Hayes 37,765.69 37,765.69 0.00 0.00 0.00 37,765.69 0.00 £37,765.69 received as highway security deposit sum to D Villages 46214/APP/2014/2827 ensure satisfactory completion of the works.

SECTION 278 SUB - TOTAL 4,736,974.06 4,728,942.55 2,820,216.17 2,809,711.73 23,036.25 1,916,757.89 0.00 8,031.51 10,504.44 42,765.69

SECTION 106 FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PORTFOLIO: PLANNING TRANSPORTATION AND RECYCLING PT/05/04a *2 Heathrow BA World Cargo / 50045A/95/1043 339,111.08 339,111.08 212,469.24 212,469.24 0.00 126,641.84 0.00 The balance is for improvements to public transport serving Villages the south side of London Heathrow. Any scheme should provide a significant benefit to BA employees in the vicinity of Heathrow . No time limits. BAA proposal for upgrade of bus services to the south side of Heathrow. £210,000 allocated to enhancements to 350 and 423 bus services ( Cabinet Member decision 21/10/09). Enhanced services commenced December 09. £70,084 payment to London Buses (bus service agreement 09/10). Year 2 & 3 payments to London buses (£70.084). £23.5k allocated towards a pedestrian crossing facility on the A4 Colnbrook By- Pass (Cabinet Member Decision (29/03/2012). £2,217 paid towards upgrade of crossing facility on A4. Remaining balance £126,641 allocated to support new 278 bus route (Cabinet Member Decision 05/02/2020)

PT/05/04b Heathrow BA World Cargo / 50045A/95/1043 406,331.57 406,331.57 173,645.35 173,645.35 0.00 232,686.22 0.00 The balance is for improvements to public transport serving *2 Villages London Heathrow. Any scheme supported by these funds should provide a significant benefit to BA employees in the vicinity of Heathrow and the views of the Heathrow Transport Forum are to be sought in determining any scheme to be funded. No time limits. Remaining balance £232,686 allocated to support new 278 bus route (Cabinet Member Decision 05/02/2020) PT/25/56 South Ruislip J Sainsbury, 11 Long Drive, Ruislip 37,425.09 37,425.09 7,488.80 2,975.00 4,513.80 29,936.29 0.00 Highway improvements adjacent to the site. Legal advice *24 33667/T/97/0684 stated that because of time that has elapsed, it would not be Page 319 Page reasonable to proceed without Sainsbury's agreement. Officers investigating the potential to utilise these funds for traffic congestion mitigation at that junction to complement current works that have been commissioned for that location. A portion of land owned by Sainsbury's would need to be dedicated as public highway for the scheme to be feasible. Traffic congestion mitigation scheme is fully funded. Agreement obtained from the owner of the site to allow the Council to retain £30k towards public realm improvements in South Ruislip. Remaining balance (£7,425) to be returned. £30k allocated to improve the pedestrian environment under the railway bridge at South Ruislip (Cabinet Member Decision 06/12/2019). Scheme completed March 2020. Awaiting invoices. PT/37/40B-C Botwell Land at Thorn EMI Complex - 559,443.43 559,443.43 483,904.27 483,904.27 0.00 75,539.16 0.00 Project 40B- New agreement signed 19/04/13. Funds to be Highways Works & Environmental used towards public realm improvements in the vicinity of the (see: PPR/29) Improvements site and Hayes Town Centre (see agreement for further 51588/APP/2000/366&1418 (Old Vinyl details). No time limit for spend. £838.48 (remaining balance Factory 5987/APP/2012/1893) from PT/37/40F) transferred to PT/278/47. £12,500 allocated towards lighting scheme in Blyth Road. £100,000 allocated towards Hayes Town Centre Improvements (Cabinet Member Decision 19/06/2015). Remaining balance (£74,928) allocated towards public realm improvements in Blyth Road area (Cabinet Member Decision 28/08/2017). £100,000 spent towards Hayes Town Centre Scheme, end of year closing 2017/18. £5,000 spent towards Blyth Road lighting scheme Q4 2018/19 (scheme complete).

PT37/40E Botwell Land at Thorn EMI Complex - Parking 32,805.42 32,805.42 0.00 0.00 0.00 32,805.42 0.00 Project 40E - £30,000 received for controlled parking in Blyth 51588/APP/2000/366&1418 (Old Vinyl Road area. New agreement signed 19/04/13. Funds held to be Factory 5987/APP/2012/1838) used towards controlled parking zones in the vicintiy of the development or if not required, towards the same purpose as PT/37/40B above. Allocated towards public realm improvements in Blyth Road area (Cabinet Member Decision 28/08/2017). No time limit for spend. PT/42/41 Heathrow Temp Stockpiling at Bedfont Court. 50,000.00 50,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 50,000.00 0.00 £50,000 for landscape enhancement on specified land around Villages 47853/SPP/2003/113 the development. Unexpended funds at 19 June 2006 were to be repaid to the developer. Following consultations with BAA it has been agreed to spend the funds as part of the Colne Valley project. Deed of variation has been secured to remove time limits. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PT/44/03 Various S278 Surplus 168,686.83 168,686.83 104,795.86 104,795.86 0.00 63,890.97 0.00 Income is from underspends on s278 projects. First priority for use of funds is to address otherwise irresolvable deficits from overspent projects. Spend towards consultants for cycle scheme at PT/103/174A and footpath scheme at PT/88/140B. £500 spent towards Kingsend study at PT/120/241A. Remaining balance transferred from CSL/2/147E . Remaining balance transferred from PT/109. Deminimus balances transferred from PT/130/277B and PPR/67/265C and PT/88/140C. £4,250 spent towards legal fees, DOV Tesco. Diminimus balances totalling £15.11 transferred from PT/146 & PPR/69. £5k spent towards feability study for SCOOT (Cowley Mill Road junction). Diminimus balances totaling £1,057.95 transferred from PT/122/248A & PPR/82/301B (2018/19). Diminimus balances totalling £486.46 transferred from PT/115, PPR/72 ,PPR/81 & E/66 (2019/20).

PT/54/21C Botwell Former EMI Site, Dawley Road - 57,000.00 57,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 57,000.00 0.00 £50,000 for Landscaping on adjacent land and £7,000 for Landscaping 6198/BS/98/1343 maintenance of the landscaping works. Funds to be held for landscaping in accordance with the agreement subject to Crossrail. No time constraints. PT/61/89B West Drayton LHR Training Centre, Stockley Close / 25,000.00 25,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 25,000.00 0.00 £25,000 for improvements at the junction of Stockley Road & 51458/97/1537 Stockley Close / Lavender Rise, West Drayton. Scheme (see: E/35) provided using TfL funding. Further improvements to area have been implemented as part of the MOD development. Funds to be held as contingency for any works required to the junction arising out of the MOD development. No time constraints. PT/65/74A Uxbridge North Land at Johnson's Yard (former 18,893.88 18,893.88 17,871.38 17,871.38 0.00 1,022.50 0.00 Street lighting according to the agreement drawing. No time Page 320 Page (see EYL/40, garage site), Redford Way, Uxbridge - constraints. Expenditure due to commencement of project for E/20 & E/21) Street Lighting 53936/APP/2002/1357 street lighting on Redford Way at Johnson's Yard. Columns & lanterns installed and working. Unable to install column in footpath leading to the high Street. Last column installed, Connection by Southern Electric were programmed for July 07. Columns all connected but require painting. Officers chasing painting contractor to progress. Painting completed - final invoices paid. Final balance to be confirmed after closure of 08/09 financial year accounts. PT/76/119 Northwood Land at 64 Ducks Hill Road 35,253.56 35,253.56 28,119.15 28,119.15 0.00 7,134.41 0.00 To provide a speed camera, anti-skid surface and associated Northwood/ 26900L/99/1077 road markings in Ducks Hill Road. Speed camera cannot be installed in this location, as the accident rate in this location is below the threshold established by TfL. Deed of variation not required.site includeded in vehicle activated sign (VAS) forward programme. Officers looking into feasibility of 'Driver Feedback Sign'. Implementation due Spring 2007, subject to feasibility. Quotes being sought with the view to possible purchase of signs. Interest accrued. No time constraints. Utilities works completed Nov 08. Scheme programmed for implementation April/May 2010. Spend towards the provision of anti skid and electrical work. VAS signs installed, scheme complete, awaiting invoices.

PT/80/112 Uxbridge South Grand Union Park, Packet Boat Lane, 47,774.85 47,774.85 2,228.56 2,228.56 0.00 45,546.29 0.00 No time constraints. Officers looking into project for spend of (formerly site ref: 1197 (various applications) balance at junction of Packet Boat Lane & Cowley High Street. PT278/05) Cabinet Member for P&T concerned with affect of proposal and blind road bend heading towards Uxbridge. Funds to be held until sight lines are resolved.

PT/82/114 Uxbridge South Waterloo Road, Uxbridge - Highway 13,169.44 13,169.44 11,577.00 11,577.00 0.00 1,592.44 0.00 Highway Works for alternative traffic management on Waterloo (formerly Works / 332BD/99/2069 Road. No time limits. Cabinet Member for Planning & PT278/23) Transportation has approved use of funds to extend the Uxbridge South Parking Management Scheme approved. Implementation occurred in the Autumn. £11k spend on Waterloo Road from the Parking Revenue Account to be recharged to this case for next quarter. Recharcharge completed. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PT84/87B-D Brunel Brunel s106 16 April 04 27,614.47 27,614.47 15,164.48 15,164.48 0.00 12,449.99 0.00 £3,000 + interest for monitoring of landscape management (Formerly part of 532/SPP/2002/2237 plan (87B), £10,000 + interest for monitoring of green travel PT278/44) and public transport obligations (87D), and £200 + interest initial payment associated with footpath works to be undertaken by Council (87C). Engineers inspected site to ascertain whether works are required & whether further payments are due late Jan 2006. Officers chasing Brunel to provide a disabled ramp from the back of the privately owned footway at Hillingdon Hill. Interest accrued. £10k plus interest received for improvements (including lighting) to the footpath alongside the River Pinn linking 'Site 2' to Uxbridge Road. Footpath works complete, security deposit plus interest returned. PT/88/140F Pinkwell MOD Records Office, Stockley Road, 74,089.77 74,089.77 64,089.77 64,089.77 0.00 10,000.00 10,000.00 Funds received for parking management system in Bourne Hayes - Parking Avenue and surrounding streets of the new and existing estate *46 18399/APP/2004/2284 roads. There are currently no plans to consult with residents of the area on a Parking Management Scheme. However, any resident objections to increases in commuter parking on residential roads generated by the development may give reason to spend these funds. Officers continue to monitor the parking situation. Funds must be spent within 7 years following date of receipt i.e. Dec 2013. No parking scheme has been requested and time limit has now passed. Officers in contact with developer. Contribution required to be returned. Funds returned to developer as agreed towards a transport study on Stockley Road, to assess the traffic impact of their developments. £10,000 retained, earmarked towards lighting Page 321 Page improvements in Bourne Avenue, subject to formal allocation.

PT/102/161D Yiewsley Honeywell Site, Trout Road Yiewsley 77,151.50 77,151.50 68,448.16 68,448.16 0.00 8,703.34 0.00 Funds received towards public transport and community 335/APP/2002/2754 facilities initiatives in the West Drayton area. Funds to be spent by September 2014 . Funds allocated towards public transport intitiatives in the West Drayton area to include bus stop accessibility and enhancement of the pedestrian link along Tavistock Road to West Drayton Station and bus interchange (Cabinet Member Decision 22/04/2014). Scheme completed September 2014, £10,000 can be retained towards other schemes related to the development. Remaining balance allocated towards West Drayton Station Complimentary measures (Cabinet Member Decision 13/03/2018).

PT/104/147H West Drayton DERA Site, Kingston Lane, West 10,000.00 10,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10,000.00 0.00 Funds received for the installation and maintenance of CCTV Drayton cameras on the site as specified in the relevant planning 45658/APP/2002/3012 permission. Cameras to be installed by the developer. Funds to be retained as security. No time constraints. PT/110/198B Uxbridge Former Gas Works Site (Kier Park) at 14,240.00 14,240.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 14,240.00 0.00 Travel Plan Bond received to ensure compliance by the owner *61 Cowley Mill Road, Uxbridge - Bond for monitoring and reporting in accordance with the travel 3114/APP/2008/2497 plan. To be refunded after 10 years. PT/115/209B Yiewsley Tesco, Trout Road, Yiewsley. 4,750.00 4,750.00 4,750.00 4,750.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Contribution received for the purpose of the purpose of setting 60929/APP/2007/3744 up a car club. Funds to be spent within 5 years of receipt (March 2015). Allocated towards setting up Hertz car club in Trout Road (Cabinet Member Decision 7/02/2014). Approved scheme not viable. DOV signed 24/10/17. Funds to be used towards another sustainable transport project . Spend by March 2020. Funds allocated towards school air quality engagement and additional cycle parking facilities in Yiewsley Town Centre (Cabinet Member Decision 11/12/2018). Cycle parking implemented Feb 2019 (£1,500 spent Q4 2018/19). School air quality engagement delivered Oct 2019. Diminimus balance £100 transferred to PT/44 FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PT/125/242C West Drayton Drayton Garden Village (fmr NATS 457,092.63 457,092.63 375,000.00 250,000.00 125,000.00 82,092.63 82,092.63 £210,000 received as the phase 2 & 3 payments towards site), Porters Way, West Drayton. improvements and additions to TfL bus services within vicinity 5107/APP/2009/2348 of the development (see legal agreement for further details). No time limits for spend. £159,910.54 received as the Phase 4 payment. £87,182 received this quarter as the final payment. £375,000 allocated towards improvements to the the U5 bus services (Cabinet Member Decision 14/09/2017). Payment to TFL for first year of bus service operation 17/18 (£125,000). Year 2 payment to TFL 18/19 (£125,000). Year 3 payment to TFL 19/20 (£125,000).

PT/126/242D West Drayton Drayton Garden Village (fmr NATS 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Travel plan bond received to ensure compliance by the owner *82 site), Porters Way, West Drayton. of its monitoring and reporting obligations. To be refunded 5107/APP/2009/2348 after 10 years.

PT/129/277A Heathrow The Portal, Scylla Rd, Heathrow 20,579.41 20,579.41 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,579.41 0.00 Funds received towards co-ordinating and monitoring the Villages Airport. 50270/APP/2011/1422 green travel plan associated with the site. No time limits for spend. PT/131/273B Uxbridge South Autoguild House (Lidl), 121 Cowley 5,000.00 5,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5,000.00 0.00 Funds received as the Travel Plan bond to be used by the Rd, Uxbridge. 7008/APP/2010/2758 Council to cover the Council's expenses in monitoring compliance by the owner with the travel Plan for a ten year period. Balance to be refunded after 10 years (2022). PT/132/149J Botwell Hayes Goods Yard (High Point) 15,000.00 15,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 15,000.00 0.00 Travel Plan bond received to ensure the completion by the *88 10057/APP/2005/2996 & 2999 owner of 3 travel surveys. £5,000 to be returned on completion of each survey. PT/136/297A Heathrow Fmr Technicolor Site, 276 Bath Rd, 34,541.66 34,541.66 845.00 845.00 0.00 33,696.66 0.00 Contribution received towards the cost of upgrading the bus Villages Sipson, West Drayton. stops and the installation of drop kerbing/ tactile paving to 35293/APP/2009/1938 enable pedestian access over Bath Road in the vicinity of the Page 322 Page site. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (May 2020). Funds allocated towards bus stop improvements on the Bath Road (Cabinet Member Decision 05/02/2020). Bus stops have been upgraded to London Land Mark Standard. Funds to be transferred to TFL. PT/138/300B Townfield Fmr Powergen Site, North Hyde 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Contribution received to be used by TfL to carry out required *102 Gardens, Hayes improvement works to the junction at The Parkway and Bulls 13226/APP/2012/2185 Bridge Roundabout. No time limits

PT/139/300C Townfield Fmr Powergen Site, North Hyde 15,000.00 15,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 15,000.00 15,000.00 Contribution received towards improvements to the grand Gardens, Hayes Union Canal frontage within the vicinity of Bulls Bridge. No time 13226/APP/2012/2185 limits.

PT/140/315A Pinkwell Asda Unit 4 Westlands Estate, 458,800.00 458,800.00 178,009.47 178,009.47 106,043.01 280,790.53 0.00 Contribution to be used towards (but not limited to) the Millington Road, Hayes provision of footway and public realm improvements between 32157/APP/2011/872 the land and Hayes Town Centre. No time limits for spend. Funds allocated towards works to improve the link between the Asda store & Hayes Town Centre (Cabinet Member Decision 24/08/2017). Scheme currently on site. PT/144/198H Uxbridge South Former Gas Works site (Kier Park) 40,635.00 40,635.00 16,803.97 16,803.97 0.00 23,831.03 0.00 Funds received as the "reduced public transport contribution" Cowley Mill Road, Uxbridge to be applied towards the hopper bus service or other public 3114/APP/2012/2881 transport links relating to the site (see legal agreemnt). Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt ( May 2021). Funds allocated towards footway improvements on Cowley Mill Road to improve pedestrian access to bus stops (Cabinet Member Decision 02/06/2017). Scheme completed. Final invoice received Q4 18/19. Remaining balance (£23,831) reallocated towards towpath improvements between Cowley MIll Road & Rockingham Road (Cabinet Member Decision 08/10/2020). Scheme on site. PT/145/198J Uxbridge South Former Gas Works Site (Kier Park) at 20,317.00 20,317.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,317.00 0.00 Contribution receivd towards the provision or improvement of Cowley Mill Road, Uxbridge cycling in the vicinity of the site in accordance with the 3114/APP/2008/2497 Council's adopted cycleway strategy. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (May 2021). Funds allocated towards towpath improvements between Cowley MIll Road & Rockingham Road (Cabinet Member Decision 08/10/2020). Scheme on site. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PT/148/327 Northwood Hills Northwood School (University 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Contribution received as the travel plan bond to ensure *105 Technical College), Potter Street, compliance by the owner to its monitoring and reporting Northwood. 12850/APP/2013/1810 obligations. Funds to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (2024). PT/149/325C West Drayton Stockley Close Units 1623 & 1685 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received as the travel plan contribution. For use by the *161 51458/APP/2013/2973 Council to complete any remedial measures to ensure compliance by the owner with the travel plan. Unused funds to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (10 years). PT/151/345A Uxbridge South Charter Place, Vine Street, Uxbridge 25,000.00 25,000.00 25,000.00 25,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Contribution received towards improvement of the area from 30675/APP/2014/1345 the High Street through to Windsor Street to Charter Place (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 5 years of receipt (June 2020). Funds allocated towards public realm improvements in Windsor Street (Cabinet Member Decision 17/01/2019). Scheme complete September 2019. Final invoices received Q3. PT152/344B Uxbridge South Building 63, Phase 500, Riverside 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received as the travel plan contribution. For use by the *160 Way, Uxbridge Council to complete any remedial measures to ensure 56862/APP/2014/170 compliance by the owner with the travel plan. Unused funds to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (10 years).

PT/153/345B South Uxbridge Charter Place, Vine Street, Uxbridge 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received as the travel plan contribution. For use by the *159 30675/APP/2014/1345 Council to complete any remedial measures to ensure compliance by the owner with the travel plan. Unused funds to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (10 years).

PT/155/283D Uxbridge North Former RAF Uxbridge, Hillingdon 63,366.34 63,366.34 35,012.56 0.00 35,012.56 28,353.78 3,366.34 Contribution received as the first of two instalments towards Road, Uxbridge. 585/ APP/ the provision of bus stops serving the development, in line with Page 323 Page 2009/2752 the S106 Planning Obligations SPD 2008. Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt (Oct 2025). £60k allocated towards the upgrade of bus stops in the vicinity of St Andrews Park (Cabinet Member Decision 31/07/19). Scheme completed March 2020. Awaiting invoices. PT/157/355A Botwell Formr EMI Site, Dawley Rd, Hayes 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received as the travel plan bond to ensure that the *119 8294/APP/2015/1406 obligations contained in the approved travel plan are satisfactorily carried out. Any remaining funds to be returned 10 years from occupation.

PT/158/371A Heathrow 272-276 Bath Rd, Hayes 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received as the travel plan bond to ensure that the *123 Villages 464/APP/2014/2886 obligations contained in the approved travel plan are satisfactorily carried out. Any remaining funds to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (10 years from occupation).

PT/159/372A Yiewsley Phase 3, Stockley Park, Stockley 5,000.00 5,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5,000.00 5,000.00 contribution received to fund a flood attentuation feasibility Road. 37977/APP/2015/1004 study for packet Boat Lane (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (Jan 2023).

PT/160/354C Botwell Land on west side of Dawley Road, 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received as the travel plan bond to ensure that the *124 Hayes (EC House) obligations contained in the approved travel plan are 38065/APP/2014/2143 satisfactorily carried out. Any remaining funds to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (10 years from occupation).

PT/161/373 Townfield Airlink House, 18-22 Pump Lane, 8,000.00 8,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8,000.00 0.00 Funds received as the travel plan bond to ensure that the * 125 Hayes 5505/APP/2015/1546 obligations contained in the approved travel plan are satisfactorily carried out. Any remaining funds to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (10 years from occupation). Further £4,000 received as the second bond payment.

PT/162/249G Townfield Fmr Glenister Hall, 114 Minet Drive, 2,500.00 2,500.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2,500.00 2,500.00 Funds received towards the implementation of passing bays in Hayes 40169/APP/2011/243 Hunters Grove (if required). See agreement for details.

PT/163/40I Botwell Old Vinyl Factory, Blyth Rd, Hayes. 20,390.78 20,390.78 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,390.78 20,390.78 Contribution received towards the cost of upgrading the bus 51588/APP/2000/1827 & stops on Clarenden Road and providing Legible London 5987/APP/2012/1838 signage in the vicinity of the site. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (March 2023) FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PT/164/374A Botwell Global Academy. Old Vinyl Factory, 120,000.00 120,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 120,000.00 120,000.00 Contribution to be used by TFL towards bus service Blyth Road, Hayes. improvements made necessary by the development, namely 59872/APP/2015/1798 additional bus service provision on specified route serving the development and related infrastructure. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (March 2023).

PT/165/374B Botwell Global Academy. Old Vinyl Factory, 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received as the travel plan bond to ensure that the *126 Blyth Road, Hayes. obligations contained in the approved travel plan are 5505/APP/2015/1546 satisfactorily carried out. Any remaining funds to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (10 years from occupation).

PT/166/359B Yiewsley 26-36 Horton Rd, Yiewsley 50,500.00 50,500.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 50,500.00 50,500.00 Contribution to be used by the Council towards the provison of 3507/APP/2013/2327 CCTV; provison of lighting; closure/gating of paths and links; safety improvements to public transport interchanges ; facilities and car parks; enhanced night bus networks to and from major new facilities and leisure uses within the Authority's area (see agreement for details). Spend within 7 years of receipt (Jan 2023). PT/167/382A West Drayton Kichener House, Warwick Rd, West 5,000.00 5,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5,000.00 0.00 Contribution received towards the provision of improvements Drayton. 18218/APP/2013/2183 to West Drayton Railway Station and its surroundings, arising from the Cross Rail development. Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt (April 2026). Funds allocated towards West Drayton Station Complimentary Measures (Cabinet Member Decison 13/03/2018).

PT/168/383A Uxbridge North Pavilions Shopping Centre, Chequers 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received as the travel plan bond to ensure that the *127 Square, Uxbridge (Primark). obligations contained in the approved travel plan are 35214/APP/2014/2232 satisfactorily carried out. Any remaining funds to be returned at

Page 324 Page the end of the monitoring period (10 years from occupation).

PT/173/386 Yiewsley Stockley Country Park, Stockley Golf 6,660.00 6,660.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 6,660.00 6,660.00 Contribution received towards providing a digital Course, Uxbridge. topographically measured survey of the site, prior to 37850/APP/2012/2739 importation of materials. (see agreement for details). No time limits for spend. PT/175/388 Yiewsley 21 High Street, Yiewsley. 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received as the travel plan bond to ensure that the *134 26628/APP/2014/675 obligations contained in the approved travel plan are satisfactorily carried out. Any remaining funds to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (10 years from occupation).

PT/177/283F Uxbridge North Former RAF Uxbridge. Hillingdon 287,124.74 287,124.74 0.00 0.00 0.00 287,124.74 287,124.74 Funds received as the first instalment of the St Andrews Road, Uxbridge. 585/APP/2009/2752 Roundabout contribution, to be used towards the works shown on plan number 2152-sk 52 attached to the agreement. Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt of the last relevant payment. PT/178/394A Yiewsley Padcroft Works, Tavistock 22,330.64 22,330.64 20,330.64 20,330.64 0.00 2,000.00 2,000.00 Funds received to be used towards canal side signage (£2000) Road,Yiewsley. and £20,000 towards improvements to the Grand Union Canal 45200/APP/2014/3638 frontage. Funds to be spent within 7 years (Oct 2023). £20,330 allocated towards canal towpath improvements between Stockley Park and Horton Bridge Road (Cabinet Member Decision 03/04/2018). Scheme substantially complete July 2019. PT/179/360C Heathrow Former Unitair Centre, Great South 20,578.80 20,578.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,578.80 0.00 Funds to be used by the Council towards securing compliance *138 Villages West Road, Feltham. with the Green Travel Plan and to co-ordinate and monitor the 49559/APP/2014/334 occupier Green Travel Plan for a period of 10 years.

PT/181/395 Northwood Land at Northwood School, Potter 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received to be used by the Council to secure *139 Street, Northwood. compliance with the travel plan if required. Any unspent funds 12850/APP/2014/4492 to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (10 years ).

PT/182/396A Pinkwell Unit 3, Millington Road, Hayes 30,000.00 30,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 30,000.00 30,000.00 Funds received as the "Highways Contribution" towards a 32157/APP/2016/1696 study/transport/highway capacity improvements in the surrounding area. No time limit for spend.

PT/183/350E South Ruislip Fmr Arla Dairy Site, Victoria Rd, 40,000.00 40,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 40,000.00 0.00 Funds received as the Travel Plan bond to ensure compliance *140 Ruislip. with the travel plans required under schedules 2 & 3 of the 66819/APP/2014/1600 agreement. Unspent funds to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (10 years). FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PT/184/399B Townfield Unit A Bulls Bridge Centre, North Hyde 30,000.00 30,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 30,000.00 30,000.00 Funds received as the "Transport Contribution" for the Gardens, Hayes provision of transport matters related to the development. No 13226/APP/2015/4623 time limits for spend. PT/186/402B Yiewsley 21 High St, Yiewsley 11,310.15 11,310.15 0.00 0.00 0.00 11,310.15 0.00 Funds received towards initiatives to improve Yiewsley Town 26628/APP/2014/675 Centre, located within the Authority's area. No time limit for spend. Funds allocated towards West Drayton Station Complimentary Measures (Cabinet Member Decision 13/03/2018). PT/187/403A Botwell Fmr Hayes Swimming Pool, Botwell 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received to be used by the Council to secure *141 Lane, Hayes (Lidl) compliance with the travel plan if required. Any unspent funds 1942/APP/2015/4127 to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (10 years ).

PT/188/404A Botwell The Gatefold Building, land east of the 111,554.62 111,554.62 81,554.00 81,554.00 0.00 30,000.62 30,000.00 Funds received as the public realm contribution towards former EMI site, Blyth Rd, Hayes CCTV; provision of lighting, rerouting/closure of underused 51588/APP/2011/2253 paths and links; safty improvements to public transport interchanges; environmental projects which contribute to safer town centres; enhancement night bus networks to and from major new facilities and leisure uses in the Authority's area. Funds to be spent witihn 7 years of receipt (April 2024). £81,554 from this contribution allocated towards Hayes Town Centre CCTV upgrade, as part of a Borough wide Scheme (Cabinet Member Decision 17/01/2019). CCTV scheme completed Autumn 2018. Remaining balance (£30k) to be used towards Hayes subway improvements, subject to formal allocation. PT/189/405A Pinkwell Mercury House, Westlands Estate, 50,000.00 50,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 50,000.00 50,000.00 Funds received as the highways contributon to be used Page 325 Page North Hyde Road, Hayes (Premier Inn) towards highway capacity improvements in the surrounding 22632/APP/2016/2369 road network. Such improvements to incorporate air quality monitoring of the relevant road network. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (June 2024) PT/191/396C Pinkwell Unit 3, Millington Road, Hayes 40,000.00 40,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 40,000.00 0.00 Funds received as the travel plan sum (£20k each unit) to *145 32157/APP/2016/1696 secure compliance with the travel plan. Unspent funds to be returned at th end of the monitoring period (10 years). PT/192/242H West Drayton Fmr NATs Site, Drayton Garden 31,136.46 31,136.46 27,200.00 27,200.00 0.00 3,936.46 0.00 Funds received as the parking managment contribution, to be Village, Porters Way, West Drayton used towards the cost of establishing a parking management 5107/APP/2009/2348 scheme in the West Drayton Area. No time limits for spend. £31,136 allocated and £27,200 spent towards a parking scheme in West Drayton, zone WD5 (Cabinet Member Decision 22/10/2019) PT/193/242I West Drayton Fmr NATs Site, Drayton Garden 249,091.68 249,091.68 111,448.51 109,166.51 2,282.00 137,643.17 0.00 Funds received as the "British Waterways contribution", to be Village, Porters Way, West Drayton used towards the cost of improvement works to the Grand 5107/APP/2009/2348 Union Canal. No time limits for spend. Funds allocated towards towpath improvements on the Grand Union Canal between Horton Bridge Road and Trout Road, Yiewsley (Cabinet Member Decision 21/09/2018). Scheme completed March 2020. Awaiting invoices. PT/194/403D Botwell Former Hayes Swimming Pool, Botwell 59,000.00 59,000.00 39,613.94 30,552.45 9,061.49 19,386.06 0.00 Funds received as the " Traffic Impact contribution" , to be Lane, Hayes (Lidl) used by the Council towards bus service improvments, 1942/APP/2015/4127 installation of land mark bus shelters on Church Road, installation of road signs in the vicinity of the development (see agreement for details) . No time limits for spend. Funds allocated towards bus stop upgrade,contribution to new 278 bus service and improvements to pedestrian link between Lidl & Hayes Town Centre (Cabinet Member Decision 03/06/2019). Scheme completed March 2020, awaiting invoices.

PT/195/409A Heathrow Fmr Contractor's Compound, South of 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received to be used by the Council to secure *147 Villages Swindon Road, Heathrow Airport compliance with the travel plan if required. Any unspent funds 67622/APP/2013/2532 & to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (10 years ). 67622/APP2015/1651 PT/197/40N Botwell The Old Vinyl Factory, Blyth Road, 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received to be used by the Council to secure *148 Hayes compliance with the travel plan if required. Any unspent funds 59872/APP/2012/1838 & to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (10 years ). 59872/APP/2013/3775 FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PT/198/414A Hillingdon East Abbotsfield & Swakeleys School, 450,000.00 450,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 450,000.00 0.00 Contribution received to be used by TFL towards bus service Clifton Gardens, Hillingdon improvements. Funds to be spent within 7 years of payment 3505/APP/2015/3030 (March 2025). Funds allocated to support the new 278 bus service (Cabinet Member Decision 05/02/2020).

PT/199/415A West Drayton West Drayton Police Station, Station 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received to ensure compliance with the travel plan, if *151 Road, West Drayton required. Any unspent funds to be returned at the end of the 12768/APP/2016/1580 & monitoring period (10 years) . 12768/APP/2014/1870 PT/200/414B Hillingdon East Abbotsfield & Swakeleys School, 16,430.00 16,430.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 16,430.00 16,430.00 Contribution recieved to be used by TFL towards bus stop Clifton Gardens, Hillingdon improvements along Long Lane. Funds to be spent within 7 3505/APP/2015/3030 years of payment (March 2025).

PT/201/404C Hillingdon East Abbotsfield & Swakeleys School, 21,200.00 21,200.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 21,200.00 0.00 Funds received to ensure compliance with the travel plan, if *152 Clifton Gardens, Hillingdon required. Any unspent funds to be returned at the end of the 3505/APP/2015/3030 monitoring period (10 years) .

PT/202/417A West Drayton Grand Union Office Park, Packet Boat 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received to ensure compliance with the travel plan, if *153 Lane, West Drayton required. Any unspent funds to be returned at the end of the 1197/APP/2015/4164 monitoring period (10 years) .

PT/203/400C Heathrow World Business Centre, 4 Newall 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received to ensure compliance with the travel plan, if *156 Villages Road, heathrow Airport required. Any unspent funds to be returned at the end of the 71487/APP/2015/4718 monitoring period (10 years) . &71478/APP/2017/1605

PT/204/419C Heathrow Cessna Road, Terminal 2, Heathrow 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received to ensure compliance with the travel plan, if *157 Villages Airport 62360/APP/2015/4277 required. Any unspent funds to be returned at the end of the

Page 326 Page monitoring period (10 years) . PT/205/421A Ickenham 234- 236 Swakeleys Road, Ickenham 3,000.00 3,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3,000.00 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of the highway works 72634/APP/2017/769 identified in the agreement. No time limits for spend.

PT/206/422A Uxbridge North Land rear of 85-87 Manor Waye, 2,000.00 2,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2,000.00 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of implementing a stopping Uxbridge up order required under the agreement. No time limits for 67593/APP/2017/2114 spend.

PT/207/423A Heathrow 1 Nobel Drive, Harlington, Hayes 12,600.00 12,600.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 12,600.00 12,600.00 Contribution received to be used by the Council towards off Villages 46214/APP/2014/2827 site carbon reduction measures, schemes and initiatives in order to mitigate the development. No time limit for spend.

PT/208/423B Heathrow 1 Nobel Drive, Harlington, Hayes 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received to ensure compliance with the travel plan, if Villages 46214/APP/2014/2827 required. Any unspent funds to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (10 years) .

PT/209/410B Uxbridge South 66 High Street (Fassnidge Park Hall), 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received to ensure compliance with the travel plan, if Uxbridge required. Any unspent funds to be returned at the end of the 12156/APP/2015/4166 monitoring period (10 years) . &12156/APP/2016/4647 PT/210/424A Yiewsley Land at Onslow Mills, Trout Road, 5,745.78 5,745.78 0.00 0.00 0.00 5,745.78 5,745.78 Contribution to be used by the Council towards off site carbon West Drayton reduction measures, schemes and initiatives in order to 1724/APP/2016/3513 mitigate the harm caused by the devlopment. No time limit for spend. PT/212/425B Yiewsley Land rear of 2-24 Horton Road, West 26,083.36 26,083.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 26,083.36 26,083.36 Contribution received towards the cost of carrying out highway Drayton 71582/APP/2016/4582 works including Legible London finger posts and resurfacing the canal towpath adjacent to the site (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (Dec 2025). Indexation received. PT/213/428A West Ruislip Fanuc House, 1 Station Approach, 52,281.93 52,281.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 52,281.93 52,281.93 Contribution received towards town centre and highway Ruislip improvements in the immediate vicinity of the site. No time limit 26134/APP/2016/1987 for spend. PT/214/430A Uxbridge South Randalls 7-9 Vine St, Uxbridge 33,304.30 33,304.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 33,304.30 33,304.30 Contribution received towards off-site carbon reduction 41309/APP/2016/3391 measures to mitigate the development. No time limit for spend. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PT/215/430B Uxbridge South Randalls 7-9 Vine St, Uxbridge 91,501.11 91,501.11 13,487.04 13,487.04 0.00 78,014.07 0.00 Funds received as the town centre contribution. No time limit 41309/APP/2016/3391 for spend. Funds allocated towards Vine Street public realm improvements (Cabinet Member Decision 28/11/2019). Scheme substantially completed March 2020. Remaining works delayed due to COVID 19. Awaiting invoices. PT/216/427A Uxbridge South Waterloo Wharf, Waterloo Road, 31,182.67 31,182.67 0.00 0.00 0.00 31,182.67 0.00 Contribution received towards off-site carbon reduction Uxbridge 43016/APP/2016/2840 measures, schemes and inititiatives to mitigate the development. No time limit for spend. Funds allocated towards towpath improvements between Cowley MIll Road & Rockingham Road (Cabinet Member Decision 08/10/2020). Scheme on site. PT/217/427B Uxbridge South Waterloo Wharf, Waterloo Road, 31,581.65 31,581.65 0.00 0.00 0.00 31,581.65 31,581.65 Contribution received to be used by the Canals & Rivers Trust Uxbridge 43016/APP/2016/2840 towards canalside improvement works to the canalside land (shown on plan attached to the agreement). Works to include towpath and access improvements. No time limit for spend. PT/218/297E Heathrow Fmr Technicolor Site, 276 Bath Rd, 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received to be used by the Council to secure Villages Sipson. 35293/APP/2009/1938 compliance with the travel plan if required. Any unspent funds to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (10 years ).

PT/219/429A Botwell Fmr Nestle Factory, Nestle Avenue, 6,000.00 6,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 6,000.00 6,000.00 Contribution received as the" Industrial land Legible London Hayes (Industrial) contribution" towards the provision of Legible London signage 1331/APP/2017/1883 in the vicinity of the developemnt. Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt (March 2029).

PT/220/429B Botwell Fmr Nestle Factory, Nestle Avenue, 101,716.12 101,716.12 0.00 0.00 0.00 101,716.12 101,716.12 Funds received as the first instalment of the "Bulls Bridge Hayes (Residential) Contribution " towards highway and traffic improvements to the 1331/APP/2017/1883 Bulls Bridge Roundabout. Funds to be spent within 10 years of Page 327 Page receipt. PT/221/429C Botwell Fmr Nestle Factory, Nestle Avenue, 4,577.23 4,577.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 4,577.23 4,577.23 Contribution received as the" Residential land Legible London Hayes (Residential) contribution" towards the provision of Legible London signage 1331/APP/2017/1883 in the vicinity of the development. Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt (March 2029).

PT/222/434A Botwell 30-32 Blyth Road, Hayes 87,249.00 87,249.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 87,249.00 87,249.00 Funds received as the first instalment towards the provision of 68974/APP/2018/2146 offsite carbon reduction measures to mitigate the impact of the development. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (April 2026). PT/223/435A Uxbridge South Fmr Trimite Site, Arundel Road, 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received to be used by the Council to secure *164 Uxbridge 9117/APP/2016/278 compliance with the travel plan if required. Any unspent funds to be returned at the end of the monitoring period (10 years ).

PT/225/437A Eastcote Audit House, 260 Field End Road, 37,315.23 37,315.23 19,299.11 13,868.94 5,430.17 18,016.12 0.00 Funds received to be used towards public realm Eastcote 19365/APP/2017/3088 enhancements along the eastern side of Field End Road between Eastcote Underground Station and Woodlands Avenue. Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt (April 2029). £31,500 allocated towards street lighting improvements (Cabinet Member Decision 29/11/2019). Remaining balance (£5,815) allocated towards Eastcote Town Centre scheme (Cabinet Member Decision 18/03/2020). Scheme complete awaiting invoices. PT/226/438A Uxbridge South Westcombe House, 36-38 Windsor 42,533.64 42,533.64 0.00 0.00 0.00 42,533.64 42,533.64 Funds received towards measures that will enhance the public Street, Uxbridge realm and broaden travel choice in Uxbridge Town Centre. No (13544/APP/2017/3388) time limit for spend. Indexation(£4,837) received in Q4. Indexation corrected (£2,533) Q1 PT/227/440A Uxbridge South Dolphin Bridge House, Rockingham 57,557.36 57,557.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 57,557.36 57,557.36 Contribution received towards the improvement of the canal Road,Uxbridge towpath between Rockingham Road and Oxford Road as a 35248/APP/2017/3013 Quiet Way. Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt (December 2029). PT/228/441A Uxbridge North 297 Long Lane, Hillingdon 34,705.45 34,705.45 0.00 0.00 0.00 34,705.45 34,705.45 Contribution to be used by the Council towards the provision of 4860/APP/2018/3719 off-site carbon reduction measures to mitigate the development. Funds to spent within 7 years of receipt (December 2026)

PT/229/441B Uxbridge North 297 Long Lane, Hillingdon 94,600.57 94,600.57 0.00 0.00 0.00 94,600.57 94,600.57 Contribution to be used towards measures to improve the ease 4860/APP/2018/3719 with which people with disabilities can move around Hillingdon Circus Shopping parade between 299 &335 Long Lane (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (December 2026) FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PT/230/429G Botwell Fmr Nestles Factory, Nestles Avenue, 443,675.56 443,675.56 0.00 0.00 0.00 443,675.56 443,675.56 Funds received as the "Residential land MMT contribution" to Hayes 133/APP/2017/1883 be used towards the proposed Multi Modal Transport scheme (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt (February 2030)

PT/231/429H Botwell Fmr Nestles Factory, Nestles Avenue, 161,869.01 159,138.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 161,869.01 161,869.01 Funds received as the "zero carbon contribution" towards the Hayes 133/APP/2017/1883 Council's Carbon of-set fund. Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt February 2030. Indexation received Q2

PT/232/429I Botwell Fmr Nestles Factory, Nestles Avenue, 437,000.00 437,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 437,000.00 437,000.00 Funds received as the "Residential Land Additional Bus Hayes 133/APP/2017/1883 Contribution" towards the provision of additional bus capacity on the bus network in the vicinity of the development. Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt (February 2030)

PT/233/442A Uxbridge North Armstrong House, Market Square, 131,886.54 131,886.54 0.00 0.00 0.00 131,886.54 131,886.54 Funds received towards measures that will enhance the public Uxbridge 36573/APP/2017/3389 realm and broaden travel choice in Uxbridge Town Centre (see agreement for details). No time limit for spend. PT/235/450A Botwell Land at the Arena, Bennetsfield Road, 31,678.17 31,678.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 31,678.17 31,678.17 Funds received as a contribution towards the Council's Carbon Stockley Park 37800/APP/296/1430 Fund. Funds to be used by the Council towards the provision of offsite carbon reduction measures to mitigate carbon emissions from the development. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (June 2027). PT/236/450B Botwell Land at the Arena, Bennetsfield Road, 72,466.40 72,466.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 72,466.40 72,466.40 Funds received as a contribution towards highway Stockley Park 37800/APP/296/1430 improvement works to the local highway network to alleiviate the traffic congestion caused by the development. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (June 2027).

Page 328 Page PT/237/551A Uxbridge North 51 Belmont Road, Uxbridge 23,400.00 23,400.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 23,400.00 23,400.00 Contribution to be used by the Council towards the provision of 34151/APP/2019/1179 offsite carbon reduction measures to mitigate the impact of the development. No time limit for spend. PT/238/418E Botwell 20-30 Blyth Road, Hayes 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 20,000.00 Funds received as the public realm contribution towards 1425/APP/2011/3040 CCTV; provision of lighting, rerouting/closure of underused paths and links; safty improvements to public transport interchanges; environmental projects which contribute to safer town centres; enhancement night bus networks to and from major new facilities and leisure uses in the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (August 2027). See agreement for details.

PLANNING TRANSPORTATION SUB 7,399,391.88 7,376,660.87 2,138,156.26 1,956,856.24 287,343.03 5,261,235.62 2,673,576.56 - TOTAL PLANNING TRANSPORTATION 12,136,365.94 12,105,603.42 4,958,372.43 4,766,567.97 310,379.28 7,177,993.51 2,673,576.56 TOTAL 22,731.01 181,300.02 1,551,604.75 PORTFOLIO: EDUCATION CHILDREN & YOUTH SERVICES

EYL/230/283C Uxbridge North Former RAF Uxbridge, Hillingdon 6,735,856.60 6,735,856.60 6,735,856.60 6,735,856.60 0.00 0.00 0.00 £2,545,734 received as the first instalment towards providing Road, Uxbridge. education, educational improvements or facilities in the 585/ APP/ 2009/2752 Authority's area to include new school facilities; improvements to existing school facilities to accommodate extra children; improvements and expansion of playground and external leisure spaces. Contribution to be spent within 10 years of receipt. Funds spent towards Council's School Expansion Programme financing 2015/16 (Cabinet Member Decision 06/01/2017 (retrospective). Further £1,363,649 received as the second instalment. Funds allocated and spent towards School Capital Programme 2017/18 . Third instalment (£1,400,839.53) received and spent towards School Capital Programme 2018/19 (Cabinet Member Decision 27/02/2018). Fourth instalment (£1,425,633.84) received Q3 and spent towards School Capital Programme 2019/20 (Cabinet Member Decision 27/02/2018). FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 EYL/251/444A Cavendish 138 Linden Avenue, Ruislip 13,658.12 13,658.12 0.00 0.00 0.00 13,658.12 13,658.12 Funds received towards providing educational improvements 1112/APP/2012/1922 or facilities in the Authority's area to included new school facilities, improvements to existing school facilities to accommodate extra children, improvement and expansion to playground and external leisure spaces ( see agreement for details). No time limits. EDUCATION, CHILDREN & YOUTH 6,749,514.72 6,749,514.72 6,735,856.60 6,735,856.60 0.00 13,658.12 13,658.12 SUB - TOTAL 0.00 0.00

PORTFOLIO: COMMUNITY, COMMERCE AND REGENERATION

PPR/47/26A Botwell Trident Site, Phase 3 Stockley Park - 2,601,600.00 2,601,600.00 1,808,071.42 1,808,071.42 0.00 793,528.58 0.00 See Cabinet report 18 December 2003. Balance allocated to Hayes Hub/H50 & Botwell Common Hayes & Harlington Station Improvements and associated (formerly Road Zebra Crossing 37977/P/94/335 interchange initiatives. Project on-hold due to design issues. PT/56/26A) Officers investigating alternative improvements to area around the station. No time limits. Funds earmarked towards improvements to the public transport interchange and public realm improvements as part of the Crossrail/Hayes Town Centre Scheme. Funds allocated towards Hayes Town Centre Complimentary Measures (Cabinet Member Decision 24/08/2017). PPR/49/174C Heathrow Terminal 2, Heathrow Airport. 600,000.00 600,000.00 539,897.80 539,897.80 0.00 60,102.20 0.00 Contribution towards the Local Labour Strategy. No time limits. Villages 62360/APP/2006/2942 £200,000 allocated to deliver Strategy (Cab Member decision 27/10/10). £88,000 allocated and £42,900 spent towards Economic Development (ED) post within LBH 12/13 (Cab Member Decision 19/3/13). £44,100 spent towards E D post Page 329 Page 2013/14. Further £91,323 allocated towards E D Officer Post. (Cab Member Decision 10/9/2014). £46,321 Spent towards E D Officer Post 2015/16. £150,000 received towards the same purpose (T2 instalments 2014/15,15/16 and 16/17 to be confirmed). £110,902 allocated towards Senior E D Officer Post (Cab Member Decision 10/02/2017). £46,300 spent towards Officer post 2016/17. Final T2 instalment (£50k) received (2017/18). T2 instalment received 2018/19. £54,500 spent towards Senior E D Post (2017/18). £92,376 allocated and £46,188 spent towards E D Officer post in each of 2018/19 & 2019/20 (Cab Member Decision 29/03/2019). PPR/49/174D Heathrow Terminal 2, Heathrow Airport. 531,426.00 531,426.00 450,000.00 450,000.00 0.00 81,426.00 0.00 Funds received towards the Local Labour Strategy, as defined Villages 62360/APP/2006/2942 in the agreement. No time limits. A total of £450,000 due to be received under this agreement has been allocated towards the Heathrow Academy Programme (Cabinet Member decision 19/11/12). Total of £261,000 paid towards Academy Programme 2012/13. Further £270,246 received towards the Programme. Total match funding towards Heathrow Academy Programme received and spent (2014).

PPR/53/149H Botwell Former Hayes Goodsyard site. 6,000.00 6,000.00 2,000.00 2,000.00 0.00 4,000.00 0.00 £2,000 received towards the maintenance and operation by 10057/APP/2005/2996&299 the Council of the station approach cameras. Funds spent towards operation of station cameras 09/10. Further £4,000 received as 2nd & 3rd annual instalments.

PPR/70/267C Botwell Fmr Ram PH, Dawley Rd, Hayes 10,000.00 10,000.00 8,883.47 8,883.47 0.00 1,116.53 0.00 Funds to be used for the purpose of improving community 22769/APP/2010/1239 facilities in the vicinity of the development. No time limits for spend. Funds allocated towards upgrading cinema equipment at The Beck Theatre (Cabinet Member Decision 28/08//2014). Scheme complete, contribution not required, funds to be reallocated. Balance allocated towards accessibility improvements at the Beck Theatre (Cabinet Member Decision 28/06/2017). Scheme complete. PPR/71/277C Heathrow The Portal, Scylla Rd, Heathrow 20,579.41 20,579.41 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,579.41 20,579.41 Contribution received towards public realm improvements in Villages Airport 50270/APP/2011/1422 the vicinity of the development including, CCTV, footpath safety, safer town centres, public transport interchange facilities (see agreement for details). Further contribution received towards the same purpose. No time limits for spend. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PPR/72/277D Heathrow The Portal, Scylla Rd, Heathrow 51,609.00 51,609.00 51,609.00 51,609.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Contribution received towards training persons within the Villages Airport. 50270/APP/2011/1422 locality of the development for jobs of a nature to be carried out within the development. Further contribution received towards the same purpose. No time limits for spend. Funds allocated towards a logistics training initiative to be provided by Uxbridge College (Cabinet Member Decision 05/11/2019). Funds transferred to Uxbridge College Q3. Diminimus balance 0.49 transfered to PT/44. PPR/77/282D West Ruislip Lyon Court, 28-30 Pembroke Road, 25,330.03 25,330.03 17,744.00 17,744.00 0.00 7,586.03 0.00 Contribution received towards the provision of CCTV, lighting, Ruislip 66985/APP/2011/3049 safety improvements to public transport facilities and car parks or safer town centres (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 5 years of completion of the development (Feb 2019). Funds allocated towards lighting improvements in Pembroke Road, Ruislip (Cabinet Member Decision 04/10/2018). Scheme completed January 2019. Remaining balance can be retained towards another eligible scheme.

PPR/80/297B Heathrow Fmr Technicolor Site, 276 Bath Rd, 46,055.55 46,055.55 0.00 0.00 0.00 46,055.55 0.00 Contribution received towards public realm improvement works Villages Sipson. 35293/APP/2009/1938 to be delivered within the vicinity of the land. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (May 2020). Funds allocated towards public realm improvements on the Bath Road (Cabinet Member Decision 05/02/2020). Scheme delayed due to Covid- 19. PPR/81/297C Heathrow Fmr Technicolor Site, 271 Bath Rd, 16,695.00 16,695.00 16,695.00 16,695.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Contribution received towards the provision of training in the Villages Sipson. 35293/APP/1938 hospitality and leisure industry (see agreement for further details). Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (May 2020). Funds allocated towards the purchase of specialist equipment for hospitality training at Uxbridge College (Cabinet Member Decision 05/11/2019). Funds transferred to Uxbridge Page 330 Page College Q3. Diminimus balance 0.14 transfered to PT/44. PPR/90/331B Cavendish 216 Field End Road, Eastcote. 5,000.00 5,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5,000.00 5,000.00 Contribution received towards the costs of providing 6331/APP/2010/2411 construction training schemes within the London Borough of Hiliingdon. No time limit for spend. PPR/91/331C Cavendish 216 Field End Road, Eastcote. 10,000.00 10,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10,000.00 10,000.00 Contribution to be used by the Council towards community 6331/APP/2010/2411 facilities in the Authority's area. No time limit for spend.

PPR/93/333C Yiewsley 39 High Street, Yiewsley 25,010.10 25,010.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 25,010.10 0.00 Contribution received as the "public realm contribution" 24485/APP/2013/138 towards the provision of CCTV, lighting, closure/gating of paths and links, safety improvements to public transport interchanges, facilities, and car parks, enhanced night bus networks to and from major new facilities and leisure uses within the authority's area. No time limits for spend. Allocated towards public realm improvements at West Drayton Station as part of Crossrail Project (Cabinet Member Decision 13/03/2018). PPR/101/348D Uxbridge North Lancaster & Hermitage Centre, 3,331.89 3,331.89 0.00 0.00 0.00 3,331.89 3,331.89 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction Lancaster Road, Uxbridge. training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the 68164/APP/2011/2711 provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. No time limits for spend. PPR/104/355B Botwell Formr EMI Site, Dawley Rd, Hayes 82,800.00 82,800.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 82,800.00 82,800.00 Contribution received towards investment in local energy 8294/APP/2015/1406 efficiency and carbon reduction measures within the Autority's area. Spend within 7 years of receipt (Nov 2022).

PPR/105/355C Botwell Formr EMI Site, Dawley Rd, Hayes 9,600.00 9,600.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9,600.00 0.00 Funds received towards the provision of a construction work 8294/APP/2015/1406 place co-ordinator. Funds to be spend within 7 years of receipt (Nov 2022). Contribution allocated towards the Council's Construction Training Co-ordinator Service (Cabinet Member Decision 06/10/2020). PPR/108/371B Heathrow 272-276 Bath Rd, Hayes 19,600.00 19,600.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 19,600.00 19,600.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction Villages 464/APP/2014/2886 training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. No time limit for spend. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PPR/109/378A Townfield Hayes Gate House, Uxbridge Road, 138,774.29 138,774.29 90,379.21 90,379.21 0.00 48,395.08 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction Hayes 2385/APP/2013/2523 training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 5 years of receipt (Jan 2021). Funds allocated towards the Construction Coordinator Service (Cabinet Member Decision 25/04/2018). £37,175 spent towards the Construction Coordinator Service 2018/19. £53,203 spent towards the Construction Coordinator Service 2019/20. PPR/110/372B Yiewsley Phase 3, Stockley Park, Stockley 9,600.00 9,600.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9,600.00 0.00 Funds received as the "Phase 1 " payment towards the Road. 37977/APP/2015/1004 provision of a construction workplace coordinator and/or providing construction training courses within the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (Jan 2023). Contribution allocated towards the Council's Construction Training Co-ordinator Service (Cabinet Member Decision 06/10/2020). PPR/111/379A Townfield 1-3 Uxbridge Rd, Hayes. 99,175.00 99,175.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 99,175.00 0.00 Funds received towards the provision of construction training 1911/APP/2012/3185 courses delivered by recognised provider and/or a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. Funds to be spend within 7 years of receipt (March 2023). £24k allocated towards the Council's Construction Training Co-ordinator Service & £75k allocated towards the "Build Training Initiative "(Cabinet Member Decision 06/10/2020).

PPR/113/274C Botwell Global Academy. Old Vinyl Factory, 9,600.00 9,600.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9,600.00 0.00 Funds received towards the provision of a construction work Blyth Road, Hayes. place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. Funds to be

Page 331 Page 5505/APP/2015/1546 spend within 7 years of receipt (March 2023). Contribution allocated towards the Council's Construction Training Co- ordinator Service (Cabinet Member Decision 06/10/2020).

PPR/114/380A Ickenham 211-213 Swakeleys Rd, Ickenham. 9,600.00 9,600.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9,600.00 9,600.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction 70701/APP/2015/3026 training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. No time limit for spend.

PPR/115/381 South Ruislip 555 Stonefield Way, Ruislip 14,600.00 14,600.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 14,600.00 14,600.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. No time limit for spend. PPR/116/382C West Drayton Kitchener House, Warwick Rd, West 16,769.78 16,769.78 0.00 0.00 0.00 16,769.78 16,769.78 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction Drayton. 18218/APP/2013/2183 training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt (April 2026). PPR/117/283E North Uxbridge Pavilions Shopping Centre, Chequers 13,150.00 13,150.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 13,150.00 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction Square, Uxbridge (Primark). training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the 35214/APP/2014/2232 provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (May 2023). Contribution allocated towards the Council's Construction Training Co-ordinator Service (Cabinet Member Decision 06/10/2020). PPR/118/384C Yiewsley Caxton House, Trout Road, Yiewsley. 35,415.97 35,415.97 0.00 0.00 0.00 35,415.97 35,415.97 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction 3678/APP/2013/3637 training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. No time limits for spend. PPR/119/385A Northwood Hills Frank Welch Court, High Meadow 26,307.20 26,307.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 26,307.20 26,307.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction Close, Pinner. 196/APP/2013/2958 training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. No time limits for spend.

PPR/120/350D South Ruislip Former Arla Dairy site, Victoria Road, 9,600.00 9,600.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9,600.00 9,600.00 Funds to be used by the Council towards a work place co- Ruislip. 6619/APP/2014/1600 ordinator payable per phase (phase1 payment received). Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (September 2023).

PPR/121/391 Brunel Brunel University (AMCC2), Kingston 24,559.38 24,559.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 24,559.38 24,559.38 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction Lane, Uxbridge. training to residents in the local vicinity of the land. No time 532/APP/2015/350 limits for spend. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PPR/122/387C Uxbridge North Norwich Union House, 1-3 Bakers 32,443.83 32,443.83 0.00 0.00 0.00 32,443.83 32,443.83 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction Road, Uxbridge training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the 8218/APP/2011/1853 provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (September 2023).

PPR/124/398A Heathrow Building 717, Located Between 24,000.00 24,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 24,000.00 24,000.00 Funds to be used towards (but not limited to) the cost of Villages Sheffield Way & Southern Perimeter assisting relevant hotel and leisure industry relaated training Road, Heathrow. course offerd by recognised and accredited organisations such 50657/APP/2013/2214 as uxbridge College or other training providers in the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 5 years of receipt (Nov 2021). PPR/126/396B Pinkwell Unit 3, Millington Road, Hayes 18,012.29 18,012.29 0.00 0.00 0.00 18,012.29 18,012.29 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction 32157/APP/2016/1696 training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. No time limit for spend.

PPR/128/399A Townfield Unit A Bulls Bridge Centre, North Hyde 12,100.00 12,100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 12,100.00 12,100.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction Gardens. 13226/APP/2015/4623 training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. No time limit for spend. PPR/130/403B Botwell Fmr Hayes Swimming Pool, Botwell 16,388.00 16,388.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 16,388.00 16,388.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction Lane, Hayes (Lidl) training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the 1942/APP/2015/4127 provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. No time limit for spend. PPR/133/407 Heathrow IAG Cargo Campus, Sealand Road, 47,100.00 47,100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 47,100.00 47,100.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction Villages Heathrow Airport training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the 50045/APP/2016/2081 provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Page 332 Page Authority's area. No time limit for spend.

PPR/134/411A Ickenham Harefield Place, The Drive, Ickenham 37,100.00 37,100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 37,100.00 37,100.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction 1257/APP/2015/3649 training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. No time limit for spend.

PPR/135/400B Heathrow World Business Centre, 4 Newall 9,600.00 9,600.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9,600.00 9,600.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing a construction Villages Road, Heathrow Airport work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. Funds to 71487/APP/2015/4718 be spent within 7 years of receipt (Oct 2024). PPR/136/409B Heathrow Fmr Contractor's Compound, South of 149,250.00 149,250.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 149,250.00 149,250.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction Villages Swindon Road, Heathrow Airport training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the 67622/APP/2013/2532 & provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the 67622/APP2015/1651 Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 5 years of receipt (Dec 2023).

PPR/137 Heathrow Fmr Contractor's Compound, South of 15,000.00 15,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 15,000.00 15,000.00 Funds received towards the cost of assisting relevant hotel and Villages Swindon Road, Heathrow Airport leisure industry related training courses offered by recognised 67622/APP/2013/2532 & and accerdited organisations such as Uxbridge College or othe 67622/APP2015/1651 training providers within the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 5 years of receipt (Dec 2023). PPR/138/412A Botwell Enterprise House, 133 Blyth Road, 91,331.24 91,331.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 91,331.24 91,331.24 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction Hayes training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the 11623/APP/2013/3606 provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. No time limits

PPR/139/415B West Drayton West Drayton Police Station, Station 9,600.00 9,600.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9,600.00 9,600.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing a construction Road, West Drayton work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. No time 12768/APP/2016/1580 & limit for spend. 12768/APP/2014/1870

PPR/140/420B Townfield Fmr Kings Arms PH, 109 Coldharbour 18,952.76 18,952.76 0.00 0.00 0.00 18,952.76 18,952.76 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction Lane, Hayes training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the 10954/APP/2011/1997 provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. No time limits. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PPR/141/419B Heathrow Cessna Road, Terminal 2, Heathrow 72,400.00 72,400.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 72,400.00 72,400.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing construction Villages Airport 62360/APP/2015/4277 training courses delivered by recognised providers and/or the provision of a construction work place co-ordinator within the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (August 2025). PPR/142/419C Heathrow Cessna Road, Terminal 2, Heathrow 12,000.00 12,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 12,000.00 12,000.00 Funds received towards the provision of recruitment, training Villages Airport 62360/APP/2015/4277 and employment opportunities in the hotel, hospitality and leisure industry, to people residing in the Borough. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (August 2025).

PPR/143 Northwood 36-40 Rickmansworth Road, 20,117.50 20,117.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,117.50 20,117.50 Funds received towards providing construction training Northwood. 69978/APP/2016/2564 courses delivered by recognised providers and the provision of a construction workplace coordinator within the Authority's area. No time limit for spend. PPR/144/425C Yiewsley Land rear of 2-24 Horton Road, West 84,477.78 84,477.78 0.00 0.00 0.00 84,477.78 84,477.78 Funds received towards providing construction training Drayton 71582/APP/2016/4582 courses delivered by recognised providers and the provision of a constuction workplace coordinator within the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (Dec 2025). Indexation received. PPR/146/427C Uxbridge South Waterloo Wharf, Waterloo Road, 9,600.00 9,600.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9,600.00 9,600.00 Funds received towards the provision of a construction Uxbridge 43016/APP/2016/2840 workplace co-ordinator. No time limit for spend.

PPR/147/428B West Ruislip Fanuc House, 1 Station Approach, 3,600.00 3,600.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3,600.00 3,600.00 Funds received towards providing construction training Ruislip courses delivered by recognised providers and the provision of

Page 333 Page 26134/APP/2016/1987 a construction workplace coordinator within the Authority's area. No time limit for spend.

PPR/148/432 Uxbridge North 33-37 Belmont Road, Uxbridge 4,800.00 4,800.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4,800.00 4,800.00 Funds received towards providing construction training 45222/APP/2015/4692 courses delivered by recognised providers and the provision of a construction workplace coordinator within the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (March 2026).

PPR/149/433A Heathrow Renaissance London Heathrow Hotel, 2,800.00 2,800.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2,800.00 2,800.00 Funds received towards the provision of recruitment, training & Villages Bath Road employment opportunities in the hotel, hospitality and leisure 12004/APP/2018/2720 industry to people residing in the Authority's area. No time limit for spend.

PPR/150/410C Uxbridge South 66 High Street (Fassnidge Park Hall), 10,520.00 10,520.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10,520.00 10,520.00 Funds received towards the provision of a construction Uxbridge workplace co-ordinator. No time limit for spend. 12156/APP/2015/4166 &12156/APP/2016/4647

PPR/151/429D Botwell Fmr Nestle Factory, Nestles Avenue, 80,000.00 80,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 80,000.00 40,000.00 Contribution received as the "Industrial land employment & Hayes (Industrial) training contribution" to be used towards employment & 1331/APP/2017/1883 training measures within the Authority's area. See agreement for Employment & Training Strategy. Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt. £40,000 allocated towards Nestle Factory Supply Chain Initiative (Cabinet Member Decision 05/11/2019).

PPR/152/429E Botwell Fmr Nestle Factory, Nestles Avenue, 61,029.67 61,029.67 30,000.00 30,000.00 0.00 31,029.67 31,029.67 Contribution received as the "Residential land employment & Hayes (Residential) training contribution" to be used towards employment & 1331/APP/2017/1883 training measures within the Authority's area. See agreement for Employment & Training Strategy. Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt. £30,000 allocated towards Nestle Factory Supply Chain Initiative (Cabinet Member Decision 05/11/2019). £30k transferred to Hillingdon Chamber of Commerce to support first year of the scheme. PPR/153/439A Northwood St Helens College, Eastbury Road, 3,600.00 3,600.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3,600.00 3,600.00 Funds received towards the provision of a construction Northwood. (7402/APP/2018/3445) workplace co-ordinator. No time limit for spend.

PPR/154/449A West Drayton 5 Station Road, West Drayton 45,658.51 45,658.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 45,658.51 45,658.51 Funds received towards providing construction training 65480/APP/2014/1018 courses delivered by recognised providers and the provision of a construction workplace coordinator within the Authority's area. No time limit for spend. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PPR/155/445A Northwood Hills St Johns School, Potter Street Hill, 19,551.58 19,551.58 0.00 0.00 0.00 19,551.58 19,551.58 Funds received towards providing construction training Northwood 10795/APP/2018/149 courses delivered by recognised providers and the provision of a construction workplace coordinator within the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (December 2026) PPR/156/446A Botwell 6 Roundwood Avenue, Stockley Park 2,880.00 2,880.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2,880.00 2,880.00 Funds received towards providing construction training 37403/APP/2018/4475 courses delivered by recognised providers and the provision of a construction workplace coordinator within the Authority's area. No time limit for spend. PPR/157/443A South Ruislip Stonefield Close, Production Facility, 40,259.52 40,259.52 0.00 0.00 0.00 40,259.52 40,259.52 Funds received towards providing construction training Stonefield Close & Stonefield Way courses delivered by recognised providers and the provision of 1660/APP/2019/1018 a construction workplace coordinator within the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (March 2027)

PPR/158/550C Botwell Land at the Arena, Bennetsfield Road, 2,070.47 2,070.47 0.00 0.00 0.00 2,070.47 2,070.47 Funds received as the construction training coordinator costs Stockley Park 37800/APP/296/1430 asssociated with the scheme. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (June 2027).

COMMUNITY, COMMERCE & 5,428,031.75 5,428,031.75 3,015,279.90 3,015,279.90 0.00 2,412,751.85 1,164,406.58 REGENERATION TOTAL

0.00 0.00

PORTFOLIO: CENTRAL SERVICES, CULTURE & HERITAGE

CSL/6/189A Ruislip 30 Kings End, Ruislip. 7,674.48 7,674.48 0.00 0.00 0.00 7,674.48 0.00 Towards the provision of community facilities in the immediate 46299/APP/2006/2165 vicinity of the land. No time limits. Earmarked towards Manor Page 334 Page Farm Library. Subject to formal allocation of funding. CSL/9/199A Ruislip 41, Kingsend, Ruislip. 9,338.43 9,338.43 32.50 32.50 0.00 9,305.93 0.00 Funds received towards the provision of community facilities in 2792/APP/2006/3451 the Borough. No time constraints. Earmarked towards Manor Farm Library. £782 from this contribution has been allocated towards new equipment at Manor Farm Library (Cabinet Member decision 29/03/2016) CSL/10/200B Manor Former Ruislip Manor Library, Victoria 5,200.00 5,200.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5,200.00 0.00 Funds received towards improvements to neary by community Road, Ruislip. 14539/APP/2008/2102 facilities. Earmarked towards Ruislip Manor Library and Community Resources Centre. Subject to formal allocation of funding. CSL/12/215A Ruislip 5 - 11, Reservoir Road, Ruislip 13,338.00 13,338.00 13,338.00 13,338.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Contribution received towards the provision of community 61134/APP/2006/260 facilities in the locality. No time limits on spend. Funds spent towards the Libraries Refurbishment Programme as part of the end of year closing of accounts. Spend subject to formal approval. CSL/14/220 Townfield Trescott House, Hayes . 1,599.00 1,599.00 1,599.00 1,599.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Funds received towards additional or improved library facilities 36261/APP/2010/215 in the vicinity of the site. No time limits. Funds spent towards the Libraries Refurbishment Programme as part of the end of year closing of accounts. Spend subject to formal approval.

CSL/26/249B Townfield Fmr Glenister Hall, Minet Drive, 20,000.00 20,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds received towards the provision of necessary capacity Hayes. enhancements at the Townfield Community Centre. No time 40169/APP/2011/243 limit for spend. CSL/59/283E Uxbridge North Former RAF Uxbridge, Hillingdon 67,600.00 67,600.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 67,600.00 67,600.00 Funds received as the second instalment of the Library Road, Uxbridge. 585/ contribution (5 instalments due in total). Funds to be used APP/ 2009/2752 towards the provision or improvement of library facilities and/or books within the Authority's area. Spend within 10 years of receipt (2027) . Earmarked towards Library refurbishment Programme. Third instalment (£22,600) received, Spend within 10 years of receipt (2029). Fourth instalment (£23,000) received Q3. CSL/68/404C Botwell The Gatefold Building, land east of the 33,466.39 33,466.39 33,466.39 33,466.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 Funds received as a contribution towards community facilities former EMI site, Blyth Rd, Hayes in the vicinity of the development. Funds to be spent within 7 51588/APP/2011/2253 years of receipt (April 2024). Funds spent towards the Libraries Refurbishment Programme as part of the end of year closing of accounts. Spend subject to formal approval. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 CSL/69/404D Botwell The Gatefold Building, land east of the 6,426.65 6,426.65 6,426.65 6,426.65 0.00 0.00 0.00 Funds received towards the provision or improvement to library former EMI site, Blyth Rd, Hayes facilities and/or library books within the Authority's area. Funds 51588/APP/2011/2253 to be spent within 7 years of receipt (April 2024). £2,057.74 allocated and spent towards the Library Book Fund 2017/18 (Cabinet Member decison 20/02/2018). Second instalment £2,155.39 received March 2018. Third and final instalment £2,213.52 received March 2019. Funds spent towards the Libraries Refurbishment Programme as part of the end of year closing of accounts. Spend subject to formal approval.

CSL/70/40L Botwell Old Vinyl Factory (Boiler House & 8,633.28 8,633.28 8,633.28 8,633.28 0.00 0.00 0.00 Funds received towards the provision of library facilities within Materials Store), Blyth Rd, Hayes. the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt 59872/APP/2012/1838 & (July 2024). Funds spent towards the Libraries Refurbishment 59872/APP/2013/3775 Programme as part of the end of year closing of accounts. Spend subject to formal approval. CSL/72/418B Botwell 20-30 Blyth Road, Hayes 5,145.76 5,145.76 5,145.76 5,145.76 0.00 0.00 0.00 Funds received towards the provision of library facilities and /or 1425/APP/2011/3040 library books within the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (May 2025). Funds spent towards the Libraries Refurbishment Programme as part of the end of year closing of accounts. Spend subject to formal approval.

CSL/73/420C Townfield Fmr Kings Arms PH, 109 Coldharbour 954.47 954.47 954.47 954.47 0.00 0.00 0.00 Funds received towards the provision of library facilities and /or Lane, Hayes library books within the Authority's area. No time limits. Funds 10954/APP/2011/1997 spent towards the Libraries Refurbishment Programme as part of the end of year closing of accounts. Spend subject to formal approval. Page 335 Page CENTRAL SERVICES, CULTURE & 179,376.46 179,376.46 69,596.05 69,596.05 0.00 109,780.41 67,600.00 HERITAGE - TOTAL 0.00 0.00 PORTFOLIO: FINANCE PROPERTY & BUSINESS SERVICES E/02/18 West Drayton Old Mill House, Thorney Mill Road, 81,315.22 81,315.22 55,657.45 55,657.45 0.00 25,657.77 0.00 Revenue cost (12K) spent. The balance is required for the West Drayton 41706C/91/1904 establishment and management of a nature reserve on nearby land. Officers have liaised with London Wildlife Trust and contractors with regards to phasing of the works (access and conservation improvements) required to improve the nature reserve. Spend towards tree and footpath works. Further spend towards maintenance works. There are no time constraints upon the expenditure of the funds. £21,552.57 received as the annual payment and arrears owing towards maintenance of the nature reserve. Annual maintenance payment (£4,105 including indexation) received Q1. E/28/71 Botwell Land at Hendrick Lovell, S.W of 12,692.00 12,692.00 267.81 267.81 0.00 12,424.19 0.00 Landscaping works (12.69K). Limited to specific area of land. (Formerly Dawley Road, Hayes 43554/C/92/787 Delays caused by land being in Stockley Park Consortium PT/40) ownership. Green Spaces team is looking into the potential for a scheme within the parameters of the legal agreement. Site overgrown preventing planting trees in preferred location. The trees officer has suggested two locations on the site where they could be planted instead. Officers currently considering feasibility. No time constraints. E/38/153B Heathrow Polar Park, Bath Road, 10,000.00 10,000.00 7,764.09 7,764.09 0.00 2,235.91 0.00 Funds received towards Air Quality initiatives within the vicinity Villages Harmondsworth 2964/APP/2002/1436 of the site. No time constraints. Funds allocated towards two &1437 monitoring stations in vicinity of the site. (Cabinet Member Decision 22/6/2010). £7,764.09 spent towards air quality monitoring. E/47/177B Manor 41-55, Windmill Hill, Ruislip planning 38,258.39 38,258.39 32,124.97 32,124.97 0.00 6,133.42 0.00 Funds received towards open green space and recreational ref.48283/APP/2006/2353 open space within a 3 mile radius of the land. This sum includes approximately £8k for bins and benches and £30k for children's play space. Funds not spent within 5 years of receipt (24 December 2012) are to be refunded. Officers currently drawing up a programme of works for Warrender Park. Funds allocated towards a scheme of improvements at Warrender Park (Cabinet Member Decision 3/9/2010). Works complete Dec 12. Accounting ajustment made, scheme to be closed. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 E/59/155F West Drayton Former RAF - Porters Way, West 20,000.00 20,000.00 17,459.60 17,459.60 0.00 2,540.40 0.00 Funds received towards the maintenance of play facilities at Drayton 5107/APP/2005/2082 Stockley Recreation Ground (Mulberry Parade). £10,415 allocated towards costs incurred in maintaining the playground (Cabinet Member Decision 7/11/2012). Developer has agreed that the remaining balance can be retained and spent towards the continued maintenance of the play equipment (letter received June 2015). Spend towards maintaintence of the playground. E/62/231E Ruislip Former RAF Ruislip (Ickenham park), 146,879.75 146,879.75 44,059.48 44,059.48 0.00 102,820.27 0.00 Funds received as a commuted sum towards the maintenance High Road, Ickenham. of the playing fields as part of the scheme for a period of 10 38402/APP/2007/1072 years. Spend subject to conditions as stipulated in the legal agreement. £44,063 allocated towards the annual cost of maintaining the playing fields provided at Ickenham Park development (Cabinet Member Decision 7/11/2012). £15,191.56 Spend towards maintenance costs 2012/13. Maintenance costs claimed 2014/15. Maintenance costs claimed 2015/16. E/66/239D Eastcote Highgrove House, Eascote Road, 9,614.17 9,614.17 9,614.17 9,614.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 Contribution received towards the cost of enhancement and/or Ruislip. 10622/APP/2006/2294 & nature conservation works at Highgrove Woods. No time limits. 10622/APP/2009/2504 Funds allocated and spent towards conservation works at Highgrove Woods Nature Reserve (Cabinet Member Decision 16/3/12). Diminimus balance (£385.83) transferred to PT/44. E/69/246B Botwell 561& 563 Uxbridge Road, Hayes. 20,175.83 20,175.83 18,410.35 18,410.35 0.00 1,765.48 0.00 Contribution received towards the cost of improving Rosedale 63060/APP/2007/1385 Park which adjoins the land. No time limit on spend. Funds allocated towards improvements at Rosedale Park (Cabinet Member Decision 08/06/2016). Scheme completed August 2016. Invoices paid. Scheme to be closed.

Page 336 Page E/71/250 South Ruislip Land adjacent to Downe Barns Farm, 50,000.00 50,000.00 40,000.00 35,000.00 5,000.00 10,000.00 0.00 Funds received as maintenance instalments to assist with the West End Road, West End Road, management of Ten Acres Wood Nature Reserve. Funds to be Northolt. 2292/APP/2006/2475 spent within 11 years of receipt (August 2021). £15,000 allocated towards ongoing mangement works at the reserve (Cabinet Member Decision 7/11/2012). Spend towards stock fencing and ditch restoration. £5,000 spent towards access improvements. Further £15,000 allocated towards the management of Ten Acre Woods (Cabinet Member Decision 22/07/2016). £5,000 spent towards essential tree works 2016/17. £5,000 spent towards ditch restoration 2017/18. £20,000 received as final payment. Funds to be spent by May 2029. £5,000 spent towards riverbank reinstatement 2018/19. Remaining balance (£20k) allocated towards further 4 year programme of works (Cabinet Member Decision 18/10/2019). £5k spent towards maintenance works 2019/20. £5k spent towards maintenance works 2020/21. E/76/276E Townfield Fmr Hayes FC, Church Road, Hayes. 199,656.76 199,656.76 141,131.52 141,131.52 0.00 58,525.24 0.00 First instalment (£64,740) of a contribution received towards 4327/APP/2009/2737 improvements to local recreation and sports facilities within the vicinity of the land. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (July 2019). £66,741 received as the second instalment towards the same purpose (spend July 2020). Final instalment £68,174 received (spend by Feb 2022). £145,156 allocated towards the refurbishment and relocation of the former Yiewsley bowls club house to Sipson Recreation Ground for use by Sipson Explorers (Cabinet Decision 21/06/2018). Scheme completed November 2018. Remaining balance £54,500 allocated towards refurbishment of the ball court at Barra Hall park (Cabinet Member Decision 20/02/2020).

E/80/249F Townfield Glenister Hall, 119 Minet Drive, Hayes 25,000.00 25,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 25,000.00 0.00 Contribution received towards the provision and maintenance 40169/APP/2011/243 of junior football pitches/ refurbishment of cricket wicket at Grassy meadows (see agreement for details). No time limits.

E/84/297D Heathrow Fmr Technicolor Site, 271 Bath Rd, 17,270.83 17,270.83 17,270.83 17,270.83 0.00 0.00 0.00 Funds received to be used by Hillingdon Council towards Villages Sipson. 35293/APP/1938 initiatives to improve air quality within LBH. Funds to be spent witihn 7 years of receipt (May 2020). Funds allocated towards implementation of the Borough Air Quality Action Plan (Cabinet Member Decision14/11/2018). Spend towards Long Lane Air Quality Focus Area studies. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 E/85/300D Townfield Fmr Powergen Site, North Hyde 25,000.00 25,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 25,000.00 25,000.00 Contribution received to be used towards reducing Gardens, Hayes emissions,tree & other planting,vehicle restrictions, use of 13226/APP/2012/2185 cleaner fuels, environmental management and air quality strategy (see legal agreement for details). No time limits. E/86/305B Northwood London School of Theology, Green 30,609.90 30,609.90 23,854.00 23,854.00 0.00 6,755.90 0.00 Contribution received towards the provision of tennis courts Lane, Northwood within Northwood Recreation Ground. No time limits. Funds 10112/APP/2012/2057 allocated towards the refurbishment of a single tennis court at Northwood Recreation Ground (Cabinet Member Decision 19/10/2018). Tennis Court refurbished March 2019. Awaiting fitting of new locking system. E/89/315C Pinkwell Asda Unit 3 Westlands Estate, 26,323.47 26,323.47 26,317.62 24,286.62 2,031.00 5.85 0.00 Contribution received as the "air quality contribution", to be Millington Rd, Hayes used by the Council towards air quality monitoring in the 32157/APP/2011/872 Authority's area . No time limits for spend. Funds allocated towards the Borough's air quality monitoring network (Cabinet Member Decision 26/10/2016). Further spend towards monitoring network. E/93/326 Pinkwell Prologis Park, Stockley Road, Hayes 21,789.00 21,789.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 21,789.00 21,789.00 Contribution received as the "allowable solutions" (energy) 18399/APP/2013/3449 contribution. Funds to be used towards local carbon emissions reduction initiatives in the London Borough of Hillingdon. No time limit for spend. E/94/338B Uxbridge South 37 St John's Road, Uxbridge 20,000.00 20,000.00 6,130.00 6,130.00 2,100.00 13,870.00 0.00 Contribution received towards the cost of environmental and 15811/APP/2012/2444 ecological mitigation measure and enhancements at the Little Britain site of Metropolitan Importance for Nature Conservation as made necessary by the development. No time limits for spend. Funds allocated towards ecological improvements

Page 337 Page along The Culvert & Colne Valley Trail in Uxbridge (Cabinet Member Decision 11/12/2018). Spend towards vegetation & ditch clearance (Q1). E/95/344D South Uxbridge Building 63, Phase 500, Riverside 25,000.00 25,000.00 25,000.00 25,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Way, Uxbridge the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low 56862/APP/2014/170 fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 5 years of receipt (July 2020). Funds allocated towards implementation of the Borough Air Quality Action Plan (Cabinet Member Decision14/11/2018). £4,148 spent towards St Andrews School Green Screening Project. Further spend towards evaluation of Air Quality Action Plan. E/96/344E South Uxbridge Building 63, Phase 500, Riverside 5,750.00 5,750.00 5,670.00 5,670.00 5,670.00 80.00 0.00 Contribution received towards the maintenance of the footpath Way, Uxbridge works as shown on a plan attached to the agreement. Funds to 56862/APP/2014/170 be spent within 5 years of receipt (July 2020). Funds allocated and spent towards footpath works at Uxbridge Moor (Cabinet Member Decision 17/02/2020). E/97/344F South Uxbridge Building 63, Phase 500, Riverside 5,000.00 5,000.00 4,784.00 4,784.00 1,784.00 216.00 0.00 Contribution received towards the cost of tree works to those Way, Uxbridge trees sited in the adjoining nature reseve. Funds to be spent 56862/APP/2014/170 witihn 5 years of receipt (July 2020). Funds allocated towards tree works at Uxbridge Moor Nature Reserve (Cabinet Member Decision 24/11/2016). £3,000 spent towards tree works within the reserve 2016/17. Spend towards further tree works 2019/2020. E/99/350B West Ruislip Fmr Arla Dairy Site, Victoria Rd, 50,000.00 50,000.00 43,975.00 42,975.00 9,575.00 6,025.00 0.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Ruislip. 66819/APP/2014/1600 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (Sept 2022). £34,400 allocated and spent towards maintaining the Borough's air quality monitoring network (Cabinet Member Decision 15/11/2019). Remaining balance £15,600 allocated towards Ruislip Air Quality Focus Area (Cabinet Member Decision 20/03/2020). FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 E/100/40H Botwell Land at Thorn EMI Complex (Old Vinyl 25,361.47 25,361.47 3,790.00 510.00 3,280.00 21,571.47 0.00 Contribution received towards initiatives to improve air quality Factory). witihn the Authorit'ys area. Funds to be spent witihn 7 years of 51588/APP/2000/1827 receipt (Nov 2022). Funds allocated towards implementation of &5987/APP/2012/1838 the Borough Air Quality Action Plan (Cabinet Member Decision14/11/2018). E/101/355D Botwell Formr EMI Site, Dawley Rd, Hayes 12,500.00 12,500.00 10,050.30 10,050.30 0.00 2,449.70 0.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in 8294/APP/2015/1406 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy. Funds to be spent within 5 years of receipt (Nov 2022). Funds allocated and £10,050 spent towards a scheme of tree planting in the Borough (Cabinet Member Decision 05/04/2017). Remaining balance reallocated towards tree planting initiative for borough residents (Cabinet Member Decision 18/10/2019).

E/102/360B Heathrow Fmr Unitair Centre, Great South West 26,000.00 26,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 26,000.00 26,000.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Villages Rd, Feltham, 49559/APP/2014/334 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). No time limit for spend.

E/103/359D Yiewsley 26-36 Horton Rd, Yiewsley 12,625.00 12,625.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 12,625.00 0.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in 3507/APP/2013/2327 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy

Page 338 Page (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (Jan 2023). Funds allocated towards the Schools Green Screening Project (Cabinet Member Decision 20/03/2020). E/104/371C Heathrow 272-276 Bath Rd, Hayes 25,000.00 25,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 25,000.00 25,000.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Villages 464/APP/2014/2886 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). No time limit for spend.

E/105/378B Townfield Hayes Gate House, Uxbridge Road, 12,625.00 12,625.00 12,625.00 12,625.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Hayes 2385/APP/2013/2523 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 5 years of receipt (Jan 2021). Funds allocated towards street tree planting and support for the Hillingdon air text pollution alert service (Cabinet Member Decision 04/04/2018). £2,000 spent towards the air text service 2017/18. £8,073 spent this quarter towards street tree planting in the Borough. Remaining balance allocated and spent towards Street Tree Planting programme 2018/19 (Cabinet Member Decision 13/03/2019).

E/106/732C Yiewsley Phase 3, Stockley Park, Stockley 50,000.00 50,000.00 30,000.00 30,000.00 0.00 20,000.00 0.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Road. 37977/APP/2015/1004 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (Jan 2023). Funds allocated and £20k spent towards expert support for Borough AQA Plan (Cabinet Member Decision 20/03/2020). E/108/380B Ickenham 211-213 Swakeleys Rd, Ickenham 12,500.00 12,500.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 12,500.00 12,500.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in 70701/APP/2015/3026 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). No time limit for spend. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 E/109/382E West Drayton Kitchener House, Warwick Rd, West 12,500.00 12,500.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 12,500.00 0.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Drayton. 182118/APP/2013/2183 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 10 year of receipt (April 2023). Funds allocated towards the Schools Green Screening Project (Cabinet Member Decision 20/03/2020) E/110/384E Yiewsley Caxton House, Trout Road, Yiewsley. 25,508.01 25,508.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 25,508.01 25,508.01 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in 3678/APP/2013/3637 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). No time limits for spend.

E/111/385C Northwood Hills Frank Welch Court, High Meadow, 31,369.64 31,369.64 0.00 0.00 0.00 31,369.64 0.00 Contribution received to improve the ecological facilities at Pinner. 196/APP/2013/2958 Pinn meadows including; access for river dipping, creation of an Ox- bow pond, creation of wildflower meadow ( see agreement for details). No time limit for spend. Funds allocated towards ecological improvements at Long Meadow and Kings College Playing fields (Cabinet Member Decision 20/06/2019). £5,000 spend coded to this scheme in error (Q3). Corrected this quarter. E/112/382 Brunel 82A-86 Pield Heath Road, Hillingdon. 1,000.00 1,000.00 330.76 330.76 0.00 669.24 0.00 Contribution to be used to plant and maintain an appropriate 70060/APP/2014/2070 tree within the landscaping enhancement area described in the

Page 339 Page agreement. No time limits for spend. Funds allocated toward a suitable scheme (Cabinet Member Decision 24/11/2016). Tree planted spring 2019. E/113/393 West Drayton Land West of Laurel Lane (Laurel 5,000.00 5,000.00 3,153.89 3,153.89 500.00 1,846.11 0.00 Funds received as the tree planting and landscape Lane School), West Drayton. improvement contribution, to be used towards the cost of 70019/APP/ 2014/1807 landscaping works to The Closes Recreation Ground (see agreement for details). No time limits for spend. Funds allocated towards landscape enhancements at The Closes Recreation Ground (Cabinet Member Decision 11/12/2018). Spend towards tree planting and wildflower meadow. E/114/390C West Drayton Former Angler's Retreat PH, 12,937.65 12,937.65 10,342.57 10,342.57 0.00 2,595.08 0.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Cricketfield Road, West Drayton the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low 11981/APP/2013/3307 fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 5 years of receipt (Sept 2021). Funds allocated towards implementation of the Borough Air Quality Action Plan (Cabinet Member Decision14/11/2018). Spend towards Long Lane Air Quality Focus Area Study. E/115/394B Yiewsley Padcroft Works, Tavistock 25,375.72 25,375.72 0.00 0.00 0.00 25,375.72 0.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Road,Yiewsley. the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low 45200/APP/2014/3638 fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (Oct 2023). Funds allocated towards the Schools Green Screening Project (Cabinet Member Decision 20/03/2020). E/116/345C Uxbridge South Charter Place, Vine Street, Uxbridge. 81,000.00 81,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 81,000.00 81,000.00 Funds received as an off-site contribution to be used by the 30675/APP/2014/1345 Council towards reducing carbon emissions within the London Borough of Hillingdon. Funds to be spent within 5 years of receipt (Oct 2021). E/117/398C Heathrow Building 717, Located Between 25,000.00 25,000.00 16,824.14 16,824.14 9,785.81 8,175.86 0.00 Funds received towards initiatives to improve air quality within Villages Sheffield Way & Southern Perimeter the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 5 years of receipt Road 50657/APP/2013/2214 (Nov 2021). £7,038 allocated and spent towards Street Tree Planting Programme 2018/19 (Cabinet Member Decision 13/03/2019). £10,000 allocated towards the installation of electric charging points for ice cream vans at Ruislip Lido (Cabinet Member Decision 29/11/2019). £7,962 allocated towards provision of Borough Air Quality Tracker (Cabinet Member Decision 20/03/2020). FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 E/118/399C Townfield Unit A Bulls Bridge Centre, North Hyde 25,000.00 25,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 25,000.00 25,000.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Gardens, Hayes. the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low 13226/APP/2015/4623 fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). No time limit for spend.

E/119/402D Yiewsley 21 High St, Yiewsley 28,275.36 28,275.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 28,275.36 28,275.36 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in 26628/APP/2014/675 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). No time limit for spend. E/120/403C Botwell Fmr Hayes Swimming Pool, Botwell 9,900.00 9,900.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9,900.00 9,900.00 Funds received to be used by the Council towards off site Lane, Hayes (Lidl) carbon reduction measures, schemes and initiatives to mitigate 1942/APP/2015/4127 the development. No time limits for spend.

E/121/404E Botwell The Gatefold Building, land east of the 27,888.66 27,888.66 0.00 0.00 0.00 27,888.66 27,888.66 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in former EMI site, Blyth Rd, Hayes the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low 51588/APP/2011/2253 fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (April 2024). E/122/406 South Ruislip 23 Stonefield Way, South Ruislip 15,355.00 15,355.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 15,355.00 15,355.00 Funds received as the air quality contributon to be used 25508/APP/2014/3570 towards air quality improvements in the Borough. No time limits for spend. E/123/242J West Drayton Fmr NATs Site, Drayton Garden 488,493.68 488,493.68 488,493.68 488,493.68 0.00 0.00 0.00 Funds received as the "indoor/outdoor sport & recreation Page 340 Page Village, Porters Way, West Drayton contribution ", to be used by the Council towards the provision 5107/APP/2009/2348 of indoor & outdoor sports and recreation facilities within the Authority's area. No time limits for spend. Funds spent towards the Yiewsley & West Drayton Leisure Centre project, as part of end of year closing of accounts. Spend subject to formal allocation approval.

E/124/411B Ickenham Harefield Place, The Drive, Ickenham 18,310.23 18,310.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 18,310.23 18,310.23 Funds received to be used by the Council towards off site 1257/APP/2015/3649 carbon reduction measures, schemes and initiatives to mitigate the development. No time limits for spend.

E/125/409D Heathrow Fmr Contractor's Compound, South of 25,000.00 25,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 25,000.00 0.00 Contribution received to be used towards initiatives to improve Villages Swindon Road, Heathrow Airport air quality within the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 67622/APP/2013/2532 & 5 years of receipt (Dec 2023). Funds allocated towards expert 67622/APP2015/1651 technical support for AQA (Cabinet Member Decision 20/03/2020). E/126/412B Botwell Enterprise House, 133 Blyth Road, 26,546.69 26,546.69 0.00 0.00 0.00 26,546.69 26,546.69 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Hayes the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low 11623/APP/2013/3606 fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). No time limit for spend.

E/127/283G Uxbridge North Former RAF Uxbridge, Hillingdon 317,775.00 317,775.00 134,476.50 134,476.50 0.00 183,298.50 0.00 Funds received as 25% of the district park maintenance Road, Uxbridge. contribution . Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt 585/ APP/ 2009/2752 (Dec 2027). Remaining 75% of the maintenance contribution received Q2. Contribution allocated towards maintenance costs associated with Dowding Park (Cabinet Member Decision 27/02/2019). £73,377 spent 2018/19. £61,099.50 spent towards park maintenance 2019/20.

E/128/416 Ickenham Vyners School, Warren Rd, Ickenham 70,000.00 70,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 70,000.00 70,000.00 Contribution received as the drainage improvement 4514/APP/2017/1771 contribution to be used to improve drainage in the Authority's area, including improvements to two pitches at Hillingdon House Farm. No time limits for spend. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 E/129/415C West Drayton West Drayton Police Station, Station 12,500.00 12,500.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 12,500.00 12,500.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Road, West Drayton the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low 12768/APP/2016/1580 & fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain 12768/APP/2014/1870 types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). No time limit for spend.

E/130/418C Botwell 20-30 Blyth Road, Hayes 10,720.34 10,720.34 9,640.00 0.00 9,640.00 1,080.34 0.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in 1425/APP/2011/3040 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent witihn 7 years of receipt (May 2025). Funds allocated towards the installation of electric charging points for ice cream vans at Ruislip Lido (Cabinet Member Decision 30/06/2020).

E/131/420D Townfield Fmr Kings Arms PH, 109 Coldharbour 14,012.23 14,012.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 14,012.23 14,012.23 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Lane, Hayes the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low 10954/APP/2011/1997 fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). No time limits. E/132/419D Heathrow Cessna Road, Terminal 2, Heathrow 25,000.00 25,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 25,000.00 0.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Villages Airport 62360/APP/2015/4277 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain

Page 341 Page types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (August 2025). Funds allocated towards implementation of the Council's Air Quality Action Plan. (Cabinet Member Decision 30/06/2020). E/133/423C Heathrow 1 Nobel Drive, Harlington, Hayes 20,755.73 20,755.73 0.00 0.00 0.00 20,755.73 20,755.73 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Villages 46214/APP/2014/2827 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). No time limits. E/134/424B Yiewsley Land at Onslow Mills, Trout Road, 12,871.38 12,871.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 12,871.38 12,871.38 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in West Drayton the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low 1724/APP/2016/3513 fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). No time limits. E/135/425D Yiewsley Land rear of 2-24 Horton Road, West 33,451.39 33,451.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 33,451.39 7,171.39 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Drayton 71582/APP/2016/4582 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent witihn 7 years of receipt (Dec 2025). Indexation received Q4 18/19. £26,280 allocated towards implementation of the Council's Air Quality Action Plan. (Cabinet Member Decision 30/06/2020). E/136/430C Uxbridge South Randalls 7-9 Vine St, Uxbridge 13,146.71 13,146.71 0.00 0.00 0.00 13,146.71 13,146.71 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in 41309/APP/2016/3391 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). No time limit for spend.

E/137433B Heathrow Renaissance London Heathrow Hotel, 12,500.00 12,500.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 12,500.00 12,500.00 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in Villages Bath Road the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low 12004/APP/2018/2720 fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). No time limit for spend. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 E/138/429F Botwell Fmr Nestle Factory, Nestles Avenue, 288,873.79 288,873.79 0.00 0.00 0.00 288,873.79 288,873.79 Funds received as the "Cranford Park Improvement Hayes 1331/APP/2017/1883 Contribution" to be used towards the improvement of the historic Cranford park grounds in the vicinity of the development. Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt (March 2029.)

E/139/372D Yiewsley Phase 3, Stockley Park, Stockley 175,000.00 150,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 175,000.00 175,000.00 Funds received to be used by the Council towards landscaping Road. 37977/APP/2015/1004 improvements or flood attentuation works to Packet Boat Lane . Land parcel shown on plan attached to the agreement. £25k received this quarter towards ongoing management & maintenance of the land. E/140/434B Botwell 30-32 Blyth Road, Hayes 87,500.00 87,500.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 87,500.00 87,500.00 Funds received as the first of two instalments towards footpath 68974/APP/2018/2146 improvements at Lake Farm Country Park and the provision of new site signage and way finding in the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (April 2026).

E/141/434C Botwell 30-32 Blyth Road, Hayes 22,958.50 22,958.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 22,958.50 22,958.50 Funds received as the first of two instalments to be used 68974/APP/2018/2146 towards initiatives to improve air quality in the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (April 2026). E/142/441C Uxbridge North 297 Long Lane, Hillingdon 40,037.10 40,037.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 40,037.10 40,037.10 Contribution received to be used by the Council towards 4860/APP/2018/3719 initiatives to improve air quality in the Authority's Area. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (December 2026)

Page 342 Page E/143/449B West Drayton 5 Station Road, West Drayton 14,735.38 14,735.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 14,735.38 14,735.38 Funds to be used towards initiatives to improve air quality in 65480/APP/2014/1018 the Authority's Area including (but not limited to): use of low fuel technology; tree and other planting; restrictions on certain types of vehicles; use of cleaner fuels; use of combined heat & power; environmental management and air quality strategy (see agreement for details).No time limits for spend.

E/144/447A South Ruislip Acol Early Learning Centre, Ruislip 42,624.00 42,624.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 42,624.00 42,624.00 Funds received towards off site carbon reduction measures in 67607/APP/2017/4627 order to mitigate the development. No time limits for spend.

E/145/443B South Ruislip Stonefield Close, Production Facility, 10,247.42 10,247.42 0.00 0.00 0.00 10,247.42 10,247.42 Funds received as the "Yeading Brook Infrastructure Stonefield Close & Stonefield Way Contribution" to deliver green infrastructure within the Yeading 1660/APP/2019/1018 Brook catchment area. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (March 2027). E/146/552A Uxbridge North Uxbridge College, Park Road, 30,000.00 30,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 30,000.00 30,000.00 Funds received as the construction & water management Uxbridge 1127/APP/2018/4375 contribution to be used by the Council towards the construction and ongoging maintenance of offsite surface water management improvements associated with the watercourse between the site & the River Pinn on Council land. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (May 2027).

E/148/372E Yiewsley Phase 3, Stockley Park, Stockley 214,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 214,000.00 214,000.00 Funds received to be used by the Council towards on Road (Parcel A). going management & maintenance of land on the east 37977/APP/2015/1004 side of West Drayton Road, Uxbridge (land parcel A). Land shown on plan attached to the agreement. E/149/372F Yiewsley Phase 3, Stockley Park, Stockley 31,100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 31,100.00 31,100.00 Funds received to be used by the Council towards on Road (Parcel B). going management & maintenance of land to the west of 37977/APP/2015/1004 Dawley Road, Hayes (land parcel B). Land shown on plan attached to the agreement.

E/150/372G Yiewsley Phase 3, Stockley Park, Stockley 40,500.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 40,500.00 40,500.00 Funds received to be used by the Council towards on Road (Parcel C1). going management & maintenance of land to the west of 37977/APP/2015/1004 Dawley Road, Hayes (land parcel C1). Land shown on plan attached to the agreement.

FINANCE PROPERTY & BUSINESS 3,441,716.40 3,131,116.40 1,239,217.73 1,218,266.73 49,365.81 2,202,498.67 1,528,606.58 SERVICES SUB -TOTAL

310,600.00 20,951.00 FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 PORTFOLIO: SOCIAL CARE, HEALTH & WELLBEING H/11/195B *57 Ruislip Highgrove House, Eascote Road, 3,156.00 3,156.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3,156.00 0.00 Funds received towards the provision of local health care Ruislip. 10622/APP/2006/2494 facilities in the vicinity of the site. No time limits. H13/194E *59 Uxbridge Frays Adult Education Centre, 12,426.75 12,426.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 12,426.75 0.00 Funds received towards the provision of healthcare facilities in Harefield Road, Uxbridge. the Borough. No time limits. 18732/APP/2006/1217 H/18/219C *70 Yeading Land rear of Sydney Court, Perth 3,902.00 3,902.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3,902.00 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilites in Avenue, Hayes. the Authorities Area. No time limits. £1,800 earmarked towards 6593/6APP/2009/2629 conversion of existing office space to an additional consulting room at the Pine Surgery, Hayes, subject to formal approval.

H/22/239E *74 Eastcote Highgrove House, Eascote Road, 7,363.00 7,363.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 7,363.00 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health faciities in Ruislip. 10622/APP/2006/2494 & the Borough (see legal agreement for further details). No time 10622/APP/2009/2504 limits. H/27/262D *80 Charville Former Hayes End Library, Uxbridge 5,233.36 5,233.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 5,233.36 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in Road, Hayes. 9301/APP/2010/2231 the Authority's area including the expansion of health premises to provide additional facilities, new health premises or services (see legal agreement for details). No time limit for spend.

H/28/263D *81 South Ruislip Former South Ruislip Library, Victoria 3,353.86 3,353.86 0.00 0.00 0.00 3,353.86 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in Road, Ruislip (plot A). the Authority's area including the expansion of health premises 67080/APP/2010/1419 to provide additional facilities, new health premises or services (see legal agreement for details). No time limit for spend.

Page 343 Page H/30/276G *85 Townfield Fmr Hayes FC, Church Road, Hayes. 104,319.06 104,319.06 68,698.26 68,698.26 0.00 35,620.80 0.00 First instalment of a contribution (£33,826) received towards 4327/APP/2009/2737 the cost of providing health facilities in the Authority's area including the expansion of health premises to provide additional facilities, new health premises or services (see legal agreement for details). Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (July 2019). £34,871 received as the second instalment towards the same purpose (spend July 2020). £68,698.86 allocated towards phases 2-5 of the HESA extension (Cabinet Member Decision 4/12/2014). Final instalment (£35,620.80) received this quarter (spend by Feb 2022). £68,698.86 transferred to NHS Property Services 24/02/2015.

H/36/299D *94 Cavendish 161 Elliot Ave (fmr Southbourne Day 9,001.79 9,001.79 0.00 0.00 0.00 9,001.79 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in Centre), Ruislip. the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to 66033/APP/2009/1060 meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. No time limits for spend. H/39/304C *97 Yeading Fmr Tasman House, 111 Maple Road, 6,448.10 6,448.10 6,448.10 0.00 6,448.10 0.00 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in Hayes 38097/APP/2012/3168 the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (August 2020). Funds allocated towards expansion of clinical space at Harefield Health Centre (Cabinet Member Decision 14/08/2020). Contribution transferred to NHS Property Services (Q2).

H/42/242G West Drayton West Drayton Garden Village (north 337,574.00 337,574.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 337,574.00 0.00 Contribution received towards providing additional primary *100 site) off Porters Way, West Drayton. health care facilities in the West Drayton area including; 5107/APP/2009/2348 expansion of existing premises to provide additional facilities and services to meet increased patient numbers, new health premises on the land or in the local area (see agreement for details). No time lmits. H/44/319D Northwood Hills 117 Pinner Road, Northwood 24,312.54 24,312.54 0.00 0.00 0.00 24,312.54 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in *103 12055/APP/2006/2510 the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. No time limits FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 H/46/323G Cavendish 150 Field End Road (Initial House), 14,126.88 14,126.88 0.00 0.00 0.00 14,126.88 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in *104 Eastcote, Pinner the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to 25760/APP/2013/3632 meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. No time limits

H/47/329E *106 Townfield Land at Pronto Industrial Estate, 585- 14,066.23 14,066.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 14,066.23 0.00 Contribution received towards the cost of providing healthcare 591 Uxbridge Road, Hayes facilities in the London Borough of Hillingdon. Funds to be 4404/APP/2013/1650 spent within 10 years of receipt (July 2024). 4404/APP/2008/3558

H/48/331E Cavendish 216 Field End Road, Eastcote 4,320.40 4,320.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 4,320.40 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in *107 6331/APP/2010/2411 the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. No time limits.

H/49/283B Uxbridge North Former RAF Uxbridge, Hillingdon 624,507.94 624,507.94 177,358.31 177,358.31 0.00 447,149.63 0.00 Contribution received towards the provison of healthcare *108 Road, Uxbridge facilities serving the development, in line with the S106 585/APP/2009/2752 Planning Obligations SPD 2008. Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt (August 2024). £177,358 from this contribution is allocated towards capacity improvements at Uxbridge Health Centre (Cabinet Member Decision 12/06/2015). Funds transferred to HCCG (July 2015). H/50/333F *109 Yiewsley 39 High street, Yiewsley 12,444.41 12,444.41 0.00 0.00 0.00 12,444.41 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in 24485/APP/2013/138 the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of Page 344 Page a health facility caused by the development. No time limits.

H/51/231H Ruislip Fmr RAF West Ruislip (Ickenham 17,374.27 17,374.27 0.00 0.00 0.00 17,374.27 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in *110 Park), High Road, Ickenham the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to 38402/APP/2013/2685 & meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local 38402/APP/2012/1033 level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. No time limits

H/54/343D Harefield Royal Quay, Coppermill Lock, 17,600.54 17,600.54 17,600.54 0.00 17,600.54 0.00 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in *112 Harefield 43159/APP/20131094 the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. No time limits. Second instalment (£8,901.77) received towards the same purpose. Funds allocated towards expansion of clinical space at Harefield Health Centre (Cabinet Member Decision 14/08/2020). Contrbution transferred to NHS Property Services (Q2). H/53/346D Northwood 42-46 Ducks Hill Road, Northwood 8,434.88 8,434.88 0.00 0.00 0.00 8,434.88 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in *113 49987/APP/2013/1451 the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. No time limits

H/55/347D *114 North Uxbridge Honeycroft Day Centre, Honeycroft 12,162.78 12,162.78 0.00 0.00 0.00 12,162.78 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in Hill, Uxbridge the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to 6046/APP/2013/1834 meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. Funds to spent/committed within 7 years of receipt (May 2022). H/57/351D *116 Northwood 103, 105 & 107 Ducks Hill Road, 6,212.88 6,212.88 0.00 0.00 0.00 6,212.88 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in Northwood. 64345/APP/2014/1044 the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. No time limits FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 H/58/348B Uxbridge North Lancaster & Hermitage Centre, 7,587.72 7,587.72 0.00 0.00 0.00 7,587.72 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in *117 Lancaster Road, Uxbridge. the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to 68164/APP/2011/2711 meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. No time limits

H/59/356E Yiewsley Packet Boat House, Packet Boat 14,997.03 14,997.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 14,997.03 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in *120 Lane, Cowley the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to 20545/APP/2012/2848 meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. Funds to be spent within 5 years of completion (June 2022).

H/60/359E Yiewsley 26-36 Horton Rd, Yiewsley 25,291.09 25,291.09 23,599.93 23,599.93 0.00 1,691.16 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in *121 3507/APP/2013/2327 the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. Spend within 7 years of receipt (Jan 2023). £23,559 allocated towards improvements to Yiewsley Health Centre (Cabinet Member Decision 17/01/ 2018). Funds transferred to NHS Property Services Feb 2018. H/61/382F West Drayton Kitchener House, Warwick Rd, West 8,872.64 8,872.64 0.00 0.00 0.00 8,872.64 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in *128 Drayton. 18218/APP/2013/2183 the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. Spend within 10

Page 345 Page years of receipt (April 2026). H/62/384F Yiewsley Caxton House, Trout Road, Yiewsley. 15,482.07 15,482.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 15,482.07 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in *129 3678/APP/2013/3637 the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. No time limits for spend.

H/63/385D Northwood Hills Frank Welch Court, High Meadow 10,195.29 10,195.29 0.00 0.00 0.00 10,195.29 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in *130 Close, Pinner. 186/APP/2013/2958 the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. No time limits for spend.

H/64/387E Uxbridge North Norwich Union House, 1-3 Bakers 15,518.40 15,518.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 15,518.40 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in *136 Road, Uxbridge the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to 8218/APP/2011/1853 meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. Spend within 7 years of receipt (September 2023).

H/67/402E Yiewsley 21 High St, Yiewsley 18,799.72 18,799.72 0.00 0.00 0.00 18,799.72 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in *142 26628/APP/2014/675 the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. No time limits for spend. H/69/404F Botwell The Gatefold Building, land east of the 60,541.81 60,541.81 0.00 0.00 0.00 60,541.81 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in *143 former EMI site, Blyth Rd, Hayes the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to 51588/APP/2011/2253 meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. Fund to be spent within 7 years of receipt (April 2024). £20,304 received March 2018 as the second instalment. £20,852.32 received as third and final instalment. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 H/70/40M *146 Botwell Old Vinyl Factory (Boiler House & 81,329.25 81,329.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 81,329.25 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in Materials Store), Blyth Rd, Hayes. the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to 59872/APP/2012/1838 & meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local 59872/APP/2013/3775 level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. Fund to be spent within 7 years of receipt (July 2024).

H/73/420E Townfield Fmr Kings Arms PH, 109 Coldharbour 8,991.50 8,991.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 8,991.50 0.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing health facilities in *158 Lane, Hayes the Authority’s area including expansion of health premises to 10954/APP/2011/1997 meet increased patient numbers, new health services at local level, any new facilities required to compensate for the loss of a health facility caused by the development. No time limits for spend.

SOCIAL CARE HEALTH & 1,515,948.19 1,515,948.19 293,705.14 269,656.50 24,048.64 1,222,243.05 0.00 WELLBEING SUB-TOTAL 0.00 24,048.64

PORTFOLIO: HOUSING & ENVIRONMENT H/43/319C Northwood Hills 117 Pinner Road, Northwood 221,357.83 221,357.83 0.00 0.00 0.00 221,357.83 221,357.83 Contribution to be used towards the cost of providing 12055/APP/2006/2510 affordable housing in the Authority's area. No time limits for spend.

H/45/323F Cavendish 150 Field End Road (Initial House), 86,000.00 86,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 86,000.00 86,000.00 Contribution received towards subsidised housing available Eastcote, Pinner through a Registered Provider to persons who cannot afford to 25760/APP/2013/3632 rent or buy houses generally available on the open market. No time limit for spend. H/52/205G Eastcote Former RAF Eastcote (Pembroke 298,998.00 298,998.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 298,998.00 298,998.00 Funds received as the affordable housing contribution to be Page 346 Page Park), Lime Grove, Ruislip used by the Council to provide subsidized housing through a 10189/APP/2014/3354 & 3359/3358 & registered social landlord to persons who can't afford to rent or 3360 buy houses generally available on the open market. No time limit for spend.

H/56/348A North Uxbridge Lancaster & Hemitage Centre, 390,564.64 390,564.64 0.00 0.00 0.00 390,564.64 390,564.64 Contribution received to be used by the Council to provide Lancaster Road, Uxbridge. subsidised housing available through a Registered Social 68164/APP/2011/2711 Landlord to persons who cannot afford to rent or buy houses generally available on the open market. No time limits for spend. Index linking received. H/65/387F Uxbridge North Norwich Union House, 1-3 Bakers 170,545.32 170,545.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 170,545.32 170,545.32 Contribution received towards subsidised housing available Road, Uxbridge through a Registered Provider to persons who cannot afford to 8218/APP/2011/1853 rent or buy houses generally available on the open market. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (September 2023).

H/68/329F Townfield Pronto Industrial Estate, 585-591 120,793.95 120,793.95 0.00 0.00 0.00 120,793.95 120,793.95 Funds received towards the provision of affordable housing in Uxbridge Rd, Hayes the Authority's area. No time limits for spend. 4404/APP/2014/2206

H/72/411C Ickenham Harefield Place, The Drive, Ickenham 254,308.70 254,308.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 254,308.70 254,308.70 Contribution received towards the provision of off site 1257/APP/2015/3649 affordable housing available through a registered provider to persons who cannot afford to rent or buy housing generally available on the open market. No time limit for spend. H/74/284D Yiewsley Fmr Honeywell Site, Trout Road, West 60,000.00 60,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 60,000.00 60,000.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing affordable Drayton 335/APP/2010/1615 housing within the Authority's area. No time limit for spend.

H/75/382G West Drayton Kitchener House, Warwick Rd, West 25,000.00 25,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 25,000.00 25,000.00 Funds received as the affordable housing contribution to be Drayton. 18218/APP/2013/2183 spent towards the cost of providing affordable housing in the Local Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 10 years of receipt (Nov 2028). H/76/426B Northwood 36-40 Rickmansworth Road, 25,000.00 25,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 25,000.00 25,000.00 Funds received as the affordable housing commuted sum to Northwood 69978/APP/2018/417 be spent towards the off-site provision of affordable housing in the Authority's area. No time limit for spend.

H/77/430D Uxbridge South Randalls 7-9 Vine St, Uxbridge 210,347.38 210,347.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 210,347.38 210,347.38 Funds received as the affordable housing commuted sum to 41309/APP/2016/3391 be spent towards the off-site provision of affordable housing in the Authority's area. No time limit for spend. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 H/78/441D Uxbridge North 297 Long Lane, Hillingdon 222,669.99 222,669.99 0.00 0.00 0.00 222,669.99 222,669.99 Funds received as the "affordable housing contribution" to be 4860/APP/2018/3719 used by the Council towards off-site provision of affordable housing in the Authority's area. Funds to be spent within 7 years of receipt (December 2026). H/79/448A Uxbridge North Securitas House (Formerly Lovell 103,604.83 103,604.83 0.00 0.00 0.00 103,604.83 103,604.83 Funds received towards the provison of affordable housing in House) High Street, Uxbridge the Authority's Area. No time limit for spend. 32215/APP/2018/501

H/80/284E Yiewsley Fmr Honeywell Site, Trout Road, West 54,400.00 54,400.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 54,400.00 54,400.00 Funds received towards the cost of providing affordable Drayton 335/APP/2010/1615 housing within the Authority's area. No time limit for spend.

HOUSING & ENVIRONMENT SUB- 2,243,590.64 2,243,590.64 0.00 0.00 0.00 2,243,590.64 2,243,590.64 TOTAL 0.00 0.00

SECTION 106 SUB - TOTAL 26,957,570.04 26,624,239.03 13,491,811.68 13,265,512.02 360,757.48 13,465,758.36 7,691,438.48

Interest on all interest bearing 108,216.37 108,216.37 1,468.34 1,468.34 0.00 106,748.03 0.00 schemes 0.00 0.00 GRAND TOTAL ALL SCHEMES 31,802,760.47 31,461,397.95 16,313,496.19 16,076,692.09 383,793.73 15,489,264.28 7,691,438.48 341,362.52 236,804.10 #REF!

Page 347 Page The balance of funds remaining must be spent on works as set out in each individual agreement. Bold and strike-through text indicates key changes since the Cabinet report for the previous quarter's figures. Bold figures indicate changes in income and expenditure Income figures for schemes within shaded cells indicate where funds are held in interest bearing accounts. * Denotes funds the Council is unable to spend currently totals £3,806,656.07 *2: PT/05 £359,328.06 is restricted to public transport serving London Heathrow and subject to approval from BAA and bus operators. *18: PT278/34 £194,910.65 includes a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded) plus interest. *20: PT278/44 £20,938.04 includes a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded) plus interest. *22: PT278/30 £5,000.00 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded) *23: PT278/49 £22,108.66 includes a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded) plus interest and funds for TfL costs. *24: PT/25 £7,425.09 reasonable period' for expenditure has lapsed. Balance to be returned *32: PT278/46 £5,000.07 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). *46:PT/88/140F £10,000.00 there has not been any petitions for parking schemes in the area. *49:PT278/63 £5,000.00 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). *51:PT278/62/149A £5,000.00 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). *52:PT/278/65 £5,000.00 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). *57:H11/195B £3,156.00 funds have been received to provide health care services in the borough. *59:H13/194E £12,426.75 funds have been received to provide health care services in the borough. *60:PT/278/76 £5,000.00 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for highway works (to be later refunded) *61:PT/110/198B £14,240.00 is to be held has a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *62:PT/278/77/197 £23,000.00 held as security for the due and proper execution of the works. *70:H/18/219C £3,902.00 funds have been received to provide Health Care services in the borough. *74 H22/239E £7,363.00 funds have been received to provide Health Care services in the borough. *76:PT278/78/238G £5,000.00 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). *80:H/27/262D £5,233.36 funds have been received to provide Health Care services in the borough. *81:H/28/263D £3,353.86 funds have been received to provide Health Care services in the borough. *82:PT/126/242D £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (later to be refunded) *84:PT/278/81/249E £4,000.00 funds received as a security deposit to ensure proper execution of works (to be refunded) *85:H/30/276G £35,620.80 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *87:PT/278/82/273A £72,000.00 funds received as a security deposit to ensure proper execution of works (to be refunded) *88:PT/132/149J £15,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *90:PT/278/83/292 £31,500.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for highways works (to be later refunded). *93:PT/278/85 £5,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for highways works (to be later refunded). *94:H/36/299D £9,001.79 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *100:H/42/242G £337,574.00 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *102: PT/138/300B £20,000.00 funds to be used towards TFL scheme at Bulls Bridge roundabout *103: H/44/319D £24,312.54 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *104: H/46/323G £14,126.88 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *105: PT/148/327 £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (later to be refunded) *106: H/47/329E £14,066.23 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *107: H/48/331E £4,320.40 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. FINANCIAL UPDATE ON SECTION 106 AND 278 AGREEMENTS AT 30 September 2020 APPENDIX 1

AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/06/20 To 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 AS AT 30/09/20 *108: H/49/283B £447,149.63 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *109: H/50/333F £12,444.41 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *110: H/51/231H £17,374.27 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *113: H/53/346D £8,434.88 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *114: H55/347D £12,162.78 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *116: H/57/351D £6,212.88 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *117: H/58/348B £7,587.72 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *118: PT/278/103/370A £51,234.86 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). *119: PT/157/355A £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *120: H/59/356E £14,997.03 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *121: H/60/359E £1,691.16 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *122: PT/278/105/350C £1,448.24 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). *123: PT/158/371A £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *124: PT/160/354C £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *125: PT/161/373 £8,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *126: PT/165/374B £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *127: PT/168/383A £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *128: H/61/382F £8,872.64 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *129: H/62/384F £15,482.07 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *130: H/63/385D £10,195.29 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *132: PT/278/107/355E £5,000.00 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). *133: PT/278/108/378C £5,000.00 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). *134: PT/175/388 £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *136: H/64/387E £15,518.40 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *138: PT/179/360C £20,578.80 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *139: PT/181/395 £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *140: PT/183/350E £40,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *141: PT/187/403A £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded)

Page 348 Page *142: H67/402E £18,799.72 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *143: H/69/404E £60,541.81 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *144:PT/278/109/403E £135,000.00 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). *145:PT/191/396C £40,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *146:H/70/40M £81,329.25 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *147: PT/195/409A £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *148: PT/197/40N £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *149: PT/278/110 £894,935.80 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). *150: PT/278/116 £11,544.73 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). *151: PT/199 £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *152: PT/201 £21,200.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *153: PT/202 £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *154: PT/278/124 £1,000.00 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). *155: PT/278/125 £5,000.00 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). * 156: PT/203/400C £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *157: PT/204/419A £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *158: H/73/420E £8,991.50 funds received to provide health care facilities in the borough. *159: PT/153/345B £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *160: PT/152/344B £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *161: PT/149/325C £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *162: PT/278/390F £32,868.00 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). *163: PT/278/417B £34,386.33 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). *164:PT/223/435A £20,000.00 funds to be held as a returnable deposit for the implementation of the travel plan (to be later refunded) *165:PT/278/90 £5,000.00 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). *166: PT/278/135 £37,765.69 is to be held as a returnable security deposit for the highway works (to be later refunded). £3,806,656.07 STRICTLY NOT FOR PUBLICATION Agenda Item 11 Exempt information by virtue of paragraph(s) 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12A of the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended).

Document is Restricted

Page 349 This page is intentionally left blank STRICTLY NOT FOR PUBLICATION Agenda Item 12 Exempt information by virtue of paragraph(s) 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12A of the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended).

Document is Restricted

Page 355 This page is intentionally left blank STRICTLY NOT FOR PUBLICATION Agenda Item 13 Exempt information by virtue of paragraph(s) 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12A of the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended).

Document is Restricted

Page 361 This page is intentionally left blank STRICTLY NOT FOR PUBLICATION Agenda Item 14 Exempt information by virtue of paragraph(s) 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12A of the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended).

Document is Restricted

Page 369 This page is intentionally left blank STRICTLY NOT FOR PUBLICATION Agenda Item 15 Exempt information by virtue of paragraph(s) 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12A of the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended).

Document is Restricted

Page 375 This page is intentionally left blank STRICTLY NOT FOR PUBLICATION Exempt information by virtue of paragraph(s) 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12A of the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended).

Document is Restricted

Page 383 This page is intentionally left blank STRICTLY NOT FOR PUBLICATION Exempt information by virtue of paragraph(s) 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12A of the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended).

Document is Restricted

Page 385 This page is intentionally left blank STRICTLY NOT FOR PUBLICATION Exempt information by virtue of paragraph(s) 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 12A of the Local Government Act 1972 (as amended).

Document is Restricted

Page 387 This page is intentionally left blank